Computational Fluid Dynamics Study of Perforated Monopiles

Computational Fluid Dynamics Study of Perforated Monopiles

Mary Kathryn Walker
Florida Institute of Technology, mwalker2022@my.fit.edu

Robert J. Weaver, Ph.D.
Associate Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences
Major Advisor


Chungkuk Jin, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences


Kelli Z. Hunsucker, Ph.D.
Assistant Professor
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences


Richard B. Aronson, Ph.D.
Professor and Department Head
Ocean Engineering and Marine Sciences

Abstract

모노파일은 해상 풍력 터빈 건설에 사용되며 일반적으로 설계 수명은 25~50년입니다. 모노파일은 수명 주기 동안 부식성 염수 환경에 노출되어 구조물을 빠르게 분해하는 전기화학적 산화 공정을 용이하게 합니다. 이 공정은 모노파일을 보호 장벽으로 코팅하고 음극 보호 기술을 구현하여 완화할 수 있습니다.

역사적으로 모노파일 설계자는 파일 내부가 완전히 밀봉되고 전기화학적 부식 공정이 결국 사용 가능한 모든 산소를 소모하여 반응을 중단시킬 것이라고 가정했습니다. 그러나 도관을 위해 파일 벽에 만든 관통부는 종종 누출되어 신선하고 산소화된 물이 내부 공간으로 유입되었습니다.

표준 부식 방지 기술을 보다 효과적으로 적용할 수 있는 산소화된 환경으로 내부 공간을 재고하는 새로운 모노파일 설계가 연구되고 있습니다. 이러한 새로운 모노파일은 간조대 또는 조간대 수준에서 벽에 천공이 있어 신선하고 산소화된 물이 구조물을 통해 흐를 수 있습니다.

이러한 천공은 또한 구조물의 파도 하중을 줄일 수 있습니다. 유체 역학적 하중 감소의 크기는 천공의 크기와 방향에 따라 달라집니다. 이 연구에서는 천공의 크기에 따른 모노파일의 힘 감소 분석에서 전산 유체 역학(CFD)의 적용 가능성을 연구하고 주어진 파도의 접근 각도 변화의 효과를 분석했습니다.

모노파일의 힘 감소를 결정하기 위해 이론적 3D 모델을 제작하여 FLOW-3D® HYDRO를 사용하여 테스트했으며, 천공되지 않은 모노파일을 제어로 사용했습니다. 이론적 데이터를 수집한 후, 동일한 종류의 천공이 있는 물리적 스케일 모델을 파도 탱크를 사용하여 테스트하여 이론적 모델의 타당성을 확인했습니다.

CFD 시뮬레이션은 물리적 모델의 10% 이내, 이전 연구의 5% 이내에 있는 것으로 나타났습니다. 물리적 모델과 시뮬레이션 모델을 검증한 후, 천공의 크기가 파도 하중 감소에 뚜렷한 영향을 미치고 주어진 파도의 접근 각도에 대한 테스트를 수행할 수 있음을 발견했습니다.

접근 각도의 변화는 모노파일을 15°씩 회전하여 시뮬레이션했습니다. 이 논문에 제시된 데이터는 모노파일의 방향이 통계적으로 유의하지 않으며 천공 모노파일의 설계 고려 사항이 되어서는 안 된다는 것을 시사합니다.

또한 파도 하중 감소와 구조적 안정성 사이의 균형을 찾기 위해 천공의 크기와 모양에 대한 연구를 계속하는 것이 좋습니다.

Monopiles are used in the construction of offshore wind turbines and typically have a design life of 25 to 50 years. Over their lifecycle, monopiles are exposed to a corrosive saltwater environment, facilitating a galvanic oxidation process that quickly degrades the structure. This process can be mitigated by coating the monopile in a protective barrier and implementing cathodic protection techniques. Historically, monopile designers assumed the interior of the pile would be completely sealed and the galvanic corrosion process would eventually consume all the available oxygen, halting the reaction. However, penetrations made in the pile wall for conduit often leaked and allowed fresh, oxygenated water to enter the interior space. New monopile designs are being researched that reconsider the interior space as an oxygenated environment where standard corrosion protection techniques can be more effectively applied. These new monopiles have perforations through the wall at intertidal or subtidal levels to allow fresh, oxygenated water to flow through the structure. These perforations can also reduce wave loads on the structure. The magnitude of the hydrodynamic load reduction depends on the size and orientation of the perforations. This research studied the applicability of computational fluid dynamics (CFD) in analysis of force reduction on monopiles in relation to size of a perforation and to analyze the effect of variation in approach angle of a given wave. To determine the force reduction on the monopile, theoretical 3D models were produced and tested using FLOW-3D® HYDRO with an unperforated monopile used as the control. After the theoretical data was collected, physical scale models with the same variety of perforations were tested using a wave tank to determine the validity of the theoretical models. The CFD simulations were found to be within 10% of the physical models and within 5% of previous research. After the physical and simulated models were validated, it was found that the size of the perforations has a distinct impact on the wave load reduction and testing for differing approach angles of a given wave could be conducted. The variation in approach angle was simulated by rotating the monopile in 15° increments. The data presented in this paper suggests that the orientation of the monopile is not statistically significant and should not be a design consideration for perforated monopiles. It is also suggested to continue the study on the size and shape of the perforations to find the balance between wave load reduction and structural stability.

Figure 1: Overview sketch of typical monopile (MP) foundation and transition piece (TP) design with an internal j-tube (Hilbert et al., 2011)
Figure 1: Overview sketch of typical monopile (MP) foundation and transition
piece (TP) design with an internal j-tube (Hilbert et al., 2011)

References
Andersen, J., Abrahamsen, R., Andersen, T., Andersen, M., Baun, T., & Neubauer,
J. (2020). Wave Load Mitigation by Perforation of Monopiles. Journal of
Marine Science and Engineering, 8(5), 352.
https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse8050352
Bakker A. (2008) Lectures on Applied Computational Fluid Dynamics.
www.bakker.org.
Bustamante, A., Vera-Tudela, L., & Kühn, M. (2015). Evaluation of wind farm
effects on fatigue loads of an individual wind turbine at the EnBW baltic 1
offshore wind farm. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, 625, 012020.
https://doi.org/10.1088/1742-6596/625/1/012020
Chakrabarti SK. Hydrodynamics of offshore structures. Springer Verlag;1987.
Christiansen, R. (2020). Living Docks: Structural Implications and Determination
of Force Coefficients of Oyster Mats on Dock Pilings in the Indian River
Lagoon [Master’s Thesis, Florida Institute of Technology].
Clauss, G. (1992). Offshore Structures, Volume 1, Conceptual Design and
Hydromechanics. Springer, London, UK.
COMSOL Multiphysics® v. 6.1. www.comsol.com. COMSOL AB, Stockholm,
Sweden.
Delwiche, A. & Tavares, I. (2017). Retrofit Strategy using Aluminum Anodes for
the Internal section of Windturbine Monopiles. NACE Internation
Corrosion Conference & Expo, Paper no. 8955.
Det Norske Veritas (2014) Fatigue design of offshore steel structures. Norway.
70
Det Norske Veritas (1989). Rules for the Classification of Fixed Offshore
Installations. Technical report, DNV, Hovik, Norway.
DNV. (2011). DNV-RP-C203 Fatigue Design of Offshore Steel Structures (tech.
rep.). http://www.dnv.com
Elger, D. F., LeBret, B. A., Crowe, C. T., & Roberson, J. A. (2022). Engineering
fluid mechanics. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 Users Manual (2018). FLOW-3D [Computer software].
Santa Fe, NM: Flow Science, Inc. https://www.flow3d.com
Gaertner, Evan, Jennifer Rinker, Latha Sethuraman, Frederik Zahle, Benjamin
Andersen, Garrett Barter, Nikhar Abbas, Fanzhong Meng, Pietro Bortolotti,
Witold Skrzypinski, George Scott, Roland Feil, Henrik Bredmose,
Katherine Dykes, Matt Shields, Christopher Allen, and Anthony Viselli.
(2020). Definition of the IEA 15-Megawatt Offshore Reference Wind.
Golden, CO: National Renewable Energy Laboratory. NREL/TP-5000-

  1. https://www.nrel.gov/docs/fy20osti/75698.pdf
    Goodisman, Jerry (2001). “Observations on Lemon Cells”. Journal of Chemical
    Education. 78 (4): 516–518. Bibcode:2001JChEd..78..516G.
    doi:10.1021/ed078p516. Goodisman notes that many chemistry textbooks
    use an incorrect model for a cell with zinc and copper electrodes in an
    acidic electrolyte
    Hilbert, L.R. & Black, Anders & Andersen, F. & Mathiesen, Troels. (2011).
    Inspection and monitoring of corrosion inside monopile foundations for
    offshore wind turbines. European Corrosion Congress 2011, EUROCORR
  2. 3. 2187-2201.
    H. J. Landau, “Sampling, data transmission, and the Nyquist rate,” in Proceedings
    of the IEEE, vol. 55, no. 10, pp. 1701-1706, Oct. 1967, doi:
    10.1109/PROC.1967.5962.
    71
    Journee, J. M., and W. W. Massie. Offshore Hydrodynamics, First Edition.
    Delft University of Technology, 2001.
    Keulegan, G. H., and L. H. Carpenter. “Forces on Cylinders and Plates in an
    Oscillating Fluid.” Journal of Research of the National Bureau of
    Standards, vol. 60, no. 5, 1958, pp. 423–40.
    Lahlou, O. (2019). Experimental and Numerical Analysis of the Drag Force on
    Surfboards with Different Shapes (thesis).
    L. H. Holthuijsen. Waves in Oceanic and Coastal Waters. Cam-bridge University
    Press, 2007. doi:10.1017/cbo9780511618536.
    MacCamy, R.C., Fuchs, R.A.: Wave Forces on Piles: a Diffraction Theory. Corps
    of Engineers Washington DC Beach Erosion Board (1954)
    M. M. Maher and G. Swain, “The Corrosion and Biofouling Characteristics of
    Sealed vs. Perforated Offshore Monopile Interiors Experiment Design
    Comparing Corrosion and Environment Inside Steel Pipe,” OCEANS 2018
    MTS/IEEE Charleston, Charleston, SC, USA, 2018, pp. 1-4, doi:
    10.1109/OCEANS.2018.8604522.
    Morison, J. R.; O’Brien, M. P.; Johnson, J. W.; Schaaf, S. A. (1950), “The force
    exerted by surface waves on piles”, Petroleum Transactions, American
    Institute of Mining Engineers, 189 (5): 149–154, doi:10.2118/950149-G
    Paluzzi, Alexander John, “Effects of Perforations on Internal Cathodic Protection
    and Recruitment of Marine Organisms to Steel Pipes” (2023). Theses and
    Dissertations. 1403. https://repository.fit.edu/etd/1403
    Ploeg, J.V.D. (2021). Perforation of monopiles to reduce hydrodynamic loads and
    enable use in deep waters [Master’s Thesis, Delft University of
    Technology] Institutional Repository at Delft University of Technology.
    http://resolver.tudelft.nl/uuid:91eada6f-4f2b-4ae6-be59-2b5ff0590c6f.
    72
    Shi, W., Zhang, S., Michailides, C., Zhang, L., Zhang, P., & Li, X. (2023).
    Experimental investigation of the hydrodynamic effects of breaking waves
    on monopiles in model scale. Journal of Marine Science and Technology,
    28(1), 314–325. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00773-023-00926-9
    Santamaria Gonzalez, G.A. (2023) Advantages and Challenges of Perforated
    Monopiles in Deep Water Sites [Master’s Thesis, Delft University of
    Technology] Institutional Repository at Delft University of Technology.
    http://resolver.tudelft.nl/uuid:490791b6-a912-4bac-a007-f77012c01107
    Sarpkaya, T. and Isaacson, M. (1981). Mechanics of Wave Forces on Offshore
    Structures. Number ISBN 0-442-25402-4. Van Nostrand Reinhold
    Company Inc., New York.
    Tang, Y., Shi, W., Ning, D., You, J., & Michailides, C. (2020). Effects of spilling
    and plunging type breaking waves acting on large monopile offshore wind
    turbines. Frontiers in Marine Science, 7.
    https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.00427
    Teja, R. (2021, June 25). Wheatstone bridge: Working, examples, applications.
    ElectronicsHub. https://www.electronicshub.org/wheatstone-bridge/
    The MathWorks Inc. (2022). MATLAB version: 9.13.0 (R2022b), Natick,
    Massachusetts: The MathWorks Inc. https://www.mathworks.com
    Wave gauges. Edinburgh Designs. (2016).
    http://www4.edesign.co.uk/product/wavegauges/
    Wilberts, F. (2017). MEASUREMENT DRIVEN FATIGUE ASSESSMENT OF
    OFFSHORE WIND TURBINE FOUNDATIONS (Master’s Thesis,
    Uppsala University).
Estimating maximum initial wave amplitude of subaerial landslide tsunamis: A three-dimensional modelling approach

Estimating maximum initial wave amplitude of subaerial landslide tsunamis: A three-dimensional modelling approach

해저 산사태 쓰나미의 최대 초기 파동 진폭 추정: 3차원 모델링 접근법

Ramtin Sabeti a, Mohammad Heidarzadeh ab

aDepartment of Architecture and Civil Engineering, University of Bath, Bath BA27AY, UK
bHydroCoast Consulting Engineers Ltd, Bath, UK

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocemod.2024.102360

Highlights

  • •Landslide travel distance is considered for the first time in a predictive equation.
  • •Predictive equation derived from databases using 3D physical and numerical modeling.
  • •The equation was successfully tested on the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami event.
  • •The developed equation using three-dimensional data exhibits a 91 % fitting quality.

Abstract

Landslide tsunamis, responsible for thousands of deaths and significant damage in recent years, necessitate the allocation of sufficient time and resources for studying these extreme natural hazards. This study offers a step change in the field by conducting a large number of three-dimensional numerical experiments, validated by physical tests, to develop a predictive equation for the maximum initial amplitude of tsunamis generated by subaerial landslides. We first conducted a few 3D physical experiments in a wave basin which were then applied for the validation of a 3D numerical model based on the Flow3D-HYDRO package. Consequently, we delivered 100 simulations using the validated model by varying parameters such as landslide volume, water depth, slope angle and travel distance. This large database was subsequently employed to develop a predictive equation for the maximum initial tsunami amplitude. For the first time, we considered travel distance as an independent parameter for developing the predictive equation, which can significantly improve the predication accuracy. The predictive equation was tested for the case of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami and produced satisfactory results.

Keywords

Tsunami, Subaerial landslide, Physical modelling, Numerical simulation, FLOW-3D HYDRO

1. Introduction and literature review

The Anak Krakatau landslide tsunami on 22nd December 2018 was a stark reminder of the dangers posed by subaerial landslide tsunamis (Ren et al., 2020Mulia et al. 2020a; Borrero et al., 2020Heidarzadeh et al., 2020Grilli et al., 2021). The collapse of the volcano’s southwest side into the ocean triggered a tsunami that struck the Sunda Strait, leading to approximately 450 fatalities (Syamsidik et al., 2020Mulia et al., 2020b) (Fig. 1). As shown in Fig. 1, landslide tsunamis (both submarine and subaerial) have been responsible for thousands of deaths and significant damage to coastal communities worldwide. These incidents underscored the critical need for advanced research into landslide-generated waves to aid in hazard prediction and mitigation. This is further emphasized by recent events such as the 28th of November 2020 landslide tsunami in the southern coast mountains of British Columbia (Canada), where an 18 million m3 rockslide generated a massive tsunami, with over 100 m wave run-up, causing significant environmental and infrastructural damage (Geertsema et al., 2022).

Fig 1

Physical modelling and numerical simulation are crucial tools in the study of landslide-induced waves due to their ability to replicate and analyse the complex dynamics of landslide events (Kim et al., 2020). In two-dimensional (2D) modelling, the discrepancy between dimensions can lead to an artificial overestimation of wave amplification (e.g., Heller and Spinneken, 2015). This limitation is overcome with 3D modelling, which enables the scaled-down representation of landslide-generated waves while avoiding the simplifications inherent in 2D approaches (Erosi et al., 2019). Another advantage of 3D modelling in studying landslide-generated waves is its ability to accurately depict the complex dynamics of wave propagation, including lateral and radial spreading from the slide impact zone, a feature unattainable with 2D models (Heller and Spinneken, 2015).

Physical experiments in tsunami research, as presented by authors such as Romano et al. (2020), McFall and Fritz (2016), and Heller and Spinneken (2015), have supported 3D modelling works through validation and calibration of the numerical models to capture the complexities of wave generation and propagation. Numerical modelling has increasingly complemented experimental approach in tsunami research due to the latter’s time and resource-intensive nature, particularly for 3D models (Li et al., 2019; Kim et al., 2021). Various numerical approaches have been employed, from Eulerian and Lagrangian frameworks to depth-averaged and Navier–Stokes models, enhancing our understanding of tsunami dynamics (Si et al., 2018Grilli et al., 2019Heidarzadeh et al., 20172020Iorio et al., 2021Zhang et al., 2021Kirby et al., 2022Wang et al., 20212022Hu et al., 2022). The sophisticated numerical techniques, including the Particle Finite Element Method and the Immersed Boundary Method, have also shown promising results in modelling highly dynamic landslide scenarios (Mulligan et al., 2020Chen et al., 2020). Among these methods and techniques, FLOW-3D HYDRO stands out in simulating landslide-generated tsunami waves due to its sophisticated technical features such as offering Tru Volume of Fluid (VOF) method for precise free surface tracking (e.g., Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022a). TruVOF distinguishes itself through a split Lagrangian approach, adeptly reducing cumulative volume errors in wave simulations by dynamically updating cell volume fractions and areas with each time step. Its intelligent adaptation of time step size ensures precise capture of evolving free surfaces, offering unparalleled accuracy in modelling complex fluid interfaces and behaviour (Flow Science, 2023).

Predictive equations play a crucial role in assessing the potential hazards associated with landslide-generated tsunami waves due to their ability to provide risk assessment and warnings. These equations can offer swift and reasonable evaluations of potential tsunami impacts in the absence of detailed numerical simulations, which can be time-consuming and expensive to produce. Among multiple factors and parameters within a landslide tsunami generation, the initial maximum wave amplitude (Fig. 1) stands out due to its critical role. While it is most likely that the initial wave generated by a landslide will have the highest amplitude, it is crucial to clarify that the term “initial maximum wave amplitude” refers to the highest amplitude within the first set of impulse waves. This parameter is essential in determining the tsunami’s impact severity, with higher amplitudes signalling a greater destructive potential (Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022a). Additionally, it plays a significant role in tsunami modelling, aiding in the prediction of wave propagation and the assessment of potential impacts.

In this study, we initially validate the FLOW-3D HYDRO model through a series of physical experiments conducted in a 3D wave tank at University of Bath (UK). Upon confirmation of the model’s accuracy, we use it to systematically vary parameters namely landslide volume, water depth, slope angle, and travel distance, creating an extensive database. Alongside this, we perform a sensitivity analysis on these variables to discern their impacts on the initial maximum wave amplitude. The generated database was consequently applied to derive a non-dimensional predictive equation aimed at estimating the initial maximum wave amplitude in real-world landslide tsunami events.

Two innovations of this study are: (i) The predictive equation of this study is based on a large number of 3D experiments whereas most of the previous equations were based on 2D results, and (ii) For the first time, the travel distance is included in the predictive equation as an independent parameter. To evaluate the performance of our predictive equation, we applied it to a previous real-world subaerial landslide tsunami, i.e., the Anak Krakatau 2018 event. Furthermore, we compare the performance of our predictive equation with other existing equations.

2. Data and methods

The methodology applied in this research is a combination of physical and numerical modelling. Limited physical modelling was performed in a 3D wave basin at the University of Bath (UK) to provide data for calibration and validation of the numerical model. After calibration and validation, the numerical model was employed to model a large number of landslide tsunami scenarios which allowed us to develop a database for deriving a predictive equation.

2.1. Physical experiments

To validate our numerical model, we conducted a series of physical experiments including two sets in a 3D wave basin at University of Bath, measuring 2.50 m in length (WL), 2.60 m in width (WW), and 0.60 m in height (WH) (Fig. 2a). Conducting two distinct sets of experiments (Table 1), each with different setups (travel distance, location, and water depth), provided a robust framework for validation of the numerical model. For wave measurement, we employed a twin wire wave gauge from HR Wallingford (https://equipit.hrwallingford.com). In these experiments, we used a concrete prism solid block, the dimensions of which are outlined in Table 2. In our experiments, we employed a concrete prism solid block with a density of 2600 kg/m3, chosen for its similarity to the natural density of landslides, akin to those observed with the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami, where the landslide composition is predominantly solid rather than granular. The block’s form has also been endorsed in prior studies (Watts, 1998Najafi-Jilani and Ataie-Ashtiani, 2008) as a suitable surrogate for modelling landslide-induced waves. A key aspect of our methodology was addressing scale effects, following the guidelines proposed by Heller et al. (2008) as it is described in Table 1. To enhance the reliability and accuracy of our experimental data, we conducted each physical experiment three times which revealed all three experimental waveforms were identical. This repetition was aimed at minimizing potential errors and inconsistencies in laboratory measurements.

Fig 2

Table 1. The locations and other information of the laboratory setups for making landslide-generated waves in the physical wave basin. This table details the specific parameters for each setup, including slope range (α), slide volume (V), kinematic viscosity (ν), water depth (h), travel distance (D), surface tension coefficient of water (σ), Reynolds number (R), Weber number (W), and the precise coordinates of the wave gauges (WG).

Labα(°)V (m³)h (m)D (m)WG’s Location(ν) (m²/s)(σ) (N/m)Acceptable range for avoiding scale effects*Observed values of W and R ⁎⁎
Lab 1452.60 × 10−30.2470.070X1=1.090 m1.01 × 10−60.073R > 3.0 × 105R1 = 3.80 × 105
Y1=1.210 m
W1 = 8.19 × 105
Z1=0.050mW >5.0 × 103
Lab 2452.60 × 10−30.2460.045X2=1.030 m1.01 × 10−60.073R2 = 3.78 × 105
Y2=1.210 mW2 = 8.13 × 105
Z2=0.050 m

The acceptable ranges for avoiding scale effects are based on the study by Heller et al. (2008).⁎⁎

The Reynolds number (R) is given by g0.5h1.5/ν, with ν denoting the kinematic viscosity. The Weber number (W) is W = ρgh2/σ, where σ represents surface tension coefficient and ρ = 1000kg/m3 is the density of water. In our experiments, conducted at a water temperature of approximately 20 °C, the kinematic viscosity (ν) and the surface tension coefficient of water (σ) are 1.01 × 10−6 m²/s and 0.073 N/m, respectively (Kestin et al., 1978).

Table 2. Specifications of the solid block used in physical experiments for generating subaerial landslides in the laboratory.

Solid-block attributesProperty metricsGeometric shape
Slide width (bs)0.26 mImage, table 2
Slide length (ls)0.20 m
Slide thickness (s)0.10 m
Slide volume (V)2.60 × 10−3 m3
Specific gravity, (γs)2.60
Slide weight (ms)6.86 kg

2.2. Numerical simulations applying FLOW-3D hydro

The detailed theoretical framework encompassing the governing equations, the computational methodologies employed, and the specific techniques used for tracking the water surface in these simulations are thoroughly detailed in the study by Sabeti et al. (2024). Here, we briefly explain some of the numerical details. We defined a uniform mesh for our flow domain, carefully crafted with a fine spatial resolution of 0.005 m (i.e., grid size). The dimensions of the numerical model directly matched those of our wave basin used in the physical experiment, being 2.60 m wide, 0.60 m deep, and 2.50 m long (Fig. 2). This design ensures comprehensive coverage of the study area. The output intervals of the numerical model are set at 0.02 s. This timing is consistent with the sampling rates of wave gauges used in laboratory settings. The friction coefficient in the FLOW-3D HYDRO is designated as 0.45. This value corresponds to the Coulombic friction measurements obtained in the laboratory, ensuring that the simulation accurately reflects real-world physical interactions.

In order to simulate the landslide motion, we applied coupled motion objects in FLOW-3D-HYDRO where the dynamics are predominantly driven by gravity and surface friction. This methodology stands in contrast to other models that necessitate explicit inputs of force and torque. This approach ensures that the simulation more accurately reflects the natural movement of landslides, which is heavily reliant on gravitational force and the interaction between sliding surfaces. The stability of the numerical simulations is governed by the Courant Number criterion (Courant et al., 1928), which dictates the maximum time step (Δt) for a given mesh size (Δx) and flow speed (U). According to Courant et al. (1928), this number is required to stay below one to ensure stability of numerical simulations. In our simulations, the Courant number is always maintained below one.

In alignment with the parameters of physical experiments, we set the fluid within the mesh to water, characterized by a density of 1000 kg/m³ at a temperature of 20 °C. Furthermore, we defined the top, front, and back surfaces of the mesh as symmetry planes. The remaining surfaces are designated as wall types, incorporating no-slip conditions to accurately simulate the interaction between the fluid and the boundaries. In terms of selection of an appropriate turbulence model, we selected the k–ω model that showed a better performance than other turbulence methods (e.g., Renormalization-Group) in a previous study (Sabeti et al., 2024). The simulations are conducted using a PC Intel® Core™ i7-10510U CPU with a frequency of 1.80 GHz, and a 16 GB RAM. On this PC, completion of a 3-s simulation required approximately 12.5 h.

2.3. Validation

The FLOW-3D HYDRO numerical model was validated using the two physical experiments (Fig. 3) outlined in Table 1. The level of agreement between observations (Oi) and simulations (Si) is examined using the following equation:(1)�=|��−����|×100where ε represents the mismatch error, Oi denotes the observed laboratory values, and Si represents the simulated values from the FLOW-3D HYDRO model. The results of this validation process revealed that our model could replicate the waves generated in the physical experiments with a reasonable degree of mismatch (ε): 14 % for Lab 1 and 8 % for Lab 2 experiments, respectively (Fig. 3). These values indicate that while the model is not perfect, it provides a sufficiently close approximation of the real-world phenomena.

Fig 3

In terms of mesh efficiency, we varied the mesh size to study sensitivity of the numerical results to mesh size. First, by halving the mesh size and then by doubling it, we repeated the modelling by keeping other parameters unchanged. This analysis guided that a mesh size of ∆x = 0.005 m is the most effective for the setup of this study. The total number of computational cells applying mesh size of 0.005 m is 9.269 × 106.

2.4. The dataset

The validated numerical model was employed to conduct 100 simulations, incorporating variations in four key landslide parameters namely water depth, slope angle, slide volume, and travel distance. This methodical approach was essential for a thorough sensitivity analysis of these variables, and for the creation of a detailed database to develop a predictive equation for maximum initial tsunami amplitude. Within the model, 15 distinct slide volumes were established, ranging from 0.10 × 10−3 m3 to 6.25 × 10−3 m3 (Table 3). The slope angle varied between 35° and 55°, and water depth ranged from 0.24 m to 0.27 m. The travel distance of the landslides was varied, spanning from 0.04 m to 0.07 m. Detailed configurations of each simulation, along with the maximum initial wave amplitudes and dominant wave periods are provided in Table 4.

Table 3. Geometrical information of the 15 solid blocks used in numerical modelling for generating landslide tsunamis. Parameters are: ls, slide length; bs, slide width; s, slide thickness; γs, specific gravity; and V, slide volume.

Solid blockls (m)bs (m)s (m)V (m3)γs
Block-10.3100.2600.1556.25 × 10−32.60
Block-20.3000.2600.1505.85 × 10−32.60
Block-30.2800.2600.1405.10 × 10−32.60
Block-40.2600.2600.1304.39 × 10−32.60
Block-50.2400.2600.1203.74 × 10−32.60
Block-60.2200.2600.1103.15 × 10−32.60
Block-70.2000.2600.1002.60 × 10−32.60
Block-80.1800.2600.0902.11 × 10−32.60
Block-90.1600.2600.0801.66 × 10−32.60
Block-100.1400.2600.0701.27 × 10−32.60
Block-110.1200.2600.0600.93 × 10−32.60
Block-120.1000.2600.0500.65 × 10−32.60
Block-130.0800.2600.0400.41 × 10−32.60
Block-140.0600.2600.0300.23 × 10−32.60
Block-150.0400.2600.0200.10 × 10−32.60

Table 4. The numerical simulation for the 100 tests performed in this study for subaerial solid-block landslide-generated waves. Parameters are aM, maximum wave amplitude; α, slope angle; h, water depth; D, travel distance; and T, dominant wave period. The location of the wave gauge is X=1.030 m, Y=1.210 m, and Z=0.050 m. The properties of various solid blocks are presented in Table 3.

Test-Block Noα (°)h (m)D (m)T(s)aM (m)
1Block-7450.2460.0290.5100.0153
2Block-7450.2460.0300.5050.0154
3Block-7450.2460.0310.5050.0156
4Block-7450.2460.0320.5050.0158
5Block-7450.2460.0330.5050.0159
6Block-7450.2460.0340.5050.0160
7Block-7450.2460.0350.5050.0162
8Block-7450.2460.0360.5050.0166
9Block-7450.2460.0370.5050.0167
10Block-7450.2460.0380.5050.0172
11Block-7450.2460.0390.5050.0178
12Block-7450.2460.0400.5050.0179
13Block-7450.2460.0410.5050.0181
14Block-7450.2460.0420.5050.0183
15Block-7450.2460.0430.5050.0190
16Block-7450.2460.0440.5050.0197
17Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0199
18Block-7450.2460.0460.5050.0201
19Block-7450.2460.0470.5050.0191
20Block-7450.2460.0480.5050.0217
21Block-7450.2460.0490.5050.0220
22Block-7450.2460.0500.5050.0226
23Block-7450.2460.0510.5050.0236
24Block-7450.2460.0520.5050.0239
25Block-7450.2460.0530.5100.0240
26Block-7450.2460.0540.5050.0241
27Block-7450.2460.0550.5050.0246
28Block-7450.2460.0560.5050.0247
29Block-7450.2460.0570.5050.0248
30Block-7450.2460.0580.5050.0249
31Block-7450.2460.0590.5050.0251
32Block-7450.2460.0600.5050.0257
33Block-1450.2460.0450.5050.0319
34Block-2450.2460.0450.5050.0294
35Block-3450.2460.0450.5050.0282
36Block-4450.2460.0450.5050.0262
37Block-5450.2460.0450.5050.0243
38Block-6450.2460.0450.5050.0223
39Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0196
40Block-8450.2460.0450.5050.0197
41Block-9450.2460.0450.5050.0198
42Block-10450.2460.0450.5050.0184
43Block-11450.2460.0450.5050.0173
44Block-12450.2460.0450.5050.0165
45Block-13450.2460.0450.4040.0153
46Block-14450.2460.0450.4040.0124
47Block-15450.2460.0450.5050.0066
48Block-7450.2020.0450.4040.0220
49Block-7450.2040.0450.4040.0219
50Block-7450.2060.0450.4040.0218
51Block-7450.2080.0450.4040.0217
52Block-7450.2100.0450.4040.0216
53Block-7450.2120.0450.4040.0215
54Block-7450.2140.0450.5050.0214
55Block-7450.2160.0450.5050.0214
56Block-7450.2180.0450.5050.0213
57Block-7450.2200.0450.5050.0212
58Block-7450.2220.0450.5050.0211
59Block-7450.2240.0450.5050.0208
60Block-7450.2260.0450.5050.0203
61Block-7450.2280.0450.5050.0202
62Block-7450.2300.0450.5050.0201
63Block-7450.2320.0450.5050.0201
64Block-7450.2340.0450.5050.0200
65Block-7450.2360.0450.5050.0199
66Block-7450.2380.0450.4040.0196
67Block-7450.2400.0450.4040.0194
68Block-7450.2420.0450.4040.0193
69Block-7450.2440.0450.4040.0192
70Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0190
71Block-7450.2480.0450.5050.0189
72Block-7450.2500.0450.5050.0187
73Block-7450.2520.0450.5050.0187
74Block-7450.2540.0450.5050.0186
75Block-7450.2560.0450.5050.0184
76Block-7450.2580.0450.5050.0182
77Block-7450.2590.0450.5050.0183
78Block-7450.2600.0450.5050.0191
79Block-7450.2610.0450.5050.0192
80Block-7450.2620.0450.5050.0194
81Block-7450.2630.0450.5050.0195
82Block-7450.2640.0450.5050.0195
83Block-7450.2650.0450.5050.0197
84Block-7450.2660.0450.5050.0197
85Block-7450.2670.0450.5050.0198
86Block-7450.2700.0450.5050.0199
87Block-7300.2460.0450.5050.0101
88Block-7350.2460.0450.5050.0107
89Block-7360.2460.0450.5050.0111
90Block-7370.2460.0450.5050.0116
91Block-7380.2460.0450.5050.0117
92Block-7390.2460.0450.5050.0119
93Block-7400.2460.0450.5050.0121
94Block-7410.2460.0450.5050.0127
95Block-7420.2460.0450.4040.0154
96Block-7430.2460.0450.4040.0157
97Block-7440.2460.0450.4040.0162
98Block-7450.2460.0450.5050.0197
99Block-7500.2460.0450.5050.0221
100Block-7550.2460.0450.5050.0233

In all these 100 simulations, the wave gauge was consistently positioned at coordinates X=1.09 m, Y=1.21 m, and Z=0.05 m. The dominant wave period for each simulation was determined using the Fast Fourier Transform (FFT) function in MATLAB (MathWorks, 2023). Furthermore, the classification of wave types was carried out using a wave categorization graph according to Sorensen (2010), as shown in Fig. 4a. The results indicate that the majority of the simulated waves are on the border between intermediate and deep-water waves, and they are categorized as Stokes waves (Fig. 4a). Four sample waveforms from our 100 numerical experiments are provided in Fig. 4b.

Fig 4

The dataset in Table 4 was used to derive a new predictive equation that incorporates travel distance for the first time to estimate the initial maximum tsunami amplitude. In developing this equation, a genetic algorithm optimization technique was implemented using MATLAB (MathWorks 2023). This advanced approach entailed the use of genetic algorithms (GAs), an evolutionary algorithm type inspired by natural selection processes (MathWorks, 2023). This technique is iterative, involving selection, crossover, and mutation processes to evolve solutions over several generations. The goal was to identify the optimal coefficients and powers for each landslide parameter in the predictive equation, ensuring a robust and reliable model for estimating maximum wave amplitudes. Genetic Algorithms excel at optimizing complex models by navigating through extensive combinations of coefficients and exponents. GAs effectively identify highly suitable solutions for the non-linear and complex relationships between inputs (e.g., slide volume, slope angle, travel distance, water depth) and the output (i.e., maximum initial wave amplitude, aM). MATLAB’s computational environment enhances this process, providing robust tools for GA to adapt and evolve solutions iteratively, ensuring the precision of the predictive model (Onnen et al., 1997). This approach leverages MATLAB’s capabilities to fine-tune parameters dynamically, achieving an optimal equation that accurately estimates aM. It is important to highlight that the nondimensionalized version of this dataset is employed to develop a predictive equation which enables the equation to reproduce the maximum initial wave amplitude (aM) for various subaerial landslide cases, independent of their dimensional differences (e.g., Heler and Hager 2014Heller and Spinneken 2015Sabeti and Heidarzadeh 2022b). For this nondimensionalization, we employed the water depth (h) to nondimensionalize the slide volume (V/h3) and travel distance (D/h). The slide thickness (s) was applied to nondimensionalize the water depth (h/s).

2.5. Landslide velocity

In discussing the critical role of landslide velocity for simulating landslide-generated waves, we focus on the mechanisms of landslide motion and the techniques used to record landslide velocity in our simulations (Fig. 5). Also, we examine how these methods were applied in two distinct scenarios: Lab 1 and Lab 2 (see Table 1 for their details). Regarding the process of landslide movement, a slide starts from a stationary state, gaining momentum under the influence of gravity and this acceleration continues until the landslide collides with water, leading to a significant reduction in its speed before eventually coming to a stop (Fig. 5) (e.g., Panizzo et al. 2005).

Fig 5

To measure the landslide’s velocity in our simulations, we attached a probe at the centre of the slide, which supplied a time series of the velocity data. The slide’s velocity (vs) peaks at the moment it enters the water (Fig. 5), a point referred to as the impact time (tImp). Following this initial impact, the slides continue their underwater movement, eventually coming to a complete halt (tStop). Given the results in Fig. 5, it can be seen that Lab 1, with its longer travel distance (0.070 m), exhibits a higher peak velocity of 1.89 m/s. This increase in velocity is attributed to the extended travel distance allowing more time for the slide to accelerate under gravity. Whereas Lab 2, featuring a shorter travel distance (0.045 m), records a lower peak velocity of 1.78 m/s. This difference underscores how travel distance significantly influences the dynamics of landslide motion. After reaching the peak, both profiles show a sharp decrease in velocity, marking the transition to submarine motion until the slides come to a complete stop (tStop). There are noticeable differences observable in Fig. 5 between the Lab-1 and Lab-2 simulations, including the peaks at 0.3 s . These variations might stem from the placement of the wave gauge, which differs slightly in each scenario, as well as the water depth’s minor discrepancies and, the travel distance.

2.6. Effect of air entrainment

In this section we examine whether it is required to consider air entrainment for our modelling or not as the FLOW-3D HYDRO package is capable of modelling air entrainment. The process of air entrainment in water during a landslide tsunami and its subsequent transport involve two key components: the quantification of air entrainment at the water surface, and the simulation of the air’s transport within the fluid (Hirt, 2003). FLOW-3D HYDRO employs the air entrainment model to compute the volume of air entrained at the water’s surface utilizing three approaches: a constant density model, a variable density model accounting for bulking, and a buoyancy model that adds the Drift-FLUX mechanism to variable density conditions (Flow Science, 2023). The calculation of the entrainment rate is based on the following equation:(2)�������=������[2(��−�����−2�/���)]1/2where parameters are: Vair, volume of air; Cair, entrainment rate coefficient; As, surface area of fluid; ρ, fluid density; k, turbulent kinetic energy; gn, gravity normal to surface; Lt, turbulent length scale; and σ, surface tension coefficient. The value of k is directly computed from the Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) (kw) calculations in our model.

In this study, we selected the variable density + Drift-FLUX model, which effectively captures the dynamics of phase separation and automatically activates the constant density and variable density models. This method simplifies the air-water mixture, treating it as a single, homogeneous fluid within each computational cell. For the phase volume fractions f1and f2​, the velocities are expressed in terms of the mixture and relative velocities, denoted as u and ur, respectively, as follows:(3)��1��+�.(�1�)=��1��+�.(�1�)−�.(�1�2��)=0(4)��2��+�.(�2�)=��2��+�.(�2�)−�.(�1�2��)=0

The outcomes from this simulation are displayed in Fig. 6, which indicates that the influence of air entrainment on the generated wave amplitude is approximately 2 %. A value of 0.02 for the entrained air volume fraction means that, in the simulated fluid, approximately 2 % of the volume is composed of entrained air. In other words, for every unit volume of the fluid-air mixture at that location, 2 % is air and the remaining 98 % is water. The configuration of Test-17 (Table 4) was employed for this simulation. While the effect of air entrainment is anticipated to be more significant in models of granular landslide-generated waves (Fritz, 2002), in our simulations we opted not to incorporate this module due to its negligible impact on the results.

Fig 6

3. Results

In this section, we begin by presenting a sequence of our 3D simulations capturing different time steps to illustrate the generation process of landslide-generated waves. Subsequently, we derive a new predictive equation to estimate the maximum initial wave amplitude of landslide-generated waves and assess its performance.

3.1. Wave generation and propagation

To demonstrate the wave generation process in our simulation, we reference Test-17 from Table 4, where we employed Block-7 (Tables 34). In this configuration, the slope angle was set to 45°, with a water depth of 0.246 m and a travel distance at 0.045 m (Fig. 7). At 0.220 s, the initial impact of the moving slide on the water is depicted, marking the onset of the wave generation process (Fig. 7a). Disturbances are localized to the immediate area of impact, with the rest of the water surface remaining undisturbed. At this time, a maximum water particle velocity of 1.0 m/s – 1.2 m/s is seen around the impact zone (Fig. 7d). Moving to 0.320 s, the development of the wave becomes apparent as energy transfer from the landslide to the water creates outwardly radiating waves with maximum water particle velocity of up to around 1.6 m/s – 1.8 m/s (Fig. 7b, e). By the time 0.670 s, the wave has fully developed and is propagating away from the impact point exhibiting maximum water particle velocity of up to 2.0 m/s – 2.1 m/s. Concentric wave fronts are visible, moving outwards in all directions, with a colour gradient signifying the highest wave amplitude near the point of landslide entry, diminishing with distance (Fig. 7c, f).

Fig 7

3.2. Influence of landslide parameters on tsunami amplitude

In this section, we investigate the effects of various landslide parameters namely slide volume (V), water depth (h), slipe angle (α) and travel distance (D) on the maximum initial wave amplitude (aM). Fig. 8 presents the outcome of these analyses. According to Fig. 8, the slide volume, slope angle, and travel distance exhibit a direct relationship with the wave amplitude, meaning that as these parameters increase, so does the amplitude. Conversely, water depth is inversely related to the maximum initial wave amplitude, suggesting that the deeper the water depth, the smaller the maximum wave amplitude will be (Fig. 8b).

Fig 8

Fig. 8a highlights the pronounced impact of slide volume on the aM, demonstrating a direct correlation between the two variables. For instance, in the range of slide volumes we modelled (Fig. 8a), The smallest slide volume tested, measuring 0.10 × 10−3 m3, generated a low initial wave amplitude (aM= 0.0066 m) (Table 4). In contrast, the largest volume tested, 6.25 × 10−3 m3, resulted in a significantly higher initial wave amplitude (aM= 0.0319 m) (Table 4). The extremities of these results emphasize the slide volume’s paramount impact on wave amplitude, further elucidated by their positions as the smallest and largest aM values across all conducted tests (Table 4). This is corroborated by findings from the literature (e.g., Murty, 2003), which align with the observed trend in our simulations.

The slope angle’s influence on aM was smooth. A steady increase of wave amplitude was observed as the slope angle increased (Fig. 8c). In examining travel distance, an anomaly was identified. At a travel distance of 0.047 m, there was an unexpected dip in aM, which deviates from the general increasing trend associated with longer travel distances. This singular instance could potentially be attributed to a numerical error. Beyond this point, the expected pattern of increasing aM with longer travel distances resumes, suggesting that the anomaly at 0.047 m is an outlier in an otherwise consistent trend, and thus this single data point was overlooked while deriving the predictive equation. Regarding the inverse relationship between water depth and wave amplitude, our result (Fig. 8b) is consistent with previous reports by Fritz et al. (2003), (2004), and Watts et al. (2005).

The insights from Fig. 8 informed the architecture of the predictive equation in the next Section, with slide volume, travel distance, and slope angle being multiplicatively linked to wave amplitude underscoring their direct correlations with wave amplitude. Conversely, water depth is incorporated as a divisor, representing its inverse relationship with wave amplitude. This structure encapsulates the dynamics between the landslide parameters and their influence on the maximum initial wave amplitude as discussed in more detail in the next Section.

3.3. Predictive equation

Building on our sensitivity analysis of landslide parameters, as detailed in Section 3.2, and utilizing our nondimensional dataset, we have derived a new predictive equation as follows:(5)��/ℎ=0.015(tan�)0.10(�ℎ3)0.90(�ℎ)0.10(ℎ�)−0.11where, V is sliding volume, h is water depth, α is slope angle, and s is landslide thickness. It is important to note that this equation is valid only for subaerial solid-block landslide tsunamis as all our experiments were for this type of waves. The performance of this equation in predicting simulation data is demonstrated by the satisfactory alignment of data points around a 45° line, indicating its accuracy and reliability with regard to the experimental dataset (Fig. 9). The quality of fit between the dataset and Eq. (5) is 91 % indicating that Eq. (5) represents the dataset very well. Table 5 presents Eq. (5) alongside four other similar equations previously published. Two significant distinctions between our Eq. (5) and these others are: (i) Eq. (5) is derived from 3D experiments, whereas the other four equations are based on 2D experiments. (ii) Unlike the other equations, our Eq. (5) incorporates travel distance as an independent parameter.

Fig 9

Table 5. Performance comparison among our newly-developed equation and existing equations for estimating the maximum initial amplitude (aM) of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami. Parameters: aM, initial maximum wave amplitude; h, water depth; vs, landslide velocity; V, slide volume; bs, slide width; ls, slide length; s, slide thickness; α, slope angle; and ����, volume of the final immersed landslide. We considered ����= V as the slide volume.

EventPredictive equationsAuthor (year)Observed aM (m) ⁎⁎Calculated aM (m)Error, ε (%) ⁎⁎⁎⁎
2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami (Subaerial landslide) *��/ℎ=1.32���ℎNoda (1970)1341340
��/ℎ=0.667(0.5(���ℎ)2)0.334(���)0.754(���)0.506(�ℎ)1.631Bolin et al. (2014) ⁎⁎⁎13459424334
��/ℎ=0.25(������ℎ2)0.8Robbe-Saule et al. (2021)1343177
��/ℎ=0.4545(tan�)0.062(�ℎ3)0.296(ℎ�)−0.235Sabeti and Heidarzadeh (2022b)1341266
��/ℎ=0.015(tan�)0.10(�ℎ3)0.911(�ℎ)0.10(ℎ�)−0.11This study1341302.9

Geometrical and kinematic parameters of the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide based on Heidarzadeh et al. (2020)Grilli et al. (2019) and Grilli et al. (2021)V=2.11 × 107 m3h= 50 m; s= 114 m; α= 45°; ls=1250 m; bs= 2700 m; vs=44.9 m/s; D= 2500 m; aM= 100 m −150 m.⁎⁎

aM= An average value of aM = 134 m is considered in this study.⁎⁎⁎

The equation of Bolin et al. (2014) is based on the reformatted one reported by Lindstrøm (2016).⁎⁎⁎⁎

Error is calculated using Eq. (1), where the calculated aM is assumed as the simulated value.

Additionally, we evaluated the performance of this equation using the real-world data from the 2018 Anak Krakatau subaerial landslide tsunami. Based on previous studies (Heidarzadeh et al., 2020Grilli et al., 20192021), we were able to provide a list of parameters for the subaerial landslide and associated tsunami for the 2018 Anak Krakatau event (see footnote of Table 5). We note that the data of the 2018 Anak Krakatau event was not used while deriving Eq. (5). The results indicate that Eq. (5) predicts the initial amplitude of the 2018 Anak Krakatau tsunami as being 130 m indicating an error of 2.9 % compared to the reported average amplitude of 134 m for this event. This performance indicates an improvement compared to the previous equation reported by Sabeti and Heidarzadeh (2022a) (Table 5). In contrast, the equations from Robbe-Saule et al. (2021) and Bolin et al. (2014) demonstrate higher discrepancies of 4200 % and 77 %, respectively (Table 5). Although Noda’s (1970) equation reproduces the tsunami amplitude of 134 m accurately (Table 5), it is crucial to consider its limitations, notably not accounting for parameters such as slope angle and travel distance.

It is essential to recognize that both travel distance and slope angle significantly affect wave amplitude. In our model, captured in Eq. (5), we integrate the slope angle (α) through the tangent function, i.e., tan α. This choice diverges from traditional physical interpretations that often employ the cosine or sine function (e.g., Heller and Hager, 2014Watts et al., 2003). We opted for the tangent function because it more effectively reflects the direct impact of slope steepness on wave generation, yielding superior estimations compared to conventional methods.

The significance of this study lies in its application of both physical and numerical 3D experiments and the derivation of a predictive equation based on 3D results. Prior research, e.g. Heller et al. (2016), has reported notable discrepancies between 2D and 3D wave amplitudes, highlighting the important role of 3D experiments. It is worth noting that the suitability of applying an equation derived from either 2D or 3D data depends on the specific geometry and characteristics inherent in the problem being addressed. For instance, in the case of a long, narrow dam reservoir, an equation derived from 2D data would likely be more suitable. In such contexts, the primary dynamics of interest such as flow patterns and potential wave propagation are predominantly two-dimensional, occurring along the length and depth of the reservoir. This simplification to 2D for narrow dam reservoirs allows for more accurate modelling of these dynamics.

This study specifically investigates waves initiated by landslides, focusing on those characterized as solid blocks instead of granular flows, with slope angles confined to a range of 25° to 60°. We acknowledge the additional complexities encountered in real-world scenarios, such as dynamic density and velocity of landslides, which could affect the estimations. The developed equation in this study is specifically designed to predict the maximum initial amplitude of tsunamis for the aforementioned specified ranges and types of landslides.

4. Conclusions

Both physical and numerical experiments were undertaken in a 3D wave basin to study solid-block landslide-generated waves and to formulate a predictive equation for their maximum initial wave amplitude. At the beginning, two physical experiments were performed to validate and calibrate a 3D numerical model, which was subsequently utilized to generate 100 experiments by varying different landslide parameters. The generated database was then used to derive a predictive equation for the maximum initial wave amplitude of landslide tsunamis. The main features and outcomes are:

  • •The predictive equation of this study is exclusively derived from 3D data and exhibits a fitting quality of 91 % when applied to the database.
  • •For the first time, landslide travel distance was considered in the predictive equation. This inclusion provides more accuracy and flexibility for applying the equation.
  • •To further evaluate the performance of the predictive equation, it was applied to a real-world subaerial landslide tsunami (i.e., the 2018 Anak Krakatau event) and delivered satisfactory performance.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Ramtin Sabeti: Conceptualization, Methodology, Validation, Software, Visualization, Writing – review & editing. Mohammad Heidarzadeh: Methodology, Data curation, Software, Writing – review & editing.

Declaration of competing interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Funding

RS is supported by the Leverhulme Trust Grant No. RPG-2022-306. MH is funded by open funding of State Key Lab of Hydraulics and Mountain River Engineering, Sichuan University, grant number SKHL2101. We acknowledge University of Bath Institutional Open Access Fund. MH is also funded by the Great Britain Sasakawa Foundation grant no. 6217 (awarded in 2023).

Acknowledgements

Authors are sincerely grateful to the laboratory technician team, particularly Mr William Bazeley, at the Faculty of Engineering, University of Bath for their support during the laboratory physical modelling of this research. We appreciate the valuable insights provided by Mr. Brian Fox (Senior CFD Engineer at Flow Science, Inc.) regarding air entrainment modelling in FLOW-3D HYDRO. We acknowledge University of Bath Institutional Open Access Fund.

Data availability

  • All data used in this study are given in the body of the article.

References

Fig. 1. Protection matt over the scour pit.

Numerical study of the flow at a vertical pile with net-like scourprotection matt

그물형 세굴방지 매트를 사용한 수직말뚝의 유동에 대한 수치적 연구

Minxi Zhanga,b, Hanyan Zhaoc, Dongliang Zhao d, Shaolin Yuee, Huan Zhoue,Xudong Zhaoa
, Carlo Gualtierif, Guoliang Yua,b,∗
a SKLOE, School of Naval Architecture, Ocean & Civil Engineering, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, China
b KLMIES, MOE, School of Naval Architecture, Ocean & Civil Engineering, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, China
c Guangdong Research Institute of Water Resources and Hydropower, Guangzhou 510610, China
d CCCC Second Harbor Engineering Co., Ltd., Wuhan 430040, China
e CCCC Road & Bridge Special Engineering Co., Ltd, Wuhan 430071, China
f Department of Structures for Engineering and Architecture, University of Naples Federico II, Italy

Abstract

Local scour at a pile or pier in current or wave environments threats the safety of the upper structure all over the world. The application of a net-like matt as a scour protection cover at the pile or pier was proposed. The matt weakens and diffuses the flow in the local scour pit and thus reduces local scour while enhances sediment deposition. Numerical simulations were carried out to investigate the flow at the pile covered by the matt. The simulation results were used to optimize the thickness dt (2.6d95 ∼ 17.9d95) and opening size dn (7.7d95 ∼ 28.2d95) of the matt. It was found that the matt significantly reduced the local velocity and dissipated the vortex at the pile, substantially reduced the extent of local scour. The smaller the opening size of the matt, the more effective was the flow diffusion at the bed, and smaller bed shear stress was observed at the pile. For the flow conditions considered in this study, a matt with a relative thickness of T = 7.7 and relative opening size of S = 7.7 could be effective in scour protection.

조류 또는 파도 환경에서 파일이나 부두의 국지적인 세굴은 전 세계적으로 상부 구조물의 안전을 위협합니다. 파일이나 교각의 세굴 방지 덮개로 그물 모양의 매트를 적용하는 것이 제안되었습니다.

매트는 국부 세굴 구덩이의 흐름을 약화시키고 확산시켜 국부 세굴을 감소시키는 동시에 퇴적물 퇴적을 향상시킵니다. 매트로 덮인 파일의 흐름을 조사하기 위해 수치 시뮬레이션이 수행되었습니다.

시뮬레이션 결과는 매트의 두께 dt(2.6d95 ∼ 17.9d95)와 개구부 크기 dn(7.7d95 ∼ 28.2d95)을 최적화하는 데 사용되었습니다. 매트는 국부 속도를 크게 감소시키고 말뚝의 와류를 소멸시켜 국부 세굴 정도를 크게 감소시키는 것으로 나타났습니다.

매트의 개구부 크기가 작을수록 층에서의 흐름 확산이 더 효과적이었으며 파일에서 더 작은 층 전단 응력이 관찰되었습니다.

본 연구에서 고려한 유동 조건의 경우 상대 두께 T = 7.7, 상대 개구부 크기 S = 7.7을 갖는 매트가 세굴 방지에 효과적일 수 있습니다.

Keywords

Numerical simulation, Pile foundation, Local scour, Protective measure, Net-like matt

Fig. 1. Protection matt over the scour pit.
Fig. 1. Protection matt over the scour pit.
Fig. 2. Local scour pit of pile below the protection matt.
Fig. 2. Local scour pit of pile below the protection matt.

References

[1] C. He, Mod. Transp. Technol. 17 (3) (2020) 46–59 in Chinese.
[2] X. Wen, D. Zhang, J. Tianjin Univ. 54 (10) (2021) 998–1007 (Science and Technology)in Chinese.
[3] M. Zhang, H. Sun, W. Yao, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 265 (2020) 112652, doi:10.1016/j.
oceaneng.2022.112652.
[4] K. Wardhana, F.C. Hadipriono, J. Perform. Constr. Fac. 17 (3) (2003) 144–150,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0887-3828(2003)17:3(144).
[5] R. Ettema, G. Constantinescu, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng. 143 (9) (2017)
03117006, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001330.
[6] C. Valela, C.D. Rennie, I. Nistor, Int. J. Sediment Res. 37 (1) (2021) 37–46,
doi:10.1016/j.ijsrc.2021.04.004.
[7] B.W. Melville, A.J. Sutherland, J. Hydraul. Eng. 114 (10) (1988) 1210–1226,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1988)114:10(1210).
[8] E.V. Richardson, S.R. Davis, Evaluating Scour At Bridges, 4th ed., United States
Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Washington,
DC., 2001.
[9] D.M. Sheppard, B. Melville, H. Demir, J. Hydraul. Eng. 140 (1) (2014) 14–23,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000800.
[10] A.O. Aksoy, G. Bombar, T. Arkis, M.S. Guney, J. Hydrol. Hydromech. 65 (1)
(2017) 26–34.
[11] D.T. Bui, A. Shirzadi, A. Amini, et al., Sustainability 12 (3) (2020) 1063, doi:10.
3390/su12031063.
[12] B.M. Sumer, J. Fredsoe, The Mechanics of Scour in Marine Environments. World
Advanced Series on Ocean Engineering, 17, World Scientific, Singapore, 2002.
[13] J. Unger, W.H. Hager, Exp. Fluids 42 (1) (2007) 1–19.
[14] G. Kirkil, S.G. Constantinescu, R. Ettema, J. Hydraul. Eng. 134 (5) (2008) 82–84,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2008)134:5(572).
[15] B. Dargahi, J. Hydraul. Eng. 116 (10) (1990) 1197–1214.
[16] A. Bestawy, T. Eltahawy, A. Alsaluli, M. Alqurashi, Water Supply 20 (3) (2020)
1006–1015, doi:10.2166/ws.2020.022.
[17] Y.M. Chiew, J. Hydraul. Eng. 118 (9) (1992) 1260–1269.
[18] D. Bertoldi, R. Kilgore, in: Hydraulic Engineering ’93, ASCE, San Francisco, California, United States, 1993, pp. 1385–1390.
[19] Y.M. Chiew, J. Hydraul. Eng. 121 (9) (1997) 635–642.
[20] C.S. Lauchlan, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng. 127 (5) (2001) 412–418, doi:10.
1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2001)127:5(412).
[21] P.F. Lagasse, P.E. Clopper, L.W. Zevenbergen, L.G. Girard, National Cooperative
Highway Research Program (NCHRPReport 593), Countermeasures to protect
bridge piers from scour, Washington, DC, NCHRP, 2007.
[22] S. Jiang, Z. Zhou, J. Ou, J. Sediment Res. (4) (2013) 63–67 in Chinese.
[23] A. Galan, G. Simarro, G. Sanchez-Serrano, J. Hydraul. Eng. 141 (6) (2015)
06015004, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001003.
[24] Z. Zhang, H. Ding, J. Liu, Ocean Eng. 33 (2) (2015) 77–83 in Chinese.
[25] C. Valela, C.N. Whittaker, C.D. Rennie, I. Nistor, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng.
148 (3) (2022) 04022002 10.1061/%28ASCE%29HY.1943-7900.0001967.
[26] B.W. Melville, A.C. Hadfield, J. Hydraul. Eng. 6 (2) (1999) 1221–1224, doi:10.
1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1999)125:11(1221).
[27] V. Kumar, K.G. Rangaraju, N. Vittal, J. Hydraul. Eng. 125 (12) (1999) 1302–1305.
[28] A.M. Yasser, K.S. Yasser, M.A. Abdel-Azim, Alex. Eng. J. 54 (2) (2015) 197–203,
doi:10.1016/j.aej.2015.03.004.
[29] S. Khaple, P.R. Hanmaiahgari, R. Gaudio, S. Dey, Acta Geophys. 65 (2017) 957–
975, doi:10.1007/s11600-017-0084-z.
[30] C. Valela, I. Nistor, C.D. Rennie, in: Proceedings of the 6th International Disaster Mitigation Specialty Conference, Fredericton, Canada, Canadian Society for
Civil Engineering, 2018, pp. 235–244.
[31] A. Tafarojnoruz, R. Gaudio, F. Calomino, J. Hydraul. Eng. 138 (3) (2012) 297–
305, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000512.
[32] H. Tang, S. Fang, Y. Zhou, K. Cai, Y.M. Chiew, S.Y. Lim, N.S. Cheng, in: Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference Scour and Erosion (ICSE-2), Singapore.
Singapore, Nanyang Technological University, 2004.
[33] W. Zhang, Y. Li, X. Wang, Z. Sun, J. Sichuan Univ. 06 (2005) 34–40 (Engineering
Science Edition)in Chinese.
[34] S. Yang, B. Shi, Trans. Oceanol. Limnol. 5 (2017) 43–47 in Chinese.
[35] H. Wang, F. Si, G. Lou, W. Yang, G. Yu, J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 141
(1) (2015) 04014030, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)WW.1943-5460.0000270.
[36] L.D. Meyer, S.M. Dabney, W.C. Harmon, Trans. ASAE 38 (3) (1995) 809–815.
[37] G. Spyreas, B.W. Wilm, A.E. Plocher, D.M. Ketzner, J.W. Matthews, J.L. Ellis, E.J. Heske, Biol. Invasions 12 (5) (2010) 1253–1267, doi:10.1007/
s10530-009-9544-y.
[38] T. Lambrechts, S. François, S. Lutts, R. Muñoz-Carpena, C.L. Bielders, J. Hydrol.
511 (2014) 800–810, doi:10.1016/j.jhydrol.2014.02.030.
[39] G. Yu, Dynamic Embedded Anchor with High Frequency Micro Amplitude Vibrations. CN patent No: ZL200810038546.0, 2008.
[40] X. Chen, M. Zhang, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 236 (2021) 109315, doi:10.1016/j.
oceaneng.2021.109315.
[41] F. Gumgum, M.S. Guney, in: Proceedings of the 6th International Conference
Engineering and Natural Sciences (ICENS), Serbia, Belgrade, 2020.
[42] H. Zhao, S. Yue, H. Zhou, M. Zhang, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 40 (5) (2022) 111–120
in Chinese.
[43] B. Blocken, C. Gualtieri, Environ. Modell. Softw. 33 (2012) 1–22, doi:10.1016/j.
envsoft.2012.02.001.
[44] N.D. Bennett, B.F. Croke, G. Guariso, et al., Modell. Softw. 40 (2013) 1–20,
doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2012.09.011.
[45] X. Zhao, Effectiveness and Mechanism of Lattice On Sedimentation and Anti-Erosion of Local Scour Hole At Piers, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai, China, 2023.
[46] M. Zhang, G. Yu, Water Resour. Res. 53 (9) (2017) 7798–7815, doi:10.1002/
2017WR021066.

Discharge Coefficient of a Two-Rectangle Compound Weir combined with a Semicircular Gate beneath it under Various Hydraulic and Geometric Conditions

다양한 수력학적 및 기하학적 조건에서 아래에 반원형 게이트가 결합된 두 개의 직사각형 복합 웨어의 배수 계수

ABSTRACT

Two-component composite hydraulic structures are commonly employed in irrigation systems. The first component, responsible for managing the overflow, is represented by a weir consisting of two rectangles. The second component, responsible for regulating the underflow, is represented by a semicircular gate. Both components are essential for measuring, directing, and controlling the flow. In this study, we experimentally investigated the flow through a combined two-rectangle sharp-crested weir with a semicircular gate placed across the channel as a control structure. The upper rectangle of the weir has a width of 20 cm, while the lower rectangle has varying widths (W2 ) of 5, 7, and 9 cm and depths (z) of 6, 9, and 11 cm. Additionally, three different values were considered for the gate diameter (d), namely 8, 12, and 15 cm. These dimensions were tested interchangeably, including a weir without a gate (d = 0), under different water head conditions. The results indicate that the discharge passing through the combined structure of the two rectangles and the gate is significantly affected by the weir and gate dimensions. After analyzing the data, empirical formulas were developed to predict the discharge coefficient (Cd ) of the combined structure. It is important to note that the analysis and results presented in this study are limited to the range of data that were tested.

2성분 복합 수력 구조물은 일반적으로 관개 시스템에 사용됩니다. 오버플로 관리를 담당하는 첫 번째 구성 요소는 두 개의 직사각형으로 구성된 웨어로 표시됩니다.

언더플로우 조절을 담당하는 두 번째 구성 요소는 반원형 게이트로 표시됩니다. 두 구성 요소 모두 흐름을 측정, 지시 및 제어하는 데 필수적입니다. 본 연구에서 우리는 제어 구조로 수로를 가로질러 배치된 반원형 게이트를 갖춘 결합된 두 개의 직사각형 뾰족한 둑을 통한 흐름을 실험적으로 조사했습니다.

웨어의 위쪽 직사각형은 폭이 20cm인 반면, 아래쪽 직사각형은 5, 7, 9cm의 다양한 폭(W2)과 6, 9, 11cm의 깊이(z)를 갖습니다. 또한 게이트 직경(d)에 대해 8, 12, 15cm의 세 가지 다른 값이 고려되었습니다.

이러한 치수는 게이트가 없는 둑(d = 0)을 포함하여 다양한 수두 조건에서 상호 교환적으로 테스트되었습니다. 결과는 두 개의 직사각형과 게이트가 결합된 구조를 통과하는 방전이 위어와 게이트 크기에 크게 영향을 받는다는 것을 나타냅니다.

데이터를 분석한 후, 결합구조물의 유출계수(Cd)를 예측하기 위한 실험식을 개발하였다. 본 연구에서 제시된 분석 및 결과는 테스트된 데이터 범위에 국한된다는 점에 유의하는 것이 중요합니다.

Keywords

combound weir; semicircular gates; discharge coefficient; combined structure; open channels;
discharge measurement

Fig. 2. The flume and hydraulic bench layout
Fig. 2. The flume and hydraulic bench layout

REFERENCES

[1] S. S. Ibrahim, R. A. Jafer, and B. M. A. S. Ali, “An Experimental Study
of a Combined Oblique Cylindrical Weir and Gate Structure,”
Engineering, Technology & Applied Science Research, vol. 13, no. 2,
pp. 10483–10488, Apr. 2023, https://doi.org/10.48084/etasr.5646.
[2] F. Rooniyan, “The Effect of Confluence Angle on the Flow Pattern at a
Rectangular Open Channel,” Engineering, Technology & Applied
Science Research, vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 576–580, Feb. 2014,
https://doi.org/10.48084/etasr.395.
[3] A. S. Kote and P. B. Nangare, “Hydraulic Model Investigation on
Stepped Spillway’s Plain and Slotted Roller Bucket,” Engineering,
Technology & Applied Science Research, vol. 9, no. 4, pp. 4419–4422,
Aug. 2019, https://doi.org/10.48084/etasr.2837.
[4] S. M. Kori, A. A. Mahessar, M. Channa, A. A. Memon, and A. R. Kori,
“Study of Flow Characteristics Over a Rounded Edge Drop Structure in
Open Channel,” Engineering, Technology & Applied Science Research,
vol. 9, no. 3, pp. 4136–4139, Jun. 2019, https://doi.org/
10.48084/etasr.2584.
[5] F. Granata, F. Di Nunno, R. Gargano, G. de Marinis, “Equivalent
Discharge Coefficient of Side Weirs in Circular Channel—A Lazy
Machine Learning Approach,” Water, vol. 11, no.11, 2019, Art. no.
2406, https://doi.org/10.3390/w11112406.
[6] S. Salehi and A. H. Azimi, “Discharge Characteristics of Weir-Orifice
and Weir-Gate Structures,” Journal of Irrigation and Drainage
Engineering, vol. 145, no. 11, Nov. 2019, Art. no. 04019025,
https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0001421.
[7] M. G. Bos, Ed., Discharge Measurement Structures. Wageningen, The
Netherlands: International Institute for Land Reclamation and
Improvement, 1989.
[8] S. Emami, J. Parsa, H. Emami, A. Abbaspour, “An ISaDE algorithm
combined with support vector regression for estimating discharge
coefficient of W-planform weirs,” Water Supply, vol. 21, no.7, pp.
3459–3476, 2021, https://doi.org/10.2166/ws.2021.112.
[9] A. B. Altan-Sakarya, M. A. Kokpinar, and A. Duru, “Numerical
modelling of contracted sharp-crested weirs and combined weir and gate
systems,” Irrigation and Drainage, vol. 69, no. 4, pp. 854–864, 2020,
https://doi.org/10.1002/ird.2468.
[10] P. Ackers, W. R. White, J. A. Perkins, A. J. M. Harrison, Weirs and
Flumes for Flow Measurement, New York, NY, USA: Wiley, 1978.
[11] A. Alhamid, D. Husain, and A. Negm, “Discharge equation for
simultaneous flow over rectangular weirs and below inverted triangular
weirs,” Arab Gulf Journal of Scientific Research, vol. 14, no. 3, pp. 595–
607, Dec. 1996.
[12] N. Rajaratnam and K. Subramanya, “Flow Equation for the Sluice Gate,”
Journal of the Irrigation and Drainage Division, vol. 93, no. 3, pp. 167–
186, Sep. 1967, https://doi.org/10.1061/JRCEA4.0000503.
[13] A. Zahiri, H. Md. Azamathulla, and S. Bagheri, “Discharge coefficient
for compound sharp crested side weirs in subcritical flow conditions,”
Journal of Hydrology, vol. 480, pp. 162–166, Feb. 2013,
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2012.12.022.
[14] S. A. Sarhan and S. A. Jalil, “Analysis of Simulation Outputs for the
Mutual Effect of Flow in Weir and Gate System,” Journal of University
of Babylon for Engineering Sciences, vol. 26, no. 6, pp. 48–59, Apr.
2018, https://doi.org/10.29196/jubes.v26i6.1050.
[15] M. Muhammad and S. Abdullahi, “Experimental Study of Flow over
Sharp Crested Rectangular-Triangular Weir Models,” in Nigeria
Engineering Conference Proceedings, Zaria – Nigeria, Jan. 2014, pp.
34–45.
[16] M. Piratheepan, N. E. F. Winston, and K. P. P. Pathirana, “Discharge
Measurements in Open Channels using Compound Sharp-Crested
Weirs,” vol. 40, no. 3, pp. 31-38, Jul. 2007,
https://doi.org/10.4038/engineer.v40i3.7144.
[17] H. A. Hayawi, A. A. Yahia, G. A. Hayawi, “Free combined flow over a
triangular weir and under rectangular gate,” Damascus University
Journal, vol. 24, no. 1, pp. 9–22, 2008.
[18] A.-A. M. Negm, A. M. Al-Brahim, and A. A. Alhamid, “Combined-free
flow over weirs and below gates,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol.
40, no. 3, pp. 359–365, May 2002, https://doi.org/10.1080/
00221680209499950.
[19] A. A. Alhamid, A.-A. M. Negm, and A. M. Al-Brahim, “Discharge
Equation for Proposed Self-cleaning Device,” Journal of King Saud
University – Engineering Sciences, vol. 9, no. 1, pp. 13–23, Jan. 1997,
https://doi.org/10.1016/S1018-3639(18)30664-0.
[20] S. I. Khassaf and M. Habeeb, “Experimental Investigation for Flow
Through Combined Trapezoidal Weir and Rectangular Gate,”
International Journal of Scientific & Engineering Research, vol. 5, no.
4, pp. 809–814, 2014.
[21] A. A. G. Alniami, D. G. A. M. Hayawi, and H. A. M. Hayawi,
“Coefficient Of Discharge For A Combined Hydraulic Measuring
Device,” Al-Rafidain Engineering Journal, vol. 17, no. 6, pp. 92–100,
Dec. 2009, https://doi.org/10.33899/rengj.2009.43616.
[22] J. M. Samani and M. Mazaheri, “Combined Flow over Weir and under
Gate,” Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, vol. 135, no. 3, pp. 224–227,
Mar. 2009, https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2009)135:3(224).
[23] B. Balouchi and G. Rakhshandehroo, “Using Physical and Soft
Computing Models to Evaluate Discharge Coefficient for Combined
Weir–Gate Structures Under Free Flow Conditions,” Iranian Journal of
Science and Technology, Transactions of Civil Engineering, vol. 42, no.
4, pp. 427–438, Dec. 2018, https://doi.org/10.1007/s40996-018-0117-0.
[24] M. A. R. Eltoukhy, F. S. Abdelhaleem, T. H. Nasralla, S. Shaban,
“Effect of Compound Weir and below Circular Gate Geometric
Characteristics on its Discharge Coefficient,” International Journal of
Scientific & Engineering Research, Vol. vol. 11, no. 10, pp. 1115–1130,
Oct. 2020.
[25] C. E. Kindsvater and R. W. Carter, “Discharge Characteristics of
Rectangular Thin-Plate Weirs,” Transactions of the American Society of
Civil Engineers, vol. 124, no. 1, pp. 772–801, Jan. 1959,
https://doi.org/10.1061/TACEAT.0007696.
[26] H. R. Henry, “Discussion of Diffusion of Submerged Jets,” Transactions
of ASCE, vol. 115, no. 1, pp. 687–694, Jan. 1950.

Fig. 3. (a–c) Snapshots of the CtFD simulation of laser-beam irradiation: (a) Top, (b) longitudinal vertical cross-sectional, and (c) transversal vertical cross-sectional views. (d) z-position of the solid/liquid interface during melting and solidification.

Solute segregation in a rapidly solidified Hastelloy-X Ni-based superalloy during laser powder bed fusion investigated by phase-field simulations and computational thermal-fluid dynamics

Masayuki Okugawa ab, Kenji Saito a, Haruki Yoshima a, Katsuhiko Sawaizumi a, Sukeharu Nomoto c, Makoto Watanabe c, Takayoshi Nakano ab, Yuichiro Koizumi abShow moreAdd to MendeleyShareCite

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2024.104079

Get rights and content Under a Creative Commons license open access

Abstract

Solute segregation significantly affects material properties and is a critical issue in the laser powder-bed fusion (LPBF) additive manufacturing (AM) of Ni-based superalloys. To the best of our knowledge, this is the first study to demonstrate a computational thermal-fluid dynamics (CtFD) simulation coupled multi-phase-field (MPF) simulation with a multicomponent-composition model of Ni-based superalloy to predict solute segregation under solidification conditions in LPBF. The MPF simulation of the Hastelloy-X superalloy reproduced the experimentally observed submicron-sized cell structure. Significant solute segregations were formed within interdendritic regions during solidification at high cooling rates of up to 10K s-1, a characteristic feature of LPBF. Solute segregation caused a decrease in the solidus temperature (TS), with a reduction of up to 30.4 K, which increases the risk of liquation cracks during LPBF. In addition, the segregation triggers the formation of carbide phases, which increases the susceptibility to ductility dip cracking. Conversely, we found that the decrease in TS is suppressed at the melt-pool boundary regions, where re-remelting occurs during the stacking of the layer above. Controlling the re-remelting behavior is deemed to be crucial for designing crack-free alloys. Thus, we demonstrated that solute segregation at the various interfacial regions of Ni-based multicomponent alloys can be predicted by the conventional MPF simulation. The design of crack-free Ni-based superalloys can be expedited by MPF simulations of a broad range of element combinations and their concentrations in multicomponent Ni-based superalloys.

Graphical abstract

Keywords

Laser powder-bed fusion, Hastelloy-X Nickel-based superalloy, solute element segregation, computational thermal-fluid dynamics simulation, phase-field method

1. Introduction

Additive manufacturing (AM) technologies have attracted considerable attention as they allow us to easily build three-dimensional (3D) parts with complex geometries. Among the wide range of available AM techniques, laser powder-bed fusion (LPBF) has emerged as a preferred technique for metal AM [1][2][3][4][5]. In LPBF, metal products are built layer-by-layer by scanning laser, which fuse metal powder particles into bulk solids.

Significant attempts have been made to integrate LPBF techniques within the aerospace industry, with a particular focus on weldable Ni-based superalloys, such as IN718 [6][7][8], IN625 [9][10], and Hastelloy-X (HX) [11][12][13][14]. Non-weldable alloys, such as IN738LC [15][16] and CMSX-4 [1][17] are also suitable for their sufficient creep resistance under higher temperature conditions. However, non-weldable alloys are difficult to build using LPBF because of their susceptibility to cracking during the process. In general, a macro solute-segregation during solidification is suppressed by the rapid cooling conditions (up to 108 K s-1) unique to the LPBF process [18]. However, the solute segregation still occurs in the interdendritic regions that are smaller than the micrometer scale [5][19][20][21]; these regions are suggested to be related to the hot cracks in LPBF-fabricated parts. Therefore, an understanding of solute segregation is essential for the fabrication of reliable LPBF-fabricated parts while avoiding cracks.

The multiphase-field (MPF) method has gained popularity for modeling the microstructure evolution and solute segregation under rapid cooling conditions [5][20][21][22][23][24][25][26][27][28]. Moreover, quantifiable predictions have been achieved by combining the MPF method with temperature distribution analysis methods such as the finite-element method (FEM) [20] and computational thermal-fluid dynamics (CtFD) simulations [28]. These aforementioned studies have used binary-approximated multicomponent systems, such as Ni–Nb binary alloys, to simulate IN718 alloys. While MPF simulations using binary alloy systems can effectively reproduce microstructure formations and segregation behaviors, the binary approximation might be affected by the chemical interactions between the removed solute elements in the target multicomponent alloy. The limit of absolute stability predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory [29] is also crucial because the limit velocity is close to the solidification rate in the LPBF process and is different in multicomponent and binary-approximated systems. The difference between the solidus and liquidus temperatures, ΔT0, directly determines the absolute stability according to the Mullins-Sekerka theory. For example, the ΔT0 values of IN718 and its binary-approximated Ni–5 wt.%Nb alloy are 134 K [28] and 71 K [30], respectively. The solidification rate compared to the limit of absolute stability, i.e., the relative non-equilibrium of solidification, changes by simplification of the system. It is therefore important to use the composition of the actual multicomponent system in such simulations. However, to the best of our knowledge, there is no MPF simulation using a multicomponent model coupled with a temperature analysis simulation to predict solute segregation in a Ni-based superalloy.

In this study, we demonstrate that the conventional MPF model can reproduce experimentally observed dendritic structures by performing a phase-field simulation using the temperature distribution obtained by a CtFD simulation of a multicomponent Ni-based alloy (conventional solid-solution hardening-type HX). The MPF simulation revealed that the segregation behavior of solute elements largely depends on the regions of the melt pool, such as the cell boundary, the interior of the melt-pool boundary, and heat-affected regions. The sensitivities of the various interfaces to liquation and solidification cracks are compared based on the predicted concentration distributions. Moreover, the feasibility of using the conventional MPF model for LPBF is discussed in terms of the absolute stability limit.

2. Methods

2.1. Laser-beam irradiation experiments

Rolled and recrystallized HX ingots with dimensions of 20 × 50 × 10 mm were used as the specimens for laser-irradiation experiments. The specimens were irradiated with a laser beam scanned along straight lines of 10 mm in length using a laser AM machine (EOS 290 M, EOS) equipped with a 400 W Yb-fiber laser. Irradiation was performed with a beam power of P = 300 W and a scanning speed of V = 600 mm s-1, which are the conditions generally used in the LPBF fabrication of Ni-based superalloy [8]. The corresponding line energy was 0.5 J mm-1. The samples were cut perpendicular to the beam-scanning direction for cross-sectional observation using a field-emission scanning electron microscope (FE-SEM, JEOL JSM 6500). Crystal orientation analysis was performed by electron backscatter diffraction (EBSD). The sizes of each crystal grain and their aspect ratios were evaluated by analyzing the EBSD data.

2.2. CtFD simulation

CtFD simulations of the laser-beam irradiation of HX were performed using a 3D thermo-fluid analysis software (Flow Science FLOW-3D® with Flow-3D Weld module). A Gaussian heat source model was used, in which the irradiation intensity distribution of the beam is regarded as a symmetrical Gaussian distribution over the entire beam. The distribution of the beam irradiation intensity is expressed by the following equation.(1)q̇=2ηPπR2exp−2r2R2.

Here, P is the power, R is the effective beam radius, r is the actual beam radius, and η is the beam absorption rate of the substrate. To improve the accuracy of the model, η was calculated by assuming multiple reflections using the Fresnel equation:(2)�=1−121+1−�cos�21+1+�cos�2+�2−2�cos�+2cos2��2+2�cos�+2cos2�.

ε is the Fresnel coefficient and θ is the incident angle of the laser. A local laser melt causes the vaporization of the material and results in a high vapor pressure. This vapor pressure acts as a recoil pressure on the surface, pushing the weld pool down. The recoil pressure is reproduced using the following equation.(3)precoil=Ap0exp∆HLVRTV1−TVT.

Here, p0 is the atmospheric pressure, ∆HLV is the latent heat of vaporization, R is the gas constant, and TV is the boiling point at the saturated vapor pressure. A is a ratio coefficient that is generally assumed to be 0.54, indicating that the recoil pressure due to evaporation is 54% of the vapor pressure at equilibrium on the liquid surface.

Table 1 shows the parameters used in the simulations. Most parameters were evaluated using an alloy physical property calculation software (Sente software JMatPro v11). The values in a previously published study [31] were used for the emissivity and the Stefan–Boltzmann constant, and the values for pure Ni [32] were used for the heat of vaporization and vaporization temperatures. The Fresnel coefficient, which determines the beam absorption efficiency, was used as a fitting parameter to reproduce the morphology of the experimentally observed melt region, and a Fresnel coefficient of 0.12 was used in this study.

Table 1. Parameters used in the CtFD simulations.

ParameterSymbolValueReference
Density at 298.15 Kρ8.24 g cm-3[]
Liquidus temperatureTL1628.15 K[]
Solidus temperatureTS1533.15 K[]
Viscosity at TLη6.8 g m-1 s-1[]
Specific heat at 298.15 KCP0.439 J g-1 K-1[]
Thermal conductivity at 298.15 Kλ10.3 W m-1 K-1[]
Surface tension at TLγL1.85 J m-2[]
Temperature coefficient of surface tensiondγL/dT–2.5 × 10−4 J m-2 K-1[]
EmissivityΕ0.27[31]
Stefan–Boltzmann constantσ5.67 × 10-8 W m-2 K-4[31]
Heat of fusionΔHSL2.76 × 102 J g-1[32]
Heat of vaporizationΔHLV4.29 × 10J g-1[32]
Vaporization temperatureTV3110 K[32]

Calculated using JMatPro v11.

The dimensions of the computational domain of the numerical model were 4.0 mm in the beam-scanning direction, 0.4 mm in width, and 0.3 mm in height. A uniform mesh size of 10 μm was applied throughout the computational domain. The boundary condition of continuity was applied to all boundaries except for the top surface. The temperature was initially set to 300 K. P and V were set to their experimental values, i.e., 300 W and 600 mm s-1, respectively. Solidification conditions based on the temperature gradient, G, the solidification rate, R, and the cooling rate were evaluated, and the obtained temperature distribution was used in the MPF simulations.

2.3. MPF simulation

Two-dimensional MPF simulations weakly coupled with the CtFD simulation were performed using the Microstructure Evolution Simulation Software (MICRESS) [33][34][35][36][37] with the TQ-Interface for Thermo-Calc [38]. A simplified HX alloy composition of Ni-21.4Cr-17.6Fe-0.46Mn-8.80Mo-0.39Si-0.50W-1.10Co-0.08 C (mass %) was used in this study. The Gibbs free energy and diffusion coefficient of the system were calculated using the TCNI9 thermodynamic database [39] and the MOBNi5 mobility database [40]. Τhe equilibrium phase diagram calculated using Thermo-Calc indicates that the face-centered cubic (FCC) and σ phases appear as the equilibrium solid phases [19]. However, according to the time-temperature-transformation (TTT) diagram [41], the phases are formed after the sample is maintained for tens of hours in a temperature range of 1073 to 1173 K. Therefore, only the liquid and FCC phases were assumed to appear in the MPF simulations. The simulation domain was 5 × 100 μm, and the grid size Δx and interface width were set to 0.025 and 0.1 µm, respectively. The interfacial mobility between the solid and liquid phases was set to 1.0 × 10-8 m4 J-1 s-1. Initially, one crystalline nucleus with a [100] crystal orientation was placed at the left bottom of the simulation domain, with the liquid phase occupying the remainder of the domain. The model was solidified under the temperature field distribution obtained by the CtFD simulation. The concentration distribution and crystal orientation of the solidified model were examined. The primary dendrite arm space (PDAS) was compared to the experimental PDAS measured by the cross-sectional SEM observation.

In an actual LPBF process, solidified layers are remelted and resolidified during the stacking of the one layer above, thereby greatly affecting solute element distributions in those regions. Therefore, remelting and resolidification simulations were performed to examine the effect of remelting on solute segregation. The solidified model was remelted and resolidified by applying a time-dependent temperature field shifted by 60 μm in the height direction, assuming reheating during the stacking of the upper layer (i.e., the upper 40 μm region of the simulation box was remelted and resolidified). The changes in the composition distribution and formed microstructure were investigated.

3. Results

3.1. Experimental observation of melt pool

Fig. 1 shows a cross-sectional optical microscopy image and corresponding inverse pole figure (IPF) orientation maps obtained from the laser-melted region of HX. The dashed line indicates the fusion line. A deep melted region was formed by keyhole-mode melting due to the vaporization of the metal and resultant recoil pressure. Epitaxial growth from the unmelted region was observed. Columnar crystal grains with an average diameter of 5.46 ± 0.32 μm and an aspect ratio of 3.61 ± 0.13 appeared at the melt regions (Figs. 1b–1d). In addition, crystal grains growing in the z direction could be observed in the lower center.

Fig. 1

Fig. 2a shows a cross-sectional backscattering electron image (BEI) obtained from the laser-melted region indicated by the black square in Fig. 1a. The bright particles with a diameter of approximately 2 μm observed outside the melt pool. It is well known that M6C, M23C6, σ, and μ precipitate phases are formed in Hastelloy-X [41]. These precipitates mainly consisted of Mo, Cr, Fe, and Ni; The μ and M6C phases are rich in Mo, while the σ and M23C6 phases are rich in Cr. The SEM energy dispersive X-ray spectroscopy analysis suggested that the bright particles are the stable precipitates as shown in Fig. S2 and Table S1. Conversely, there are no carbides in the melt pool. This suggests that the cooling rate is extremely high during LPBF, which prevents the formation of a stable carbide during solidification. Figs. 2b–2f show magnified BEI images at different height positions indicated in Fig. 2a. Bright regions are observed between the cells, which become fragmentary at the center of the melt pool, as indicated by the yellow arrow heads in Figs. 2e and 2f.

Fig. 2

3.2. CtFD simulation

Figs. 3a–3c show snapshots of the CtFD simulation of HX at 2.72 ms, with the temperature indicated in color. A melt pool with an elongated teardrop shape formed and keyhole-mode melting was observed at the front of the melt region. The cooling rate, temperature gradient (G), and solidification rate (R) were evaluated from the temporal change in the temperature distribution of the CtFD simulation results. The z-position of the solid/liquid interface during the melting and solidification processes is shown in Fig. 3d. The interface goes down rapidly during melting and then rises during solidification. The MPF simulation of the microstructure formation during solidification was performed using the temperature distribution. Moreover, the microstructure formation process during the fabrication of the upper layer was investigated by remelting and resolidifying the solidified layer using the same temperature distribution with a 60 μm upward shift, corresponding to the layer thickness commonly used in the LPBF of Ni-based superalloys.

Fig. 3

Figs. 4a–4c show the changes in the cooling rate, temperature gradient, and solidification rate in the center line of the melt pool parallel to the z direction. To output the solidification conditions at the solid/liquid interface in the melt pool, only the data of the mesh where the solid phase ratio was close to 0.5 were plotted. Solidification occurred where the cooling rate was in the range of 2.1 × 105–1.6 × 10K s-1G was in the range of 3.6 × 105–1.9 × 10K m-1, and R was in the range of 8.2 × 10−2–6.3 × 10−1 m s-1. The cooling rate was the highest near the fusion line and decreased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4a). G also exhibited the highest value in the regions near the fusion line and decreased throughout the solid/liquid interface toward the center of the melt pool (Fig. 4b). R had the lowest value near the fusion line and increased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4c).

Fig. 4

3.3. MPF simulations coupled with CtFD simulation

MPF simulations of solidification, remelting, and resolidification were performed using the temperature-time distribution obtained by the CtFD simulation. Fig. 5 shows the MPF solidified models colored by phase and Mo concentration. All the computational domains show the FCC phase after the solidification (Fig. 5a). Dendrites grew parallel to the heat flow direction, and solute segregations were observed in the interdendritic regions. At the bottom of the melt pool (Fig. 5d), planar interface growth occurred before the formation of primary dendrites. The bottom of the melt pool is the turning point of the solid/liquid interface from the downward motion in melting to the upward motion in solidification. Thus, the solidification rate at the boundary is zero, and is extremely low immediately above the molt-pool boundary. Here, the lower limit of the solidification rate (R) for dendritic growth can be represented by the constitutional supercooling criterion [29]Vcs = (G × DL) / ΔT, and planar interface growth occurs at R < VcsDL and ΔT denote the diffusion coefficient in the liquid and the equilibrium freezing range, respectively. The results suggest that planar interface growth occurs at the bottom of the melt pool, resulting in a dark region with a different solute element distribution. Some of the primary dendrites were diminished by competition with other dendrites. In addition, secondary dendrite arms could be seen in the upper regions (Fig. 5c), where solidification occurred at a lower cooling rate. The fragmentation of the solute segregation near the secondary dendrite arms is similar to that observed in the experimental melt pool shown in Figs. 2e and 2f, and the secondary dendrite arms are suggested to have appeared at the center of the melt region. Fig. 6 shows the PDASs measured from the MPF simulation models, compared to the experimental PDASs measured by the cross-sectional SEM observation of the laser-melted regions (Fig. 2). The PDAS obtained by the MPF simulation become larger as the solidification progress. Ghosh et al. [21] evident by the phase-field method that the PDAS decreases as the cooling rate increases under the rapid cooling conditions obtained by the finite element analysis. In this study, the cooling rate was decreased as the interface approached the center of the melt region (Fig. 4a), and the trends in PDAS changes with respect to cooling rate is same as the reported trend [21]. The simulated trends of the PDAS with the position in the melt pool agreed well with the experimental trends. However, all PDASs in the simulation were larger than those observed in the experiment at the same positions. Ode et al. [42] reported that PDAS differences between 2D and 3D MPF simulations can be represented by PDAS2D = 1.12 × PDAS3D owing to differences in the effects of the interfacial energy and diffusivity. We also performed 2D and 3D MPF simulations under the solidification conditions of G = 1.94 × 10K m-1 and R = 0.82 m s-1 (Fig. S1), and found that the PDAS from the 2D MPF simulation was 1.26 times larger than that from the 3D simulation. Therefore, the cell structure obtained by the CtFD simulation coupled with the 2D MPF simulation agreed well with the experimental results over the entire melt pool region considering the dimensional effects.

Fig. 5
Fig. 6

Fig. 7b1 and 7c1 show the concentration profiles of the solidified model along the growth direction indicated by dashed lines in Fig. 7a. The differences in concentrations from the alloy composition are also shown in Fig. 7b2 and 7c2. Cr, Mo, C, Mn, and W were segregated to the interdendritic regions, while Si, Fe, and Co were depressed. The solute segregation behavior agrees with the experimentally observation [43] and the prediction by the Scheil-Gulliver simulation [19]. Segregation occurred to the highest degree in Mo, while the ratio of segregation to the alloy composition was remarkable in C. The concentration fluctuations correlated with the position in the melt pool and decreased at the center of the melt pool, which was suggested to correspond to the lower cooling rate in this region. Conversely, droplets that appeared between secondary dendrite arms in the upper regions of the simulation domain exhibited a locally high segregation of solute elements, with the same amount of segregation as that at the bottom of the melt pool.

Fig. 7

3.4. Remelting and resolidification simulation

The solidified model was subjected to remelting and resolidification conditions by shifting the temperature profile upward by 60 µm to reveal the effect of reheating on the solute segregation behavior. Figs. 8a and 8b shows the simulation domains of the HX model after resolidification, colored by phase and Mo concentration. The magnified MPF models during the resolidification of the regions indicated by rectangles in Figs. 8a and 8b are also shown as Figs. 8c and 8d. Dendrites grew from the bottom of the remelted region, with the segregation of solute elements occurring in the interdendritic regions. The entire domain become the FCC phase after the resolidification, as shown in Fig. 8a. The bottom of the remelted regions exhibited a different microstructure, and Mo was depressed at the remelted regions, rather than the interdendritic regions. The different solute segregation behavior [44] and the microstructure formation [45] at the melt pool boundary is also observed in LPBF manufactured 316 L stainless steel. We found that this microstructure was formed by further remelting during the resolidification process, which is shown in Fig. 9. Here, the solidified HX model was heated, and the interdendritic regions were preferentially melted while concentration fluctuations were maintained (Fig. 9a1 and 9a2). Subsequently, planer interface growth occurs near the melt pool boundary where the solidification rate is almost zero, and the dendrites outside of the boundary are grown epitaxially (Fig. 9b1 and 9b2). However, these remelted again because of the temperature rise (Fig. 9c1 and 9c2, and the temperature-time profile shown in Fig. 9e). The remelted regions then cooled and solidified with the abnormal solute segregations (Fig. 9d1 and 9d2). Then, dendrite grows from amplified fluctuations under the solidification rate larger than the criterion of constitutional supercooling (Fig. 9d1, 9d2, and Fig. 8d). It has been reported [46][47] that temperature rising owning to latent heat affects microstructure formation: phase-field simulations of a Ni–Al binary alloy suggest that the release of latent heat during solidification increases the average temperature of the system [46] and strongly influences the solidification conditions [47]. In this study, the release of latent heat during solidification is considered in CtFD simulations for calculating the temperature distribution, and the temperature increase is suggested to have also occurred due to the release of latent heat.

Fig. 8
Fig. 9

Fig. 10b1 and 10c1 show the solute element concentration line profiles of the resolidified model along the growth direction indicated by dashed lines in Fig. 10a. Fig. 10b2 and 10c2 show the corresponding differences in concentration from the alloy composition. The segregation behavior of solute elements at the interdendritic regions (Fig. 10b1 and 10b2) was the same as that in the solidified model (Figs. 7b1 and 7b2). Here, Cr, Mo, C, Mn, and W were segregated to the interdendritic regions, while Si, Fe, and Co were depressed. However, the concentration fluctuations at the interdendritic regions were larger than those in the solidified model. Moreover, the segregation of the outside of the melt pool, i.e., the heat-affected zone, was remarkable throughout remelting and resolidification. Different segregation behaviors were observed in the re-remelted region: Mo, Si, Mn, and W were segregated, while Ni, Fe, and Co were depressed. These solute segregations caused by remelting are expected to heavily influence the crack behavior.

Fig. 10

4. Discussion

4.1. Effect of segregation of solute elements on liquation cracking susceptibility

Strong solute segregation was observed between the interdendritic regions of the solidified alloy (Fig. 7). In addition, the solute segregation behavior was significantly affected by remelting and resolidification and varied across the alloy. Solute segregation can be categorized by the regions shown in Fig. 11a1–11a4, namely the cell boundary (Fig. 11a1), interior of the melt-pool boundary (Fig. 11a2), re-remelted regions (Fig. 11a3), and heat-affected regions (Fig. 11a4). The concentration profiles of these regions are shown in Fig. 11b1–11b4. Solute segregation was the highest in the cell boundary region. The solute segregation in the heat-affected region was almost the same as that in the cell boundary region, but seemed to have been attenuated by reheating during remelting and resolidification. The interior of the melt-pool boundary region also had the same tendency for solute segregation. However, the amount of Cr segregation was smaller than that of Mo. A decrease in the Cr concentration was also mitigated, and the concentration remained the same as that in the alloy composition. Fig. 11c1–11c4 show the chemical potentials of the solute elements for the FCC phase at 1073 K calculated using the compositions of those interfacial regions. All the interfacial regions showed non-constant chemical potentials for each element along the perpendicular direction, but the fluctuations of the chemical potentials differed by the type of interfaces. In particular, the fluctuation of the chemical potential of C at the cell boundary region was the largest, suggesting it can be relaxed easily by heat treatment. On the other hand, the fluctuations of the other elements in all the regions were small. The solute segregations are most likely to remain after the heat treatment and are supposed to affect the cracking susceptibilities.

Fig. 11

The solidus temperatures TS, the difference between the liquidus and solidus temperatures (i.e., the brittle temperature range (BTR)), and the fractions of the equilibrium precipitate phases at 1073 K of the interfacial regions were calculated as the liquation, solidification, and ductility dip cracking susceptibilities, respectively. At the cell boundary (Fig. 12a1), interior of the melt-pool boundary (Fig. 12a1), and heat-affected regions (Fig. 12a1), the internal and interfacial regions exhibited higher and lower TS compared to that of the alloy composition, respectively. The lowest Ts was obtained with the composition at the cell boundary region, which is the largest solute-segregated region. It has been suggested that strong segregations of solute elements in LPBF lead to liquation cracks [16]. This study also supports this suggestion, and liquation cracks are more likely to occur at the interfacial regions indicated by predicting the solute segregation behavior using the MPF model. Additionally, the BTRs of the cell boundary, interior of the melt-pool boundary, and heat-affected regions were wider at the interdendritic regions, and solidification cracks were also likely to occur in these regions. Moreover, within the solute segregation regions, the fraction of the precipitate phases in these interfacial regions was larger than that calculated using the alloy composition (Fig. 12c1, 12c2, and 12c4). This indicates that ductility dip cracking is also likely to occur at the cell boundary, interior of the melt-pool boundary, and in heat-affected regions. Contrarily, we found that the re-remelted region exhibited a higher TS and smaller BTR even in the interfacial region (Fig. 12a3 and 12b3), where the solute segregation behavior was different from that of the other regions. In addition, the re-remelting region exhibited less precipitation compared with the other segregated regions (Fig. 12c3). The re-remelting caused by the latent heat can attenuate solute segregation, prevent Ts from decreasing, decrease the BTR, and decrease the amount of precipitate phases. Alloys with a large amount of latent heat are expected to increase the re-remelting region, thereby decreasing the susceptibility to liquation and ductility dip cracks due to solute element segregation. This can be a guide for designing alloys for the LPBF process. As mentioned in Section 3.4, the microstructure [45] and the solute segregation behavior [44] at the melt pool boundary of LPBF-manufactured 316 L stainless steel are observed, and they are different from that of the interdendritic regions. Experimental observations of the solute segregation behavior in the LPBF-fabricated Ni-based alloys are currently underway.

Fig. 12

4.2. Applicability of the conventional MPF simulation to microstructure formation under LPBF

As the solidification growth rate increases, segregation coefficients approach 1, and the fluctuation of the solid/liquid interface is suppressed by the interfacial tension. The interface growth occurs in a flat fashion instead of having a cellular morphology at a velocity above the absolute stability limit, Ras, predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory [29]Ras = (ΔT0 DL) / (k Γ) where ΔT0DLk, and Γ are the difference between the liquidus and solidus temperatures, equilibrium segregation coefficient, the diffusivity of liquid, and the Gibbs-Thomson coefficient, respectively.

The Ras of HX was calculated using the equation and the thermodynamic parameters obtained by the TCNI9 thermodynamic database [39]. The calculated Ras of HX was 3.9 m s-1 and is ten times larger than that of the Ni–Nb alloy (approximately 0.4 m s-1[20]. The HX alloy was solidified under R values in the range of 8.2 × 10−2–6.3 × 10−1 m s-1. The theoretically calculated criterion is larger than the evaluated R, and is in agreement with the experiment in which dendritic growth is observed in the melt pool (Fig. 5). In contrast, Karayagiz et al. [20] reported that the R of the Ni–Nb binary alloy under LPBF was as high as approximately 2 m s-1, and planar interface growth was observed to be predominant under the high-growth-rate conditions. These experimentally observed microstructures agree well with the prediction by the Mullins-Sekerka theory about the relationship between the morphology and solidification rates.

In this study, the solidification microstructure formed by the laser-beam irradiation of an HX multicomponent Ni-based superalloy was reproduced by a conventional MPF simulation, in which the system was assumed to be in a quasi-equilibrium condition. Boussinot et al. [24] also suggested that the conventional phase-field model can be applied to simulate the microstructure of an IN718 multicomponent Ni-based superalloy in LPBF. In contrast, Kagayaski et al. [20] suggested that the conventional MPF simulation cannot be applied to the solidification of the Ni-Nb binary alloy system and that the finite interface dissipation model proposed by Steinbach et al. [48][49] is necessary to simulate the high solidification rates observed in LPBF. The difference in the applicability of the conventional MPF method to HX and Ni–Nb binary alloys is presumed to arise from the differences in the non-equilibrium degree of these systems under the high solidification rates of LPBF. The results suggest that Ras can be used as a simple index to apply the conventional MPF model for solidification in LPBF. Solidification becomes a non-equilibrium process as the solidification rate approaches the limit of absolute stability, Ras. In this study, the solidification of the HX multicomponent system occurred under a relatively low solidification rate compared to Ras, and the microstructure of the conventional MPF model was successfully reproduced in the physical experiment. However, note that the limit of absolute stability predicted by the Mullins-Sekerka theory was originally proposed for solidification in a binary alloy system, and further investigation is required to consider its applicability to multicomponent alloy systems. Moreover, the fast solidification, such as in the LPBF process, causes segregation coefficient approaching a value of 1 [20][21][25] corresponds to a diffusion length that is on the order of the atomic interface thickness. When the segregation coefficient approaches 1, solute undercooling disappears; hence, there is no driving force to amplify fluctuations regardless of whether interfacial tension is present. This phenomenon should be further investigated in future studies.

5. Conclusions

We simulated solute segregation in a multicomponent HX alloy under the LPBF process by an MPF simulation using the temperature distributions obtained by a CtFD simulation. We set the parameters of the CtFD simulation to match the melt pool shape formed in the laser-irradiation experiment and found that solidification occurred under high cooling rates of up to 1.6 × 10K s-1.

MPF simulations using the temperature distributions from CtFD simulation could reproduce the experimentally observed PDAS and revealed that significant solute segregation occurred at the interdendritic regions. Equilibrium thermodynamic calculations using the alloy compositions of the segregated regions when considering crack sensitivities suggested a decrease in the solidus temperature and an increase in the amount of carbide precipitation, thereby increasing the susceptibility to liquation and ductility dip cracks in these regions. Notably, these changes were suppressed at the melt-pool boundary region, where re-remelting occurred during the stacking of the layer above. This effect can be used to achieve a novel in-process segregation attenuation.

Our study revealed that a conventional MPF simulation weakly coupled with a CtFD simulation can be used to study the solidification of multicomponent alloys in LPBF, contrary to the cases of binary alloys investigated in previous studies. We discussed the applicability of the conventional MPF model to the LPBF process in terms of the limit of absolute stability, Ras, and suggested that alloys with a high limit velocity, i.e., multicomponent alloys, can be simulated using the conventional MPF model even under the high solidification velocity conditions of LPBF.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Masayuki Okugawa: Writing – review & editing, Writing – original draft, Visualization, Validation, Software, Methodology, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation, Conceptualization. Takayoshi Nakano: Writing – review & editing, Validation, Supervision, Funding acquisition. Yuichiro Koizumi: Writing – review & editing, Visualization, Validation, Supervision, Project administration, Methodology, Investigation, Funding acquisition, Formal analysis, Data curation, Conceptualization. Sukeharu Nomoto: Writing – review & editing, Validation, Investigation. Makoto Watanabe: Writing – review & editing, Validation, Supervision, Funding acquisition. Katsuhiko Sawaizumi: Validation, Software, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation. Kenji Saito: Visualization, Validation, Software, Methodology, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation. Haruki Yoshima: Visualization, Validation, Software, Investigation, Formal analysis, Data curation.

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper

Acknowledgments

This work was partly supported by the Cabinet Office, Government of Japan, Cross-ministerial Strategic Innovation Promotion Program (SIP), “Materials Integration for Revolutionary Design System of Structural Materials,” (funding agency: The Japan Science and Technology Agency), by JSPS KAKENHI Grant Numbers 21H05018 and 21H05193, and by CREST Nanomechanics: Elucidation of macroscale mechanical properties based on understanding nanoscale dynamics for innovative mechanical materials (Grant Number: JPMJCR2194) from the Japan Science and Technology Agency (JST). The authors would like to thank Mr. H. Kawabata and Mr. K. Kimura for their technical support with the sample preparations and laser beam irradiation experiments.

Appendix A. Supplementary material

Download : Download Word document (654KB)

Supplementary material.

Data availability

Data will be made available on request.

References

Schematic diagram of HP-LPBF melting process.

Modeling and numerical studies of high-precision laser powder bed fusion

Yi Wei ;Genyu Chen;Nengru Tao;Wei Zhou
https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0191504

In order to comprehensively reveal the evolutionary dynamics of the molten pool and the state of motion of the fluid during the high-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) process, this study aims to deeply investigate the specific manifestations of the multiphase flow, solidification phenomena, and heat transfer during the process by means of numerical simulation methods. Numerical simulation models of SS316L single-layer HP-LPBF formation with single and double tracks were constructed using the discrete element method and the computational fluid dynamics method. The effects of various factors such as Marangoni convection, surface tension, vapor recoil, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool have been paid attention to during the model construction process. The results show that the molten pool exhibits a “comet” shape, in which the temperature gradient at the front end of the pool is significantly larger than that at the tail end, with the highest temperature gradient up to 1.69 × 108 K/s. It is also found that the depth of the second track is larger than that of the first one, and the process parameter window has been determined preliminarily. In addition, the application of HP-LPBF technology helps to reduce the surface roughness and minimize the forming size.

Topics

Heat transferNonequilibrium thermodynamicsSolidification processComputer simulationDiscrete element methodLasersMass transferFluid mechanicsComputational fluid dynamicsMultiphase flows

I. INTRODUCTION

Laser powder bed fusion (LPBF) has become a research hotspot in the field of additive manufacturing of metals due to its advantages of high-dimensional accuracy, good surface quality, high density, and high material utilization.1,2 With the rapid development of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics, the demand for microfabrication technology is increasing day by day.3 High-precision laser powder bed fusion (HP-LPBF) is one of the key manufacturing technologies for tiny parts in the fields of electronics, medical, automotive, biotechnology, energy, communication, and optics because of its process characteristics such as small focal spot diameter, small powder particle size, and thin powder layup layer thickness.4–13 Compared with LPBF, HP-LPBF has the significant advantages of smaller focal spot diameter, smaller powder particle size, and thinner layer thickness. These advantages make HP-LPBF perform better in producing micro-fine parts, high surface quality, and parts with excellent mechanical properties.

HP-LPBF is in the exploratory stage, and researchers have already done some exploratory studies on the focal spot diameter, the amount of defocusing, and the powder particle size. In order to explore the influence of changing the laser focal spot diameter on the LPBF process characteristics of the law, Wildman et al.14 studied five groups of different focal spot diameter LPBF forming 316L stainless steel (SS316L) processing effect, the smallest focal spot diameter of 26 μm, and the results confirm that changing the focal spot diameter can be achieved to achieve the energy control, so as to control the quality of forming. Subsequently, Mclouth et al.15 proposed the laser out-of-focus amount (focal spot diameter) parameter, which characterizes the distance between the forming plane and the laser focal plane. The laser energy density was controlled by varying the defocusing amount while keeping the laser parameters constant. Sample preparation at different focal positions was investigated, and their microstructures were characterized. The results show that the samples at the focal plane have finer microstructure than those away from the focal plane, which is the effect of higher power density and smaller focal spot diameter. In order to explore the influence of changing the powder particle size on the characteristics of the LPBF process, Qian et al.16 carried out single-track scanning simulations on powder beds with average powder particle sizes of 70 and 40 μm, respectively, and the results showed that the melt tracks sizes were close to each other under the same process parameters for the two particle-size distributions and that the molten pool of powder beds with small particles was more elongated and the edges of the melt tracks were relatively flat. In order to explore the superiority of HP-LPBF technology, Xu et al.17 conducted a comparative analysis of HP-LPBF and conventional LPBF of SS316L. The results showed that the average surface roughness of the top surface after forming by HP-LPBF could reach 3.40 μm. Once again, it was verified that HP-LPBF had higher forming quality than conventional LPBF. On this basis, Wei et al.6 comparatively analyzed the effects of different laser focal spot diameters on different powder particle sizes formed by LPBF. The results showed that the smaller the laser focal spot diameter, the fewer the defects on the top and side surfaces. The above research results confirm that reducing the laser focal spot diameter can obtain higher energy density and thus better forming quality.

LPBF involves a variety of complex systems and mechanisms, and the final quality of the part is influenced by a large number of process parameters.18–24 Some research results have shown that there are more than 50 factors affecting the quality of the specimen. The influencing factors are mainly categorized into three main groups: (1) laser parameters, (2) powder parameters, and (3) equipment parameters, which interact with each other to determine the final specimen quality. With the continuous development of technologies such as computational materials science and computational fluid dynamics (CFD), the method of studying the influence of different factors on the forming quality of LPBF forming process has been shifted from time-consuming and laborious experimental characterization to the use of numerical simulation methods. As a result, more and more researchers are adopting this approach for their studies. Currently, numerical simulation studies on LPBF are mainly focused on the exploration of molten pool, temperature distribution, and residual stresses.

  1. Finite element simulation based on continuum mechanics and free surface fluid flow modeling based on fluid dynamics are two common approaches to study the behavior of LPBF molten pool.25–28 Finite element simulation focuses on the temperature and thermal stress fields, treats the powder bed as a continuum, and determines the molten pool size by plotting the elemental temperature above the melting point. In contrast, fluid dynamics modeling can simulate the 2D or 3D morphology of the metal powder pile and obtain the powder size and distribution by certain algorithms.29 The flow in the molten pool is mainly affected by recoil pressure and the Marangoni effect. By simulating the molten pool formation, it is possible to predict defects, molten pool shape, and flow characteristics, as well as the effect of process parameters on the molten pool geometry.30–34 In addition, other researchers have been conducted to optimize the laser processing parameters through different simulation methods and experimental data.35–46 Crystal growth during solidification is studied to further understand the effect of laser parameters on dendritic morphology and solute segregation.47–54 A multi-scale system has been developed to describe the fused deposition process during 3D printing, which is combined with the conductive heat transfer model and the dendritic solidification model.55,56
  2. Relevant scholars have adopted various different methods for simulation, such as sequential coupling theory,57 Lagrangian and Eulerian thermal models,58 birth–death element method,25 and finite element method,59 in order to reveal the physical phenomena of the laser melting process and optimize the process parameters. Luo et al.60 compared the LPBF temperature field and molten pool under double ellipsoidal and Gaussian heat sources by ANSYS APDL and found that the diffusion of the laser energy in the powder significantly affects the molten pool size and the temperature field.
  3. The thermal stresses obtained from the simulation correlate with the actual cracks,61 and local preheating can effectively reduce the residual stresses.62 A three-dimensional thermodynamic finite element model investigated the temperature and stress variations during laser-assisted fabrication and found that powder-to-solid conversion increases the temperature gradient, stresses, and warpage.63 Other scholars have predicted residual stresses and part deflection for LPBF specimens and investigated the effects of deposition pattern, heat, laser power, and scanning strategy on residual stresses, noting that high-temperature gradients lead to higher residual stresses.64–67 

In short, the process of LPBF forming SS316L is extremely complex and usually involves drastic multi-scale physicochemical changes that will only take place on a very small scale. Existing literature employs DEM-based mesoscopic-scale numerical simulations to investigate the effects of process parameters on the molten pool dynamics of LPBF-formed SS316L. However, a few studies have been reported on the key mechanisms of heating and solidification, spatter, and convective behavior of the molten pool of HP-LPBF-formed SS316L with small laser focal spot diameters. In this paper, the geometrical properties of coarse and fine powder particles under three-dimensional conditions were first calculated using DEM. Then, numerical simulation models for single-track and double-track cases in the single-layer HP-LPBF forming SS316L process were developed at mesoscopic scale using the CFD method. The flow genesis of the melt in the single-track and double-track molten pools is discussed, and their 3D morphology and dimensional characteristics are discussed. In addition, the effects of laser process parameters, powder particle size, and laser focal spot diameter on the temperature field, characterization information, and defects in the molten pool are discussed.

II. MODELING

A. 3D powder bed modeling

HP-LPBF is an advanced processing technique for preparing target parts layer by layer stacking, the process of which involves repetitive spreading and melting of powders. In this process, both the powder spreading and the morphology of the powder bed are closely related to the results of the subsequent melting process, while the melted surface also affects the uniform distribution of the next layer of powder. For this reason, this chapter focuses on the modeling of the physical action during the powder spreading process and the theory of DEM to establish the numerical model of the powder bed, so as to lay a solid foundation for the accuracy of volume of fluid (VOF) and CFD.

1. DEM

DEM is a numerical technique for calculating the interaction of a large number of particles, which calculates the forces and motions of the spheres by considering each powder sphere as an independent unit. The motion of the powder particles follows the laws of classical Newtonian mechanics, including translational and rotational,38,68–70 which are expressed as follows:����¨=���+∑��ij,

(1)����¨=∑�(�ij×�ij),

(2)

where �� is the mass of unit particle i in kg, ��¨ is the advective acceleration in m/s2, And g is the gravitational acceleration in m/s2. �ij is the force in contact with the neighboring particle � in N. �� is the rotational inertia of the unit particle � in kg · m2. ��¨ is the unit particle � angular acceleration in rad/s2. �ij is the vector pointing from unit particle � to the contact point of neighboring particle �⁠.

Equations (1) and (2) can be used to calculate the velocity and angular velocity variations of powder particles to determine their positions and velocities. A three-dimensional powder bed model of SS316L was developed using DEM. The powder particles are assumed to be perfect spheres, and the substrate and walls are assumed to be rigid. To describe the contact between the powder particles and between the particles and the substrate, a non-slip Hertz–Mindlin nonlinear spring-damping model71 was used with the following expression:�hz=��������+��[(�����ij−�eff����)−(�����+�eff����)],

(3)

where �hz is the force calculated using the Hertzian in M. �� and �� are the radius of unit particles � and � in m, respectively. �� is the overlap size of the two powder particles in m. ��⁠, �� are the elastic constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �ij is the unit vector connecting the centerlines of the two powder particles. �eff is the effective mass of the two powder particles in kg. �� and �� are the viscoelastic damping constants in the normal and tangential directions, respectively. �� and �� are the components of the relative velocities of the two powder particles. ��� is the displacement vector between two spherical particles. The schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles is shown in Fig. 1.

FIG. 1.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of overlapping powder particles.

Because the particle size of the powder used for HP-LPBF is much smaller than 100 μm, the effect of van der Waals forces must be considered. Therefore, the cohesive force �jkr of the Hertz–Mindlin model was used instead of van der Waals forces,72 with the following expression:�jkr=−4��0�*�1.5+4�*3�*�3,

(4)1�*=(1−��2)��+(1−��2)��,

(5)1�*=1��+1��,

(6)

where �* is the equivalent Young’s modulus in GPa; �* is the equivalent particle radius in m; �0 is the surface energy of the powder particles in J/m2; α is the contact radius in m; �� and �� are the Young’s modulus of the unit particles � and �⁠, respectively, in GPa; and �� and �� are the Poisson’s ratio of the unit particles � and �⁠, respectively.

2. Model building

Figure 2 shows a 3D powder bed model generated using DEM with a coarse powder geometry of 1000 × 400 × 30 μm3. The powder layer thickness is 30 μm, and the powder bed porosity is 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 31.7 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 15–53 μm. The geometry of the fine powder was 1000 × 400 × 20 μm3, with a layer thickness of 20 μm, and the powder bed porosity of 40%. The average particle size of this spherical powder is 11.5 μm and is normally distributed in the range of 5–25 μm. After the 3D powder bed model is generated, it needs to be imported into the CFD simulation software for calculation, and the imported geometric model is shown in Fig. 3. This geometric model is mainly composed of three parts: protective gas, powder bed, and substrate. Under the premise of ensuring the accuracy of the calculation, the mesh size is set to 3 μm, and the total number of coarse powder meshes is 1 704 940. The total number of fine powder meshes is 3 982 250.

FIG. 2.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Three-dimensional powder bed model: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.

FIG. 3.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Geometric modeling of the powder bed computational domain: (a) coarse powder, (b) fine powder.

B. Modeling of fluid mechanics simulation

In order to solve the flow, melting, and solidification problems involved in HP-LPBF molten pool, the study must follow the three governing equations of conservation of mass, conservation of energy, and conservation of momentum.73 The VOF method, which is the most widely used in fluid dynamics, is used to solve the molten pool dynamics model.

1. VOF

VOF is a method for tracking the free interface between the gas and liquid phases on the molten pool surface. The core idea of the method is to define a volume fraction function F within each grid, indicating the proportion of the grid space occupied by the material, 0 ≤ F ≤ 1 in Fig. 4. Specifically, when F = 0, the grid is empty and belongs to the gas-phase region; when F = 1, the grid is completely filled with material and belongs to the liquid-phase region; and when 0 < F < 1, the grid contains free surfaces and belongs to the mixed region. The direction normal to the free surface is the direction of the fastest change in the volume fraction F (the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction), and the direction of the gradient of the volume fraction can be calculated from the values of the volume fractions in the neighboring grids.74 The equations controlling the VOF are expressed as follows:𝛻����+�⋅(��→)=0,

(7)

where t is the time in s and �→ is the liquid velocity in m/s.

FIG. 4.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of VOF.

The material parameters of the mixing zone are altered due to the inclusion of both the gas and liquid phases. Therefore, in order to represent the density of the mixing zone, the average density �¯ is used, which is expressed as follows:72�¯=(1−�1)�gas+�1�metal,

(8)

where �1 is the proportion of liquid phase, �gas is the density of protective gas in kg/m3, and �metal is the density of metal in kg/m3.

2. Control equations and boundary conditions

Figure 5 is a schematic diagram of the HP-LPBF melting process. First, the laser light strikes a localized area of the material and rapidly heats up the area. Next, the energy absorbed in the region is diffused through a variety of pathways (heat conduction, heat convection, and surface radiation), and this process triggers complex phase transition phenomena (melting, evaporation, and solidification). In metals undergoing melting, the driving forces include surface tension and the Marangoni effect, recoil due to evaporation, and buoyancy due to gravity and uneven density. The above physical phenomena interact with each other and do not occur independently.

FIG. 5.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of HP-LPBF melting process.

  1. Laser heat sourceThe Gaussian surface heat source model is used as the laser heat source model with the following expression:�=2�0����2exp(−2�12��2),(9)where � is the heat flow density in W/m2, �0 is the absorption rate of SS316L, �� is the radius of the laser focal spot in m, and �1 is the radial distance from the center of the laser focal spot in m. The laser focal spot can be used for a wide range of applications.
  2. Energy absorptionThe formula for calculating the laser absorption �0 of SS316L is as follows:�0=0.365(�0[1+�0(�−20)]/�)0.5,(10)where �0 is the direct current resistivity of SS316L at 20 °C in Ω m, �0 is the resistance temperature coefficient in ppm/°C, � is the temperature in °C, and � is the laser wavelength in m.
  3. Heat transferThe basic principle of heat transfer is conservation of energy, which is expressed as follows:𝛻𝛻𝛻�(��)��+�·(��→�)=�·(�0����)+��,(11)where � is the density of liquid phase SS316L in kg/m3, �� is the specific heat capacity of SS316L in J/(kg K), 𝛻� is the gradient operator, t is the time in s, T is the temperature in K, 𝛻�� is the temperature gradient, �→ is the velocity vector, �0 is the coefficient of thermal conduction of SS316L in W/(m K), and  �� is the thermal energy dissipation term in the molten pool.
  4. Molten pool flowThe following three conditions need to be satisfied for the molten pool to flow:
    • Conservation of mass with the following expression:𝛻�·(��→)=0.(12)
    • Conservation of momentum (Navier–Stokes equation) with the following expression:𝛻𝛻𝛻𝛻���→��+�(�→·�)�→=�·[−pI+�(��→+(��→)�)]+�,(13)where � is the pressure in Pa exerted on the liquid phase SS316L microelement, � is the unit matrix, � is the fluid viscosity in N s/m2, and � is the volumetric force (gravity, atmospheric pressure, surface tension, vapor recoil, and the Marangoni effect).
    • Conservation of energy, see Eq. (11)
  5. Surface tension and the Marangoni effectThe effect of temperature on the surface tension coefficient is considered and set as a linear relationship with the following expression:�=�0−��dT(�−��),(14)where � is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature T in N/m, �� is the melting temperature of SS316L in K, �0 is the surface tension of the molten pool at temperature �� in Pa, and σdσ/ dT is the surface tension temperature coefficient in N/(m K).In general, surface tension decreases with increasing temperature. A temperature gradient causes a gradient in surface tension that drives the liquid to flow, known as the Marangoni effect.
  6. Metal vapor recoilAt higher input energy densities, the maximum temperature of the molten pool surface reaches the evaporation temperature of the material, and a gasification recoil pressure occurs vertically downward toward the molten pool surface, which will be the dominant driving force for the molten pool flow.75 The expression is as follows:��=0.54�� exp ���−���0���,(15)where �� is the gasification recoil pressure in Pa, �� is the ambient pressure in kPa, �� is the latent heat of evaporation in J/kg, �0 is the gas constant in J/(mol K), T is the surface temperature of the molten pool in K, and Te is the evaporation temperature in K.
  7. Solid–liquid–gas phase transitionWhen the laser hits the powder layer, the powder goes through three stages: heating, melting, and solidification. During the solidification phase, mutual transformations between solid, liquid, and gaseous states occur. At this point, the latent heat of phase transition absorbed or released during the phase transition needs to be considered.68 The phase transition is represented based on the relationship between energy and temperature with the following expression:�=�����,(�<��),�(��)+�−����−����,(��<�<��)�(��)+(�−��)����,(��<�),,(16)where �� and �� are solid and liquid phase density, respectively, of SS316L in kg/m3. �� and �� unit volume of solid and liquid phase-specific heat capacity, respectively, of SS316L in J/(kg K). �� and ��⁠, respectively, are the solidification temperature and melting temperature of SS316L in K. �� is the latent heat of the phase transition of SS316L melting in J/kg.

3. Assumptions

The CFD model was computed using the commercial software package FLOW-3D.76 In order to simplify the calculation and solution process while ensuring the accuracy of the results, the model makes the following assumptions:

  1. It is assumed that the effects of thermal stress and material solid-phase thermal expansion on the calculation results are negligible.
  2. The molten pool flow is assumed to be a Newtonian incompressible laminar flow, while the effects of liquid thermal expansion and density on the results are neglected.
  3. It is assumed that the surface tension can be simplified to an equivalent pressure acting on the free surface of the molten pool, and the effect of chemical composition on the results is negligible.
  4. Neglecting the effect of the gas flow field on the molten pool.
  5. The mass loss due to evaporation of the liquid metal is not considered.
  6. The influence of the plasma effect of the molten metal on the calculation results is neglected.

It is worth noting that the formulation of assumptions requires a trade-off between accuracy and computational efficiency. In the above models, some physical phenomena that have a small effect or high difficulty on the calculation results are simplified or ignored. Such simplifications make numerical simulations more efficient and computationally tractable, while still yielding accurate results.

4. Initial conditions

The preheating temperature of the substrate was set to 393 K, at which time all materials were in the solid state and the flow rate was zero.

5. Material parameters

The material used is SS316L and the relevant parameters required for numerical simulations are shown in Table I.46,77,78

TABLE I.

SS316L-related parameters.

PropertySymbolValue
Density of solid metal (kg/m3�metal 7980 
Solid phase line temperature (K) �� 1658 
Liquid phase line temperature (K) �� 1723 
Vaporization temperature (K) �� 3090 
Latent heat of melting (⁠ J/kg⁠) �� 2.60×105 
Latent heat of evaporation (⁠ J/kg⁠) �� 7.45×106 
Surface tension of liquid phase (N /m⁠) � 1.60 
Liquid metal viscosity (kg/m s) �� 6×10−3 
Gaseous metal viscosity (kg/m s) �gas 1.85×10−5 
Temperature coefficient of surface tension (N/m K) ��/�T 0.80×10−3 
Molar mass (⁠ kg/mol⁠) 0.05 593 
Emissivity � 0.26 
Laser absorption �0 0.35 
Ambient pressure (kPa) �� 101 325 
Ambient temperature (K) �0 300 
Stefan–Boltzmann constant (W/m2 K4� 5.67×10−8 
Thermal conductivity of metals (⁠ W/m K⁠) � 24.55 
Density of protective gas (kg/m3�gas 1.25 
Coefficient of thermal expansion (/K) �� 16×10−6 
Generalized gas constant (⁠ J/mol K⁠) 8.314 

III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

With the objective of studying in depth the evolutionary patterns of single-track and double-track molten pool development, detailed observations were made for certain specific locations in the model, as shown in Fig. 6. In this figure, P1 and P2 represent the longitudinal tangents to the centers of the two melt tracks in the XZ plane, while L1 is the transverse profile in the YZ plane. The scanning direction is positive and negative along the X axis. Points A and B are the locations of the centers of the molten pool of the first and second melt tracks, respectively (x = 1.995 × 10−4, y = 5 × 10−7, and z = −4.85 × 10−5).

FIG. 6.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic diagram of observation position.

A. Single-track simulation

A series of single-track molten pool simulation experiments were carried out in order to investigate the influence law of laser power as well as scanning speed on the HP-LPBF process. Figure 7 demonstrates the evolution of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the single-track molten pool in the time period of 50–500 μs under a laser power of 100 W and a scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The powder bed is in the natural cooling state. When t = 50 μs, the powder is heated by the laser heat and rapidly melts and settles to form the initial molten pool. This process is accompanied by partial melting of the substrate and solidification together with the melted powder. The molten pool rapidly expands with increasing width, depth, length, and temperature, as shown in Fig. 7(a). When t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands more obviously, and the temperature starts to transfer to the surrounding area, forming a heat-affected zone. At this point, the width of the molten pool tends to stabilize, and the temperature in the center of the molten pool has reached its peak and remains largely stable. However, the phenomenon of molten pool spatter was also observed in this process, as shown in Fig. 7(b). As time advances, when t = 300 μs, solidification begins to occur at the tail of the molten pool, and tiny ripples are produced on the solidified surface. This is due to the fact that the melt flows toward the region with large temperature gradient under the influence of Marangoni convection and solidifies together with the melt at the end of the bath. At this point, the temperature gradient at the front of the bath is significantly larger than at the end. While the width of the molten pool was gradually reduced, the shape of the molten pool was gradually changed to a “comet” shape. In addition, a slight depression was observed at the top of the bath because the peak temperature at the surface of the bath reached the evaporation temperature, which resulted in a recoil pressure perpendicular to the surface of the bath downward, creating a depressed region. As the laser focal spot moves and is paired with the Marangoni convection of the melt, these recessed areas will be filled in as shown in Fig. 7(c). It has been shown that the depressed regions are the result of the coupled effect of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension.79 By t = 500 μs, the width and height of the molten pool stabilize and show a “comet” shape in Fig. 7(d).

FIG. 7.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Single-track molten pool process: (a) t = 50  ��⁠, (b) t = 150  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 500  ��⁠.

Figure 8 depicts the velocity vector diagram of the P1 profile in a single-track molten pool, the length of the arrows represents the magnitude of the velocity, and the maximum velocity is about 2.36 m/s. When t = 50 μs, the molten pool takes shape, and the velocities at the two ends of the pool are the largest. The variation of the velocities at the front end is especially more significant in Fig. 8(a). As the time advances to t = 150 μs, the molten pool expands rapidly, in which the velocity at the tail increases and changes more significantly, while the velocity at the front is relatively small. At this stage, the melt moves backward from the center of the molten pool, which in turn expands the molten pool area. The melt at the back end of the molten pool center flows backward along the edge of the molten pool surface and then converges along the edge of the molten pool to the bottom center, rising to form a closed loop. Similarly, a similar closed loop is formed at the front end of the center of the bath, but with a shorter path. However, a large portion of the melt in the center of the closed loop formed at the front end of the bath is in a nearly stationary state. The main cause of this melt flow phenomenon is the effect of temperature gradient and surface tension (the Marangoni effect), as shown in Figs. 8(b) and 8(e). This dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” pool. At t = 300 μs, the tendency of the above two melt flows to close the loop is more prominent and faster in Fig. 8(c). When t = 500 μs, the velocity vector of the molten pool shows a stable trend, and the closed loop of melt flow also remains stable. With the gradual laser focal spot movement, the melt is gradually solidified at its tail, and finally, a continuous and stable single track is formed in Fig. 8(d).

FIG. 8.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Vector plot of single-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 50  ��⁠, (b) t = 150  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 500  ��⁠, (e) molten pool flow.

In order to explore in depth the transient evolution of the molten pool, the evolution of the single-track temperature field and the melt flow was monitored in the YZ cross section. Figure 9(a) shows the state of the powder bed at the initial moment. When t = 250 μs, the laser focal spot acts on the powder bed and the powder starts to melt and gradually collects in the molten pool. At this time, the substrate will also start to melt, and the melt flow mainly moves in the downward and outward directions and the velocity is maximum at the edges in Fig. 9(b). When t = 300 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool increase due to the recoil pressure. At this time, the melt flows more slowly at the center, but the direction of motion is still downward in Fig. 9(c). When t = 350 μs, the width and depth of the molten pool further increase, at which time the intensity of the melt flow reaches its peak and the direction of motion remains the same in Fig. 9(d). When t = 400 μs, the melt starts to move upward, and the surrounding powder or molten material gradually fills up, causing the surface of the molten pool to begin to flatten. At this time, the maximum velocity of the melt is at the center of the bath, while the velocity at the edge is close to zero, and the edge of the melt starts to solidify in Fig. 9(e). When t = 450 μs, the melt continues to move upward, forming a convex surface of the melt track. However, the melt movement slows down, as shown in Fig. 9(f). When t = 500 μs, the melt further moves upward and its speed gradually becomes smaller. At the same time, the melt solidifies further, as shown in Fig. 9(g). When t = 550 μs, the melt track is basically formed into a single track with a similar “mountain” shape. At this stage, the velocity is close to zero only at the center of the molten pool, and the flow behavior of the melt is poor in Fig. 9(h). At t = 600 μs, the melt stops moving and solidification is rapidly completed. Up to this point, a single track is formed in Fig. 9(i). During the laser action on the powder bed, the substrate melts and combines with the molten state powder. The powder-to-powder fusion is like the convergence of water droplets, which are rapidly fused by surface tension. However, the fusion between the molten state powder and the substrate occurs driven by surface tension, and the molten powder around the molten pool is pulled toward the substrate (a wetting effect occurs), which ultimately results in the formation of a monolithic whole.38,80,81

FIG. 9.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Evolution of single-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 0  ��⁠, (b) t = 250  ��⁠, (c) t = 300  ��⁠, (d) t = 350  ��⁠, (e) t = 400  ��⁠, (f) t = 450  ��⁠, (g) t = 500  ��⁠, (h) t = 550  ��⁠, (i) t = 600  ��⁠.

The wetting ability between the liquid metal and the solid substrate in the molten pool directly affects the degree of balling of the melt,82,83 and the wetting ability can be measured by the contact angle of a single track in Fig. 10. A smaller value of contact angle represents better wettability. The contact angle α can be calculated by�=�1−�22,

(17)

where �1 and �2 are the contact angles of the left and right regions, respectively.

FIG. 10.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Schematic of contact angle.

Relevant studies have confirmed that the wettability is better at a contact angle α around or below 40°.84 After measurement, a single-track contact angle α of about 33° was obtained under this process parameter, which further confirms the good wettability.

B. Double-track simulation

In order to deeply investigate the influence of hatch spacing on the characteristics of the HP-LPBF process, a series of double-track molten pool simulation experiments were systematically carried out. Figure 11 shows in detail the dynamic changes of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool in the time period of 2050–2500 μs under the conditions of laser power of 100 W, scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. By comparing the study with Fig. 7, it is observed that the basic characteristics of the 3D morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track. However, there are subtle differences between them. The first track exhibits a basically symmetric shape, but the second track morphology shows a slight deviation influenced by the difference in thermal diffusion rate between the solidified metal and the powder. Otherwise, the other characteristic information is almost the same as that of the first track. Figure 12 shows the velocity vector plot of the P2 profile in the double-track molten pool, with a maximum velocity of about 2.63 m/s. The melt dynamics at both ends of the pool are more stable at t = 2050 μs, where the maximum rate of the second track is only 1/3 of that of the first one. Other than that, the rest of the information is almost no significant difference from the characteristic information of the first track. Figure 13 demonstrates a detailed observation of the double-track temperature field and melts flow in the YZ cross section, and a comparative study with Fig. 9 reveals that the width of the second track is slightly wider. In addition, after the melt direction shifts from bottom to top, the first track undergoes four time periods (50 μs) to reach full solidification, while the second track takes five time periods. This is due to the presence of significant heat buildup in the powder bed after the forming of the first track, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt and an increased molten pool lifetime. In conclusion, the level of specimen forming can be significantly optimized by adjusting the laser power and hatch spacing.

FIG. 11.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Double-track molten pool process: (a) t = 2050  ��⁠, (b) t = 2150  ��⁠, (c) t = 2300  ��⁠, (d) t = 2500  ��⁠.

FIG. 12.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Vector plot of double-track molten pool velocity in XZ longitudinal section: (a) t = 2050  ��⁠, (b) t = 2150  ��⁠, (c) t = 2300  ��⁠, (d) t = 2500  ��⁠.

FIG. 13.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Evolution of double-track molten pool temperature and melt flow in the YZ cross section: (a) t = 2250  ��⁠, (b) t = 2300  ��⁠, (c) t = 2350  ��⁠, (d) t = 2400  ��⁠, (e) t = 2450  ��⁠, (f) t = 2500  ��⁠, (g) t = 2550  ��⁠, (h) t = 2600  ��⁠, (i) t = 2650  ��⁠.

In order to quantitatively detect the molten pool dimensions as well as the remolten region dimensions, the molten pool characterization information in Fig. 14 is constructed by drawing the boundary on the YZ cross section based on the isothermal surface of the liquid phase line. It can be observed that the heights of the first track and second track are basically the same, but the depth of the second track increases relative to the first track. The molten pool width is mainly positively correlated with the laser power as well as the scanning speed (the laser line energy density �⁠). However, the remelted zone width is negatively correlated with the hatch spacing (the overlapping ratio). Overall, the forming quality of the specimens can be directly influenced by adjusting the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing.

FIG. 14.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Double-track molten pool characterization information on YZ cross section.

In order to study the variation rule of the temperature in the center of the molten pool with time, Fig. 15 demonstrates the temperature variation curves with time for two reference points, A and B. Among them, the red dotted line indicates the liquid phase line temperature of SS316L. From the figure, it can be seen that the maximum temperature at the center of the molten pool in the first track is lower than that in the second track, which is mainly due to the heat accumulation generated after passing through the first track. The maximum temperature gradient was calculated to be 1.69 × 108 K/s. When the laser scanned the first track, the temperature in the center of the molten pool of the second track increased slightly. Similarly, when the laser scanned the second track, a similar situation existed in the first track. Since the temperature gradient in the second track is larger than that in the first track, the residence time of the liquid phase in the molten pool of the first track is longer than that of the second track.

FIG. 15.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Temperature profiles as a function of time for two reference points A and B.

C. Simulation analysis of molten pool under different process parameters

In order to deeply investigate the effects of various process parameters on the mesoscopic-scale temperature field, molten pool characteristic information and defects of HP-LPBF, numerical simulation experiments on mesoscopic-scale laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing of double-track molten pools were carried out.

1. Laser power

Figure 16 shows the effects of different laser power on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. When P = 50 W, a smaller molten pool is formed due to the lower heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time. This leads to a smaller track width, which results in adjacent track not lapping properly and the presence of a large number of unmelted powder particles, resulting in an increase in the number of defects, such as pores in the specimen. The surface of the track is relatively flat, and the depth is small. In addition, the temperature gradient before and after the molten pool was large, and the depression location appeared at the biased front end in Fig. 16(a). When P = 100 W, the surface of the track is flat and smooth with excellent lap. Due to the Marangoni effect, the velocity field of the molten pool is in the form of “vortex,” and the melt has good fluidity, and the maximum velocity reaches 2.15 m/s in Fig. 16(b). When P = 200 W, the heat generated by the Gaussian light source per unit time is too large, resulting in the melt rapidly reaching the evaporation temperature, generating a huge recoil pressure, forming a large molten pool, and the surface of the track is obviously raised. The melt movement is intense, especially the closed loop at the center end of the molten pool. At this time, the depth and width of the molten pool are large, leading to the expansion of the remolten region and the increased chance of the appearance of porosity defects in Fig. 16(c). The results show that at low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool is dominant. At high laser power, recoil pressure is its main role.

FIG. 16.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different laser powers: (a) P = 50 W, (b) P = 100 W, (c) P = 200 W.

Table II shows the effect of different laser powers on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool at a scanning speed of 800 mm/s and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. The negative overlapping ratio in the table indicates that the melt tracks are not lapped, and 26/29 indicates the melt depth of the first track/second track. It can be seen that with the increase in laser power, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, and remelted zone show a gradual increase. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also increases. Especially in the process of laser power from 50 to 200 W, the melting depth and melting width increased the most, which increased nearly 2 and 1.5 times, respectively. Meanwhile, the overlapping ratio also increases with the increase in laser power, which indicates that the melting and fusion of materials are better at high laser power. On the other hand, the dimensions of the molten pool did not change uniformly with the change of laser power. Specifically, the depth-to-width ratio of the molten pool increased from about 0.30 to 0.39 during the increase from 50 to 120 W, which further indicates that the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is greater than that in the horizontal direction with the increase in laser power. This dimensional response to laser power is mainly affected by the recoil pressure and also by the difference in the densification degree between the powder layer and the metal substrate. In addition, according to the experimental results, the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then decrease during the process of laser power increase, and always stays within the range of less than 33°. Therefore, in practical applications, it is necessary to select the appropriate laser power according to the specific needs in order to achieve the best processing results.

TABLE II.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different laser powers.

Laser power (W)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
50 16 54 11 −10 23 
100 26/29 74 14 18 23.33 33 
200 37/45 116 21 52 93.33 28 

2. Scanning speed

Figure 17 demonstrates the effect of different scanning speeds on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool at a laser power of 100 W and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. With the gradual increase in scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. When � = 200 mm/s, the slow scanning speed causes the material to absorb too much heat, which is very easy to trigger the overburning phenomenon. At this point, the molten pool is larger and the surface morphology is uneven. This situation is consistent with the previously discussed scenario with high laser power in Fig. 17(a). However, when � = 1600 mm/s, the scanning speed is too fast, resulting in the material not being able to absorb sufficient heat, which triggers the powder particles that fail to melt completely to have a direct effect on the bonding of the melt to the substrate. At this time, the molten pool volume is relatively small and the neighboring melt track cannot lap properly. This result is consistent with the previously discussed case of low laser power in Fig. 17(b). Overall, the ratio of the laser power to the scanning speed (the line energy density �⁠) has a direct effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.

FIG. 17.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different scanning speed: (a)  � = 200 mm/s, (b)  � = 1600 mm/s.

Table III shows the effects of different scanning speed on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. It can be seen that the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. With the increase in scanning speed, the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remelted zone, and overlapping ratio show a gradual decreasing trend. Among them, the melt depth and melt width decreased faster, while the melt height and remolten region decreased relatively slowly. In addition, when the scanning speed was increased from 200 to 800 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were significantly accelerated, while the decreasing speeds of overlapping ratio were relatively slow. When the scanning speed was further increased to 1600 mm/s, the decreasing speeds of melt depth and melt width were further accelerated, and the un-lapped condition of the melt channel also appeared. In addition, the contact angle increases and then decreases with the scanning speed, and both are lower than 33°. Therefore, when selecting the scanning speed, it is necessary to make reasonable trade-offs according to the specific situation, and take into account the factors of melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio, in order to achieve the best processing results.

TABLE III.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different scanning speeds.

Scanning speed (mm/s)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
200 55/68 182 19/32 124 203.33 22 
1600 13 50 11 −16.67 31 

3. Hatch spacing

Figure 18 shows the effect of different hatch spacing on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. The surface morphology and temperature field of the first track and second track are basically the same, but slightly different. The first track shows a basically symmetric morphology along the scanning direction, while the second track shows a slight offset due to the difference in the heat transfer rate between the solidified material and the powder particles. When the hatch spacing is too small, the overlapping ratio increases and the probability of defects caused by remelting phenomenon grows. When the hatch spacing is too large, the neighboring melt track cannot overlap properly, and the powder particles are not completely melted, leading to an increase in the number of holes. In conclusion, the ratio of the line energy density � to the hatch spacing (the volume energy density E) has a significant effect on the temperature field and surface morphology of the molten pool.

FIG. 18.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool under different hatch spacings: (a) H = 0.03 mm, (b) H = 0.12 mm.

Table IV shows the effects of different hatch spacing on the characteristic information of the double-track molten pool under the condition of laser power of 100 W and scanning speed of 800 mm/s. It can be seen that the hatch spacing has little effect on the melt depth, melt width, and melt height, but has some effect on the remolten region. With the gradual expansion of hatch spacing, the remolten region shows a gradual decrease. At the same time, the overlapping ratio also decreased with the increase in hatch spacing. In addition, it is observed that the contact angle shows a tendency to increase and then remain stable when the hatch spacing increases, which has a more limited effect on it. Therefore, trade-offs and decisions need to be made on a case-by-case basis when selecting the hatch spacing.

TABLE IV.

Double-track molten pool characterization information at different hatch spacings.

Hatch spacing (mm)Depth (μm)Width (μm)Height (μm)Remolten region (μm)Overlapping ratio (%)Contact angle (°)
0.03 25/27 82 14 59 173.33 30 
0.12 26 78 14 −35 33 

In summary, the laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing have a significant effect on the formation of the molten pool, and the correct selection of these three process parameters is crucial to ensure the forming quality. In addition, the melt depth of the second track is slightly larger than that of the first track at higher line energy density � and volume energy density E. This is mainly due to the fact that a large amount of heat accumulation is generated after the first track, forming a larger molten pool volume, which leads to an increase in the melt depth.

D. Simulation analysis of molten pool with powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter

Figure 19 demonstrates the effect of different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters on the morphology and temperature field of the double-track molten pool under a laser power of 100 W, a scanning speed of 800 mm/s, and a hatch spacing of 0.06 mm. In the process of melting coarse powder with small laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy cannot completely melt the larger powder particles, resulting in their partial melting and further generating excessive pore defects. The larger powder particles tend to generate zigzag molten pool edges, which cause an increase in the roughness of the melt track surface. In addition, the molten pool is also prone to generate the present spatter phenomenon, which can directly affect the quality of forming. The volume of the formed molten pool is relatively small, while the melt depth, melt width, and melt height are all smaller relative to the fine powder in Fig. 19(a). In the process of melting fine powders with a large laser focal spot diameter, the laser energy is able to melt the fine powder particles sufficiently, even to the point of overmelting. This results in a large number of fine spatters being generated at the edge of the molten pool, which causes porosity defects in the melt track in Fig. 19(b). In addition, the maximum velocity of the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes compared to small powder particle sizes, which indicates that the temperature gradient in the molten pool is larger for large powder particle sizes and the melt motion is more intense. However, the size of the laser focal spot diameter has a relatively small effect on the melt motion. However, a larger focal spot diameter induces a larger melt volume with greater depth, width, and height. In conclusion, a small powder size helps to reduce the surface roughness of the specimen, and a small laser spot diameter reduces the minimum forming size of a single track.

FIG. 19.

VIEW LARGEDOWNLOAD SLIDE

Simulation results of double-track molten pool with different powder particle size and laser focal spot diameter: (a) focal spot = 25 μm, coarse powder, (b) focal spot = 80 μm, fine powder.

Table V shows the maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder sizes and laser focal spot diameters. As can be seen from the table, the maximum temperature gradient is lower than that of HP-LPBF for both coarse powders with a small laser spot diameter and fine powders with a large spot diameter, a phenomenon that leads to an increase in the heat transfer rate of HP-LPBF, which in turn leads to a corresponding increase in the cooling rate and, ultimately, to the formation of finer microstructures.

TABLE V.

Maximum temperature gradient at the reference point for different powder particle sizes and laser focal spot diameters.

Laser power (W)Scanning speed (mm/s)Hatch spacing (mm)Average powder size (μm)Laser focal spot diameter (μm)Maximum temperature gradient (×107 K/s)
100 800 0.06 31.7 25 7.89 
11.5 80 7.11 

IV. CONCLUSIONS

In this study, the geometrical characteristics of 3D coarse and fine powder particles were first calculated using DEM and then numerical simulations of single track and double track in the process of forming SS316L from monolayer HP-LPBF at mesoscopic scale were developed using CFD method. The effects of Marangoni convection, surface tension, recoil pressure, gravity, thermal convection, thermal radiation, and evaporative heat dissipation on the heat and mass transfer in the molten pool were considered in this model. The effects of laser power, scanning speed, and hatch spacing on the dynamics of the single-track and double-track molten pools, as well as on other characteristic information, were investigated. The effects of the powder particle size on the molten pool were investigated comparatively with the laser focal spot diameter. The main conclusions are as follows:

  1. The results show that the temperature gradient at the front of the molten pool is significantly larger than that at the tail, and the molten pool exhibits a “comet” morphology. At the top of the molten pool, there is a slightly concave region, which is the result of the coupling of Marangoni convection, recoil pressure, and surface tension. The melt flow forms two closed loops, which are mainly influenced by temperature gradients and surface tension. This special dynamic behavior of the melt tends to form an “elliptical” molten pool and an almost “mountain” shape in single-track forming.
  2. The basic characteristics of the three-dimensional morphology and temperature field of the second track are similar to those of the first track, but there are subtle differences. The first track exhibits a basically symmetrical shape; however, due to the difference in thermal diffusion rates between the solidified metal and the powder, a slight asymmetry in the molten pool morphology of the second track occurs. After forming through the first track, there is a significant heat buildup in the powder bed, resulting in a longer dynamic time of the melt, which increases the life of the molten pool. The heights of the first track and second track remained essentially the same, but the depth of the second track was greater relative to the first track. In addition, the maximum temperature gradient was 1.69 × 108 K/s during HP-LPBF forming.
  3. At low laser power, the surface tension in the molten pool plays a dominant role. At high laser power, recoil pressure becomes the main influencing factor. With the increase of laser power, the effective heat transfer in the vertical direction is superior to that in the horizontal direction. With the gradual increase of scanning speed, the surface morphology of the molten pool evolves from circular to elliptical. In addition, the scanning speed has a significant effect on the melt depth, melt width, melt height, remolten region, and overlapping ratio. Too large or too small hatch spacing will lead to remelting or non-lap phenomenon, which in turn causes the formation of defects.
  4. When using a small laser focal spot diameter, it is difficult to completely melt large powder particle sizes, resulting in partial melting and excessive porosity generation. At the same time, large powder particles produce curved edges of the molten pool, resulting in increased surface roughness of the melt track. In addition, spatter occurs, which directly affects the forming quality. At small focal spot diameters, the molten pool volume is relatively small, and the melt depth, the melt width, and the melt height are correspondingly small. Taken together, the small powder particle size helps to reduce surface roughness, while the small spot diameter reduces the forming size.

REFERENCES

  1. S. L. Sing and W. Y. Yeong , “ Laser powder bed fusion for metal additive manufacturing: Perspectives on recent developments,” Virtual Phys. Prototyping. 15, 359–370 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1080/17452759.2020.1779999
    Google ScholarCrossref
  2. A. M. Khorasani , I. G. Jithin , J. K. Veetil , and A. H. Ghasemi , “ A review of technological improvements in laser-based powder bed fusion of metal printers,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 108, 191–209 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-020-05361-3
    Google ScholarCrossref
  3. Y. Qin , A. Brockett , Y. Ma , A. Razali , J. Zhao , C. Harrison , W. Pan , X. Dai , and D. Loziak , “ Micro-manufacturing: Research, technology outcomes and development issues,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 47, 821–837 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-009-2411-2
    Google ScholarCrossref
  4. B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Development of micro selective laser melting: The state of the art and future perspectives,” Engineering. 5, 702–720 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.eng.2019.07.002
    Google ScholarCrossref
  5. Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , J. Xu , and W. Zhou , “ Micro selective laser melting of SS316L: Single tracks, defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 145, 107469 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2021.107469
    Google ScholarCrossref
  6. Y. Wei , G. Chen , W. Li , M. Li , Y. Zhou , Z. Nie , and J. Xu , “ Process optimization of micro selective laser melting and comparison of different laser diameter for forming different powder,” Opt. Laser Technol. 150, 107953 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2022.107953
    Google ScholarCrossref
  7. H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Formation of SS316L single tracks in micro selective laser melting: Surface, geometry, and defects,” Adv. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2019, 9451406.https://doi.org/10.1155/2019/9451406
    Crossref
  8. B. Nagarajan , Z. Hu , S. Gao , X. Song , R. Huang , M. Seita , and J. Wei , “ Effect of in-situ laser remelting on the microstructure of SS316L fabricated by micro selective laser melting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 330–336.
    Google ScholarCrossref
  9. H. Zhiheng , B. Nagarajan , X. Song , R. Huang , W. Zhai , and J. Wei , “ Tailoring surface roughness of micro selective laser melted SS316L by in-situ laser remelting,” in Advanced Surface Enhancement, edited by Sho Itoh and Shashwat Shukla , Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering ( Springer Singapore, Singapore, 2020), pp. 337–343.
    Google Scholar
  10. J. Fu , Z. Hu , X. Song , W. Zhai , Y. Long , H. Li , and M. Fu , “ Micro selective laser melting of NiTi shape memory alloy: Defects, microstructures and thermal/mechanical properties,” Opt. Laser Technol. 131, 106374 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106374
    Google ScholarCrossref
  11. E. Abele and M. Kniepkamp , “ Analysis and optimisation of vertical surface roughness in micro selective laser melting,” Surf. Topogr.: Metrol. Prop. 3, 034007 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1088/2051-672X/3/3/034007
    Google ScholarCrossref
  12. S. Qu , J. Ding , J. Fu , M. Fu , B. Zhang , and X. Song , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion processing of pure copper,” Addit. Manuf. 48, 102417 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102417
    Google ScholarCrossref
  13. Y. Wei , G. Chen , M. Li , W. Li , Y. Zhou , J. Xu , and Z. wei , “ High-precision laser powder bed fusion of 18Ni300 maraging steel and its SiC reinforcement composite materials,” J. Manuf. Process. 84, 750–763 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2022.10.049
    Google ScholarCrossref
  14. B. Liu , R. Wildman , T. Christopher , I. Ashcroft , and H. Richard , “ Investigation the effect of particle size distribution on processing parameters optimisation in selective laser melting process,” in 2011 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium ( University of Texas at Austin, 2011).
    Google Scholar
  15. T. D. McLouth , G. E. Bean , D. B. Witkin , S. D. Sitzman , P. M. Adams , D. N. Patel , W. Park , J.-M. Yang , and R. J. Zaldivar , “ The effect of laser focus shift on microstructural variation of Inconel 718 produced by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 149, 205–213 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2018.04.019
    Google ScholarCrossref
  16. Y. Qian , Y. Wentao , and L. Feng , “ Mesoscopic simulations of powder bed fusion: Research progresses and conditions,” Electromachining Mould 06, 46–52 (2017).https://doi.org/10.3969/j.issn.1009-279X.2017.06.012
    Google Scholar
  17. J. Fu , S. Qu , J. Ding , X. Song , and M. W. Fu , “ Comparison of the microstructure, mechanical properties and distortion of stainless Steel 316L fabricated by micro and conventional laser powder bed fusion,” Addit. Manuf. 44, 102067 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2021.102067
    Google ScholarCrossref
  18. N. T. Aboulkhair , I. Maskery , C. Tuck , I. Ashcroft , and N. M. Everitt , “ The microstructure and mechanical properties of selectively laser Melted AlSi10Mg: The effect of a conventional T6-like heat treatment,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 667, 139–146 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2016.04.092
    Google ScholarCrossref
  19. S. Y. Chen , J. C. Huang , C. T. Pan , C. H. Lin , T. L. Yang , Y. S. Huang , C. H. Ou , L. Y. Chen , D. Y. Lin , H. K. Lin , T. H. Li , J. S. C. Jang , and C. C. Yang , “ Microstructure and mechanical properties of open-cell porous Ti-6Al-4V fabricated by selective laser melting,” J. Alloys Compd. 713, 248–254 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2017.04.190
    Google ScholarCrossref
  20. Y. Bai , Y. Yang , D. Wang , and M. Zhang , “ Influence mechanism of parameters process and mechanical properties evolution mechanism of Maraging steel 300 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 703, 116–123 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.06.033
    Google ScholarCrossref
  21. Y. Bai , Y. Yang , Z. Xiao , M. Zhang , and D. Wang , “ Process optimization and mechanical property evolution of AlSiMg0.75 by selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 140, 257–266 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2017.11.045
    Google ScholarCrossref
  22. Y. Liu , M. Zhang , W. Shi , Y. Ma , and J. Yang , “ Study on performance optimization of 316L stainless steel parts by high-efficiency selective laser melting,” Opt. Laser Technol. 138, 106872 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106872
    Google ScholarCrossref
  23. D. Gu , Y.-C. Hagedorn , W. Meiners , G. Meng , R. J. S. Batista , K. Wissenbach , and R. Poprawe , “ Densification behavior, microstructure evolution, and wear performance of selective laser melting processed commercially pure titanium,” Acta Mater. 60, 3849–3860 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2012.04.006
    Google ScholarCrossref
  24. N. Read , W. Wang , K. Essa , and M. M. Attallah , “ Selective laser melting of AlSi10Mg alloy: Process optimisation and mechanical properties development,” Mater. Des. 65, 417–424 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2014.09.044
    Google ScholarCrossref
  25. I. A. Roberts , C. J. Wang , R. Esterlein , M. Stanford , and D. J. Mynors , “ A three-dimensional finite element analysis of the temperature field during laser melting of metal powders in additive layer manufacturing,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 49(12–13), 916–923 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2009.07.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  26. K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Finite element analysis of the effect of volume shrinkage during laser densification,” Acta Mater. 53(18), 4743–4754 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2005.06.014
    Google ScholarCrossref
  27. K. Carolin , E. Attar , and P. Heinl , “ Mesoscopic simulation of selective beam melting processes,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 211(6), 978–987 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2010.12.016
    Google ScholarCrossref
  28. F.-J. Gürtler , M. Karg , K.-H. Leitz , and M. Schmidt , “ Simulation of laser beam melting of steel powders using the three-dimensional volume of fluid method,” Phys. Procedia 41, 881–886 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.phpro.2013.03.162
    Google ScholarCrossref
  29. P. Meakin and R. Jullien , “ Restructuring effects in the rain model for random deposition,” J. Phys. France 48(10), 1651–1662 (1987).https://doi.org/10.1051/jphys:0198700480100165100
    Google ScholarCrossref
  30. J-m Wang , G-h Liu , Y-l Fang , and W-k Li , “ Marangoni effect in nonequilibrium multiphase system of material processing,” Rev. Chem. Eng. 32(5), 551–585 (2016).https://doi.org/10.1515/revce-2015-0067
    Google ScholarCrossref
  31. W. Ye , S. Zhang , L. L. Mendez , M. Farias , J. Li , B. Xu , P. Li , and Y. Zhang , “ Numerical simulation of the melting and alloying processes of elemental titanium and boron powders using selective laser alloying,” J. Manuf. Process. 64, 1235–1247 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.02.044
    Google ScholarCrossref
  32. U. S. Bertoli , A. J. Wolfer , M. J. Matthews , J.-P. R. Delplanque , and J. M. Schoenung , “ On the limitations of volumetric energy density as a design parameter for selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 113, 331–340 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2016.10.037
    Google ScholarCrossref
  33. W. E. King , H. D. Barth , V. M. Castillo , G. F. Gallegos , J. W. Gibbs , D. E. Hahn , C. Kamath , and A. M. Rubenchik , “ Observation of keyhole-mode laser melting in laser powder-bed fusion additive manufacturing,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(12), 2915–2925 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  34. L. Cao , “ Numerical simulation of the impact of laying powder on selective laser melting single-pass formation,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 141, 1036–1048 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.07.053
    Google ScholarCrossref
  35. L. Huang , X. Hua , D. Wu , and F. Li , “ Numerical study of keyhole instability and porosity formation mechanism in laser welding of aluminum alloy and steel,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 252, 421–431 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.10.011
    Google ScholarCrossref
  36. K. Q. Le , C. Tang , and C. H. Wong , “ On the study of keyhole-mode melting in selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Therm. Sci. 145, 105992 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijthermalsci.2019.105992
    Google ScholarCrossref
  37. J.-H. Cho and S.-J. Na , “ Theoretical analysis of keyhole dynamics in polarized laser drilling,” J. Phys. D: Appl. Phys. 40(24), 7638 (2007).https://doi.org/10.1088/0022-3727/40/24/007
    Google ScholarCrossref
  38. W. Ye , “ Mechanism analysis of selective laser melting and metallurgy process based on base element powder of titanium and boron,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Nanchang University, 2021).
    Google Scholar
  39. R. Ammer , M. Markl , U. Ljungblad , C. Körner , and U. Rüde , “ Simulating fast electron beam melting with a parallel thermal free surface lattice Boltzmann method,” Comput. Math. Appl. 67(2), 318–330 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.camwa.2013.10.001
    Google ScholarCrossref
  40. H. Chen , Q. Wei , S. Wen , Z. Li , and Y. Shi , “ Flow behavior of powder particles in layering process of selective laser melting: Numerical modeling and experimental verification based on discrete element method,” Int. J. Mach. Tools Manuf. 123, 146–159 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2017.08.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  41. F. Verhaeghe , T. Craeghs , J. Heulens , and L. Pandelaers , “ A pragmatic model for selective laser melting with evaporation,” Acta Mater. 57(20), 6006–6012 (2009).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.08.027
    Google ScholarCrossref
  42. C. H. Fu and Y. B. Guo , “ Three-dimensional temperature gradient mechanism in selective laser melting of Ti-6Al-4V,” J. Manuf. Sci. Eng. 136(6), 061004 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1115/1.4028539
    Google ScholarCrossref
  43. Y. Xiang , Z. Shuzhe , L. Junfeng , W. Zhengying , Y. Lixiang , and J. Lihao , “ Numerical simulation and experimental verification for selective laser single track melting forming of Ti6Al4V,” J. Zhejiang Univ. (Eng. Sci.) 53(11), 2102–2109 + 2117 (2019).https://doi.org/10.3785/j.issn.1008-973X.2019.11.007
    Google Scholar
  44. Q. He , H. Xia , J. Liu , X. Ao , and S. Lin , “ Modeling and numerical studies of selective laser melting: Multiphase flow, solidification and heat transfer,” Mater. Des. 196, 109115 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2020.109115
    Google ScholarCrossref
  45. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical simulation including the influence of process parameters on SLM single-layer multi-pass formation,” Metall. Mater. Trans. A 51, 4130–4145 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11661-020-05831-z
    Google ScholarCrossref
  46. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale numerical investigation including the influence of process parameters on LPBF multi-layer multi-path formation,” Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 126(1), 5–23 (2021).https://doi.org/10.32604/cmes.2021.014693
    Google ScholarCrossref
  47. H. Yin and S. D. Felicelli , “ Dendrite growth simulation during solidification in the LENS process,” Acta Mater. 58(4), 1455–1465 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2009.10.053
    Google ScholarCrossref
  48. P. Nie , O. A. Ojo , and Z. Li , “ Numerical modeling of microstructure evolution during laser additive manufacturing of a nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 77, 85–95 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.05.039
    Google ScholarCrossref
  49. Z. Liu and H. Qi , “ Effects of substrate crystallographic orientations on crystal growth and microstructure formation in laser powder deposition of nickel-based superalloy,” Acta Mater. 87, 248–258 (2015).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2014.12.046
    Google ScholarCrossref
  50. L. Wei , L. Xin , W. Meng , and H. Weidong , “ Cellular automaton simulation of the molten pool of laser solid forming process,” Acta Phys. Sin. 64(01), 018103–018363 (2015).https://doi.org/10.7498/aps.64.018103
    Google ScholarCrossref
  51. R. Acharya , J. A. Sharon , and A. Staroselsky , “ Prediction of microstructure in laser powder bed fusion process,” Acta Mater. 124, 360–371 (2017).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2016.11.018
    Google ScholarCrossref
  52. M. R. Rolchigo and R. LeSar , “ Modeling of binary alloy solidification under conditions representative of additive manufacturing,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 150, 535–545 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2018.04.004
    Google ScholarCrossref
  53. S. Geng , P. Jiang , L. Guo , X. Gao , and G. Mi , “ Multi-scale simulation of grain/sub-grain structure evolution during solidification in laser welding of aluminum alloys,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119252 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119252
    Google ScholarCrossref
  54. W. L. Wang , W. Q. Liu , X. Yang , R. R. Xu , and Q. Y. Dai , “ Multi-scale simulation of columnar-to-equiaxed transition during laser selective melting of rare earth magnesium alloy,” J. Mater. Sci. Technol. 119, 11–24 (2022).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmst.2021.12.029
    Google ScholarCrossref
  55. Q. Xia , J. Yang , and Y. Li , “ On the conservative phase-field method with the N-component incompressible flows,” Phys. Fluids 35, 012120 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0135490
    Google ScholarCrossref
  56. Q. Xia , G. Sun , J. Kim , and Y. Li , “ Multi-scale modeling and simulation of additive manufacturing based on fused deposition technique,” Phys. Fluids 35, 034116 (2023).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0141316
    Google ScholarCrossref
  57. A. Hussein , L. Hao , C. Yan , and R. Everson , “ Finite element simulation of the temperature and stress fields in single layers built without-support in selective laser melting,” Mater. Des. 52, 638–647 (2013).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2013.05.070
    Google ScholarCrossref
  58. J. Ding , P. Colegrove , J. Mehnen , S. Ganguly , P. M. Sequeira Almeida , F. Wang , and S. Williams , “ Thermo-mechanical analysis of wire and arc additive layer manufacturing process on large multi-layer parts,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 50(12), 3315–3322 (2011).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2011.06.023
    Google ScholarCrossref
  59. Y. Du , X. You , F. Qiao , L. Guo , and Z. Liu , “ A model for predicting the temperature field during selective laser melting,” Results Phys. 12, 52–60 (2019).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rinp.2018.11.031
    Google ScholarCrossref
  60. X. Luo , M. Liu , L. Zhenhua , H. Li , and J. Shen , “ Effect of different heat-source models on calculated temperature field of selective laser melted 18Ni300,” Chin. J. Lasers 48(14), 1402005–1402062 (2021).https://doi.org/10.3788/CJL202148.1402005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  61. J. F. Li , L. Li , and F. H. Stott , “ Thermal stresses and their implication on cracking during laser melting of ceramic materials,” Acta Mater. 52(14), 4385–4398 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2004.06.005
    Google ScholarCrossref
  62. P. Aggarangsi and J. L. Beuth , “ Localized preheating approaches for reducing residual stress in additive manufacturing,” paper presented at the 2006 International Solid Freeform Fabrication Symposium, The University of Texas in Austin on August 14–16, 2006.
  63. K. Dai and L. Shaw , “ Thermal and mechanical finite element modeling of laser forming from metal and ceramic powders,” Acta Mater. 52(1), 69–80 (2004).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actamat.2003.08.028
    Google ScholarCrossref
  64. A. H. Nickel , D. M. Barnett , and F. B. Prinz , “ Thermal stresses and deposition patterns in layered manufacturing,” Mater. Sci. Eng. A 317(1–2), 59–64 (2001).https://doi.org/10.1016/S0921-5093(01)01179-0
    Google ScholarCrossref
  65. M. F. Zaeh and G. Branner , “ Investigations on residual stresses and deformations in selective laser melting,” Prod. Eng. 4(1), 35–45 (2010).https://doi.org/10.1007/s11740-009-0192-y
    Google ScholarCrossref
  66. P. Bian , J. Shi , Y. Liu , and Y. Xie , “ Influence of laser power and scanning strategy on residual stress distribution in additively manufactured 316L steel,” Opt. Laser Technol. 132, 106477 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106477
    Google ScholarCrossref
  67. B. M. Marques , C. M. Andrade , D. M. Neto , M. C. Oliveira , J. L. Alves , and L. F. Menezes , “ Numerical analysis of residual stresses in parts produced by selective laser melting process,” Procedia Manuf. 47, 1170–1177 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.promfg.2020.04.167
    Google ScholarCrossref
  68. W. Mu , “ Numerical simulation of SLM forming process and research and prediction of forming properties,” MA thesis ( Anhui Jianzhu University, 2022).
    Google Scholar
  69. Y. Zhang , “ Multi-scale multi-physics modeling of laser powder bed fusion process of metallic materials with experiment validation,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Purdue University, 2018).
    Google Scholar
  70. Y. Qian , “ Mesoscopic simulation studies of key processing issues for powder bed fusion technology,” Ph.D. dissertation ( Tsinghua University, 2019).
    Google Scholar
  71. N. V. Brilliantov , S. Frank , J.-M. Hertzsch , and T. Pöschel , “ Model for collisions in granular gases,” Phys. Rev. E 53(5), 5382–5392 (1996).https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevE.53.5382
    Google ScholarCrossref
  72. Z. Xiao , “ Research on microscale selective laser melting process of high strength pure copper specimens,” MA thesis ( Hunan University, 2022).
    Google Scholar
  73. Z. Li , K. Mukai , M. Zeze , and K. C. Mills , “ Determination of the surface tension of liquid stainless steel,” J. Mater. Sci. 40(9–10), 2191–2195 (2005).https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-005-1931-x
    Google ScholarCrossref
  74. R. Scardovelli and S. Zaleski , “ Analytical relations connecting linear interfaces and volume fractions in rectangular grids,” J. Comput. Phys. 164(1), 228–237 (2000).https://doi.org/10.1006/jcph.2000.6567
    Google ScholarCrossref
  75. D.-W. Cho , W.-I. Cho , and S.-J. Na , “ Modeling and simulation of arc: Laser and hybrid welding process,” J. Manuf. Process. 16(1), 26–55 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2013.06.012
    Google ScholarCrossref
    76.Flow3D. Version 11.1.0: User Manual ( FlowScience, Santa Fe, NM, USA, 2015).
  76. Y. Tian , L. Yang , D. Zhao , Y. Huang , and J. Pan , “ Numerical analysis of powder bed generation and single track forming for selective laser melting of ss316l stainless steel,” J. Manuf. Process. 58, 964–974 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2020.09.002
    Google ScholarCrossref
  77. C. Tang , K. Q. Le , and C. H. Wong , “ Physics of humping formation in laser powder bed fusion,” Int. J. Heat Mass Transfer 149, 119172 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.119172
    Google ScholarCrossref
  78. L. Cao , “ Mesoscopic-scale simulation of pore evolution during laser powder bed fusion process,” Comput. Mater. Sci. 179, 109686 (2020).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.commatsci.2020.109686
    Google ScholarCrossref
  79. R. Li , J. Liu , Y. Shi , W. Li , and W. Jiang , “ Balling behavior of stainless steel and nickel powder during selective laser melting process,” Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 59(9–12), 1025–1035 (2012).https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-011-3566-1
    Google ScholarCrossref
  80. S. A. Khairallah and A. Anderson , “ Mesoscopic simulation model of selective laser melting of stainless steel powder,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 214(11), 2627–2636 (2014).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.001
    Google ScholarCrossref
  81. J. Liu , D. Gu , H. Chen , D. Dai , and H. Zhang , “ Influence of substrate surface morphology on wetting behavior of tracks during selective laser melting of aluminum-based alloys,” J. Zhejiang Univ. Sci. A 19(2), 111–121 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1631/jzus.A1700599
    Google ScholarCrossref
  82. L. Li , J. Li , and T. Fan , “ Phase-field modeling of wetting and balling dynamics in powder bed fusion process,” Phys. Fluids 33, 042116 (2021).https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0046771
    Google ScholarCrossref
  83. X. Nie , Z. Hu , H. Zhu , Z. Hu , L. Ke , and X. Zeng , “ Analysis of processing parameters and characteristics of selective laser melted high strength Al-Cu-Mg alloys: from single tracks to cubic samples,” J. Mater. Process. Technol. 256, 69–77 (2018).https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.01.030
    Google ScholarCrossref

Lab-on-a-Chip 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 검토: 엔지니어링 관점

Review on Blood Flow Dynamics in Lab-on-a-Chip Systems: An Engineering Perspective

  • Bin-Jie Lai
  • Li-Tao Zhu
  • Zhe Chen*
  • Bo Ouyang*
  • , and 
  • Zheng-Hong Luo*

Abstract

다양한 수송 메커니즘 하에서, “LOC(lab-on-a-chip)” 시스템에서 유동 전단 속도 조건과 밀접한 관련이 있는 혈류 역학은 다양한 수송 현상을 초래하는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.

본 연구는 적혈구의 동적 혈액 점도 및 탄성 거동과 같은 점탄성 특성의 역할을 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈류 패턴을 조사합니다. 모세관 및 전기삼투압의 주요 매개변수를 통해 LOC 시스템의 혈액 수송 현상에 대한 연구는 실험적, 이론적 및 수많은 수치적 접근 방식을 통해 제공됩니다.

전기 삼투압 점탄성 흐름에 의해 유발되는 교란은 특히 향후 연구 기회를 위해 혈액 및 기타 점탄성 유체를 취급하는 LOC 장치의 혼합 및 분리 기능 향상에 논의되고 적용됩니다. 또한, 본 연구는 보다 정확하고 단순화된 혈류 모델에 대한 요구와 전기역학 효과 하에서 점탄성 유체 흐름에 대한 수치 연구에 대한 강조와 같은 LOC 시스템 하에서 혈류 역학의 수치 모델링의 문제를 식별합니다.

전기역학 현상을 연구하는 동안 제타 전위 조건에 대한 보다 실용적인 가정도 강조됩니다. 본 연구는 모세관 및 전기삼투압에 의해 구동되는 미세유체 시스템의 혈류 역학에 대한 포괄적이고 학제적인 관점을 제공하는 것을 목표로 한다.

KEYWORDS: 

1. Introduction

1.1. Microfluidic Flow in Lab-on-a-Chip (LOC) Systems

Over the past several decades, the ability to control and utilize fluid flow patterns at microscales has gained considerable interest across a myriad of scientific and engineering disciplines, leading to growing interest in scientific research of microfluidics. 

(1) Microfluidics, an interdisciplinary field that straddles physics, engineering, and biotechnology, is dedicated to the behavior, precise control, and manipulation of fluids geometrically constrained to a small, typically submillimeter, scale. 

(2) The engineering community has increasingly focused on microfluidics, exploring different driving forces to enhance working fluid transport, with the aim of accurately and efficiently describing, controlling, designing, and applying microfluidic flow principles and transport phenomena, particularly for miniaturized applications. 

(3) This attention has chiefly been fueled by the potential to revolutionize diagnostic and therapeutic techniques in the biomedical and pharmaceutical sectorsUnder various driving forces in microfluidic flows, intriguing transport phenomena have bolstered confidence in sustainable and efficient applications in fields such as pharmaceutical, biochemical, and environmental science. The “lab-on-a-chip” (LOC) system harnesses microfluidic flow to enable fluid processing and the execution of laboratory tasks on a chip-sized scale. LOC systems have played a vital role in the miniaturization of laboratory operations such as mixing, chemical reaction, separation, flow control, and detection on small devices, where a wide variety of fluids is adapted. Biological fluid flow like blood and other viscoelastic fluids are notably studied among the many working fluids commonly utilized by LOC systems, owing to the optimization in small fluid sample volumed, rapid response times, precise control, and easy manipulation of flow patterns offered by the system under various driving forces. 

(4)The driving forces in blood flow can be categorized as passive or active transport mechanisms and, in some cases, both. Under various transport mechanisms, the unique design of microchannels enables different functionalities in driving, mixing, separating, and diagnosing blood and drug delivery in the blood. 

(5) Understanding and manipulating these driving forces are crucial for optimizing the performance of a LOC system. Such knowledge presents the opportunity to achieve higher efficiency and reliability in addressing cellular level challenges in medical diagnostics, forensic studies, cancer detection, and other fundamental research areas, for applications of point-of-care (POC) devices. 

(6)

1.2. Engineering Approach of Microfluidic Transport Phenomena in LOC Systems

Different transport mechanisms exhibit unique properties at submillimeter length scales in microfluidic devices, leading to significant transport phenomena that differ from those of macroscale flows. An in-depth understanding of these unique transport phenomena under microfluidic systems is often required in fluidic mechanics to fully harness the potential functionality of a LOC system to obtain systematically designed and precisely controlled transport of microfluids under their respective driving force. Fluid mechanics is considered a vital component in chemical engineering, enabling the analysis of fluid behaviors in various unit designs, ranging from large-scale reactors to separation units. Transport phenomena in fluid mechanics provide a conceptual framework for analytically and descriptively explaining why and how experimental results and physiological phenomena occur. The Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, along with other governing equations, is often adapted to accurately describe fluid dynamics by accounting for pressure, surface properties, velocity, and temperature variations over space and time. In addition, limiting factors and nonidealities for these governing equations should be considered to impose corrections for empirical consistency before physical models are assembled for more accurate controls and efficiency. Microfluidic flow systems often deviate from ideal conditions, requiring adjustments to the standard governing equations. These deviations could arise from factors such as viscous effects, surface interactions, and non-Newtonian fluid properties from different microfluid types and geometrical layouts of microchannels. Addressing these nonidealities supports the refining of theoretical models and prediction accuracy for microfluidic flow behaviors.

The analytical calculation of coupled nonlinear governing equations, which describes the material and energy balances of systems under ideal conditions, often requires considerable computational efforts. However, advancements in computation capabilities, cost reduction, and improved accuracy have made numerical simulations using different numerical and modeling methods a powerful tool for effectively solving these complex coupled equations and modeling various transport phenomena. Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) is a numerical technique used to investigate the spatial and temporal distribution of various flow parameters. It serves as a critical approach to provide insights and reasoning for decision-making regarding the optimal designs involving fluid dynamics, even prior to complex physical model prototyping and experimental procedures. The integration of experimental data, theoretical analysis, and reliable numerical simulations from CFD enables systematic variation of analytical parameters through quantitative analysis, where adjustment to delivery of blood flow and other working fluids in LOC systems can be achieved.

Numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element-Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) are heavily employed in CFD and offer diverse approaches to achieve discretization of Eulerian flow equations through filling a mesh of the flow domain. A more in-depth review of numerical methods in CFD and its application for blood flow simulation is provided in Section 2.2.2.

1.3. Scope of the Review

In this Review, we explore and characterize the blood flow phenomena within the LOC systems, utilizing both physiological and engineering modeling approaches. Similar approaches will be taken to discuss capillary-driven flow and electric-osmotic flow (EOF) under electrokinetic phenomena as a passive and active transport scheme, respectively, for blood transport in LOC systems. Such an analysis aims to bridge the gap between physical (experimental) and engineering (analytical) perspectives in studying and manipulating blood flow delivery by different driving forces in LOC systems. Moreover, the Review hopes to benefit the interests of not only blood flow control in LOC devices but also the transport of viscoelastic fluids, which are less studied in the literature compared to that of Newtonian fluids, in LOC systems.

Section 2 examines the complex interplay between viscoelastic properties of blood and blood flow patterns under shear flow in LOC systems, while engineering numerical modeling approaches for blood flow are presented for assistance. Sections 3 and 4 look into the theoretical principles, numerical governing equations, and modeling methodologies for capillary driven flow and EOF in LOC systems as well as their impact on blood flow dynamics through the quantification of key parameters of the two driving forces. Section 5 concludes the characterized blood flow transport processes in LOC systems under these two forces. Additionally, prospective areas of research in improving the functionality of LOC devices employing blood and other viscoelastic fluids and potentially justifying mechanisms underlying microfluidic flow patterns outside of LOC systems are presented. Finally, the challenges encountered in the numerical studies of blood flow under LOC systems are acknowledged, paving the way for further research.

2. Blood Flow Phenomena

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


2.1. Physiological Blood Flow Behavior

Blood, an essential physiological fluid in the human body, serves the vital role of transporting oxygen and nutrients throughout the body. Additionally, blood is responsible for suspending various blood cells including erythrocytes (red blood cells or RBCs), leukocytes (white blood cells), and thrombocytes (blood platelets) in a plasma medium.Among the cells mentioned above, red blood cells (RBCs) comprise approximately 40–45% of the volume of healthy blood. 

(7) An RBC possesses an inherent elastic property with a biconcave shape of an average diameter of 8 μm and a thickness of 2 μm. This biconcave shape maximizes the surface-to-volume ratio, allowing RBCs to endure significant distortion while maintaining their functionality. 

(8,9) Additionally, the biconcave shape optimizes gas exchange, facilitating efficient uptake of oxygen due to the increased surface area. The inherent elasticity of RBCs allows them to undergo substantial distortion from their original biconcave shape and exhibits high flexibility, particularly in narrow channels.RBC deformability enables the cell to deform from a biconcave shape to a parachute-like configuration, despite minor differences in RBC shape dynamics under shear flow between initial cell locations. As shown in Figure 1(a), RBCs initiating with different resting shapes and orientations displaying display a similar deformation pattern 

(10) in terms of its shape. Shear flow induces an inward bending of the cell at the rear position of the rim to the final bending position, 

(11) resulting in an alignment toward the same position of the flow direction.

Figure 1. Images of varying deformation of RBCs and different dynamic blood flow behaviors. (a) The deforming shape behavior of RBCs at four different initiating positions under the same experimental conditions of a flow from left to right, (10) (b) RBC aggregation, (13) (c) CFL region. (18) Reproduced with permission from ref (10). Copyright 2011 Elsevier. Reproduced with permission from ref (13). Copyright 2022 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/. Reproduced with permission from ref (18). Copyright 2019 Elsevier.

The flexible property of RBCs enables them to navigate through narrow capillaries and traverse a complex network of blood vessels. The deformability of RBCs depends on various factors, including the channel geometry, RBC concentration, and the elastic properties of the RBC membrane. 

(12) Both flexibility and deformability are vital in the process of oxygen exchange among blood and tissues throughout the body, allowing cells to flow in vessels even smaller than the original cell size prior to deforming.As RBCs serve as major components in blood, their collective dynamics also hugely affect blood rheology. RBCs exhibit an aggregation phenomenon due to cell to cell interactions, such as adhesion forces, among populated cells, inducing unique blood flow patterns and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems. For blood flow in large vessels between a diameter of 1 and 3 cm, where shear rates are not high, a constant viscosity and Newtonian behavior for blood can be assumed. However, under low shear rate conditions (0.1 s

–1) in smaller vessels such as the arteries and venules, which are within a diameter of 0.2 mm to 1 cm, blood exhibits non-Newtonian properties, such as shear-thinning viscosity and viscoelasticity due to RBC aggregation and deformability. The nonlinear viscoelastic property of blood gives rise to a complex relationship between viscosity and shear rate, primarily influenced by the highly elastic behavior of RBCs. A wide range of research on the transient behavior of the RBC shape and aggregation characteristics under varied flow circumstances has been conducted, aiming to obtain a better understanding of the interaction between blood flow shear forces from confined flows.

For a better understanding of the unique blood flow structures and rheological behaviors in microfluidic systems, some blood flow patterns are introduced in the following section.

2.1.1. RBC Aggregation

RBC aggregation is a vital phenomenon to be considered when designing LOC devices due to its impact on the viscosity of the bulk flow. Under conditions of low shear rate, such as in stagnant or low flow rate regions, RBCs tend to aggregate, forming structures known as rouleaux, resembling stacks of coins as shown in Figure 1(b). 

(13) The aggregation of RBCs increases the viscosity at the aggregated region, 

(14) hence slowing down the overall blood flow. However, when exposed to high shear rates, RBC aggregates disaggregate. As shear rates continue to increase, RBCs tend to deform, elongating and aligning themselves with the direction of the flow. 

(15) Such a dynamic shift in behavior from the cells in response to the shear rate forms the basis of the viscoelastic properties observed in whole blood. In essence, the viscosity of the blood varies according to the shear rate conditions, which are related to the velocity gradient of the system. It is significant to take the intricate relationship between shear rate conditions and the change of blood viscosity due to RBC aggregation into account since various flow driving conditions may induce varied effects on the degree of aggregation.

2.1.2. Fåhræus-Lindqvist Effect

The Fåhræus–Lindqvist (FL) effect describes the gradual decrease in the apparent viscosity of blood as the channel diameter decreases. 

(16) This effect is attributed to the migration of RBCs toward the central region in the microchannel, where the flow rate is higher, due to the presence of higher pressure and asymmetric distribution of shear forces. This migration of RBCs, typically observed at blood vessels less than 0.3 mm, toward the higher flow rate region contributes to the change in blood viscosity, which becomes dependent on the channel size. Simultaneously, the increase of the RBC concentration in the central region of the microchannel results in the formation of a less viscous region close to the microchannel wall. This region called the Cell-Free Layer (CFL), is primarily composed of plasma. 

(17) The combination of the FL effect and the following CFL formation provides a unique phenomenon that is often utilized in passive and active plasma separation mechanisms, involving branched and constriction channels for various applications in plasma separation using microfluidic systems.

2.1.3. Cell-Free Layer Formation

In microfluidic blood flow, RBCs form aggregates at the microchannel core and result in a region that is mostly devoid of RBCs near the microchannel walls, as shown in Figure 1(c). 

(18) The region is known as the cell-free layer (CFL). The CFL region is often known to possess a lower viscosity compared to other regions within the blood flow due to the lower viscosity value of plasma when compared to that of the aggregated RBCs. Therefore, a thicker CFL region composed of plasma correlates to a reduced apparent whole blood viscosity. 

(19) A thicker CFL region is often established following the RBC aggregation at the microchannel core under conditions of decreasing the tube diameter. Apart from the dependence on the RBC concentration in the microchannel core, the CFL thickness is also affected by the volume concentration of RBCs, or hematocrit, in whole blood, as well as the deformability of RBCs. Given the influence CFL thickness has on blood flow rheological parameters such as blood flow rate, which is strongly dependent on whole blood viscosity, investigating CFL thickness under shear flow is crucial for LOC systems accounting for blood flow.

2.1.4. Plasma Skimming in Bifurcation Networks

The uneven arrangement of RBCs in bifurcating microchannels, commonly termed skimming bifurcation, arises from the axial migration of RBCs within flowing streams. This uneven distribution contributes to variations in viscosity across differing sizes of bifurcating channels but offers a stabilizing effect. Notably, higher flow rates in microchannels are associated with increased hematocrit levels, resulting in higher viscosity compared with those with lower flow rates. Parametric investigations on bifurcation angle, 

(20) thickness of the CFL, 

(21) and RBC dynamics, including aggregation and deformation, 

(22) may alter the varying viscosity of blood and its flow behavior within microchannels.

2.2. Modeling on Blood Flow Dynamics

2.2.1. Blood Properties and Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology

Under different shear rate conditions in blood flow, the elastic characteristics and dynamic changes of the RBC induce a complex velocity and stress relationship, resulting in the incompatibility of blood flow characterization through standard presumptions of constant viscosity used for Newtonian fluid flow. Blood flow is categorized as a viscoelastic non-Newtonian fluid flow where constitutive equations governing this type of flow take into consideration the nonlinear viscometric properties of blood. To mathematically characterize the evolving blood viscosity and the relationship between the elasticity of RBC and the shear blood flow, respectively, across space and time of the system, a stress tensor (τ) defined by constitutive models is often coupled in the Navier–Stokes equation to account for the collective impact of the constant dynamic viscosity (η) and the elasticity from RBCs on blood flow.The dynamic viscosity of blood is heavily dependent on the shear stress applied to the cell and various parameters from the blood such as hematocrit value, plasma viscosity, mechanical properties of the RBC membrane, and red blood cell aggregation rate. The apparent blood viscosity is considered convenient for the characterization of the relationship between the evolving blood viscosity and shear rate, which can be defined by Casson’s law, as shown in eq 1.

𝜇=𝜏0𝛾˙+2𝜂𝜏0𝛾˙⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√+𝜂�=�0�˙+2��0�˙+�

(1)where τ

0 is the yield stress–stress required to initiate blood flow motion, η is the Casson rheological constant, and γ̇ is the shear rate. The value of Casson’s law parameters under blood with normal hematocrit level can be defined as τ

0 = 0.0056 Pa and η = 0.0035 Pa·s. 

(23) With the known property of blood and Casson’s law parameters, an approximation can be made to the dynamic viscosity under various flow condition domains. The Power Law model is often employed to characterize the dynamic viscosity in relation to the shear rate, since precise solutions exist for specific geometries and flow circumstances, acting as a fundamental standard for definition. The Carreau and Carreau–Yasuda models can be advantageous over the Power Law model due to their ability to evaluate the dynamic viscosity at low to zero shear rate conditions. However, none of the above-mentioned models consider the memory or other elastic behavior of blood and its RBCs. Some other commonly used mathematical models and their constants for the non-Newtonian viscosity property characterization of blood are listed in Table 1 below. 

(24−26)Table 1. Comparison of Various Non-Newtonian Models for Blood Viscosity 

(24−26)

ModelNon-Newtonian ViscosityParameters
Power Law(2)n = 0.61, k = 0.42
Carreau(3)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 3.1736 s, m = 2.406, a = 0.254
Walburn–Schneck(4)C1 = 0.000797 Pa·s, C2 = 0.0608 Pa·s, C3 = 0.00499, C4 = 14.585 g–1, TPMA = 25 g/L
Carreau–Yasuda(5)μ0 = 0.056 Pa·s, μ = 0.00345 Pa·s, λ = 1.902 s, n = 0.22, a = 1.25
Quemada(6)μp = 0.0012 Pa·s, k = 2.07, k0 = 4.33, γ̇c = 1.88 s–1

The blood rheology is commonly known to be influenced by two key physiological factors, namely, the hematocrit value (H

t) and the fibrinogen concentration (c

f), with an average value of 42% and 0.252 gd·L

–1, respectively. Particularly in low shear conditions, the presence of varying fibrinogen concentrations affects the tendency for aggregation and rouleaux formation, while the occurrence of aggregation is contingent upon specific levels of hematocrit. 

(27) The study from Apostolidis et al. 

(28) modifies the Casson model through emphasizing its reliance on hematocrit and fibrinogen concentration parameter values, owing to the extensive knowledge of the two physiological blood parameters.The viscoelastic response of blood is heavily dependent on the elasticity of the RBC, which is defined by the relationship between the deformation and stress relaxation from RBCs under a specific location of shear flow as a function of the velocity field. The stress tensor is usually characterized by constitutive equations such as the Upper-Convected Maxwell Model 

(29) and the Oldroyd-B model 

(30) to track the molecule effects under shear from different driving forces. The prominent non-Newtonian features, such as shear thinning and yield stress, have played a vital role in the characterization of blood rheology, particularly with respect to the evaluation of yield stress under low shear conditions. The nature of stress measurement in blood, typically on the order of 1 mPa, is challenging due to its low magnitude. The occurrence of the CFL complicates the measurement further due to the significant decrease in apparent viscosity near the wall over time and a consequential disparity in viscosity compared to the bulk region.In addition to shear thinning viscosity and yield stress, the formation of aggregation (rouleaux) from RBCs under low shear rates also contributes to the viscoelasticity under transient flow 

(31) and thixotropy 

(32) of whole blood. Given the difficulty in evaluating viscoelastic behavior of blood under low strain magnitudes and limitations in generalized Newtonian models, the utilization of viscoelastic models is advocated to encompass elasticity and delineate non-shear components within the stress tensor. Extending from the Oldroyd-B model, Anand et al. 

(33) developed a viscoelastic model framework for adapting elasticity within blood samples and predicting non-shear stress components. However, to also address the thixotropic effects, the model developed by Horner et al. 

(34) serves as a more comprehensive approach than the viscoelastic model from Anand et al. Thixotropy 

(32) typically occurs from the structural change of the rouleaux, where low shear rate conditions induce rouleaux formation. Correspondingly, elasticity increases, while elasticity is more representative of the isolated RBCs, under high shear rate conditions. The model of Horner et al. 

(34) considers the contribution of rouleaux to shear stress, taking into account factors such as the characteristic time for Brownian aggregation, shear-induced aggregation, and shear-induced breakage. Subsequent advancements in the model from Horner et al. often revolve around refining the three aforementioned key terms for a more substantial characterization of rouleaux dynamics. Notably, this has led to the recently developed mHAWB model 

(35) and other model iterations to enhance the accuracy of elastic and viscoelastic contributions to blood rheology, including the recently improved model suggested by Armstrong et al. 

(36)

2.2.2. Numerical Methods (FDM, FEM, FVM)

Numerical simulation has become increasingly more significant in analyzing the geometry, boundary layers of flow, and nonlinearity of hyperbolic viscoelastic flow constitutive equations. CFD is a powerful and efficient tool utilizing numerical methods to solve the governing hydrodynamic equations, such as the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation, continuity equation, and energy conservation equation, for qualitative evaluation of fluid motion dynamics under different parameters. CFD overcomes the challenge of analytically solving nonlinear forms of differential equations by employing numerical methods such as the Finite-Difference Method (FDM), Finite-Element Method (FEM), and Finite-Volume Method (FVM) to discretize and solve the partial differential equations (PDEs), allowing for qualitative reproduction of transport phenomena and experimental observations. Different numerical methods are chosen to cope with various transport systems for optimization of the accuracy of the result and control of error during the discretization process.FDM is a straightforward approach to discretizing PDEs, replacing the continuum representation of equations with a set of finite-difference equations, which is typically applied to structured grids for efficient implementation in CFD programs. 

(37) However, FDM is often limited to simple geometries such as rectangular or block-shaped geometries and struggles with curved boundaries. In contrast, FEM divides the fluid domain into small finite grids or elements, approximating PDEs through a local description of physics. 

(38) All elements contribute to a large, sparse matrix solver. However, FEM may not always provide accurate results for systems involving significant deformation and aggregation of particles like RBCs due to large distortion of grids. 

(39) FVM evaluates PDEs following the conservation laws and discretizes the selected flow domain into small but finite size control volumes, with each grid at the center of a finite volume. 

(40) The divergence theorem allows the conversion of volume integrals of PDEs with divergence terms into surface integrals of surface fluxes across cell boundaries. Due to its conservation property, FVM offers efficient outcomes when dealing with PDEs that embody mass, momentum, and energy conservation principles. Furthermore, widely accessible software packages like the OpenFOAM toolbox 

(41) include a viscoelastic solver, making it an attractive option for viscoelastic fluid flow modeling. 

(42)

2.2.3. Modeling Methods of Blood Flow Dynamics

The complexity in the blood flow simulation arises from deformability and aggregation that RBCs exhibit during their interaction with neighboring cells under different shear rate conditions induced by blood flow. Numerical models coupled with simulation programs have been applied as a groundbreaking method to predict such unique rheological behavior exhibited by RBCs and whole blood. The conventional approach of a single-phase flow simulation is often applied to blood flow simulations within large vessels possessing a moderate shear rate. However, such a method assumes the properties of plasma, RBCs and other cellular components to be evenly distributed as average density and viscosity in blood, resulting in the inability to simulate the mechanical dynamics, such as RBC aggregation under high-shear flow field, inherent in RBCs. To accurately describe the asymmetric distribution of RBC and blood flow, multiphase flow simulation, where numerical simulations of blood flows are often modeled as two immiscible phases, RBCs and blood plasma, is proposed. A common assumption is that RBCs exhibit non-Newtonian behavior while the plasma is treated as a continuous Newtonian phase.Numerous multiphase numerical models have been proposed to simulate the influence of RBCs on blood flow dynamics by different assumptions. In large-scale simulations (above the millimeter range), continuum-based methods are wildly used due to their lower computational demands. 

(43) Eulerian multiphase flow simulations offer the solution of a set of conservation equations for each separate phase and couple the phases through common pressure and interphase exchange coefficients. Xu et al. 

(44) utilized the combined finite-discrete element method (FDEM) to replicate the dynamic behavior and distortion of RBCs subjected to fluidic forces, utilizing the Johnson–Kendall–Roberts model 

(45) to define the adhesive forces of cell-to-cell interactions. The iterative direct-forcing immersed boundary method (IBM) is commonly employed in simulations of the fluid–cell interface of blood. This method effectively captures the intricacies of the thin and flexible RBC membranes within various external flow fields. 

(46) The study by Xu et al. 

(44) also adopts this approach to bridge the fluid dynamics and RBC deformation through IBM. Yoon and You utilized the Maxwell model to define the viscosity of the RBC membrane. 

(47) It was discovered that the Maxwell model could represent the stress relaxation and unloading processes of the cell. Furthermore, the reduced flexibility of an RBC under particular situations such as infection is specified, which was unattainable by the Kelvin–Voigt model 

(48) when compared to the Maxwell model in the literature. The Yeoh hyperplastic material model was also adapted to predict the nonlinear elasticity property of RBCs with FEM employed to discretize the RBC membrane using shell-type elements. Gracka et al. 

(49) developed a numerical CFD model with a finite-volume parallel solver for multiphase blood flow simulation, where an updated Maxwell viscoelasticity model and a Discrete Phase Model are adopted. In the study, the adapted IBM, based on unstructured grids, simulates the flow behavior and shape change of the RBCs through fluid-structure coupling. It was found that the hybrid Euler–Lagrange (E–L) approach 

(50) for the development of the multiphase model offered better results in the simulated CFL region in the microchannels.To study the dynamics of individual behaviors of RBCs and the consequent non-Newtonian blood flow, cell-shape-resolved computational models are often adapted. The use of the boundary integral method has become prevalent in minimizing computational expenses, particularly in the exclusive determination of fluid velocity on the surfaces of RBCs, incorporating the option of employing IBM or particle-based techniques. The cell-shaped-resolved method has enabled an examination of cell to cell interactions within complex ambient or pulsatile flow conditions 

(51) surrounding RBC membranes. Recently, Rydquist et al. 

(52) have looked to integrate statistical information from macroscale simulations to obtain a comprehensive overview of RBC behavior within the immediate proximity of the flow through introduction of respective models characterizing membrane shape definition, tension, bending stresses of RBC membranes.At a macroscopic scale, continuum models have conventionally been adapted for assessing blood flow dynamics through the application of elasticity theory and fluid dynamics. However, particle-based methods are known for their simplicity and adaptability in modeling complex multiscale fluid structures. Meshless methods, such as the boundary element method (BEM), smoothed particle hydrodynamics (SPH), and dissipative particle dynamics (DPD), are often used in particle-based characterization of RBCs and the surrounding fluid. By representing the fluid as discrete particles, meshless methods provide insights into the status and movement of the multiphase fluid. These methods allow for the investigation of cellular structures and microscopic interactions that affect blood rheology. Non-confronting mesh methods like IBM can also be used to couple a fluid solver such as FEM, FVM, or the Lattice Boltzmann Method (LBM) through membrane representation of RBCs. In comparison to conventional CFD methods, LBM has been viewed as a favorable numerical approach for solving the N–S equations and the simulation of multiphase flows. LBM exhibits the notable advantage of being amenable to high-performance parallel computing environments due to its inherently local dynamics. In contrast to DPD and SPH where RBC membranes are modeled as physically interconnected particles, LBM employs the IBM to account for the deformation dynamics of RBCs 

(53,54) under shear flows in complex channel geometries. 

(54,55) However, it is essential to acknowledge that the utilization of LBM in simulating RBC flows often entails a significant computational overhead, being a primary challenge in this context. Krüger et al. 

(56) proposed utilizing LBM as a fluid solver, IBM to couple the fluid and FEM to compute the response of membranes to deformation under immersed fluids. This approach decouples the fluid and membranes but necessitates significant computational effort due to the requirements of both meshes and particles.Despite the accuracy of current blood flow models, simulating complex conditions remains challenging because of the high computational load and cost. Balachandran Nair et al. 

(57) suggested a reduced order model of RBC under the framework of DEM, where the RBC is represented by overlapping constituent rigid spheres. The Morse potential force is adapted to account for the RBC aggregation exhibited by cell to cell interactions among RBCs at different distances. Based upon the IBM, the reduced-order RBC model is adapted to simulate blood flow transport for validation under both single and multiple RBCs with a resolved CFD-DEM solver. 

(58) In the resolved CFD-DEM model, particle sizes are larger than the grid size for a more accurate computation of the surrounding flow field. A continuous forcing approach is taken to describe the momentum source of the governing equation prior to discretization, which is different from a Direct Forcing Method (DFM). 

(59) As no body-conforming moving mesh is required, the continuous forcing approach offers lower complexity and reduced cost when compared to the DFM. Piquet et al. 

(60) highlighted the high complexity of the DFM due to its reliance on calculating an additional immersed boundary flux for the velocity field to ensure its divergence-free condition.The fluid–structure interaction (FSI) method has been advocated to connect the dynamic interplay of RBC membranes and fluid plasma within blood flow such as the coupling of continuum–particle interactions. However, such methodology is generally adapted for anatomical configurations such as arteries 

(61,62) and capillaries, 

(63) where both the structural components and the fluid domain undergo substantial deformation due to the moving boundaries. Due to the scope of the Review being blood flow simulation within microchannels of LOC devices without deformable boundaries, the Review of the FSI method will not be further carried out.In general, three numerical methods are broadly used: mesh-based, particle-based, and hybrid mesh–particle techniques, based on the spatial scale and the fundamental numerical approach, mesh-based methods tend to neglect the effects of individual particles, assuming a continuum and being efficient in terms of time and cost. However, the particle-based approach highlights more of the microscopic and mesoscopic level, where the influence of individual RBCs is considered. A review from Freund et al. 

(64) addressed the three numerical methodologies and their respective modeling approaches of RBC dynamics. Given the complex mechanics and the diverse levels of study concerning numerical simulations of blood and cellular flow, a broad spectrum of numerical methods for blood has been subjected to extensive review. 

(64−70) Ye at al. 

(65) offered an extensive review of the application of the DPD, SPH, and LBM for numerical simulations of RBC, while Rathnayaka et al. 

(67) conducted a review of the particle-based numerical modeling for liquid marbles through drawing parallels to the transport of RBCs in microchannels. A comparative analysis between conventional CFD methods and particle-based approaches for cellular and blood flow dynamic simulation can be found under the review by Arabghahestani et al. 

(66) Literature by Li et al. 

(68) and Beris et al. 

(69) offer an overview of both continuum-based models at micro/macroscales and multiscale particle-based models encompassing various length and temporal dimensions. Furthermore, these reviews deliberate upon the potential of coupling continuum-particle methods for blood plasma and RBC modeling. Arciero et al. 

(70) investigated various modeling approaches encompassing cellular interactions, such as cell to cell or plasma interactions and the individual cellular phases. A concise overview of the reviews is provided in Table 2 for reference.

Table 2. List of Reviews for Numerical Approaches Employed in Blood Flow Simulation

ReferenceNumerical methods
Li et al. (2013) (68)Continuum-based modeling (BIM), particle-based modeling (LBM, LB-FE, SPH, DPD)
Freund (2014) (64)RBC dynamic modeling (continuum-based modeling, complementary discrete microstructure modeling), blood flow dynamic modeling (FDM, IBM, LBM, particle-mesh methods, coupled boundary integral and mesh-based methods, DPD)
Ye et al. (2016) (65)DPD, SPH, LBM, coupled IBM-Smoothed DPD
Arciero et al. (2017) (70)LBM, IBM, DPD, conventional CFD Methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Arabghahestani et al. (2019) (66)Particle-based methods (LBM, DPD, direct simulation Monte Carlo, molecular dynamics), SPH, conventional CFD methods (FDM, FVM, FEM)
Beris et al. (2021) (69)DPD, smoothed DPD, IBM, LBM, BIM
Rathnayaka (2022) (67)SPH, CG, LBM

3. Capillary Driven Blood Flow in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


3.1. Capillary Driven Flow Phenomena

Capillary driven (CD) flow is a pivotal mechanism in passive microfluidic flow systems 

(9) such as the blood circulation system and LOC systems. 

(71) CD flow is essentially the movement of a liquid to flow against drag forces, where the capillary effect exerts a force on the liquid at the borders, causing a liquid–air meniscus to flow despite gravity or other drag forces. A capillary pressure drops across the liquid–air interface with surface tension in the capillary radius and contact angle. The capillary effect depends heavily on the interaction between the different properties of surface materials. Different values of contact angles can be manipulated and obtained under varying levels of surface wettability treatments to manipulate the surface properties, resulting in different CD blood delivery rates for medical diagnostic device microchannels. CD flow techniques are appealing for many LOC devices, because they require no external energy. However, due to the passive property of liquid propulsion by capillary forces and the long-term instability of surface treatments on channel walls, the adaptability of CD flow in geometrically complex LOC devices may be limited.

3.2. Theoretical and Numerical Modeling of Capillary Driven Blood Flow

3.2.1. Theoretical Basis and Assumptions of Microfluidic Flow

The study of transport phenomena regarding either blood flow driven by capillary forces or externally applied forces under microfluid systems all demands a comprehensive recognition of the significant differences in flow dynamics between microscale and macroscale. The fundamental assumptions and principles behind fluid transport at the microscale are discussed in this section. Such a comprehension will lay the groundwork for the following analysis of the theoretical basis of capillary forces and their role in blood transport in LOC systems.

At the macroscale, fluid dynamics are often strongly influenced by gravity due to considerable fluid mass. However, the high surface to volume ratio at the microscale shifts the balance toward surface forces (e.g., surface tension and viscous forces), much larger than the inertial force. This difference gives rise to transport phenomena unique to microscale fluid transport, such as the prevalence of laminar flow due to a very low Reynolds number (generally lower than 1). Moreover, the fluid in a microfluidic system is often assumed to be incompressible due to the small flow velocity, indicating constant fluid density in both space and time.Microfluidic flow behaviors are governed by the fundamental principles of mass and momentum conservation, which are encapsulated in the continuity equation and the Navier–Stokes (N–S) equation. The continuity equation describes the conservation of mass, while the N–S equation captures the spatial and temporal variations in velocity, pressure, and other physical parameters. Under the assumption of the negligible influence of gravity in microfluidic systems, the continuity equation and the Eulerian representation of the incompressible N–S equation can be expressed as follows:

∇·𝐮⇀=0∇·�⇀=0

(7)

−∇𝑝+𝜇∇2𝐮⇀+∇·𝝉⇀−𝐅⇀=0−∇�+�∇2�⇀+∇·�⇀−�⇀=0

(8)Here, p is the pressure, u is the fluid viscosity, 

𝝉⇀�⇀ represents the stress tensor, and F is the body force exerted by external forces if present.

3.2.2. Theoretical Basis and Modeling of Capillary Force in LOC Systems

The capillary force is often the major driving force to manipulate and transport blood without an externally applied force in LOC systems. Forces induced by the capillary effect impact the free surface of fluids and are represented not directly in the Navier–Stokes equations but through the pressure boundary conditions of the pressure term p. For hydrophilic surfaces, the liquid generally induces a contact angle between 0° and 30°, encouraging the spread and attraction of fluid under a positive cos θ condition. For this condition, the pressure drop becomes positive and generates a spontaneous flow forward. A hydrophobic solid surface repels the fluid, inducing minimal contact. Generally, hydrophobic solids exhibit a contact angle larger than 90°, inducing a negative value of cos θ. Such a value will result in a negative pressure drop and a flow in the opposite direction. The induced contact angle is often utilized to measure the wall exposure of various surface treatments on channel walls where different wettability gradients and surface tension effects for CD flows are established. Contact angles between different interfaces are obtainable through standard values or experimental methods for reference. 

(72)For the characterization of the induced force by the capillary effect, the Young–Laplace (Y–L) equation 

(73) is widely employed. In the equation, the capillary is considered a pressure boundary condition between the two interphases. Through the Y–L equation, the capillary pressure force can be determined, and subsequently, the continuity and momentum balance equations can be solved to obtain the blood filling rate. Kim et al. 

(74) studied the effects of concentration and exposure time of a nonionic surfactant, Silwet L-77, on the performance of a polydimethylsiloxane (PDMS) microchannel in terms of plasma and blood self-separation. The study characterized the capillary pressure force by incorporating the Y–L equation and further evaluated the effects of the changing contact angle due to different levels of applied channel wall surface treatments. The expression of the Y–L equation utilized by Kim et al. 

(74) is as follows:

𝑃=−𝜎(cos𝜃b+cos𝜃tℎ+cos𝜃l+cos𝜃r𝑤)�=−�(cos⁡�b+cos⁡�tℎ+cos⁡�l+cos⁡�r�)

(9)where σ is the surface tension of the liquid and θ

bθ

tθ

l, and θ

r are the contact angle values between the liquid and the bottom, top, left, and right walls, respectively. A numerical simulation through Coventor software is performed to evaluate the dynamic changes in the filling rate within the microchannel. The simulation results for the blood filling rate in the microchannel are expressed at a specific time stamp, shown in Figure 2. The results portray an increasing instantaneous filling rate of blood in the microchannel following the decrease in contact angle induced by a higher concentration of the nonionic surfactant treated to the microchannel wall.

Figure 2. Numerical simulation of filling rate of capillary driven blood flow under various contact angle conditions at a specific timestamp. (74) Reproduced with permission from ref (74). Copyright 2010 Elsevier.

When in contact with hydrophilic or hydrophobic surfaces, blood forms a meniscus with a contact angle due to surface tension. The Lucas–Washburn (L–W) equation 

(75) is one of the pioneering theoretical definitions for the position of the meniscus over time. In addition, the L–W equation provides the possibility for research to obtain the velocity of the blood formed meniscus through the derivation of the meniscus position. The L–W equation 

(75) can be shown below:

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑡2𝜇⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�(�)=��⁡cos(�)�2�

(10)Here L(t) represents the distance of the liquid driven by the capillary forces. However, the generalized L–W equation solely assumes the constant physical properties from a Newtonian fluid rather than considering the non-Newtonian fluid behavior of blood. Cito et al. 

(76) constructed an enhanced version of the L–W equation incorporating the power law to consider the RBC aggregation and the FL effect. The non-Newtonian fluid apparent viscosity under the Power Law model is defined as

𝜇=𝑘·(𝛾˙)𝑛−1�=�·(�˙)�−1

(11)where γ̇ is the strain rate tensor defined as 

𝛾˙=12𝛾˙𝑖𝑗𝛾˙𝑗𝑖⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√�˙=12�˙���˙��. The stress tensor term τ is computed as τ = μγ̇

ij. The updated L–W equation by Cito 

(76) is expressed as

𝐿(𝑡)=𝑅[(𝑛+13𝑛+1)(𝜎cos(𝜃)𝑅𝑘)1/𝑛𝑡]𝑛/𝑛+1�(�)=�[(�+13�+1)(�⁡cos(�)��)1/��]�/�+1

(12)where k is the flow consistency index and n is the power law index, respectively. The power law index, from the Power Law model, characterizes the extent of the non-Newtonian behavior of blood. Both the consistency and power law index rely on blood properties such as hematocrit, the appearance of the FL effect, the formation of RBC aggregates, etc. The updated L–W equation computes the location and velocity of blood flow caused by capillary forces at specified time points within the LOC devices, taking into account the effects of blood flow characteristics such as RBC aggregation and the FL effect on dynamic blood viscosity.Apart from the blood flow behaviors triggered by inherent blood properties, unique flow conditions driven by capillary forces that are portrayed under different microchannel geometries also hold crucial implications for CD blood delivery. Berthier et al. 

(77) studied the spontaneous Concus–Finn condition, the condition to initiate the spontaneous capillary flow within a V-groove microchannel, as shown in Figure 3(a) both experimentally and numerically. Through experimental studies, the spontaneous Concus–Finn filament development of capillary driven blood flow is observed, as shown in Figure 3(b), while the dynamic development of blood flow is numerically simulated through CFD simulation.

Figure 3. (a) Sketch of the cross-section of Berthier’s V-groove microchannel, (b) experimental view of blood in the V-groove microchannel, (78) (c) illustration of the dynamic change of the extension of filament from FLOW 3D under capillary flow at three increasing time intervals. (78) Reproduced with permission from ref (78). Copyright 2014 Elsevier.

Berthier et al. 

(77) characterized the contact angle needed for the initiation of the capillary driving force at a zero-inlet pressure, through the half-angle (α) of the V-groove geometry layout, and its relation to the Concus–Finn filament as shown below:

𝜃<𝜋2−𝛼sin𝛼1+2(ℎ2/𝑤)sin𝛼<cos𝜃{�<�2−�sin⁡�1+2(ℎ2/�)⁡sin⁡�<cos⁡�

(13)Three possible regimes were concluded based on the contact angle value for the initiation of flow and development of Concus–Finn filament:

𝜃>𝜃1𝜃1>𝜃>𝜃0𝜃0no SCFSCF without a Concus−Finn filamentSCF without a Concus−Finn filament{�>�1no SCF�1>�>�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament�0SCF without a Concus−Finn filament

(14)Under Newton’s Law, the force balance with low Reynolds and Capillary numbers results in the neglect of inertial terms. The force balance between the capillary forces and the viscous force induced by the channel wall is proposed to derive the analytical fluid velocity. This relation between the two forces offers insights into the average flow velocity and the penetration distance function dependent on time. The apparent blood viscosity is defined by Berthier et al. 

(78) through Casson’s law, 

(23) given in eq 1. The research used the FLOW-3D program from Flow Science Inc. software, which solves transient, free-surface problems using the FDM in multiple dimensions. The Volume of Fluid (VOF) method 

(79) is utilized to locate and track the dynamic extension of filament throughout the advancing interface within the channel ahead of the main flow at three progressing time stamps, as depicted in Figure 3(c).

4. Electro-osmotic Flow (EOF) in LOC Systems

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


The utilization of external forces, such as electric fields, has significantly broadened the possibility of manipulating microfluidic flow in LOC systems. 

(80) Externally applied electric field forces induce a fluid flow from the movement of ions in fluid terms as the “electro-osmotic flow” (EOF).Unique transport phenomena, such as enhanced flow velocity and flow instability, induced by non-Newtonian fluids, particularly viscoelastic fluids, under EOF, have sparked considerable interest in microfluidic devices with simple or complicated geometries within channels. 

(81) However, compared to the study of Newtonian fluids and even other electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flows, the literature focusing on the theoretical and numerical modeling of electro-osmotic blood flow is limited due to the complexity of blood properties. Consequently, to obtain a more comprehensive understanding of the complex blood flow behavior under EOF, theoretical and numerical studies of the transport phenomena in the EOF section will be based on the studies of different viscoelastic fluids under EOF rather than that of blood specifically. Despite this limitation, we believe these studies offer valuable insights that can help understand the complex behavior of blood flow under EOF.

4.1. EOF Phenomena

Electro-osmotic flow occurs at the interface between the microchannel wall and bulk phase solution. When in contact with the bulk phase, solution ions are absorbed or dissociated at the solid–liquid interface, resulting in the formation of a charge layer, as shown in Figure 4. This charged channel surface wall interacts with both negative and positive ions in the bulk sample, causing repulsion and attraction forces to create a thin layer of immobilized counterions, known as the Stern layer. The induced electric potential from the wall gradually decreases with an increase in the distance from the wall. The Stern layer potential, commonly termed the zeta potential, controls the intensity of the electrostatic interactions between mobile counterions and, consequently, the drag force from the applied electric field. Next to the Stern layer is the diffuse mobile layer, mainly composed of a mobile counterion. These two layers constitute the “electrical double layer” (EDL), the thickness of which is directly proportional to the ionic strength (concentration) of the bulk fluid. The relationship between the two parameters is characterized by a Debye length (λ

D), expressed as

𝜆𝐷=𝜖𝑘B𝑇2(𝑍𝑒)2𝑐0⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯√��=��B�2(��)2�0

(15)where ϵ is the permittivity of the electrolyte solution, k

B is the Boltzmann constant, T is the electron temperature, Z is the integer valence number, e is the elementary charge, and c

0 is the ionic density.

Figure 4. Schematic diagram of an electro-osmotic flow in a microchannel with negative surface charge. (82) Reproduced with permission from ref (82). Copyright 2012 Woodhead Publishing.

When an electric field is applied perpendicular to the EDL, viscous drag is generated due to the movement of excess ions in the EDL. Electro-osmotic forces can be attributed to the externally applied electric potential (ϕ) and the zeta potential, the system wall induced potential by charged walls (ψ). As illustrated in Figure 4, the majority of ions in the bulk phase have a uniform velocity profile, except for a shear rate condition confined within an extremely thin Stern layer. Therefore, EOF displays a unique characteristic of a “near flat” or plug flow velocity profile, different from the parabolic flow typically induced by pressure-driven microfluidic flow (Hagen–Poiseuille flow). The plug-shaped velocity profile of the EOF possesses a high shear rate above the Stern layer.Overall, the EOF velocity magnitude is typically proportional to the Debye Length (λ

D), zeta potential, and magnitude of the externally applied electric field, while a more viscous liquid reduces the EOF velocity.

4.2. Modeling on Electro-osmotic Viscoelastic Fluid Flow

4.2.1. Theoretical Basis of EOF Mechanisms

The EOF of an incompressible viscoelastic fluid is commonly governed by the continuity and incompressible N–S equations, as shown in eqs 7 and 8, where the stress tensor and the electrostatic force term are coupled. The electro-osmotic body force term F, representing the body force exerted by the externally applied electric force, is defined as 

𝐹⇀=𝑝𝐸𝐸⇀�⇀=���⇀, where ρ

E and 

𝐸⇀�⇀ are the net electric charge density and the applied external electric field, respectively.Numerous models are established to theoretically study the externally applied electric potential and the system wall induced potential by charged walls. The following Laplace equation, expressed as eq 16, is generally adapted and solved to calculate the externally applied potential (ϕ).

∇2𝜙=0∇2�=0

(16)Ion diffusion under applied electric fields, together with mass transport resulting from convection and diffusion, transports ionic solutions in bulk flow under electrokinetic processes. The Nernst–Planck equation can describe these transport methods, including convection, diffusion, and electro-diffusion. Therefore, the Nernst–Planck equation is used to determine the distribution of the ions within the electrolyte. The electric potential induced by the charged channel walls follows the Poisson–Nernst–Plank (PNP) equation, which can be written as eq 17.

∇·[𝐷𝑖∇𝑛𝑖−𝑢⇀𝑛𝑖+𝑛𝑖𝐷𝑖𝑧𝑖𝑒𝑘𝑏𝑇∇(𝜙+𝜓)]=0∇·[��∇��−�⇀��+����������∇(�+�)]=0

(17)where D

in

i, and z

i are the diffusion coefficient, ionic concentration, and ionic valence of the ionic species I, respectively. However, due to the high nonlinearity and numerical stiffness introduced by different lengths and time scales from the PNP equations, the Poisson–Boltzmann (PB) model is often considered the major simplified method of the PNP equation to characterize the potential distribution of the EDL region in microchannels. In the PB model, it is assumed that the ionic species in the fluid follow the Boltzmann distribution. This model is typically valid for steady-state problems where charge transport can be considered negligible, the EDLs do not overlap with each other, and the intrinsic potentials are low. It provides a simplified representation of the potential distribution in the EDL region. The PB equation governing the EDL electric potential distribution is described as

∇2𝜓=(2𝑒𝑧𝑛0𝜀𝜀0)sinh(𝑧𝑒𝜓𝑘b𝑇)∇2�=(2���0��0)⁡sinh(����b�)

(18)where n

0 is the ion bulk concentration, z is the ionic valence, and ε

0 is the electric permittivity in the vacuum. Under low electric potential conditions, an even further simplified model to illustrate the EOF phenomena is the Debye–Hückel (DH) model. The DH model is derived by obtaining a charge density term by expanding the exponential term of the Boltzmann equation in a Taylor series.

4.2.2. EOF Modeling for Viscoelastic Fluids

Many studies through numerical modeling were performed to obtain a deeper understanding of the effect exhibited by externally applied electric fields on viscoelastic flow in microchannels under various geometrical designs. Bello et al. 

(83) found that methylcellulose solution, a non-Newtonian polymer solution, resulted in stronger electro-osmotic mobility in experiments when compared to the predictions by the Helmholtz–Smoluchowski equation, which is commonly used to define the velocity of EOF of a Newtonian fluid. Being one of the pioneers to identify the discrepancies between the EOF of Newtonian and non-Newtonian fluids, Bello et al. attributed such discrepancies to the presence of a very high shear rate in the EDL, resulting in a change in the orientation of the polymer molecules. Park and Lee 

(84) utilized the FVM to solve the PB equation for the characterization of the electric field induced force. In the study, the concept of fractional calculus for the Oldroyd-B model was adapted to illustrate the elastic and memory effects of viscoelastic fluids in a straight microchannel They observed that fluid elasticity and increased ratio of viscoelastic fluid contribution to overall fluid viscosity had a significant impact on the volumetric flow rate and sensitivity of velocity to electric field strength compared to Newtonian fluids. Afonso et al. 

(85) derived an analytical expression for EOF of viscoelastic fluid between parallel plates using the DH model to account for a zeta potential condition below 25 mV. The study established the understanding of the electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow under low zeta potential conditions. Apart from the electrokinetic forces, pressure forces can also be coupled with EOF to generate a unique fluid flow behavior within the microchannel. Sousa et al. 

(86) analytically studied the flow of a standard viscoelastic solution by combining the pressure gradient force with an externally applied electric force. It was found that, at a near wall skimming layer and the outer layer away from the wall, macromolecules migrating away from surface walls in viscoelastic fluids are observed. In the study, the Phan-Thien Tanner (PTT) constitutive model is utilized to characterize the viscoelastic properties of the solution. The approach is found to be valid when the EDL is much thinner than the skimming layer under an enhanced flow rate. Zhao and Yang 

(87) solved the PB equation and Carreau model for the characterization of the EOF mechanism and non-Newtonian fluid respectively through the FEM. The numerical results depict that, different from the EOF of Newtonian fluids, non-Newtonian fluids led to an increase of electro-osmotic mobility for shear thinning fluids but the opposite for shear thickening fluids.Like other fluid transport driving forces, EOF within unique geometrical layouts also portrays unique transport phenomena. Pimenta and Alves 

(88) utilized the FVM to perform numerical simulations of the EOF of viscoelastic fluids considering the PB equation and the Oldroyd-B model, in a cross-slot and flow-focusing microdevices. It was found that electroelastic instabilities are formed due to the development of large stresses inside the EDL with streamlined curvature at geometry corners. Bezerra et al. 

(89) used the FDM to numerically analyze the vortex formation and flow instability from an electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow in a microchannel with a nozzle geometry and parallel wall geometry setting. The PNP equation is utilized to characterize the charge motion in the EOF and the PTT model for non-Newtonian flow characterization. A constriction geometry is commonly utilized in blood flow adapted in LOC systems due to the change in blood flow behavior under narrow dimensions in a microchannel. Ji et al. 

(90) recently studied the EOF of viscoelastic fluid in a constriction microchannel connected by two relatively big reservoirs on both ends (as seen in Figure 5) filled with the polyacrylamide polymer solution, a viscoelastic fluid, and an incompressible monovalent binary electrolyte solution KCl.

Figure 5. Schematic diagram of a negatively charged constriction microchannel connected to two reservoirs at both ends. An electro-osmotic flow is induced in the system by the induced potential difference between the anode and cathode. (90) Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

In studying the EOF of viscoelastic fluids, the Oldroyd-B model is often utilized to characterize the polymeric stress tensor and the deformation rate of the fluid. The Oldroyd-B model is expressed as follows:

𝜏=𝜂p𝜆(𝐜−𝐈)�=�p�(�−�)

(19)where η

p, λ, c, and I represent the polymer dynamic viscosity, polymer relaxation time, symmetric conformation tensor of the polymer molecules, and the identity matrix, respectively.A log-conformation tensor approach is taken to prevent convergence difficulty induced by the viscoelastic properties. The conformation tensor (c) in the polymeric stress tensor term is redefined by a new tensor (Θ) based on the natural logarithm of the c. The new tensor is defined as

Θ=ln(𝐜)=𝐑ln(𝚲)𝐑Θ=ln(�)=�⁡ln(�)�

(20)in which Λ is the diagonal matrix and R is the orthogonal matrix.Under the new conformation tensor, the induced EOF of a viscoelastic fluid is governed by the continuity and N–S equations adapting the Oldroyd-B model, which is expressed as

∂𝚯∂𝑡+𝐮·∇𝚯=𝛀Θ−ΘΩ+2𝐁+1𝜆(eΘ−𝐈)∂�∂�+�·∇�=�Θ−ΘΩ+2�+1�(eΘ−�)

(21)where Ω and B represent the anti-symmetric matrix and the symmetric traceless matrix of the decomposition of the velocity gradient tensor ∇u, respectively. The conformation tensor can be recovered by c = exp(Θ). The PB model and Laplace equation are utilized to characterize the charged channel wall induced potential and the externally applied potential.The governing equations are numerically solved through the FVM by RheoTool, 

(42) an open-source viscoelastic EOF solver on the OpenFOAM platform. A SIMPLEC (Semi-Implicit Method for Pressure Linked Equations-Consistent) algorithm was applied to solve the velocity-pressure coupling. The pressure field and velocity field were computed by the PCG (Preconditioned Conjugate Gradient) solver and the PBiCG (Preconditioned Biconjugate Gradient) solver, respectively.Ranging magnitudes of an applied electric field or fluid concentration induce both different streamlines and velocity magnitudes at various locations and times of the microchannel. In the study performed by Ji et al., 

(90) notable fluctuation of streamlines and vortex formation is formed at the upper stream entrance of the constriction as shown in Figure 6(a) and (b), respectively, due to the increase of electrokinetic effect, which is seen as a result of the increase in polymeric stress (τ

xx). 

(90) The contraction geometry enhances the EOF velocity within the constriction channel under high E

app condition (600 V/cm). Such phenomena can be attributed to the dependence of electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow on the system wall surface and bulk fluid properties. 

(91)

Figure 6. Schematic diagram of vortex formation and streamlines of EOF depicting flow instability at (a) 1.71 s and (b) 1.75 s. Spatial distribution of the elastic normal stress at (c) high Eapp condition. Streamline of an electro-osmotic flow under Eapp of 600 V/cm (90) for (d) non-Newtonian and (e) Newtonian fluid through a constriction geometry. Reproduced with permission from ref (90). Copyright 2021 The Authors, under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

As elastic normal stress exceeds the local shear stress, flow instability and vortex formation occur. The induced elastic stress under EOF not only enhances the instability of the flow but often generates an irregular secondary flow leading to strong disturbance. 

(92) It is also vital to consider the effect of the constriction layout of microchannels on the alteration of the field strength within the system. The contraction geometry enhances a larger electric field strength compared with other locations of the channel outside the constriction region, resulting in a higher velocity gradient and stronger extension on the polymer within the viscoelastic solution. Following the high shear flow condition, a higher magnitude of stretch for polymer molecules in viscoelastic fluids exhibits larger elastic stresses and enhancement of vortex formation at the region. 

(93)As shown in Figure 6(c), significant elastic normal stress occurs at the inlet of the constriction microchannel. Such occurrence of a polymeric flow can be attributed to the dominating elongational flow, giving rise to high deformation of the polymers within the viscoelastic fluid flow, resulting in higher elastic stress from the polymers. Such phenomena at the entrance result in the difference in velocity streamline as circled in Figure 6(d) compared to that of the Newtonian fluid at the constriction entrance in Figure 6(e). 

(90) The difference between the Newtonian and polymer solution at the exit, as circled in Figure 6(d) and (e), can be attributed to the extrudate swell effect of polymers 

(94) within the viscoelastic fluid flow. The extrudate swell effect illustrates that, as polymers emerge from the constriction exit, they tend to contract in the flow direction and grow in the normal direction, resulting in an extrudate diameter greater than the channel size. The deformation of polymers within the polymeric flow at both the entrance and exit of the contraction channel facilitates the change in shear stress conditions of the flow, leading to the alteration in streamlines of flows for each region.

4.3. EOF Applications in LOC Systems

4.3.1. Mixing in LOC Systems

Rather than relying on the micromixing controlled by molecular diffusion under low Reynolds number conditions, active mixers actively leverage convective instability and vortex formation induced by electro-osmotic flows from alternating current (AC) or direct current (DC) electric fields. Such adaptation is recognized as significant breakthroughs for promotion of fluid mixing in chemical and biological applications such as drug delivery, medical diagnostics, chemical synthesis, and so on. 

(95)Many researchers proposed novel designs of electro-osmosis micromixers coupled with numerical simulations in conjunction with experimental findings to increase their understanding of the role of flow instability and vortex formation in the mixing process under electrokinetic phenomena. Matsubara and Narumi 

(96) numerically modeled the mixing process in a microchannel with four electrodes on each side of the microchannel wall, which generated a disruption through unstable electro-osmotic vortices. It was found that particle mixing was sensitive to both the convection effect induced by the main and secondary vortex within the micromixer and the change in oscillation frequency caused by the supplied AC voltage when the Reynolds number was varied. Qaderi et al. 

(97) adapted the PNP equation to numerically study the effect of the geometry and zeta potential configuration of the microchannel on the mixing process with a combined electro-osmotic pressure driven flow. It was reported that the application of heterogeneous zeta potential configuration enhances the mixing efficiency by around 23% while the height of the hurdles increases the mixing efficiency at most 48.1%. Cho et al. 

(98) utilized the PB model and Laplace equation to numerically simulate the electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid mixing process within a wavy and block layout of microchannel walls. The Power Law model is adapted to describe the fluid rheological characteristic. It was found that shear-thinning fluids possess a higher volumetric flow rate, which could result in poorer mixing efficiency compared to that of Newtonian fluids. Numerous studies have revealed that flow instability and vortex generation, in particular secondary vortices produced by barriers or greater magnitudes of heterogeneous zeta potential distribution, enhance mixing by increasing bulk flow velocity and reducing flow distance.To better understand the mechanism of disturbance formed in the system due to externally applied forces, known as electrokinetic instability, literature often utilize the Rayleigh (Ra) number, 

(1) as described below:

𝑅𝑎𝑣=𝑢ev𝑢eo=(𝛾−1𝛾+1)2𝑊𝛿2𝐸el2𝐻2𝜁𝛿Ra�=�ev�eo=(�−1�+1)2��2�el2�2��

(22)where γ is the conductivity ratio of the two streams and can be written as 

𝛾=𝜎el,H𝜎el,L�=�el,H�el,L. The Ra number characterizes the ratio between electroviscous and electro-osmotic flow. A high Ra

v value often results in good mixing. It is evident that fluid properties such as the conductivity (σ) of the two streams play a key role in the formation of disturbances to enhance mixing in microsystems. At the same time, electrokinetic parameters like the zeta potential (ζ) in the Ra number is critical in the characterization of electro-osmotic velocity and a slip boundary condition at the microchannel wall.To understand the mixing result along the channel, the concentration field can be defined and simulated under the assumption of steady state conditions and constant diffusion coefficient for each of the working fluid within the system through the convection–diffusion equation as below:

∂𝑐𝒊∂𝑡+∇⇀(𝑐𝑖𝑢⇀−𝐷𝑖∇⇀𝑐𝒊)=0∂��∂�+∇⇀(���⇀−��∇⇀��)=0

(23)where c

i is the species concentration of species i and D

i is the diffusion coefficient of the corresponding species.The standard deviation of concentration (σ

sd) can be adapted to evaluate the mixing quality of the system. 

(97) The standard deviation for concentration at a specific portion of the channel may be calculated using the equation below:

𝜎sd=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)−𝐶m)2d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯⎯�sd=∫01(�*(�*)−�m)2d�*∫01d�*

(24)where C*(y*) and C

m are the non-dimensional concentration profile and the mean concentration at the portion, respectively. C* is the non-dimensional concentration and can be calculated as 

𝐶∗=𝐶𝐶ref�*=��ref, where C

ref is the reference concentration defined as the bulk solution concentration. The mean concentration profile can be calculated as 

𝐶m=∫10(𝐶∗(𝑦∗)d𝑦∗∫10d𝑦∗�m=∫01(�*(�*)d�*∫01d�*. With the standard deviation of concentration, the mixing efficiency 

(97) can then be calculated as below:

𝜀𝑥=1−𝜎sd𝜎sd,0��=1−�sd�sd,0

(25)where σ

sd,0 is the standard derivation of the case of no mixing. The value of the mixing efficiency is typically utilized in conjunction with the simulated flow field and concentration field to explore the effect of geometrical and electrokinetic parameters on the optimization of the mixing results.

5. Summary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


5.1. Conclusion

Viscoelastic fluids such as blood flow in LOC systems are an essential topic to proceed with diagnostic analysis and research through microdevices in the biomedical and pharmaceutical industries. The complex blood flow behavior is tightly controlled by the viscoelastic characteristics of blood such as the dynamic viscosity and the elastic property of RBCs under various shear rate conditions. Furthermore, the flow behaviors under varied driving forces promote an array of microfluidic transport phenomena that are critical to the management of blood flow and other adapted viscoelastic fluids in LOC systems. This review addressed the blood flow phenomena, the complicated interplay between shear rate and blood flow behaviors, and their numerical modeling under LOC systems through the lens of the viscoelasticity characteristic. Furthermore, a theoretical understanding of capillary forces and externally applied electric forces leads to an in-depth investigation of the relationship between blood flow patterns and the key parameters of the two driving forces, the latter of which is introduced through the lens of viscoelastic fluids, coupling numerical modeling to improve the knowledge of blood flow manipulation in LOC systems. The flow disturbances triggered by the EOF of viscoelastic fluids and their impact on blood flow patterns have been deeply investigated due to their important role and applications in LOC devices. Continuous advancements of various numerical modeling methods with experimental findings through more efficient and less computationally heavy methods have served as an encouraging sign of establishing more accurate illustrations of the mechanisms for multiphase blood and other viscoelastic fluid flow transport phenomena driven by various forces. Such progress is fundamental for the manipulation of unique transport phenomena, such as the generated disturbances, to optimize functionalities offered by microdevices in LOC systems.

The following section will provide further insights into the employment of studied blood transport phenomena to improve the functionality of micro devices adapting LOC technology. A discussion of the novel roles that external driving forces play in microfluidic flow behaviors is also provided. Limitations in the computational modeling of blood flow and electrokinetic phenomena in LOC systems will also be emphasized, which may provide valuable insights for future research endeavors. These discussions aim to provide guidance and opportunities for new paths in the ongoing development of LOC devices that adapt blood flow.

5.2. Future Directions

5.2.1. Electro-osmosis Mixing in LOC Systems

Despite substantial research, mixing results through flow instability and vortex formation phenomena induced by electro-osmotic mixing still deviate from the effective mixing results offered by chaotic mixing results such as those seen in turbulent flows. However, recent discoveries of a mixing phenomenon that is generally observed under turbulent flows are found within electro-osmosis micromixers under low Reynolds number conditions. Zhao 

(99) experimentally discovered a rapid mixing process in an AC applied micromixer, where the power spectrum of concentration under an applied voltage of 20 V

p-p induces a −5/3 slope within a frequency range. This value of the slope is considered as the O–C spectrum in macroflows, which is often visible under relatively high Re conditions, such as the Taylor microscale Reynolds number Re > 500 in turbulent flows. 

(100) However, the Re value in the studied system is less than 1 at the specific location and applied voltage. A secondary flow is also suggested to occur close to microchannel walls, being attributed to the increase of convective instability within the system.Despite the experimental phenomenon proposed by Zhao et al., 

(99) the range of effects induced by vital parameters of an EOF mixing system on the enhanced mixing results and mechanisms of disturbance generated by the turbulent-like flow instability is not further characterized. Such a gap in knowledge may hinder the adaptability and commercialization of the discovery of micromixers. One of the parameters for further evaluation is the conductivity gradient of the fluid flow. A relatively strong conductivity gradient (5000:1) was adopted in the system due to the conductive properties of the two fluids. The high conductivity gradients may contribute to the relatively large Rayleigh number and differences in EDL layer thickness, resulting in an unusual disturbance in laminar flow conditions and enhanced mixing results. However, high conductivity gradients are not always achievable by the working fluids due to diverse fluid properties. The reliance on turbulent-like phenomena and rapid mixing results in a large conductivity gradient should be established to prevent the limited application of fluids for the mixing system. In addition, the proposed system utilizes distinct zeta potential distributions at the top and bottom walls due to their difference in material choices, which may be attributed to the flow instability phenomena. Further studies should be made on varying zeta potential magnitude and distribution to evaluate their effect on the slip boundary conditions of the flow and the large shear rate condition close to the channel wall of EOF. Such a study can potentially offer an optimized condition in zeta potential magnitude through material choices and geometrical layout of the zeta potential for better mixing results and manipulation of mixing fluid dynamics. The two vital parameters mentioned above can be varied with the aid of numerical simulation to understand the effect of parameters on the interaction between electro-osmotic forces and electroviscous forces. At the same time, the relationship of developed streamlines of the simulated velocity and concentration field, following their relationship with the mixing results, under the impact of these key parameters can foster more insight into the range of impact that the two parameters have on the proposed phenomena and the microfluidic dynamic principles of disturbances.

In addition, many of the current investigations of electrokinetic mixers commonly emphasize the fluid dynamics of mixing for Newtonian fluids, while the utilization of biofluids, primarily viscoelastic fluids such as blood, and their distinctive response under shear forces in these novel mixing processes of LOC systems are significantly less studied. To develop more compatible microdevice designs and efficient mixing outcomes for the biomedical industry, it is necessary to fill the knowledge gaps in the literature on electro-osmotic mixing for biofluids, where properties of elasticity, dynamic viscosity, and intricate relationship with shear flow from the fluid are further considered.

5.2.2. Electro-osmosis Separation in LOC Systems

Particle separation in LOC devices, particularly in biological research and diagnostics, is another area where disturbances may play a significant role in optimization. 

(101) Plasma analysis in LOC systems under precise control of blood flow phenomena and blood/plasma separation procedures can detect vital information about infectious diseases from particular antibodies and foreign nucleic acids for medical treatments, diagnostics, and research, 

(102) offering more efficient results and simple operating procedures compared to that of the traditional centrifugation method for blood and plasma separation. However, the adaptability of LOC devices for blood and plasma separation is often hindered by microchannel clogging, where flow velocity and plasma yield from LOC devices is reduced due to occasional RBC migration and aggregation at the filtration entrance of microdevices. 

(103)It is important to note that the EOF induces flow instability close to microchannel walls, which may provide further solutions to clogging for the separation process of the LOC systems. Mohammadi et al. 

(104) offered an anti-clogging effect of RBCs at the blood and plasma separating device filtration entry, adjacent to the surface wall, through RBC disaggregation under high shear rate conditions generated by a forward and reverse EOF direction.

Further theoretical and numerical research can be conducted to characterize the effect of high shear rate conditions near microchannel walls toward the detachment of binding blood cells on surfaces and the reversibility of aggregation. Through numerical modeling with varying electrokinetic parameters to induce different degrees of disturbances or shear conditions at channel walls, it may be possible to optimize and better understand the process of disrupting the forces that bind cells to surface walls and aggregated cells at filtration pores. RBCs that migrate close to microchannel walls are often attracted by the adhesion force between the RBC and the solid surface originating from the van der Waals forces. Following RBC migration and attachment by adhesive forces adjacent to the microchannel walls as shown in Figure 7, the increase in viscosity at the region causes a lower shear condition and encourages RBC aggregation (cell–cell interaction), which clogs filtering pores or microchannels and reduces flow velocity at filtration region. Both the impact that shear forces and disturbances may induce on cell binding forces with surface walls and other cells leading to aggregation may suggest further characterization. Kinetic parameters such as activation energy and the rate-determining step for cell binding composition attachment and detachment should be considered for modeling the dynamics of RBCs and blood flows under external forces in LOC separation devices.

Figure 7. Schematic representations of clogging at a microchannel pore following the sequence of RBC migration, cell attachment to channel walls, and aggregation. (105) Reproduced with permission from ref (105). Copyright 2018 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

5.2.3. Relationship between External Forces and Microfluidic Systems

In blood flow, a thicker CFL suggests a lower blood viscosity, suggesting a complex relationship between shear stress and shear rate, affecting the blood viscosity and blood flow. Despite some experimental and numerical studies on electro-osmotic non-Newtonian fluid flow, limited literature has performed an in-depth investigation of the role that applied electric forces and other external forces could play in the process of CFL formation. Additional studies on how shear rates from external forces affect CFL formation and microfluidic flow dynamics can shed light on the mechanism of the contribution induced by external driving forces to the development of a separate phase of layer, similar to CFL, close to the microchannel walls and distinct from the surrounding fluid within the system, then influencing microfluidic flow dynamics.One of the mechanisms of phenomena to be explored is the formation of the Exclusion Zone (EZ) region following a “Self-Induced Flow” (SIF) phenomenon discovered by Li and Pollack, 

(106) as shown in Figure 8(a) and (b), respectively. A spontaneous sustained axial flow is observed when hydrophilic materials are immersed in water, resulting in the buildup of a negative layer of charges, defined as the EZ, after water molecules absorb infrared radiation (IR) energy and break down into H and OH

+.

Figure 8. Schematic representations of (a) the Exclusion Zone region and (b) the Self Induced Flow through visualization of microsphere movement within a microchannel. (106) Reproduced with permission from ref (106). Copyright 2020 The Authors under the terms of the Creative Commons (CC BY 4.0) License https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/.

Despite the finding of such a phenomenon, the specific mechanism and role of IR energy have yet to be defined for the process of EZ development. To further develop an understanding of the role of IR energy in such phenomena, a feasible study may be seen through the lens of the relationships between external forces and microfluidic flow. In the phenomena, the increase of SIF velocity under a rise of IR radiation resonant characteristics is shown in the participation of the external electric field near the microchannel walls under electro-osmotic viscoelastic fluid flow systems. The buildup of negative charges at the hydrophilic surfaces in EZ is analogous to the mechanism of electrical double layer formation. Indeed, research has initiated the exploration of the core mechanisms for EZ formation through the lens of the electrokinetic phenomena. 

(107) Such a similarity of the role of IR energy and the transport phenomena of SIF with electrokinetic phenomena paves the way for the definition of the unknown SIF phenomena and EZ formation. Furthermore, Li and Pollack 

(106) suggest whether CFL formation might contribute to a SIF of blood using solely IR radiation, a commonly available source of energy in nature, as an external driving force. The proposition may be proven feasible with the presence of the CFL region next to the negatively charged hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer, coating the luminal side of blood vessels. 

(108) Further research can dive into the resonating characteristics between the formation of the CFL region next to the hydrophilic endothelial glycocalyx layer and that of the EZ formation close to hydrophilic microchannel walls. Indeed, an increase in IR energy is known to rapidly accelerate EZ formation and SIF velocity, depicting similarity to the increase in the magnitude of electric field forces and greater shear rates at microchannel walls affecting CFL formation and EOF velocity. Such correlation depicts a future direction in whether SIF blood flow can be observed and characterized theoretically further through the lens of the relationship between blood flow and shear forces exhibited by external energy.

The intricate link between the CFL and external forces, more specifically the externally applied electric field, can receive further attention to provide a more complete framework for the mechanisms between IR radiation and EZ formation. Such characterization may also contribute to a greater comprehension of the role IR can play in CFL formation next to the endothelial glycocalyx layer as well as its role as a driving force to propel blood flow, similar to the SIF, but without the commonly assumed pressure force from heart contraction as a source of driving force.

5.3. Challenges

Although there have been significant improvements in blood flow modeling under LOC systems over the past decade, there are still notable constraints that may require special attention for numerical simulation applications to benefit the adaptability of the designs and functionalities of LOC devices. Several points that require special attention are mentioned below:

1.The majority of CFD models operate under the relationship between the viscoelasticity of blood and the shear rate conditions of flow. The relative effect exhibited by the presence of highly populated RBCs in whole blood and their forces amongst the cells themselves under complex flows often remains unclearly defined. Furthermore, the full range of cell populations in whole blood requires a much more computational load for numerical modeling. Therefore, a vital goal for future research is to evaluate a reduced modeling method where the impact of cell–cell interaction on the viscoelastic property of blood is considered.
2.Current computational methods on hemodynamics rely on continuum models based upon non-Newtonian rheology at the macroscale rather than at molecular and cellular levels. Careful considerations should be made for the development of a constructive framework for the physical and temporal scales of micro/nanoscale systems to evaluate the intricate relationship between fluid driving forces, dynamic viscosity, and elasticity.
3.Viscoelastic fluids under the impact of externally applied electric forces often deviate from the assumptions of no-slip boundary conditions due to the unique flow conditions induced by externally applied forces. Furthermore, the mechanism of vortex formation and viscoelastic flow instability at laminar flow conditions should be better defined through the lens of the microfluidic flow phenomenon to optimize the prediction of viscoelastic flow across different geometrical layouts. Mathematical models and numerical methods are needed to better predict such disturbance caused by external forces and the viscoelasticity of fluids at such a small scale.
4.Under practical situations, zeta potential distribution at channel walls frequently deviates from the common assumption of a constant distribution because of manufacturing faults or inherent surface charges prior to the introduction of electrokinetic influence. These discrepancies frequently lead to inconsistent surface potential distribution, such as excess positive ions at relatively more negatively charged walls. Accordingly, unpredicted vortex formation and flow instability may occur. Therefore, careful consideration should be given to these discrepancies and how they could trigger the transport process and unexpected results of a microdevice.

Author Information

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


  • Corresponding Authors
    • Zhe Chen – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: zaccooky@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Bo Ouyang – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Email: bouy93@sjtu.edu.cn
    • Zheng-Hong Luo – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-9011-6020; Email: luozh@sjtu.edu.cn
  • Authors
    • Bin-Jie Lai – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0009-0002-8133-5381
    • Li-Tao Zhu – Department of Chemical Engineering, School of Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, State Key Laboratory of Metal Matrix Composites, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, P. R. China;  Orcidhttps://orcid.org/0000-0001-6514-8864
  • NotesThe authors declare no competing financial interest.

Acknowledgments

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This work was supported by the National Natural Science Foundation of China (No. 22238005) and the Postdoctoral Research Foundation of China (No. GZC20231576).

Vocabulary

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


Microfluidicsthe field of technological and scientific study that investigates fluid flow in channels with dimensions between 1 and 1000 μm
Lab-on-a-Chip Technologythe field of research and technological development aimed at integrating the micro/nanofluidic characteristics to conduct laboratory processes on handheld devices
Computational Fluid Dynamics (CFD)the method utilizing computational abilities to predict physical fluid flow behaviors mathematically through solving the governing equations of corresponding fluid flows
Shear Ratethe rate of change in velocity where one layer of fluid moves past the adjacent layer
Viscoelasticitythe property holding both elasticity and viscosity characteristics relying on the magnitude of applied shear stress and time-dependent strain
Electro-osmosisthe flow of fluid under an applied electric field when charged solid surface is in contact with the bulk fluid
Vortexthe rotating motion of a fluid revolving an axis line

References

ARTICLE SECTIONS

Jump To


This article references 108 other publications.

  1. 1Neethirajan, S.; Kobayashi, I.; Nakajima, M.; Wu, D.; Nandagopal, S.; Lin, F. Microfluidics for food, agriculture and biosystems industries. Lab Chip 201111 (9), 1574– 1586,  DOI: 10.1039/c0lc00230eViewGoogle Scholar
  2. 2Whitesides, G. M. The origins and the future of microfluidics. Nature 2006442 (7101), 368– 373,  DOI: 10.1038/nature05058ViewGoogle Scholar
  3. 3Burklund, A.; Tadimety, A.; Nie, Y.; Hao, N.; Zhang, J. X. J. Chapter One – Advances in diagnostic microfluidics; Elsevier, 2020; DOI:  DOI: 10.1016/bs.acc.2019.08.001 .ViewGoogle Scholar
  4. 4Abdulbari, H. A. Chapter 12 – Lab-on-a-chip for analysis of blood. In Nanotechnology for Hematology, Blood Transfusion, and Artificial Blood; Denizli, A., Nguyen, T. A., Rajan, M., Alam, M. F., Rahman, K., Eds.; Elsevier, 2022; pp 265– 283.ViewGoogle Scholar
  5. 5Vladisavljević, G. T.; Khalid, N.; Neves, M. A.; Kuroiwa, T.; Nakajima, M.; Uemura, K.; Ichikawa, S.; Kobayashi, I. Industrial lab-on-a-chip: Design, applications and scale-up for drug discovery and delivery. Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 201365 (11), 1626– 1663,  DOI: 10.1016/j.addr.2013.07.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  6. 6Kersaudy-Kerhoas, M.; Dhariwal, R.; Desmulliez, M. P. Y.; Jouvet, L. Hydrodynamic blood plasma separation in microfluidic channels. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 20108 (1), 105– 114,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-009-0450-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  7. 7Popel, A. S.; Johnson, P. C. Microcirculation and Hemorheology. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 43– 69,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.042604.133933ViewGoogle Scholar
  8. 8Fedosov, D. A.; Peltomäki, M.; Gompper, G. Deformation and dynamics of red blood cells in flow through cylindrical microchannels. Soft Matter 201410 (24), 4258– 4267,  DOI: 10.1039/C4SM00248BViewGoogle Scholar
  9. 9Chakraborty, S. Dynamics of capillary flow of blood into a microfluidic channel. Lab Chip 20055 (4), 421– 430,  DOI: 10.1039/b414566fViewGoogle Scholar
  10. 10Tomaiuolo, G.; Guido, S. Start-up shape dynamics of red blood cells in microcapillary flow. Microvascular Research 201182 (1), 35– 41,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2011.03.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  11. 11Sherwood, J. M.; Dusting, J.; Kaliviotis, E.; Balabani, S. The effect of red blood cell aggregation on velocity and cell-depleted layer characteristics of blood in a bifurcating microchannel. Biomicrofluidics 20126 (2), 24119,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4717755ViewGoogle Scholar
  12. 12Nader, E.; Skinner, S.; Romana, M.; Fort, R.; Lemonne, N.; Guillot, N.; Gauthier, A.; Antoine-Jonville, S.; Renoux, C.; Hardy-Dessources, M.-D. Blood Rheology: Key Parameters, Impact on Blood Flow, Role in Sickle Cell Disease and Effects of Exercise. Frontiers in Physiology 201910, 01329,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2019.01329ViewGoogle Scholar
  13. 13Trejo-Soto, C.; Lázaro, G. R.; Pagonabarraga, I.; Hernández-Machado, A. Microfluidics Approach to the Mechanical Properties of Red Blood Cell Membrane and Their Effect on Blood Rheology. Membranes 202212 (2), 217,  DOI: 10.3390/membranes12020217ViewGoogle Scholar
  14. 14Wagner, C.; Steffen, P.; Svetina, S. Aggregation of red blood cells: From rouleaux to clot formation. Comptes Rendus Physique 201314 (6), 459– 469,  DOI: 10.1016/j.crhy.2013.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  15. 15Kim, H.; Zhbanov, A.; Yang, S. Microfluidic Systems for Blood and Blood Cell Characterization. Biosensors 202313 (1), 13,  DOI: 10.3390/bios13010013ViewGoogle Scholar
  16. 16Fåhræus, R.; Lindqvist, T. THE VISCOSITY OF THE BLOOD IN NARROW CAPILLARY TUBES. American Journal of Physiology-Legacy Content 193196 (3), 562– 568,  DOI: 10.1152/ajplegacy.1931.96.3.562ViewGoogle Scholar
  17. 17Ascolese, M.; Farina, A.; Fasano, A. The Fåhræus-Lindqvist effect in small blood vessels: how does it help the heart?. J. Biol. Phys. 201945 (4), 379– 394,  DOI: 10.1007/s10867-019-09534-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  18. 18Bento, D.; Fernandes, C. S.; Miranda, J. M.; Lima, R. In vitro blood flow visualizations and cell-free layer (CFL) measurements in a microchannel network. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science 2019109, 109847,  DOI: 10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2019.109847ViewGoogle Scholar
  19. 19Namgung, B.; Ong, P. K.; Wong, Y. H.; Lim, D.; Chun, K. J.; Kim, S. A comparative study of histogram-based thresholding methods for the determination of cell-free layer width in small blood vessels. Physiological Measurement 201031 (9), N61,  DOI: 10.1088/0967-3334/31/9/N01ViewGoogle Scholar
  20. 20Hymel, S. J.; Lan, H.; Fujioka, H.; Khismatullin, D. B. Cell trapping in Y-junction microchannels: A numerical study of the bifurcation angle effect in inertial microfluidics. Phys. Fluids (1994) 201931 (8), 082003,  DOI: 10.1063/1.5113516ViewGoogle Scholar
  21. 21Li, X.; Popel, A. S.; Karniadakis, G. E. Blood-plasma separation in Y-shaped bifurcating microfluidic channels: a dissipative particle dynamics simulation study. Phys. Biol. 20129 (2), 026010,  DOI: 10.1088/1478-3975/9/2/026010ViewGoogle Scholar
  22. 22Yin, X.; Thomas, T.; Zhang, J. Multiple red blood cell flows through microvascular bifurcations: Cell free layer, cell trajectory, and hematocrit separation. Microvascular Research 201389, 47– 56,  DOI: 10.1016/j.mvr.2013.05.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  23. 23Shibeshi, S. S.; Collins, W. E. The Rheology of Blood Flow in a Branched Arterial System. Appl. Rheol 200515 (6), 398– 405,  DOI: 10.1515/arh-2005-0020ViewGoogle Scholar
  24. 24Sequeira, A.; Janela, J. An Overview of Some Mathematical Models of Blood Rheology. In A Portrait of State-of-the-Art Research at the Technical University of Lisbon; Pereira, M. S., Ed.; Springer Netherlands: Dordrecht, 2007; pp 65– 87.ViewGoogle Scholar
  25. 25Walburn, F. J.; Schneck, D. J. A constitutive equation for whole human blood. Biorheology 197613, 201– 210,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1976-13307ViewGoogle Scholar
  26. 26Quemada, D. A rheological model for studying the hematocrit dependence of red cell-red cell and red cell-protein interactions in blood. Biorheology 198118, 501– 516,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1981-183-615ViewGoogle Scholar
  27. 27Varchanis, S.; Dimakopoulos, Y.; Wagner, C.; Tsamopoulos, J. How viscoelastic is human blood plasma?. Soft Matter 201814 (21), 4238– 4251,  DOI: 10.1039/C8SM00061AViewGoogle Scholar
  28. 28Apostolidis, A. J.; Moyer, A. P.; Beris, A. N. Non-Newtonian effects in simulations of coronary arterial blood flow. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2016233, 155– 165,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.03.008ViewGoogle Scholar
  29. 29Luo, X. Y.; Kuang, Z. B. A study on the constitutive equation of blood. J. Biomech. 199225 (8), 929– 934,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9290(92)90233-QViewGoogle Scholar
  30. 30Oldroyd, J. G.; Wilson, A. H. On the formulation of rheological equations of state. Proceedings of the Royal Society of London. Series A. Mathematical and Physical Sciences 1950200 (1063), 523– 541,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1950.0035ViewGoogle Scholar
  31. 31Prado, G.; Farutin, A.; Misbah, C.; Bureau, L. Viscoelastic transient of confined red blood cells. Biophys J. 2015108 (9), 2126– 2136,  DOI: 10.1016/j.bpj.2015.03.046ViewGoogle Scholar
  32. 32Huang, C. R.; Pan, W. D.; Chen, H. Q.; Copley, A. L. Thixotropic properties of whole blood from healthy human subjects. Biorheology 198724 (6), 795– 801,  DOI: 10.3233/BIR-1987-24630ViewGoogle Scholar
  33. 33Anand, M.; Kwack, J.; Masud, A. A new generalized Oldroyd-B model for blood flow in complex geometries. International Journal of Engineering Science 201372, 78– 88,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijengsci.2013.06.009ViewGoogle Scholar
  34. 34Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Investigation of blood rheology under steady and unidirectional large amplitude oscillatory shear. J. Rheol. 201862 (2), 577– 591,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5017623ViewGoogle Scholar
  35. 35Horner, J. S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J.; Beris, A. N. Measurements of human blood viscoelasticity and thixotropy under steady and transient shear and constitutive modeling thereof. J. Rheol. 201963 (5), 799– 813,  DOI: 10.1122/1.5108737ViewGoogle Scholar
  36. 36Armstrong, M.; Tussing, J. A methodology for adding thixotropy to Oldroyd-8 family of viscoelastic models for characterization of human blood. Phys. Fluids 202032 (9), 094111,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0022501ViewGoogle Scholar
  37. 37Crank, J.; Nicolson, P. A practical method for numerical evaluation of solutions of partial differential equations of the heat-conduction type. Mathematical Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society 194743 (1), 50– 67,  DOI: 10.1017/S0305004100023197ViewGoogle Scholar
  38. 38Clough, R. W. Original formulation of the finite element method. Finite Elements in Analysis and Design 19907 (2), 89– 101,  DOI: 10.1016/0168-874X(90)90001-UViewGoogle Scholar
  39. 39Liu, W. K.; Liu, Y.; Farrell, D.; Zhang, L.; Wang, X. S.; Fukui, Y.; Patankar, N.; Zhang, Y.; Bajaj, C.; Lee, J.Immersed finite element method and its applications to biological systems. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering 2006195 (13), 1722– 1749,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cma.2005.05.049ViewGoogle Scholar
  40. 40Lopes, D.; Agujetas, R.; Puga, H.; Teixeira, J.; Lima, R.; Alejo, J. P.; Ferrera, C. Analysis of finite element and finite volume methods for fluid-structure interaction simulation of blood flow in a real stenosed artery. International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 2021207, 106650,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2021.106650ViewGoogle Scholar
  41. 41Favero, J. L.; Secchi, A. R.; Cardozo, N. S. M.; Jasak, H. Viscoelastic flow analysis using the software OpenFOAM and differential constitutive equations. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2010165 (23), 1625– 1636,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2010.08.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  42. 42Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Stabilization of an open-source finite-volume solver for viscoelastic fluid flows. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2017239, 85– 104,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2016.12.002ViewGoogle Scholar
  43. 43Chee, C. Y.; Lee, H. P.; Lu, C. Using 3D fluid-structure interaction model to analyse the biomechanical properties of erythrocyte. Phys. Lett. A 2008372 (9), 1357– 1362,  DOI: 10.1016/j.physleta.2007.09.067ViewGoogle Scholar
  44. 44Xu, D.; Kaliviotis, E.; Munjiza, A.; Avital, E.; Ji, C.; Williams, J. Large scale simulation of red blood cell aggregation in shear flows. J. Biomech. 201346 (11), 1810– 1817,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2013.05.010ViewGoogle Scholar
  45. 45Johnson, K. L.; Kendall, K.; Roberts, A. Surface energy and the contact of elastic solids. Proceedings of the royal society of London. A. mathematical and physical sciences 1971324 (1558), 301– 313,  DOI: 10.1098/rspa.1971.0141ViewGoogle Scholar
  46. 46Shi, L.; Pan, T.-W.; Glowinski, R. Deformation of a single red blood cell in bounded Poiseuille flows. Phys. Rev. E 201285 (1), 016307,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRevE.85.016307ViewGoogle Scholar
  47. 47Yoon, D.; You, D. Continuum modeling of deformation and aggregation of red blood cells. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2267– 2279,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  48. 48Mainardi, F.; Spada, G. Creep, relaxation and viscosity properties for basic fractional models in rheology. European Physical Journal Special Topics 2011193 (1), 133– 160,  DOI: 10.1140/epjst/e2011-01387-1ViewGoogle Scholar
  49. 49Gracka, M.; Lima, R.; Miranda, J. M.; Student, S.; Melka, B.; Ostrowski, Z. Red blood cells tracking and cell-free layer formation in a microchannel with hyperbolic contraction: A CFD model validation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022226, 107117,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.107117ViewGoogle Scholar
  50. 50Aryan, H.; Beigzadeh, B.; Siavashi, M. Euler-Lagrange numerical simulation of improved magnetic drug delivery in a three-dimensional CT-based carotid artery bifurcation. Computer Methods and Programs in Biomedicine 2022219, 106778,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cmpb.2022.106778ViewGoogle Scholar
  51. 51Czaja, B.; Závodszky, G.; Azizi Tarksalooyeh, V.; Hoekstra, A. G. Cell-resolved blood flow simulations of saccular aneurysms: effects of pulsatility and aspect ratio. J. R Soc. Interface 201815 (146), 20180485,  DOI: 10.1098/rsif.2018.0485ViewGoogle Scholar
  52. 52Rydquist, G.; Esmaily, M. A cell-resolved, Lagrangian solver for modeling red blood cell dynamics in macroscale flows. J. Comput. Phys. 2022461, 111204,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2022.111204ViewGoogle Scholar
  53. 53Dadvand, A.; Baghalnezhad, M.; Mirzaee, I.; Khoo, B. C.; Ghoreishi, S. An immersed boundary-lattice Boltzmann approach to study the dynamics of elastic membranes in viscous shear flows. Journal of Computational Science 20145 (5), 709– 718,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jocs.2014.06.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  54. 54Krüger, T.; Holmes, D.; Coveney, P. V. Deformability-based red blood cell separation in deterministic lateral displacement devices─A simulation study. Biomicrofluidics 20148 (5), 054114,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4897913ViewGoogle Scholar
  55. 55Takeishi, N.; Ito, H.; Kaneko, M.; Wada, S. Deformation of a Red Blood Cell in a Narrow Rectangular Microchannel. Micromachines 201910 (3), 199,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10030199ViewGoogle Scholar
  56. 56Krüger, T.; Varnik, F.; Raabe, D. Efficient and accurate simulations of deformable particles immersed in a fluid using a combined immersed boundary lattice Boltzmann finite element method. Computers & Mathematics with Applications 201161 (12), 3485– 3505,  DOI: 10.1016/j.camwa.2010.03.057ViewGoogle Scholar
  57. 57Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Umundum, T.; Saeedipour, M. A reduced-order model for deformable particles with application in bio-microfluidics. Computational Particle Mechanics 20207 (3), 593– 601,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-019-00283-8ViewGoogle Scholar
  58. 58Balachandran Nair, A. N.; Pirker, S.; Saeedipour, M. Resolved CFD-DEM simulation of blood flow with a reduced-order RBC model. Computational Particle Mechanics 20229 (4), 759– 774,  DOI: 10.1007/s40571-021-00441-xViewGoogle Scholar
  59. 59Mittal, R.; Iaccarino, G. IMMERSED BOUNDARY METHODS. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 200537 (1), 239– 261,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.fluid.37.061903.175743ViewGoogle Scholar
  60. 60Piquet, A.; Roussel, O.; Hadjadj, A. A comparative study of Brinkman penalization and direct-forcing immersed boundary methods for compressible viscous flows. Computers & Fluids 2016136, 272– 284,  DOI: 10.1016/j.compfluid.2016.06.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  61. 61Akerkouch, L.; Le, T. B. A Hybrid Continuum-Particle Approach for Fluid-Structure Interaction Simulation of Red Blood Cells in Fluid Flows. Fluids 20216 (4), 139,  DOI: 10.3390/fluids6040139ViewGoogle Scholar
  62. 62Barker, A. T.; Cai, X.-C. Scalable parallel methods for monolithic coupling in fluid-structure interaction with application to blood flow modeling. J. Comput. Phys. 2010229 (3), 642– 659,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jcp.2009.10.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  63. 63Cetin, A.; Sahin, M. A monolithic fluid-structure interaction framework applied to red blood cells. International Journal for Numerical Methods in Biomedical Engineering 201935 (2), e3171  DOI: 10.1002/cnm.3171ViewGoogle Scholar
  64. 64Freund, J. B. Numerical Simulation of Flowing Blood Cells. Annu. Rev. Fluid Mech. 201446 (1), 67– 95,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev-fluid-010313-141349ViewGoogle Scholar
  65. 65Ye, T.; Phan-Thien, N.; Lim, C. T. Particle-based simulations of red blood cells─A review. J. Biomech. 201649 (11), 2255– 2266,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jbiomech.2015.11.050ViewGoogle Scholar
  66. 66Arabghahestani, M.; Poozesh, S.; Akafuah, N. K. Advances in Computational Fluid Mechanics in Cellular Flow Manipulation: A Review. Applied Sciences 20199 (19), 4041,  DOI: 10.3390/app9194041ViewGoogle Scholar
  67. 67Rathnayaka, C. M.; From, C. S.; Geekiyanage, N. M.; Gu, Y. T.; Nguyen, N. T.; Sauret, E. Particle-Based Numerical Modelling of Liquid Marbles: Recent Advances and Future Perspectives. Archives of Computational Methods in Engineering 202229 (5), 3021– 3039,  DOI: 10.1007/s11831-021-09683-7ViewGoogle Scholar
  68. 68Li, X.; Vlahovska, P. M.; Karniadakis, G. E. Continuum- and particle-based modeling of shapes and dynamics of red blood cells in health and disease. Soft Matter 20139 (1), 28– 37,  DOI: 10.1039/C2SM26891DViewGoogle Scholar
  69. 69Beris, A. N.; Horner, J. S.; Jariwala, S.; Armstrong, M. J.; Wagner, N. J. Recent advances in blood rheology: a review. Soft Matter 202117 (47), 10591– 10613,  DOI: 10.1039/D1SM01212FViewGoogle Scholar
  70. 70Arciero, J.; Causin, P.; Malgaroli, F. Mathematical methods for modeling the microcirculation. AIMS Biophysics 20174 (3), 362– 399,  DOI: 10.3934/biophy.2017.3.362ViewGoogle Scholar
  71. 71Maria, M. S.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow-driven blood plasma separation and on-chip analyte detection in microfluidic devices. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201721 (4), 72,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-017-1907-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  72. 72Huhtamäki, T.; Tian, X.; Korhonen, J. T.; Ras, R. H. A. Surface-wetting characterization using contact-angle measurements. Nat. Protoc. 201813 (7), 1521– 1538,  DOI: 10.1038/s41596-018-0003-zViewGoogle Scholar
  73. 73Young, T., III. An essay on the cohesion of fluids. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society of London 180595, 65– 87,  DOI: 10.1098/rstl.1805.0005ViewGoogle Scholar
  74. 74Kim, Y. C.; Kim, S.-H.; Kim, D.; Park, S.-J.; Park, J.-K. Plasma extraction in a capillary-driven microfluidic device using surfactant-added poly(dimethylsiloxane). Sens. Actuators, B 2010145 (2), 861– 868,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2010.01.017ViewGoogle Scholar
  75. 75Washburn, E. W. The Dynamics of Capillary Flow. Physical Review 192117 (3), 273– 283,  DOI: 10.1103/PhysRev.17.273ViewGoogle Scholar
  76. 76Cito, S.; Ahn, Y. C.; Pallares, J.; Duarte, R. M.; Chen, Z.; Madou, M.; Katakis, I. Visualization and measurement of capillary-driven blood flow using spectral domain optical coherence tomography. Microfluid Nanofluidics 201213 (2), 227– 237,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-012-0950-6ViewGoogle Scholar
  77. 77Berthier, E.; Dostie, A. M.; Lee, U. N.; Berthier, J.; Theberge, A. B. Open Microfluidic Capillary Systems. Anal Chem. 201991 (14), 8739– 8750,  DOI: 10.1021/acs.analchem.9b01429ViewGoogle Scholar
  78. 78Berthier, J.; Brakke, K. A.; Furlani, E. P.; Karampelas, I. H.; Poher, V.; Gosselin, D.; Cubizolles, M.; Pouteau, P. Whole blood spontaneous capillary flow in narrow V-groove microchannels. Sens. Actuators, B 2015206, 258– 267,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2014.09.040ViewGoogle Scholar
  79. 79Hirt, C. W.; Nichols, B. D. Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 198139 (1), 201– 225,  DOI: 10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5ViewGoogle Scholar
  80. 80Chen, J.-L.; Shih, W.-H.; Hsieh, W.-H. AC electro-osmotic micromixer using a face-to-face, asymmetric pair of planar electrodes. Sens. Actuators, B 2013188, 11– 21,  DOI: 10.1016/j.snb.2013.07.012ViewGoogle Scholar
  81. 81Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electrokinetics of non-Newtonian fluids: A review. Advances in Colloid and Interface Science 2013201-202, 94– 108,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cis.2013.09.001ViewGoogle Scholar
  82. 82Oh, K. W. 6 – Lab-on-chip (LOC) devices and microfluidics for biomedical applications. In MEMS for Biomedical Applications; Bhansali, S., Vasudev, A., Eds.; Woodhead Publishing, 2012; pp 150– 171.ViewGoogle Scholar
  83. 83Bello, M. S.; De Besi, P.; Rezzonico, R.; Righetti, P. G.; Casiraghi, E. Electroosmosis of polymer solutions in fused silica capillaries. ELECTROPHORESIS 199415 (1), 623– 626,  DOI: 10.1002/elps.1150150186ViewGoogle Scholar
  84. 84Park, H. M.; Lee, W. M. Effect of viscoelasticity on the flow pattern and the volumetric flow rate in electroosmotic flows through a microchannel. Lab Chip 20088 (7), 1163– 1170,  DOI: 10.1039/b800185eViewGoogle Scholar
  85. 85Afonso, A. M.; Alves, M. A.; Pinho, F. T. Analytical solution of mixed electro-osmotic/pressure driven flows of viscoelastic fluids in microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2009159 (1), 50– 63,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2009.01.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  86. 86Sousa, J. J.; Afonso, A. M.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Effect of the skimming layer on electro-osmotic─Poiseuille flows of viscoelastic fluids. Microfluid. Nanofluid. 201110 (1), 107– 122,  DOI: 10.1007/s10404-010-0651-yViewGoogle Scholar
  87. 87Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Electro-osmotic mobility of non-Newtonian fluids. Biomicrofluidics 20115 (1), 014110,  DOI: 10.1063/1.3571278ViewGoogle Scholar
  88. 88Pimenta, F.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic instabilities in cross-shaped microchannels. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2018259, 61– 77,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2018.04.004ViewGoogle Scholar
  89. 89Bezerra, W. S.; Castelo, A.; Afonso, A. M. Numerical Study of Electro-Osmotic Fluid Flow and Vortex Formation. Micromachines (Basel) 201910 (12), 796,  DOI: 10.3390/mi10120796ViewGoogle Scholar
  90. 90Ji, J.; Qian, S.; Liu, Z. Electroosmotic Flow of Viscoelastic Fluid through a Constriction Microchannel. Micromachines (Basel) 202112 (4), 417,  DOI: 10.3390/mi12040417ViewGoogle Scholar
  91. 91Zhao, C.; Yang, C. Exact solutions for electro-osmotic flow of viscoelastic fluids in rectangular micro-channels. Applied Mathematics and Computation 2009211 (2), 502– 509,  DOI: 10.1016/j.amc.2009.01.068ViewGoogle Scholar
  92. 92Gerum, R.; Mirzahossein, E.; Eroles, M.; Elsterer, J.; Mainka, A.; Bauer, A.; Sonntag, S.; Winterl, A.; Bartl, J.; Fischer, L. Viscoelastic properties of suspended cells measured with shear flow deformation cytometry. Elife 202211, e78823,  DOI: 10.7554/eLife.78823ViewGoogle Scholar
  93. 93Sadek, S. H.; Pinho, F. T.; Alves, M. A. Electro-elastic flow instabilities of viscoelastic fluids in contraction/expansion micro-geometries. J. Non-Newtonian Fluid Mech. 2020283, 104293,  DOI: 10.1016/j.jnnfm.2020.104293ViewGoogle Scholar
  94. 94Spanjaards, M.; Peters, G.; Hulsen, M.; Anderson, P. Numerical Study of the Effect of Thixotropy on Extrudate Swell. Polymers 202113 (24), 4383,  DOI: 10.3390/polym13244383ViewGoogle Scholar
  95. 95Rashidi, S.; Bafekr, H.; Valipour, M. S.; Esfahani, J. A. A review on the application, simulation, and experiment of the electrokinetic mixers. Chemical Engineering and Processing – Process Intensification 2018126, 108– 122,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cep.2018.02.021ViewGoogle Scholar
  96. 96Matsubara, K.; Narumi, T. Microfluidic mixing using unsteady electroosmotic vortices produced by a staggered array of electrodes. Chemical Engineering Journal 2016288, 638– 647,  DOI: 10.1016/j.cej.2015.12.013ViewGoogle Scholar
  97. 97Qaderi, A.; Jamaati, J.; Bahiraei, M. CFD simulation of combined electroosmotic-pressure driven micro-mixing in a microchannel equipped with triangular hurdle and zeta-potential heterogeneity. Chemical Engineering Science 2019199, 463– 477,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2019.01.034ViewGoogle Scholar
  98. 98Cho, C.-C.; Chen, C.-L.; Chen, C. o.-K. Mixing enhancement in crisscross micromixer using aperiodic electrokinetic perturbing flows. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 201255 (11), 2926– 2933,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2012.02.006ViewGoogle Scholar
  99. 99Zhao, W.; Yang, F.; Wang, K.; Bai, J.; Wang, G. Rapid mixing by turbulent-like electrokinetic microflow. Chemical Engineering Science 2017165, 113– 121,  DOI: 10.1016/j.ces.2017.02.027ViewGoogle Scholar
  100. 100Tran, T.; Chakraborty, P.; Guttenberg, N.; Prescott, A.; Kellay, H.; Goldburg, W.; Goldenfeld, N.; Gioia, G. Macroscopic effects of the spectral structure in turbulent flows. Nat. Phys. 20106 (6), 438– 441,  DOI: 10.1038/nphys1674ViewGoogle Scholar
  101. 101Toner, M.; Irimia, D. Blood-on-a-chip. Annu. Rev. Biomed Eng. 20057, 77– 103,  DOI: 10.1146/annurev.bioeng.7.011205.135108ViewGoogle Scholar
  102. 102Maria, M. S.; Rakesh, P. E.; Chandra, T. S.; Sen, A. K. Capillary flow of blood in a microchannel with differential wetting for blood plasma separation and on-chip glucose detection. Biomicrofluidics 201610 (5), 054108,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4962874ViewGoogle Scholar
  103. 103Tripathi, S.; Varun Kumar, Y. V. B.; Prabhakar, A.; Joshi, S. S.; Agrawal, A. Passive blood plasma separation at the microscale: a review of design principles and microdevices. Journal of Micromechanics and Microengineering 201525 (8), 083001,  DOI: 10.1088/0960-1317/25/8/083001ViewGoogle Scholar
  104. 104Mohammadi, M.; Madadi, H.; Casals-Terré, J. Microfluidic point-of-care blood panel based on a novel technique: Reversible electroosmotic flow. Biomicrofluidics 20159 (5), 054106,  DOI: 10.1063/1.4930865ViewGoogle Scholar
  105. 105Kang, D. H.; Kim, K.; Kim, Y. J. An anti-clogging method for improving the performance and lifespan of blood plasma separation devices in real-time and continuous microfluidic systems. Sci. Rep 20188 (1), 17015,  DOI: 10.1038/s41598-018-35235-4ViewGoogle Scholar
  106. 106Li, Z.; Pollack, G. H. Surface-induced flow: A natural microscopic engine using infrared energy as fuel. Science Advances 20206 (19), eaba0941  DOI: 10.1126/sciadv.aba0941ViewGoogle Scholar
  107. 107Mercado-Uribe, H.; Guevara-Pantoja, F. J.; García-Muñoz, W.; García-Maldonado, J. S.; Méndez-Alcaraz, J. M.; Ruiz-Suárez, J. C. On the evolution of the exclusion zone produced by hydrophilic surfaces: A contracted description. J. Chem. Phys. 2021154 (19), 194902,  DOI: 10.1063/5.0043084ViewGoogle Scholar
  108. 108Yalcin, O.; Jani, V. P.; Johnson, P. C.; Cabrales, P. Implications Enzymatic Degradation of the Endothelial Glycocalyx on the Microvascular Hemodynamics and the Arteriolar Red Cell Free Layer of the Rat Cremaster Muscle. Front Physiol 20189, 168,  DOI: 10.3389/fphys.2018.00168ViewGoogle Scholar
Fig. 9 From: An Investigation on Hydraulic Aspects of Rectangular Labyrinth Pool and Weir Fishway Using FLOW-3D

An Investigation on Hydraulic Aspects of Rectangular Labyrinth Pool and Weir Fishway Using FLOW-3D

Abstract

웨어의 두 가지 서로 다른 배열(즉, 직선형 웨어와 직사각형 미로 웨어)을 사용하여 웨어 모양, 웨어 간격, 웨어의 오리피스 존재, 흐름 영역에 대한 바닥 경사와 같은 기하학적 매개변수의 영향을 평가했습니다.

유량과 수심의 관계, 수심 평균 속도의 변화와 분포, 난류 특성, 어도에서의 에너지 소산. 흐름 조건에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 FLOW-3D® 소프트웨어를 사용하여 전산 유체 역학 시뮬레이션을 수행했습니다.

수치 모델은 계산된 표면 프로파일과 속도를 문헌의 실험적으로 측정된 값과 비교하여 검증되었습니다. 수치 모델과 실험 데이터의 결과, 급락유동의 표면 프로파일과 표준화된 속도 프로파일에 대한 평균 제곱근 오차와 평균 절대 백분율 오차가 각각 0.014m와 3.11%로 나타나 수치 모델의 능력을 확인했습니다.

수영장과 둑의 흐름 특성을 예측합니다. 각 모델에 대해 L/B = 1.83(L: 웨어 거리, B: 수로 폭) 값에서 급락 흐름이 발생할 수 있고 L/B = 0.61에서 스트리밍 흐름이 발생할 수 있습니다. 직사각형 미로보 모델은 기존 모델보다 무차원 방류량(Q+)이 더 큽니다.

수중 흐름의 기존 보와 직사각형 미로 보의 경우 Q는 각각 1.56과 1.47h에 비례합니다(h: 보 위 수심). 기존 웨어의 풀 내 평균 깊이 속도는 직사각형 미로 웨어의 평균 깊이 속도보다 높습니다.

그러나 주어진 방류량, 바닥 경사 및 웨어 간격에 대해 난류 운동 에너지(TKE) 및 난류 강도(TI) 값은 기존 웨어에 비해 직사각형 미로 웨어에서 더 높습니다. 기존의 웨어는 직사각형 미로 웨어보다 에너지 소산이 더 낮습니다.

더 낮은 TKE 및 TI 값은 미로 웨어 상단, 웨어 하류 벽 모서리, 웨어 측벽과 채널 벽 사이에서 관찰되었습니다. 보와 바닥 경사면 사이의 거리가 증가함에 따라 평균 깊이 속도, 난류 운동 에너지의 평균값 및 난류 강도가 증가하고 수영장의 체적 에너지 소산이 감소했습니다.

둑에 개구부가 있으면 평균 깊이 속도와 TI 값이 증가하고 풀 내에서 가장 높은 TKE 범위가 감소하여 두 모델 모두에서 물고기를 위한 휴식 공간이 더 넓어지고(TKE가 낮아짐) 에너지 소산율이 감소했습니다.

Two different arrangements of the weir (i.e., straight weir and rectangular labyrinth weir) were used to evaluate the effects of geometric parameters such as weir shape, weir spacing, presence of an orifice at the weir, and bed slope on the flow regime and the relationship between discharge and depth, variation and distribution of depth-averaged velocity, turbulence characteristics, and energy dissipation at the fishway. Computational fluid dynamics simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® software to examine the effects on flow conditions. The numerical model was validated by comparing the calculated surface profiles and velocities with experimentally measured values from the literature. The results of the numerical model and experimental data showed that the root-mean-square error and mean absolute percentage error for the surface profiles and normalized velocity profiles of plunging flows were 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, confirming the ability of the numerical model to predict the flow characteristics of the pool and weir. A plunging flow can occur at values of L/B = 1.83 (L: distance of the weir, B: width of the channel) and streaming flow at L/B = 0.61 for each model. The rectangular labyrinth weir model has larger dimensionless discharge values (Q+) than the conventional model. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: the water depth above the weir). The average depth velocity in the pool of a conventional weir is higher than that of a rectangular labyrinth weir. However, for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir spacing, the turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) values are higher for a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to conventional weir. The conventional weir has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth weir. Lower TKE and TI values were observed at the top of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall. As the distance between the weirs and the bottom slope increased, the average depth velocity, the average value of turbulent kinetic energy and the turbulence intensity increased, and the volumetric energy dissipation in the pool decreased. The presence of an opening in the weir increased the average depth velocity and TI values and decreased the range of highest TKE within the pool, resulted in larger resting areas for fish (lower TKE), and decreased the energy dissipation rates in both models.

1 Introduction

Artificial barriers such as detour dams, weirs, and culverts in lakes and rivers prevent fish from migrating and completing the upstream and downstream movement cycle. This chain is related to the life stage of the fish, its location, and the type of migration. Several riverine fish species instinctively migrate upstream for spawning and other needs. Conversely, downstream migration is a characteristic of early life stages [1]. A fish ladder is a waterway that allows one or more fish species to cross a specific obstacle. These structures are constructed near detour dams and other transverse structures that have prevented such migration by allowing fish to overcome obstacles [2]. The flow pattern in fish ladders influences safe and comfortable passage for ascending fish. The flow’s strong turbulence can reduce the fish’s speed, injure them, and delay or prevent them from exiting the fish ladder. In adult fish, spawning migrations are usually complex, and delays are critical to reproductive success [3].

Various fish ladders/fishways include vertical slots, denil, rock ramps, and pool weirs [1]. The choice of fish ladder usually depends on many factors, including water elevation, space available for construction, and fish species. Pool and weir structures are among the most important fish ladders that help fish overcome obstacles in streams or rivers and swim upstream [1]. Because they are easy to construct and maintain, this type of fish ladder has received considerable attention from researchers and practitioners. Such a fish ladder consists of a sloping-floor channel with series of pools directly separated by a series of weirs [4]. These fish ladders, with or without underwater openings, are generally well-suited for slopes of 10% or less [12]. Within these pools, flow velocities are low and provide resting areas for fish after they enter the fish ladder. After resting in the pools, fish overcome these weirs by blasting or jumping over them [2]. There may also be an opening in the flooded portion of the weir through which the fish can swim instead of jumping over the weir. Design parameters such as the length of the pool, the height of the weir, the slope of the bottom, and the water discharge are the most important factors in determining the hydraulic structure of this type of fish ladder [3]. The flow over the weir depends on the flow depth at a given slope S0 and the pool length, either “plunging” or “streaming.” In plunging flow, the water column h over each weir creates a water jet that releases energy through turbulent mixing and diffusion mechanisms [5]. The dimensionless discharges for plunging (Q+) and streaming (Q*) flows are shown in Fig. 1, where Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, w is the weir height, S0 is the slope of the bottom, h is the water depth above the weir, d is the flow depth, and g is the acceleration due to gravity. The maximum velocity occurs near the top of the weir for plunging flow. At the water’s surface, it drops to about half [6].

figure 1
Fig. 1

Extensive experimental studies have been conducted to investigate flow patterns for various physical geometries (i.e., bed slope, pool length, and weir height) [2]. Guiny et al. [7] modified the standard design by adding vertical slots, orifices, and weirs in fishways. The efficiency of the orifices and vertical slots was related to the velocities at their entrances. In the laboratory experiments of Yagci [8], the three-dimensional (3D) mean flow and turbulence structure of a pool weir fishway combined with an orifice and a slot is investigated. It is shown that the energy dissipation per unit volume and the discharge have a linear relationship.

Considering the beneficial characteristics reported in the limited studies of researchers on the labyrinth weir in the pool-weir-type fishway, and knowing that the characteristics of flow in pool-weir-type fishways are highly dependent on the geometry of the weir, an alternative design of the rectangular labyrinth weir instead of the straight weirs in the pool-weir-type fishway is investigated in this study [79]. Kim [10] conducted experiments to compare the hydraulic characteristics of three different weir types in a pool-weir-type fishway. The results show that a straight, rectangular weir with a notch is preferable to a zigzag or trapezoidal weir. Studies on natural fish passes show that pass ability can be improved by lengthening the weir’s crest [7]. Zhong et al. [11] investigated the semi-rigid weir’s hydraulic performance in the fishway’s flow field with a pool weir. The results showed that this type of fishway performed better with a lower invert slope and a smaller radius ratio but with a larger pool spacing.

Considering that an alternative method to study the flow characteristics in a fishway with a pool weir is based on numerical methods and modeling from computational fluid dynamics (CFD), which can easily change the geometry of the fishway for different flow fields, this study uses the powerful package CFD and the software FLOW-3D to evaluate the proposed weir design and compare it with the conventional one to extend the application of the fishway. The main objective of this study was to evaluate the hydraulic performance of the rectangular labyrinth pool and the weir with submerged openings in different hydraulic configurations. The primary objective of creating a new weir configuration for suitable flow patterns is evaluated based on the swimming capabilities of different fish species. Specifically, the following questions will be answered: (a) How do the various hydraulic and geometric parameters relate to the effects of water velocity and turbulence, expressed as turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) and turbulence intensity (TI) within the fishway, i.e., are conventional weirs more affected by hydraulics than rectangular labyrinth weirs? (b) Which weir configurations have the greatest effect on fish performance in the fishway? (c) In the presence of an orifice plate, does the performance of each weir configuration differ with different weir spacing, bed gradients, and flow regimes from that without an orifice plate?

2 Materials and Methods

2.1 Physical Model Configuration

This paper focuses on Ead et al. [6]’s laboratory experiments as a reference, testing ten pool weirs (Fig. 2). The experimental flume was 6 m long, 0.56 m wide, and 0.6 m high, with a bottom slope of 10%. Field measurements were made at steady flow with a maximum flow rate of 0.165 m3/s. Discharge was measured with magnetic flow meters in the inlets and water level with point meters (see Ead et al. [6]. for more details). Table 1 summarizes the experimental conditions considered for model calibration in this study.

figure 2
Fig. 2

Table 1 Experimental conditions considered for calibration

Full size table

2.2 Numerical Models

Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) simulations were performed using FLOW-3D® v11.2 to validate a series of experimental liner pool weirs by Ead et al. [6] and to investigate the effects of the rectangular labyrinth pool weir with an orifice. The dimensions of the channel and data collection areas in the numerical models are the same as those of the laboratory model. Two types of pool weirs were considered: conventional and labyrinth. The proposed rectangular labyrinth pool weirs have a symmetrical cross section and are sized to fit within the experimental channel. The conventional pool weir model had a pool length of l = 0.685 and 0.342 m, a weir height of w = 0.141 m, a weir width of B = 0.56 m, and a channel slope of S0 = 5 and 10%. The rectangular labyrinth weirs have the same front width as the offset, i.e., a = b = c = 0.186 m. A square underwater opening with a width of 0.05 m and a depth of 0.05 m was created in the middle of the weir. The weir configuration considered in the present study is shown in Fig. 3.

figure 3
Fig. 3

2.3 Governing Equations

FLOW-3D® software solves the Navier–Stokes–Reynolds equations for three-dimensional analysis of incompressible flows using the fluid-volume method on a gridded domain. FLOW -3D® uses an advanced free surface flow tracking algorithm (TruVOF) developed by Hirt and Nichols [12], where fluid configurations are defined in terms of a VOF function F (xyzt). In this case, F (fluid fraction) represents the volume fraction occupied by the fluid: F = 1 in cells filled with fluid and F = 0 in cells without fluid (empty areas) [413]. The free surface area is at an intermediate value of F. (Typically, F = 0.5, but the user can specify a different intermediate value.) The equations in Cartesian coordinates (xyz) applicable to the model are as follows:

�f∂�∂�+∂(���x)∂�+∂(���y)∂�+∂(���z)∂�=�SOR

(1)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�x+�x

(2)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�y+�y

(3)

∂�∂�+1�f(��x∂�∂�+��y∂�∂�+��z∂�∂�)=−1�∂�∂�+�z+�z

(4)

where (uvw) are the velocity components, (AxAyAz) are the flow area components, (Gx, Gy, Gz) are the mass accelerations, and (fxfyfz) are the viscous accelerations in the directions (xyz), ρ is the fluid density, RSOR is the spring term, Vf is the volume fraction associated with the flow, and P is the pressure. The kε turbulence model (RNG) was used in this study to solve the turbulence of the flow field. This model is a modified version of the standard kε model that improves performance. The model is a two-equation model; the first equation (Eq. 5) expresses the turbulence’s energy, called turbulent kinetic energy (k) [14]. The second equation (Eq. 6) is the turbulent dissipation rate (ε), which determines the rate of dissipation of kinetic energy [15]. These equations are expressed as follows Dasineh et al. [4]:

∂(��)∂�+∂(����)∂��=∂∂��[������∂�∂��]+��−�ε

(5)

∂(�ε)∂�+∂(�ε��)∂��=∂∂��[�ε�eff∂ε∂��]+�1εε��k−�2ε�ε2�

(6)

In these equations, k is the turbulent kinetic energy, ε is the turbulent energy consumption rate, Gk is the generation of turbulent kinetic energy by the average velocity gradient, with empirical constants αε = αk = 1.39, C1ε = 1.42, and C2ε = 1.68, eff is the effective viscosity, μeff = μ + μt [15]. Here, μ is the hydrodynamic density coefficient, and μt is the turbulent density of the fluid.

2.4 Meshing and the Boundary Conditions in the Model Setup

The numerical area is divided into three mesh blocks in the X-direction. The meshes are divided into different sizes, a containing mesh block for the entire spatial domain and a nested block with refined cells for the domain of interest. Three different sizes were selected for each of the grid blocks. By comparing the accuracy of their results based on the experimental data, the reasonable mesh for the solution domain was finally selected. The convergence index method (GCI) evaluated the mesh sensitivity analysis. Based on this method, many researchers, such as Ahmadi et al. [16] and Ahmadi et al. [15], have studied the independence of numerical results from mesh size. Three different mesh sizes with a refinement ratio (r) of 1.33 were used to perform the convergence index method. The refinement ratio is the ratio between the larger and smaller mesh sizes (r = Gcoarse/Gfine). According to the recommendation of Celik et al. [17], the recommended number for the refinement ratio is 1.3, which gives acceptable results. Table 2 shows the characteristics of the three mesh sizes selected for mesh sensitivity analysis.Table 2 Characteristics of the meshes tested in the convergence analysis

Full size table

The results of u1 = umax (u1 = velocity component along the x1 axis and umax = maximum velocity of u1 in a section perpendicular to the invert of the fishway) at Q = 0.035 m3/s, × 1/l = 0.66, and Y1/b = 0 in the pool of conventional weir No. 4, obtained from the output results of the software, were used to evaluate the accuracy of the calculation range. As shown in Fig. 4x1 = the distance from a given weir in the x-direction, Y1 = the water depth measured in the y-direction, Y0 = the vertical distance in the Cartesian coordinate system, h = the water column at the crest, b = the distance between the two points of maximum velocity umax and zero velocity, and l = the pool length.

figure 4
Fig. 4

The apparent index of convergence (p) in the GCI method is calculated as follows:

�=ln⁡(�3−�2)(�2−�1)/ln⁡(�)

(7)

f1f2, and f3 are the hydraulic parameters obtained from the numerical simulation (f1 corresponds to the small mesh), and r is the refinement ratio. The following equation defines the convergence index of the fine mesh:

GCIfine=1.25|ε|��−1

(8)

Here, ε = (f2 − f1)/f1 is the relative error, and f2 and f3 are the values of hydraulic parameters considered for medium and small grids, respectively. GCI12 and GCI23 dimensionless indices can be calculated as:

GCI12=1.25|�2−�1�1|��−1

(9)

Then, the independence of the network is preserved. The convergence index of the network parameters obtained by Eqs. (7)–(9) for all three network variables is shown in Table 3. Since the GCI values for the smaller grid (GCI12) are lower compared to coarse grid (GCI23), it can be concluded that the independence of the grid is almost achieved. No further change in the grid size of the solution domain is required. The calculated values (GCI23/rpGCI12) are close to 1, which shows that the numerical results obtained are within the convergence range. As a result, the meshing of the solution domain consisting of a block mesh with a mesh size of 0.012 m and a block mesh within a larger block mesh with a mesh size of 0.009 m was selected as the optimal mesh (Fig. 5).Table 3 GCI calculation

Full size table

figure 5
Fig. 5

The boundary conditions applied to the area are shown in Fig. 6. The boundary condition of specific flow rate (volume flow rate-Q) was used for the inlet of the flow. For the downstream boundary, the flow output (outflow-O) condition did not affect the flow in the solution area. For the Zmax boundary, the specified pressure boundary condition was used along with the fluid fraction = 0 (P). This type of boundary condition considers free surface or atmospheric pressure conditions (Ghaderi et al. [19]). The wall boundary condition is defined for the bottom of the channel, which acts like a virtual wall without friction (W). The boundary between mesh blocks and walls were considered a symmetrical condition (S).

figure 6
Fig. 6

The convergence of the steady-state solutions was controlled during the simulations by monitoring the changes in discharge at the inlet boundary conditions. Figure 7 shows the time series plots of the discharge obtained from the Model A for the three main discharges from the numerical results. The 8 s to reach the flow equilibrium is suitable for the case of the fish ladder with pool and weir. Almost all discharge fluctuations in the models are insignificant in time, and the flow has reached relative stability. The computation time for the simulations was between 6 and 8 h using a personal computer with eight cores of a CPU (Intel Core i7-7700K @ 4.20 GHz and 16 GB RAM).

figure 7
Fig. 7

3 Results

3.1 Verification of Numerical Results

Quantitative outcomes, including free surface and normalized velocity profiles obtained using FLOW-3D software, were reviewed and compared with the results of Ead et al. [6]. The fourth pool was selected to present the results and compare the experiment and simulation. For each quantity, the percentage of mean absolute error (MAPE (%)) and root-mean-square error (RMSE) are calculated. Equations (10) and (11) show the method used to calculate the errors.

MAPE(%)100×1�∑1�|�exp−�num�exp|

(10)

RMSE(−)1�∑1�(�exp−�num)2

(11)

Here, Xexp is the value of the laboratory data, Xnum is the numerical data value, and n is the amount of data. As shown in Fig. 8, let x1 = distance from a given weir in the x-direction and Y1 = water depth in the y-direction from the bottom. The trend of the surface profiles for each of the numerical results is the same as that of the laboratory results. The surface profiles of the plunging flows drop after the flow enters and then rises to approach the next weir. The RMSE and MAPE error values for Model A are 0.014 m and 3.11%, respectively, indicating acceptable agreement between numerical and laboratory results. Figure 9 shows the velocity vectors and plunging flow from the numerical results, where x and y are horizontal and vertical to the flow direction, respectively. It can be seen that the jet in the fish ladder pool has a relatively high velocity. The two vortices, i.e., the enclosed vortex rotating clockwise behind the weir and the surface vortex rotating counterclockwise above the jet, are observed for the regime of incident flow. The point where the jet meets the fish passage bed is shown in the figure. The normalized velocity profiles upstream and downstream of the impact points are shown in Fig. 10. The figure shows that the numerical results agree well with the experimental data of Ead et al. [6].

figure 8
Fig. 8
figure 9
Fig. 9
figure 10
Fig. 10

3.2 Flow Regime and Discharge-Depth Relationship

Depending on the geometric shape of the fishway, including the distance of the weir, the slope of the bottom, the height of the weir, and the flow conditions, the flow regime in the fishway is divided into three categories: dipping, transitional, and flow regimes [4]. In the plunging flow regime, the flow enters the pool through the weir, impacts the bottom of the fishway, and forms a hydraulic jump causing two eddies [220]. In the streamwise flow regime, the surface of the flow passing over the weir is almost parallel to the bottom of the channel. The transitional regime has intermediate flow characteristics between the submerged and flow regimes. To predict the flow regime created in the fishway, Ead et al. [6] proposed two dimensionless parameters, Qt* and L/w, where Qt* is the dimensionless discharge, L is the distance between weirs, and w is the height of the weir:

��∗=���0���

(12)

Q is the total discharge, B is the width of the channel, S0 is the slope of the bed, and g is the gravity acceleration. Figure 11 shows different ranges for each flow regime based on the slope of the bed and the distance between the pools in this study. The results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22] were used for this comparison. The distance between the pools affects the changes in the regime of the fish ladder. So, if you decrease the distance between weirs, the flow regime more likely becomes. This study determined all three flow regimes in a fish ladder. When the corresponding range of Qt* is less than 0.6, the flow regime can dip at values of L/B = 1.83. If the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow may occur at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, when Qt* is greater than 1, streamwise flow can occur at values of L/B = 0.61. These observations agree well with the results of Baki et al. [21], Ead et al. [6] and Dizabadi et al. [22].

figure 11
Fig. 11

For plunging flows, another dimensionless discharge (Q+) versus h/w given by Ead et al. [6] was used for further evaluation:

�+=��ℎ�ℎ=23�d�

(13)

where h is the water depth above the weir, and Cd is the discharge coefficient. Figure 12a compares the numerical and experimental results of Ead et al. [6]. In this figure, Rehbock’s empirical equation is used to estimate the discharge coefficient of Ead et al. [6].

�d=0.57+0.075ℎ�

(14)

figure 12
Fig. 12

The numerical results for the conventional weir (Model A) and the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) of this study agree well with the laboratory results of Ead et al. [6]. When comparing models A and B, it is also found that a rectangular labyrinth weir has larger Q + values than the conventional weir as the length of the weir crest increases for a given channel width and fixed headwater elevation. In Fig. 12b, Models A and B’s flow depth plot shows the plunging flow regime. The power trend lines drawn through the data are the best-fit lines. The data shown in Fig. 12b are for different bed slopes and weir geometries. For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir at submerged flow, Q can be assumed to be proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively. In the results of Ead et al. [6], Q is proportional to 1.5h. If we assume that the flow through the orifice is Qo and the total outflow is Q, the change in the ratio of Qo/Q to total outflow for models A and B can be shown in Fig. 13. For both models, the flow through the orifice decreases as the total flow increases. A logarithmic trend line was also found between the total outflow and the dimensionless ratio Qo/Q.

figure 13
Fig. 13

3.3 Depth-Averaged Velocity Distributions

To ensure that the target fish species can pass the fish ladder with maximum efficiency, the average velocity in the fish ladder should be low enough [4]. Therefore, the average velocity in depth should be as much as possible below the critical swimming velocities of the target fishes at a constant flow depth in the pool [20]. The contour plot of depth-averaged velocity was used instead of another direction, such as longitudinal velocity because fish are more sensitive to depth-averaged flow velocity than to its direction under different hydraulic conditions. Figure 14 shows the distribution of depth-averaged velocity in the pool for Models A and B in two cases with and without orifice plates. Model A’s velocity within the pool differs slightly in the spanwise direction. However, no significant variation in velocity was observed. The flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes through the rectangular labyrinth weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel. Therefore, the high-velocity zone is located at the sides. The low velocity is in the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish. The presence of an opening in the weir increases the flow velocity at the opening and in the pool’s center, especially in Model A. The flow velocity increase caused by the models’ opening varied from 7.7 to 12.48%. Figure 15 illustrates the effect of the inverted slope on the averaged depth velocity distribution in the pool at low and high discharge. At constant discharge, flow velocity increases with increasing bed slope. In general, high flow velocity was found in the weir toe sidewall and the weir and channel sidewalls.

figure 14
Fig. 14
figure 15
Fig. 15

On the other hand, for a constant bed slope, the high-velocity area of the pool increases due to the increase in runoff. For both bed slopes and different discharges, the most appropriate path for fish to travel from upstream to downstream is through the middle of the cross section and along the top of the rectangular labyrinth weirs. The maximum dominant velocities for Model B at S0 = 5% were 0.83 and 1.01 m/s; at S0 = 10%, they were 1.12 and 1.61 m/s at low and high flows, respectively. The low mean velocities for the same distance and S0 = 5 and 10% were 0.17 and 0.26 m/s, respectively.

Figure 16 shows the contour of the averaged depth velocity for various distances from the weir at low and high discharge. The contour plot shows a large variation in velocity within short distances from the weir. At L/B = 0.61, velocities are low upstream and downstream of the top of the weir. The high velocities occur in the side walls of the weir and the channel. At L/B = 1.22, the low-velocity zone displaces the higher velocity in most of the pool. Higher velocities were found only on the sides of the channel. As the discharge increases, the velocity zone in the pool becomes wider. At L/B = 1.83, there is an area of higher velocities only upstream of the crest and on the sides of the weir. At high discharge, the prevailing maximum velocities for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 were 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. As the distance between weirs increases, the range of maximum velocity increases.

figure 16
Fig. 16

On the other hand, the low mean velocity for these distances was 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. Thus, the low-velocity zone decreases with increasing distance between weirs. Figure 17 shows the pattern distribution of streamlines along with the velocity contour at various distances from the weir for Q = 0.05 m3/s. A stream-like flow is generally formed in the pool at a small distance between weirs (L/B = 0.61). The rotation cell under the jet forms clockwise between the two weirs. At the distances between the spillways (L/B = 1.22), the transition regime of the flow is formed. The transition regime occurs when or shortly after the weir is flooded. The rotation cell under the jet is clockwise smaller than the flow regime and larger than the submergence regime. At a distance L/B = 1.83, a plunging flow is formed so that the plunging jet dips into the pool and extends downstream to the center of the pool. The clockwise rotation of the cell is bounded by the dipping jet of the weir and is located between the bottom and the side walls of the weir and the channel.

figure 17
Fig. 17

Figure 18 shows the average depth velocity bar graph for each weir at different bed slopes and with and without orifice plates. As the distance between weirs increases, all models’ average depth velocity increases. As the slope of the bottom increases and an orifice plate is present, the average depth velocity in the pool increases. In addition, the average pool depth velocity increases as the discharge increases. Among the models, Model A’s average depth velocity is higher than Model B’s. The variation in velocity ranged from 8.11 to 12.24% for the models without an orifice plate and from 10.26 to 16.87% for the models with an orifice plate.

figure 18
Fig. 18

3.4 Turbulence Characteristics

The turbulent kinetic energy is one of the important parameters reflecting the turbulent properties of the flow field [23]. When the k value is high, more energy and a longer transit time are required to migrate the target species. The turbulent kinetic energy is defined as follows:

�=12(�x′2+�y′2+�z′2)

(15)

where uxuy, and uz are fluctuating velocities in the xy, and z directions, respectively. An illustration of the TKE and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an opening in the weir is shown in Fig. 19. For a given bed slope, in Model A, the highest TKE values are uniformly distributed in the weir’s upstream portion in the channel’s cross section. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B), the highest TKE values are concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value in Models A and B is 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%). In the downstream portion of the conventional weir and within the crest of the weir and the walls of the rectangular labyrinth, there was a much lower TKE value that provided the best conditions for fish to recover in the pool between the weirs. The average of the lowest TKE for bottom slopes of 5 and 10% in Model A is 0.041 and 0.056 J/kg, and for Model B, is 0.047 and 0.064 J/kg. The presence of an opening in the weirs reduces the area of the highest TKE within the pool. It also increases the resting areas for fish (lower TKE). The highest TKE at the highest bottom slope in Models A and B with an orifice is 0.208 and 0.191 J/kg, respectively.

figure 19
Fig. 19

Figure 20 shows the effect of slope on the longitudinal distribution of TKE in the pools. TKE values significantly increase for a given discharge with an increasing bottom slope. Thus, for a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has expanded with average values of 0.131 and 0.168 J/kg for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average TKE values are 0.176 and 0.234 J/kg. Furthermore, as the discharge increases, the area with high TKE values within the pool increases. Lower TKE values are observed at the apex of the labyrinth weir, at the corner of the wall downstream of the weir, and between the side walls of the weir and the channel wall for both bottom slopes. The effect of distance between weirs on TKE is shown in Fig. 21. Low TKE values were observed at low discharge and short distances between weirs. Low TKE values are located at the top of the rectangular labyrinth weir and the downstream corner of the weir wall. There is a maximum value of TKE at the large distances between weirs, L/B = 1.83, along the center line of the pool, where the dip jet meets the bottom of the bed. At high discharge, the maximum TKE value for the distance L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 0.246, 0.322, and 0.417 J/kg, respectively. In addition, the maximum TKE range increases with the distance between weirs.

figure 20
Fig. 20
figure 21
Fig. 21

For TKE size, the average value (TKEave) is plotted against q in Fig. 22. For all models, the TKE values increase with increasing q. For example, in models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and a slope of 10%, the TKE value increases by 41.66 and 86.95%, respectively, as q increases from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. The TKE values in Model B are higher than Model A for a given discharge, bed slope, and weir distance. The TKEave in Model B is higher compared to Model A, ranging from 31.46 to 57.94%. The presence of an orifice in the weir reduces the TKE values in both weirs. The intensity of the reduction is greater in Model B. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, an orifice reduces TKEave values by 60.35 and 19.04%, respectively. For each model, increasing the bed slope increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, for Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, increasing the bed slope from 5 to 10% increases the TKEave value by 14.34%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TKEave values in the pool. For example, in Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TKEave in the pool increases by 34.22% if you increase the distance between weirs from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.

figure 22
Fig. 22

Cotel et al. [24] suggested that turbulence intensity (TI) is a suitable parameter for studying fish swimming performance. Figure 23 shows the plot of TI and the effects of the geometric arrangement of the weir and the presence of an orifice. In Model A, the highest TI values are found upstream of the weirs and are evenly distributed across the cross section of the channel. The TI values increase as you move upstream to downstream in the pool. For the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TI values were concentrated on the sides of the pool, between the top of the weir and the side wall of the channel, and along the top of the weir. Downstream of the conventional weir, within the apex of the weir, and at the corners of the walls of the rectangular labyrinth weir, the percentage of TI was low. At the highest discharge, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 24–45% and 15–62%, respectively. The diversity of TI is greater in the rectangular labyrinth weir than the conventional weir. Fish swimming performance is reduced due to higher turbulence intensity. However, fish species may prefer different disturbance intensities depending on their swimming abilities; for example, Salmo trutta prefers a disturbance intensity of 18–53% [25]. Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] found a higher range of TI for fishways, such as natural rock weirs, of 40–60%. The presence of an orifice in the weir increases TI values within the pool, especially along the middle portion of the cross section of the fishway. With an orifice in the weir, the average range of TI in Models A and B was 28–59% and 22–73%, respectively.

figure 23
Fig. 23

The effect of bed slope on TI variation is shown in Fig. 24. TI increases in different pool areas as the bed slope increases for a given discharge. For a low bed slope (S0 = 5%), a large pool area has increased from 38 to 63% and from 56 to 71% for low and high discharge, respectively. For a bed slope of S0 = 10%, the average values of TI are 45–67% and 61–73% for low and high discharge, respectively. Therefore, as runoff increases, the area with high TI values within the pool increases. A lower TI is observed for both bottom slopes in the corner of the wall, downstream of the crest walls, and between the side walls in the weir and channel. Figure 25 compares weir spacing with the distribution of TI values within the pool. The TI values are low at low flows and short distances between weirs. A maximum value of TI occurs at long spacing and where the plunging stream impinges on the bed and the area around the bed. TI ranges from 36 to 57%, 58–72%, and 47–76% for the highest flow in a wide pool area for L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83, respectively.

figure 24
Fig. 24
figure 25
Fig. 25

The average value of turbulence intensity (TIave) is plotted against q in Fig. 26. The increase in TI values with the increase in q values is seen in all models. For example, the average values of TI for Models A and B at L/B = 0.61 and slope of 10% increased from 23.9 to 33.5% and from 42 to 51.8%, respectively, with the increase in q from 0.1 to 0.27 m2/s. For a given discharge, a given gradient, and a given spacing of weirs, the TIave is higher in Model B than Model A. The presence of an orifice in the weirs increases the TI values in both types. For example, in Models A and B with L/B = 0.61 and q = 0.1 m2/s, the presence of an orifice increases TIave from 23.9 to 37.1% and from 42 to 48.8%, respectively. For each model, TIave in the pool increases with increasing bed slope. For Model B with q = 0.18 m2/s, TIave increases from 37.5 to 45.8% when you increase the invert slope from 5 to 10%. Increasing the distance between weirs increases the TIave in the pool. In Model B with S0 = 10% and q = 0.3 m2/s, the TIave in the pool increases from 51.8 to 63.7% as the distance between weirs increases from L/B = 0.61 to L/B = 0.183.

figure 26
Fig. 26

3.5 Energy Dissipation

To facilitate the passage of various target species through the pool of fishways, it is necessary to pay attention to the energy dissipation of the flow and to keep the flow velocity in the pool slow. The average volumetric energy dissipation (k) in the pool is calculated using the following basic formula:

�=����0��

(16)

where ρ is the water density, and H is the average water depth of the pool. The change in k versus Q for all models at two bottom slopes, S0 = 5%, and S0 = 10%, is shown in Fig. 27. Like the results of Yagci [8] and Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26], at a constant bottom slope, the energy dissipation in the pool increases with increasing discharge. The trend of change in k as a function of Q from the present study at a bottom gradient of S0 = 5% is also consistent with the results of Kupferschmidt and Zhu [26] for the fishway with rock weir. The only difference between the results is the geometry of the fishway and the combination of boulders instead of a solid wall. Comparison of the models shows that the conventional model has lower energy dissipation than the rectangular labyrinth for a given discharge. Also, increasing the distance between weirs decreases the volumetric energy dissipation for each model with the same bed slope. Increasing the slope of the bottom leads to an increase in volumetric energy dissipation, and an opening in the weir leads to a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both models. Therefore, as a guideline for volumetric energy dissipation, if the value within the pool is too high, the increased distance of the weir, the decreased slope of the bed, or the creation of an opening in the weir would decrease the volumetric dissipation rate.

figure 27
Fig. 27

To evaluate the energy dissipation inside the pool, the general method of energy difference in two sections can use:

ε=�1−�2�1

(17)

where ε is the energy dissipation rate, and E1 and E2 are the specific energies in Sects. 1 and 2, respectively. The distance between Sects. 1 and 2 is the same. (L is the distance between two upstream and downstream weirs.) Figure 28 shows the changes in ε relative to q (flow per unit width). The rectangular labyrinth weir (Model B) has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (Model A) at a constant bottom gradient. For example, at S0 = 5%, L/B = 0.61, and q = 0.08 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate in Model A (conventional weir) was 0.261. In Model B (rectangular labyrinth weir), however, it was 0.338 (22.75% increase). For each model, the energy dissipation rate within the pool increases as the slope of the bottom increases. For Model B with L/B = 1.83 and q = 0.178 m3/s.m, the energy dissipation rate at S0 = 5% and 10% is 0.305 and 0.358, respectively (14.8% increase). Figure 29 shows an orifice’s effect on the pools’ energy dissipation rate. With an orifice in the weir, both models’ energy dissipation rates decreased. Thus, the reduction in energy dissipation rate varied from 7.32 to 9.48% for Model A and from 8.46 to 10.57 for Model B.

figure 28
Fig. 28
figure 29
Fig. 29

4 Discussion

This study consisted of entirely of numerical analysis. Although this study was limited to two weirs, the hydraulic performance and flow characteristics in a pooled fishway are highlighted by the rectangular labyrinth weir and its comparison with the conventional straight weir. The study compared the numerical simulations with laboratory experiments in terms of surface profiles, velocity vectors, and flow characteristics in a fish ladder pool. The results indicate agreement between the numerical and laboratory data, supporting the reliability of the numerical model in capturing the observed phenomena.

When the configuration of the weir changes to a rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow characteristics, the maximum and minimum area, and even the location of each hydraulic parameter change compared to a conventional weir. In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the flow is gradually directed to the sides as it passes the weir. This increases the velocity at the sides of the channel [21]. Therefore, the high-velocity area is located on the sides. In the downstream apex of the weir, the flow velocity is low, and this area may be suitable for swimming target fish. However, no significant change in velocity was observed at the conventional weir within the fish ladder. This resulted in an average increase in TKE of 32% and an average increase in TI of about 17% compared to conventional weirs.

In addition, there is a slight difference in the flow regime for both weir configurations. In addition, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate for a given discharge and constant bottom slope than the conventional weir. By reducing the distance between the weirs, this becomes even more intense. Finally, the presence of an orifice in both configurations of the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, reducing the highest TKE value and increasing the values of TI within the pool of the fish ladder. This resulted in a reduction in volumetric energy dissipation for both weir configurations.

The results of this study will help the reader understand the direct effects of the governing geometric parameters on the hydraulic characteristics of a fishway with a pool and weir. However, due to the limited configurations of the study, further investigation is needed to evaluate the position of the weir’s crest on the flow direction and the difference in flow characteristics when combining boulders instead of a solid wall for this type of labyrinth weir [26]. In addition, hydraulic engineers and biologists must work together to design an effective fishway with rectangular labyrinth configurations. The migration habits of the target species should be considered when designing the most appropriate design [27]. Parametric studies and field observations are recommended to determine the perfect design criteria.

The current study focused on comparing a rectangular labyrinth weir with a conventional straight weir. Further research can explore other weir configurations, such as variations in crest position, different shapes of labyrinth weirs, or the use of boulders instead of solid walls. This would help understand the influence of different geometric parameters on hydraulic characteristics.

5 Conclusions

A new layout of the weir was evaluated, namely a rectangular labyrinth weir compared to a straight weir in a pool and weir system. The differences between the weirs were highlighted, particularly how variations in the geometry of the structures, such as the shape of the weir, the spacing of the weir, the presence of an opening at the weir, and the slope of the bottom, affect the hydraulics within the structures. The main findings of this study are as follows:

  • The calculated dimensionless discharge (Qt*) confirmed three different flow regimes: when the corresponding range of Qt* is smaller than 0.6, the regime of plunging flow occurs for values of L/B = 1.83. (L: distance of the weir; B: channel width). When the corresponding range of Qt* is greater than 0.5, transitional flow occurs at L/B = 1.22. On the other hand, if Qt* is greater than 1, the streaming flow is at values of L/B = 0.61.
  • For the conventional weir and the rectangular labyrinth weir with the plunging flow, it can be assumed that the discharge (Q) is proportional to 1.56 and 1.47h, respectively (h: water depth above the weir). This information is useful for estimating the discharge based on water depth in practical applications.
  • In the rectangular labyrinth weir, the high-velocity zone is located on the side walls between the top of the weir and the channel wall. A high-velocity variation within short distances of the weir. Low velocity occurs within the downstream apex of the weir. This area may be suitable for swimming target fish.
  • As the distance between weirs increased, the zone of maximum velocity increased. However, the zone of low speed decreased. The prevailing maximum velocity for a rectangular labyrinth weir at L/B = 0.61, 1.22, and 1.83 was 1.46, 1.65, and 1.84 m/s, respectively. The low mean velocities for these distances were 0.27, 0.44, and 0.72 m/s, respectively. This finding highlights the importance of weir spacing in determining the flow characteristics within the fishway.
  • The presence of an orifice in the weir increased the flow velocity at the orifice and in the middle of the pool, especially in a conventional weir. The increase ranged from 7.7 to 12.48%.
  • For a given bottom slope, in a conventional weir, the highest values of turbulent kinetic energy (TKE) are uniformly distributed in the upstream part of the weir in the cross section of the channel. In contrast, for the rectangular labyrinth weir, the highest TKE values were concentrated on the sides of the pool between the crest of the weir and the channel wall. The highest TKE value for the conventional and the rectangular labyrinth weir was 0.224 and 0.278 J/kg, respectively, at the highest bottom slope (S0 = 10%).
  • For a given discharge, bottom slope, and weir spacing, the average values of TI are higher for the rectangular labyrinth weir than for the conventional weir. At the highest discharge, the average range of turbulence intensity (TI) for the conventional and rectangular labyrinth weirs was between 24 and 45% and 15% and 62%, respectively. This reveals that the rectangular labyrinth weir may generate more turbulent flow conditions within the fishway.
  • For a given discharge and constant bottom slope, the rectangular labyrinth weir has a higher energy dissipation rate than the conventional weir (22.75 and 34.86%).
  • Increasing the distance between weirs decreased volumetric energy dissipation. However, increasing the gradient increased volumetric energy dissipation. The presence of an opening in the weir resulted in a decrease in volumetric energy dissipation for both model types.

Availability of data and materials

Data is contained within the article.

References

  1. Katopodis C (1992) Introduction to fishway design, working document. Freshwater Institute, Central Arctic Region
  2. Marriner, B.A.; Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Thiem, J.D.; Cooke, S.J.; Katopodis, C.: Field and numerical assessment of turning pool hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway. Ecol. Eng. 63, 88–101 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2013.12.010Article Google Scholar 
  3. Dasineh, M.; Ghaderi, A.; Bagherzadeh, M.; Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.: Prediction of hydraulic jumps on a triangular bed roughness using numerical modeling and soft computing methods. Mathematics 9, 3135 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  4. Silva, A.T.; Bermúdez, M.; Santos, J.M.; Rabuñal, J.R.; Puertas, J.: Pool-type fishway design for a potamodromous cyprinid in the Iberian Peninsula: the Iberian barbel—synthesis and future directions. Sustainability 12, 3387 (2020). https://doi.org/10.3390/su12083387Article Google Scholar 
  5. Santos, J.M.; Branco, P.; Katopodis, C.; Ferreira, T.; Pinheiro, A.: Retrofitting pool-and-weir fishways to improve passage performance of benthic fishes: effect of boulder density and fishway discharge. Ecol. Eng. 73, 335–344 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2014.09.065Article Google Scholar 
  6. Ead, S.; Katopodis, C.; Sikora, G.; Rajaratnam, N.J.J.: Flow regimes and structure in pool and weir fishways. J. Environ. Eng. Sci. 3, 379–390 (2004)Article Google Scholar 
  7. Guiny, E.; Ervine, D.A.; Armstrong, J.D.: Hydraulic and biological aspects of fish passes for Atlantic salmon. J. Hydraul. Eng. 131, 542–553 (2005)Article Google Scholar 
  8. Yagci, O.: Hydraulic aspects of pool-weir fishways as ecologically friendly water structure. Ecol. Eng. 36, 36–46 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2009.09.007Article Google Scholar 
  9. Dizabadi, S.; Hakim, S.S.; Azimi, A.H.: Discharge characteristics and structure of flow in labyrinth weirs with a downstream pool. Flow Meas. Instrum. 71, 101683 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101683Article Google Scholar 
  10. Kim, J.H.: Hydraulic characteristics by weir type in a pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 16, 425–433 (2001). https://doi.org/10.1016/S0925-8574(00)00125-7Article Google Scholar 
  11. Zhong, Z.; Ruan, T.; Hu, Y.; Liu, J.; Liu, B.; Xu, W.: Experimental and numerical assessment of hydraulic characteristic of a new semi-frustum weir in the pool-weir fishway. Ecol. Eng. 170, 106362 (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2021.106362Article Google Scholar 
  12. Hirt, C.W.; Nichols, B.D.: Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 39, 201–225 (1981). https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5Article Google Scholar 
  13. Roache, P.J.: Perspective: a method for uniform reporting of grid refinement studies. J. Fluids Eng. 1994(116), 405–413 (1994)Article Google Scholar 
  14. Guo, S.; Chen, S.; Huang, X.; Zhang, Y.; Jin, S.: CFD and experimental investigations of drag force on spherical leak detector in pipe flows at high Reynolds number. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 101(1), 59–80 (2014)Google Scholar 
  15. Ahmadi, M.; Kuriqi, A.; Nezhad, H.M.; Ghaderi, A.; Mohammadi, M.: Innovative configuration of vertical slot fishway to enhance fish swimming conditions. J. Hydrodyn. 34, 917–933 (2022). https://doi.org/10.1007/s42241-022-0071-yArticle Google Scholar 
  16. Ahmadi, M.; Ghaderi, A.; MohammadNezhad, H.; Kuriqi, A.; Di Francesco, S.J.W.: Numerical investigation of hydraulics in a vertical slot fishway with upgraded configurations. Water 13, 2711 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  17. Celik, I.B.; Ghia, U.; Roache, P.J.; Freitas, C.J.J.: Procedure for estimation and reporting of uncertainty due to discretization in CFD applications. J. Fluids Eng. Trans. ASME (2008). https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2960953Article Google Scholar 
  18. Li, S.; Yang, J.; Ansell, A.: Evaluation of pool-type fish passage with labyrinth weirs. Sustainability (2022). https://doi.org/10.3390/su14031098Article Google Scholar 
  19. Ghaderi, A.; Dasineh, M.; Aristodemo, F.; Aricò, C.: Numerical simulations of the flow field of a submerged hydraulic jump over triangular macroroughnesses. Water 13(5), 674 (2021)Article Google Scholar 
  20. Branco, P.; Santos, J.M.; Katopodis, C.; Pinheiro, A.; Ferreira, M.T.: Pool-type fishways: two different morpho-ecological cyprinid species facing plunging and streaming flows. PLoS ONE 8, e65089 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0065089Article Google Scholar 
  21. Baki, A.B.M.; Zhu, D.Z.; Harwood, A.; Lewis, A.; Healey, K.: Rock-weir fishway I: flow regimes and hydraulic characteristics. J. Ecohydraulics 2, 122–141 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1080/24705357.2017.1369182Article Google Scholar 
  22. Dizabadi, S.; Azimi, A.H.: Hydraulic and turbulence structure of triangular labyrinth weir-pool fishways. River Res. Appl. 36, 280–295 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3581Article Google Scholar 
  23. Faizal, W.M.; Ghazali, N.N.N.; Khor, C.Y.; Zainon, M.Z.; Ibrahim, N.B.; Razif, R.M.: Turbulent kinetic energy of flow during inhale and exhale to characterize the severity of obstructive sleep apnea patient. Comput. Model. Eng. Sci. 136(1), 43–61 (2023)Google Scholar 
  24. Cotel, A.J.; Webb, P.W.; Tritico, H.: Do brown trout choose locations with reduced turbulence? Trans. Am. Fish. Soc. 135, 610–619 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1577/T04-196.1Article Google Scholar 
  25. Hargreaves, D.M.; Wright, N.G.: On the use of the k–ε model in commercial CFD software to model the neutral atmospheric boundary layer. J. Wind Eng. Ind. Aerodyn. 95, 355–369 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jweia.2006.08.002Article Google Scholar 
  26. Kupferschmidt, C.; Zhu, D.Z.: Physical modelling of pool and weir fishways with rock weirs. River Res. Appl. 33, 1130–1142 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.3157Article Google Scholar 
  27. Romão, F.; Quaresma, A.L.; Santos, J.M.; Amaral, S.D.; Branco, P.; Pinheiro, A.N.: Multislot fishway improves entrance performance and fish transit time over vertical slots. Water (2021). https://doi.org/10.3390/w13030275Article Google Scholar 

Download references

Schematic view of the experimental set-up

Short-time numerical simulation of ultrasonically assisted electrochemical removal of strontium from water

  • September 2023

DOI:10.30955/gnc2023.00436

  • Conference: 18th International Conference on Environmental Science and Technology CEST2023, 30 August to 2 September 2023, Athens, Greece
  • At: Athens, Greece

Authors:

Katarina Licht

  • University of Zagreb Faculty of Civil Engineering
Ivan Halkijevic at University of Zagreb

Ivan Halkijevic

Hana Posavcic at University of Zagreb

Hana Posavcic

Goran Loncar at University of Zagreb

Goran Loncar

Abstract and Figures

3D numerical simulations and measurements on an electrochemical reactor were used to analyze the efficiency of strontium removal from water, with and without simultaneous ultrasound treatment. Ultrasound was generated using 4 ultrasonic transducers with an operating frequency of 25 kHz. The reactor used 8 aluminum electrodes arranged in two blocks. Strontium ions in water are modeled as particles characterized by a charge of 3.2•10-19 C and a diameter of 1.2•10-8 m. The numerical model was created in Flow-3D software using the basic hydrodynamic module, electrostatic module, and general moving objects module. The performance of the studied reactor variants by numerical simulations is defined by the ratio of the number of model strontium particles permanently retained on the electrodes at the end of the simulation period to the initial number of particles in the water. For the laboratory reactor, the effect of strontium removal is defined by the ratio of the homogeneous strontium concentration in the water at the end and at the beginning of the experiments. The results show that the use of ultrasound increases the effect of strontium removal from 10.3% to 11.2% after 180 seconds of water treatment. The results of numerical simulations agree with the results of measurements on a reactor with the same geometrical characteristics.

Keywords:

numerical model, electrochemical reactor, strontium

1. Introduction

Strontium (Sr) is a naturally occurring element found in many sedimentary rocks and some calcite minerals. Significant anthropogenic sources include industrial activities, fertilizers, and nuclear fallout (Scott et al., 2020). Sr concentrations greater than 1.5 mg L-1 in water can cause strontium rickets and other health problems in humans, especially in children (Epa et al., n.d.; Peng et al., 2021; Scott et al., 2020). Elevated Sr concentrations have been reported in drinking water worldwide, with concentrations as high as 52 mg L-1 in groundwater in the northern USA (Luczaj and Masarik, 2015; Peng et al., 2021; Scott et al., 2020). One of the possible remediation technologies for Sr is an electrochemical process (Kamaraj and Vasudevan, 2015). These processes are based on in-situ coagulant formation through the application of electric current to metal electrodes. The process consists of dissolution of the sacrificial anode, formation of hydroxide ions and hydrogen at the cathode, electrolyte reactions at the electrode surface, adsorption of coagulants on colloidal impurities and electrodes, and removal of the resulting flocs by precipitation or flotation (Mollah et al., 2001). One of the main drawbacks of the process is the polarization and passivation of the electrodes, which can be minimized by combining it with ultrasonication (Dong et al., 2016; Ince, 2018; Moradi et al., 2021). Ultrasonic cavitation can result in solute thermolysis and the formation of reactive species such as hydroxyl radicals and hydrogen peroxide (Mohapatra and Kirpalani, 2019). It also increases the mass transfer rates of solutes and enhances the surface properties of solid particles (Fu et al., 2016; Ziylan et al., 2013). The aim of this research is to evaluate the efficiency of the electrochemical (EC) batch reactor with and without the additional use of ultrasound (US), which is intended for the purification of water mainly contaminated with an increased concentration of Sr. The results of the 3D numerical simulations are verified by measurements in the laboratory EC reactor.

References

Dong, B., Fishgold, A., Lee, P., Runge, K., Deymier, P. and Keswani, M. (2016), Sono-electrochemical recovery of metal ions from their aqueous solutions, Journal of Hazardous Materials, 318, 379–387.

https://doi.org/10.1016/J.JHAZMAT.2016.07.007

EPA. (2014), Announcement of Final Regulatory Determinations for Contaminants on the Third Drinking

Water Contaminant Candidate List. Retrieved from http://fdsys.gpo.gov/fdsys/search/home.action

Fu, F., Lu, J., Cheng, Z. and Tang, B. (2016), Removal of selenite by zero-valent iron combined with ultrasound:

Se(IV) concentration changes, Se(VI) generation, and reaction mechanism, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 29,

328–336. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2015.10.007 Ince, N.H. (2018), Ultrasound-assisted advanced oxidation processes for water decontamination, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 40, 97–103.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2017.04.009

Kamaraj, R. and Vasudevan, S. (2015), Evaluation of electrocoagulation processfor the removal of strontium and cesium from aqueous solution, Chemical Engineering Research and Design, 93, 522–530.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cherd.2014.03.021

Luczaj, J. and Masarik, K. (2015), Groundwater Quantity and Quality Issues in a Water-Rich Region: Examples from Wisconsin, USA, Resources, 4(2), 323–357.

https://doi.org/10.3390/resources4020323

Mohapatra, D.P. and Kirpalani, D.M. (2019), Selenium in wastewater: fast analysis method development and advanced oxidation treatment applications, Water Science and Technology: A Journal of the International Association on Water Pollution Research, 79(5), 842–849. https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2019.010

Mollah, M.Y.A., Schennach, R., Parga, J.R. and Cocke, D.L. (2001), Electrocoagulation (EC)- Science and

applications, Journal of Hazardous Materials, 84(1), 29–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-3894(01)00176-5 Moradi, M., Vasseghian, Y., Arabzade, H. and Khaneghah, A.M. (2021), Various wastewaters treatment by sono-electrocoagulation process: A comprehensive review of operational parameters and future outlook, Chemosphere, 263, 128314.https://doi.org/10.1016/J.CHEMOSPHERE.2020.128314

Peng, H., Yao, F., Xiong, S., Wu, Z., Niu, G. and Lu, T. (2021), Strontium in public drinking water and associated public health risks in Chinese cities, Environmental Science and Pollution Research International, 28(18), 23048.

https://doi.org/10.1007/S11356-021-12378-Y

Scott, V., Juran, L., Ling, E.J., Benham, B. and Spiller, A. (2020), Assessing strontium and vulnerability to

strontium in private drinking water systems in Virginia, Water, 12(4). https://doi.org/10.3390/w12041053

Ziylan, A., Koltypin, Y., Gedanken, A. and Ince, N.H. (2013), More on sonolytic and sonocatalytic decomposition of Diclofenac using zero-valent iron, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 20(1), 580–586.

https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2012.05.005

FLOW-3D 2024R1 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D 2024R1 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D 2024R1은 버블 및 상변화 모델의 수정을 통해 제품 및 공정 개발 소프트웨어를 계속 개선하고 있으며, 이를 통해 특히 열 전달 또는 액체-증기 상변화 옵션을 사용할 때 일반적인 설정 오류를 피하면서 더 쉽게 사용할 수 있습니다. 사용자 인터페이스를 재구성하여 액체-증기 상변화 옵션을 고체-액체 상변화 옵션으로 그룹화합니다. 단열 버블 및 열 버블 모델을 통합된 이상 기체 상태 방정식으로 대체하고, 유체 특성 입력을 통합했으며, 상태 방정식을 정의하는 데 사용되는 매개 변수를 제어하는 옵션을 추가했습니다. 이 개발은 엔지니어링 오류의 가능성을 줄이고, 입력을 단순화하며, 상전이 모델에 대한 보다 자연스러운 그룹화를 제공합니다. 두 번째 개발은 새로운 EXODUS II 기반 출력 파일에서 유체-구조 상호작용 및 열 응력 진화 모델을 지원하여 후처리 성능을 크게 향상시킵니다.

FLOW-3D 2023R2 의 새로운 기능

새로운 결과 파일 형식

FLOW-3D POST 2023R2 는 EXODUS II 형식을 기반으로 하는 완전히 새로운 결과 파일 형식을 도입하여 더 빠른 후처리를 가능하게 합니다. 이 새로운 파일 형식은 크고 복잡한 시뮬레이션의 후처리 작업에 소요되는 시간을 크게 줄이는 동시에(평균 최대 5배!) 다른 시각화 도구와의 연결성을 향상시킵니다.

FLOW-3D POST 2023R2 에서 사용자는 이제 selected data를 flsgrf , EXODUS II 둘중 하나 또는 flsgrf 와 EXODUS II 둘다 파일 형식으로 쓸 수 있습니다 . 새로운 EXODUS II 파일 형식은 각 객체에 대해 유한 요소 메쉬를 활용하므로 사용자는 다른 호환 가능한 포스트 프로세서 및 FEA 코드를 사용하여 FLOW-3D 결과를 열 수도 있습니다. 새로운 워크플로우를 통해 사용자는 크고 복잡한 사례를 신속하게 시각화하고 임의 위치에서의 슬라이싱, 볼륨 렌더링 및 통계를 사용하여 추가 정보를 추출할 수 있습니다. 

레이 트레이싱을 이용한 화장품 크림 충전
FLOW-3D POST 의 새로운 EXODUS II 파일 형식으로 채워진 화장품 크림 모델의 향상된 광선 추적 기능의 예

새로운 결과 파일 형식은 솔버 엔진의 성능을 저하시키지 않으면서 flsgrf 에 비해 시각화 작업 흐름에서 놀라운 속도 향상을 자랑합니다. 이 흥미로운 새로운 개발은 결과 분석의 속도와 유연성이 향상되어 원활한 시뮬레이션 경험을 제공합니다. 

FLOW-3D POST 의 새로운 시각화 기능 에 대해 자세히 알아보세요 .

난류 모델 개선

FLOW-3D 2023R2는 two-equation(RANS) 난류 모델에 대한 dynamic mixing length 계산을 크게 개선했습니다. 거의 층류 흐름 체계와 같은 특정 제한 사례에서는 이전 버전의 코드 계산 한계가 때때로 과도하게 예측되어 사용자가 특정 mixing length를 수동으로 입력해야 할 수 있습니다. 

새로운 dynamic mixing length 계산은 이러한 상황에서 난류 길이와 시간 척도를 더 잘 설명합니다. 이제 사용자는 고정된(물리 기반) mixing length를 설정하는 대신 더 넓은 범위의 흐름에 동적 모델을 적용할 수 있습니다.

접촉식 탱크 혼합 시뮬레이션
적절한 고정 mixing length와 비교하여 접촉 탱크의 혼합 시뮬레이션을 위한 기존 동적 mixing length 모델과 새로운 동적 mixing length 모델 간의 비교

정수압 초기화

사용자가 미리 정의된 유체 영역에서 정수압을 초기화해야 하는 경우가 많습니다. 이전에는 대규모의 복잡한 시뮬레이션에서 정수압 솔버의 수렴 속도가 느려지는 경우가 있었습니다. FLOW-3D 2023R2는 정수압 솔버의 성능을 크게 향상시켜 전처리 단계에서 최대 6배 빠르게 수렴할 수 있도록 해줍니다.

압축성 흐름 솔버 성능

FLOW-3D 2023R2는 최적화된 압력 솔버를 도입하여 압축성 흐름 문제에 대해 상당한 성능 향상을 제공합니다. 압축성 제트 흐름의 예에서 2023R2 솔버는 2023R1 버전보다 최대 4배 빠릅니다.

압축성 제트 시뮬레이션
FLOW-3D 의 압축성 제트 시뮬레이션의 예

FLOW-3D 2023R2 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D 소프트웨어 제품군의 모든 제품은 2023R2에서 IT 관련 개선 사항을 받았습니다.  FLOW-3D 2023R2은 이제 Windows 11 및 RHEL 8을 지원합니다. Linux 설치 프로그램은 누락된 종속성을 보고하도록 개선되었으며 더 이상 루트 수준 권한이 필요하지 않으므로 설치가 더 쉽고 안전해집니다. 그리고 워크플로우를 자동화한 분들을 위해 입력 파일 변환기에 명령줄 인터페이스를 추가하여 스크립트 환경에서도 워크플로우가 업데이트된 입력 파일로 작동하는지 확인할 수 있습니다.

확장된 PQ 2 분석

제조에 사용되는 유압 시스템은 PQ 2 곡선을 사용하여 모델링할 수 있습니다. 장치의 세부 사항을 건너뛰고 흐름에 미치는 영향을 포함하기 위해 질량 운동량 소스 또는 속도 경계 조건을 사용하여 유압 시스템을 근사화하는 것이 편리하도록 단순화하는 경우가 많습니다. 우리는 기존 PQ 2 분석 모델을 확장하여 이러한 유형의 기하학적 단순화를 허용하면서도 현실적인 결과를 제공했습니다. 이로써 시뮬레이션 시간을 줄이고 모델 복잡성의 감소시킬 수 있습니다.

FLOW-3D 2022R2 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D 2022R2 제품군 출시로 Flow Science는 FLOW-3D 의 워크스테이션과 HPC 버전을 통합하여 노드 병렬 고성능 컴퓨팅 실행할 수 있도록 단일 노드 CPU 구성에서 다중 노드에 이르기까지 모든 유형의 하드웨어 아키텍처를 활용할 수 있는 단일 솔버 엔진을 제공합니다. 추가 개발에는 점탄성 흐름을 위한 새로운 로그 형태 텐서 방법, 지속적인 솔버 속도 성능 개선, 고급 냉각 채널 및 팬텀 구성요소 제어, entrained air 기능이 개선되었습니다.

통합 솔버

FLOW-3D 제품을 단일 통합 솔버로 마이그레이션하여 로컬 워크스테이션이나 고성능 컴퓨팅 하드웨어 환경에서 원활하게 실행할 수 있습니다.

많은 사용자가 노트북이나 로컬 워크스테이션에서 모델을 실행하지만, 고성능 컴퓨팅 클러스터에서 더 큰 모델을 실행합니다. 2022R2 릴리스에서는 통합 솔버를 통해 사용자가 HPC 솔루션의 Open MP/MPI 하이브리드 병렬화와 동일한 이점을 활용하여 워크스테이션과 노트북에서 실행할 수 있습니다.

성능 확장의 예
CPU 코어 수 증가에 따른 성능 확장의 예
메쉬 분해의 예
Open MP/MPI 하이브리드 병렬화를 위한 메시 분해의 예

솔버 성능 개선

멀티 소켓 워크스테이션

다중 소켓 워크스테이션은 이제 매우 일반적이며 대규모 시뮬레이션을 실행할 수 있습니다. 새로운 통합 솔버를 사용하면 이러한 유형의 하드웨어를 사용하는 사용자는 일반적으로 HPC 클러스터 구성에서만 사용할 수 있었던 OpenMP/MPI 하이브리드 병렬화를 활용하여 모델을 실행할 수 있어 성능이 향상되는 것을 확인할 수 있습니다.

낮은 수준의 루틴으로 향상된 벡터화 및 메모리 액세스

대부분의 테스트 사례에서 10~20% 정도의 성능 향상이 관찰되었으며 일부 사례에서는 20%를 초과하는 런타임 이점이 나타났습니다.

정제된 체적 대류 안정성 한계

Time step 안정성 한계는 모델 런타임의 주요 요인이며, 2022R2에서는 새로운 time step 안정성 한계인 3D 대류 안정성 한계를 Numerics 탭에서 사용할 수 있습니다. 실행 중이고 대류가 제한된(cx, cy 또는 cz 제한) 모델의 경우 새 옵션은 일반적인 속도 향상을 30% 정도 보여줍니다.

압력 솔버 프리컨디셔너

경우에 따라 까다로운 유동 해석의 경우 과도한 압력 솔버 반복으로 인해 실행 시간이 길어질 수 있습니다. 이러한 어려운 경우 2022R2에서는 모델이 너무 많이 반복되면 FLOW-3D가 자동으로 새로운 프리컨디셔너 기능을 활성화하여 압력 수렴을 돕습니다. 런타임이 1.9~335배 더 빨라졌습니다!

점탄성 유체에 대한 로그 형태 텐서 방법

점탄성 유체에 대한 새로운 솔버 옵션을 사용자가 사용할 수 있으며 특히 높은 Weissenberg 수에 효과적입니다.

점탄성 흐름을 위한 개선된 솔루션
로그 구조 텐서 솔루션을 사용하여 점탄성 흐름에 대한 높은 Weissenberg 수의 개선된 솔루션의 예입니다. 제공: MF Tome 외, J. Non-Newton. Fluid. Mech. 175-176 (2012) 44–54

활성 시뮬레이션 제어 확장

Active simulation 제어 기능이 확장되어 연속 주조 및 적층 제조 응용 분야에 일반적으로 사용되는 팬텀 개체는 물론 주조 및 기타 여러 열 관리 응용 분야에 사용되는 냉각 채널에도 사용됩니다.

팬텀 물체 속도 제어의 예
연속 주조 응용 분야에 대한 가상 물체 속도 제어의 예
동적 열 제어의 예
융합 증착 모델링 애플리케이션을 위한 동적 열 제어의 예
동적 냉각 채널 제어의 예
산업용 탱크 적용을 위한 동적 냉각 채널 제어의 예

향상된 공기 동반 기능

디퓨저 및 이와 유사한 산업용 기포 흐름 응용 분야의 경우 이제 질량 공급원을 사용하여 물기둥에 공기를 유입할 수 있습니다. 또한, 동반된 공기 및 용존 산소의 난류 확산에 대한 기본값이 업데이트되었으며 매우 낮은 공기 농도에 대한 모델 정확도가 향상되었습니다.

디퓨저 모델의 예
디퓨저 모델의 예: 이제 질량 소스를 사용하여 물기둥에 공기를 유입할 수 있습니다.

FLOW-3D 아카이브 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D 2022R1 의 새로운 기능

FLOW-3D v12.0 의 새로운 기능

Predicting solid-state phase transformations during metal additive manufacturing: A case study on electron-beam powder bed fusion of Inconel-738

Predicting solid-state phase transformations during metal additive manufacturing: A case study on electron-beam powder bed fusion of Inconel-738

금속 적층 제조 중 고체 상 변형 예측: Inconel-738의 전자빔 분말층 융합에 대한 사례 연구

Nana Kwabena Adomako a, Nima Haghdadi a, James F.L. Dingle bc, Ernst Kozeschnik d, Xiaozhou Liao bc, Simon P. Ringer bc, Sophie Primig a

Abstract

Metal additive manufacturing (AM) has now become the perhaps most desirable technique for producing complex shaped engineering parts. However, to truly take advantage of its capabilities, advanced control of AM microstructures and properties is required, and this is often enabled via modeling. The current work presents a computational modeling approach to studying the solid-state phase transformation kinetics and the microstructural evolution during AM. Our approach combines thermal and thermo-kinetic modelling. A semi-analytical heat transfer model is employed to simulate the thermal history throughout AM builds. Thermal profiles of individual layers are then used as input for the MatCalc thermo-kinetic software. The microstructural evolution (e.g., fractions, morphology, and composition of individual phases) for any region of interest throughout the build is predicted by MatCalc. The simulation is applied to an IN738 part produced by electron beam powder bed fusion to provide insights into how γ′ precipitates evolve during thermal cycling. Our simulations show qualitative agreement with our experimental results in predicting the size distribution of γ′ along the build height, its multimodal size character, as well as the volume fraction of MC carbides. Our findings indicate that our method is suitable for a range of AM processes and alloys, to predict and engineer their microstructures and properties.

Graphical Abstract

ga1

Keywords

Additive manufacturing, Simulation, Thermal cycles, γ′ phase, IN738

1. Introduction

Additive manufacturing (AM) is an advanced manufacturing method that enables engineering parts with intricate shapes to be fabricated with high efficiency and minimal materials waste. AM involves building up 3D components layer-by-layer from feedstocks such as powder [1]. Various alloys, including steel, Ti, Al, and Ni-based superalloys, have been produced using different AM techniques. These techniques include directed energy deposition (DED), electron- and laser powder bed fusion (E-PBF and L-PBF), and have found applications in a variety of industries such as aerospace and power generation [2][3][4]. Despite the growing interest, certain challenges limit broader applications of AM fabricated components in these industries and others. One of such limitations is obtaining a suitable and reproducible microstructure that offers the desired mechanical properties consistently. In fact, the AM as-built microstructure is highly complex and considerably distinctive from its conventionally processed counterparts owing to the complicated thermal cycles arising from the deposition of several layers upon each other [5][6].

Several studies have reported that the solid-state phases and solidification microstructure of AM processed alloys such as CMSX-4, CoCr [7][8], Ti-6Al-4V [9][10][11]IN738 [6]304L stainless steel [12], and IN718 [13][14] exhibit considerable variations along the build direction. For instance, references [9][10] have reported that there is a variation in the distribution of α and β phases along the build direction in Ti-alloys. Similarly, the microstructure of an L-PBF fabricated martensitic steel exhibits variations in the fraction of martensite [15]. Furthermore, some of the present authors and others [6][16][17][18][19][20] have recently reviewed and reported that there is a difference in the morphology and fraction of nanoscale precipitates as a function of build height in Ni-based superalloys. These non-uniformities in the as-built microstructure result in an undesired heterogeneity in mechanical and other important properties such as corrosion and oxidation [19][21][22][23]. To obtain the desired microstructure and properties, additional processing treatments are utilized, but this incurs extra costs and may lead to precipitation of detrimental phases and grain coarsening. Therefore, a through-process understanding of the microstructure evolution under repeated heating and cooling is now needed to further advance 3D printed microstructure and property control.

It is now commonly understood that the microstructure evolution during printing is complex, and most AM studies concentrate on the microstructure and mechanical properties of the final build only. Post-printing studies of microstructure characteristics at room temperature miss crucial information on how they evolve. In-situ measurements and modelling approaches are required to better understand the complex microstructural evolution under repeated heating and cooling. Most in-situ measurements in AM focus on monitoring the microstructural changes, such as phase transformations and melt pool dynamics during fabrication using X-ray scattering and high-speed X-ray imaging [24][25][26][27]. For example, Zhao et al. [25] measured the rate of solidification and described the α/β phase transformation during L-PBF of Ti-6Al-4V in-situ. Also, Wahlmann et al. [21] recently used an L-PBF machine coupled with X-ray scattering to investigate the changes in CMSX-4 phase during successive melting processes. Although these techniques provide significant understanding of the basic principles of AM, they are not widely accessible. This is due to the great cost of the instrument, competitive application process, and complexities in terms of the experimental set-up, data collection, and analysis [26][28].

Computational modeling techniques are promising and more widely accessible tools that enable advanced understanding, prediction, and engineering of microstructures and properties during AM. So far, the majority of computational studies have concentrated on physics based process models for metal AM, with the goal of predicting the temperature profile, heat transfer, powder dynamics, and defect formation (e.g., porosity) [29][30]. In recent times, there have been efforts in modeling of the AM microstructure evolution using approaches such as phase-field [31], Monte Carlo (MC) [32], and cellular automata (CA) [33], coupled with finite element simulations for temperature profiles. However, these techniques are often restricted to simulating the evolution of solidification microstructures (e.g., grain and dendrite structure) and defects (e.g., porosity). For example, Zinovieva et al. [33] predicted the grain structure of L-PBF Ti-6Al-4V using finite difference and cellular automata methods. However, studies on the computational modelling of the solid-state phase transformations, which largely determine the resulting properties, remain limited. This can be attributed to the multi-component and multi-phase nature of most engineering alloys in AM, along with the complex transformation kinetics during thermal cycling. This kind of research involves predictions of the thermal cycle in AM builds, and connecting it to essential thermodynamic and kinetic data as inputs for the model. Based on the information provided, the thermokinetic model predicts the history of solid-state phase microstructure evolution during deposition as output. For example, a multi-phase, multi-component mean-field model has been developed to simulate the intermetallic precipitation kinetics in IN718 [34] and IN625 [35] during AM. Also, Basoalto et al. [36] employed a computational framework to examine the contrasting distributions of process-induced microvoids and precipitates in two Ni-based superalloys, namely IN718 and CM247LC. Furthermore, McNamara et al. [37] established a computational model based on the Johnson-Mehl-Avrami model for non-isothermal conditions to predict solid-state phase transformation kinetics in L-PBF IN718 and DED Ti-6Al-4V. These models successfully predicted the size and volume fraction of individual phases and captured the repeated nucleation and dissolution of precipitates that occur during AM.

In the current study, we propose a modeling approach with appreciably short computational time to investigate the detailed microstructural evolution during metal AM. This may include obtaining more detailed information on the morphologies of phases, such as size distribution, phase fraction, dissolution and nucleation kinetics, as well as chemistry during thermal cycling and final cooling to room temperature. We utilize the combination of the MatCalc thermo-kinetic simulator and a semi-analytical heat conduction model. MatCalc is a software suite for simulation of phase transformations, microstructure evolution and certain mechanical properties in engineering alloys. It has successfully been employed to simulate solid-state phase transformations in Ni-based superalloys [38][39], steels [40], and Al alloys [41] during complex thermo-mechanical processes. MatCalc uses the classical nucleation theory as well as the so-called Svoboda-Fischer-Fratzl-Kozeschnik (SFFK) growth model as the basis for simulating precipitation kinetics [42]. Although MatCalc was originally developed for conventional thermo-mechanical processes, we will show that it is also applicable for AM if the detailed time-temperature profile of the AM build is known. The semi-analytical heat transfer code developed by Stump and Plotkowski [43] is used to simulate these profile throughout the AM build.

1.1. Application to IN738

Inconel-738 (IN738) is a precipitation hardening Ni-based superalloy mainly employed in high-temperature components, e.g. in gas turbines and aero-engines owing to its exceptional mechanical properties at temperatures up to 980 °C, coupled with high resistance to oxidation and corrosion [44]. Its superior high-temperature strength (∼1090 MPa tensile strength) is provided by the L12 ordered Ni3(Al,Ti) γ′ phase that precipitates in a face-centered cubic (FCC) γ matrix [45][46]. Despite offering great properties, IN738, like most superalloys with high γ′ fractions, is challenging to process owing to its propensity to hot cracking [47][48]. Further, machining of such alloys is challenging because of their high strength and work-hardening rates. It is therefore difficult to fabricate complex INC738 parts using traditional manufacturing techniques like casting, welding, and forging.

The emergence of AM has now made it possible to fabricate such parts from IN738 and other superalloys. Some of the current authors’ recent research successfully applied E-PBF to fabricate defect-free IN738 containing γ′ throughout the build [16][17]. The precipitated γ′ were heterogeneously distributed. In particular, Haghdadi et al. [16] studied the origin of the multimodal size distribution of γ′, while Lim et al. [17] investigated the gradient in γ′ character with build height and its correlation to mechanical properties. Based on these results, the present study aims to extend the understanding of the complex and site-specific microstructural evolution in E-PBF IN738 by using a computational modelling approach. New experimental evidence (e.g., micrographs not published previously) is presented here to support the computational results.

2. Materials and Methods

2.1. Materials preparation

IN738 Ni-based superalloy (59.61Ni-8.48Co-7.00Al-17.47Cr-3.96Ti-1.01Mo-0.81W-0.56Ta-0.49Nb-0.47C-0.09Zr-0.05B, at%) gas-atomized powder was used as feedstock. The powders, with average size of 60 ± 7 µm, were manufactured by Praxair and distributed by Astro Alloys Inc. An Arcam Q10 machine by GE Additive with an acceleration voltage of 60 kV was used to fabricate a 15 × 15 × 25 mm3 block (XYZ, Z: build direction) on a 316 stainless steel substrate. The block was 3D-printed using a ‘random’ spot melt pattern. The random spot melt pattern involves randomly selecting points in any given layer, with an equal chance of each point being melted. Each spot melt experienced a dwell time of 0.3 ms, and the layer thickness was 50 µm. Some of the current authors have previously characterized the microstructure of the very same and similar builds in more detail [16][17]. A preheat temperature of ∼1000 °C was set and kept during printing to reduce temperature gradients and, in turn, thermal stresses [49][50][51]. Following printing, the build was separated from the substrate through electrical discharge machining. It should be noted that this sample was simultaneously printed with the one used in [17] during the same build process and on the same build plate, under identical conditions.

2.2. Microstructural characterization

The printed sample was longitudinally cut in the direction of the build using a Struers Accutom-50, ground, and then polished to 0.25 µm suspension via standard techniques. The polished x-z surface was electropolished and etched using Struers A2 solution (perchloric acid in ethanol). Specimens for image analysis were polished using a 0.06 µm colloidal silica. Microstructure analyses were carried out across the height of the build using optical microscopy (OM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM) with focus on the microstructure evolution (γ′ precipitates) in individual layers. The position of each layer being analyzed was determined by multiplying the layer number by the layer thickness (50 µm). It should be noted that the position of the first layer starts where the thermal profile is tracked (in this case, 2 mm from the bottom). SEM images were acquired using a JEOL 7001 field emission microscope. The brightness and contrast settings, acceleration voltage of 15 kV, working distance of 10 mm, and other SEM imaging parameters were all held constant for analysis of the entire build. The ImageJ software was used for automated image analysis to determine the phase fraction and size of γ′ precipitates and carbides. A 2-pixel radius Gaussian blur, following a greyscale thresholding and watershed segmentation was used [52]. Primary γ′ sizes (>50 nm), were measured using equivalent spherical diameters. The phase fractions were considered equal to the measured area fraction. Secondary γ′ particles (<50 nm) were not considered here. The γ′ size in the following refers to the diameter of a precipitate.

2.3. Hardness testing

A Struers DuraScan tester was utilized for Vickers hardness mapping on a polished x-z surface, from top to bottom under a maximum load of 100 mN and 10 s dwell time. 30 micro-indentations were performed per row. According to the ASTM standard [53], the indentations were sufficiently distant (∼500 µm) to assure that strain-hardened areas did not interfere with one another.

2.4. Computational simulation of E-PBF IN738 build

2.4.1. Thermal profile modeling

The thermal history was generated using the semi-analytical heat transfer code (also known as the 3DThesis code) developed by Stump and Plotkowski [43]. This code is an open-source C++ program which provides a way to quickly simulate the conductive heat transfer found in welding and AM. The key use case for the code is the simulation of larger domains than is practicable with Computational Fluid Dynamics/Finite Element Analysis programs like FLOW-3D AM. Although simulating conductive heat transfer will not be an appropriate simplification for some investigations (for example the modelling of keyholding or pore formation), the 3DThesis code does provide fast estimates of temperature, thermal gradient, and solidification rate which can be useful for elucidating microstructure formation across entire layers of an AM build. The mathematics involved in the code is as follows:

In transient thermal conduction during welding and AM, with uniform and constant thermophysical properties and without considering fluid convection and latent heat effects, energy conservation can be expressed as:(1)��∂�∂�=�∇2�+�̇where � is density, � specific heat, � temperature, � time, � thermal conductivity, and �̇ a volumetric heat source. By assuming a semi-infinite domain, Eq. 1 can be analytically solved. The solution for temperature at a given time (t) using a volumetric Gaussian heat source is presented as:(2)��,�,�,�−�0=33�����32∫0�1������exp−3�′�′2��+�′�′2��+�′�′2����′(3)and��=12��−�′+��2for�=�,�,�(4)and�′�′=�−���′Where � is the vector �,�,� and �� is the location of the heat source.

The numerical integration scheme used is an adaptive Gaussian quadrature method based on the following nondimensionalization:(5)�=��xy2�,�′=��xy2�′,�=��xy,�=��xy,�=��xy,�=���xy

A more detailed explanation of the mathematics can be found in reference [43].

The main source of the thermal cycling present within a powder-bed fusion process is the fusion of subsequent layers. Therefore, regions near the top of a build are expected to undergo fewer thermal cycles than those closer to the bottom. For this purpose, data from the single scan’s thermal influence on multiple layers was spliced to represent the thermal cycles experienced at a single location caused by multiple subsequent layers being fused.

The cross-sectional area simulated by this model was kept constant at 1 × 1 mm2, and the depth was dependent on the build location modelled with MatCalc. For a build location 2 mm from the bottom, the maximum number of layers to simulate is 460. Fig. 1a shows a stitched overview OM image of the entire build indicating the region where this thermal cycle is simulated and tracked. To increase similarity with the conditions of the physical build, each thermal history was constructed from the results of two simulations generated with different versions of a random scan path. The parameters used for these thermal simulations can be found in Table 1. It should be noted that the main purpose of the thermal profile modelling was to demonstrate how the conditions at different locations of the build change relative to each other. Accurately predicting the absolute temperature during the build would require validation via a temperature sensor measurement during the build process which is beyond the scope of the study. Nonetheless, to establish the viability of the heat source as a suitable approximation for this study, an additional sensitivity analysis was conducted. This analysis focused on the influence of energy input on γ′ precipitation behavior, the central aim of this paper. This was achieved by employing varying beam absorption energies (0.76, 0.82 – the values utilized in the simulation, and 0.9). The direct impact of beam absorption efficiency on energy input into the material was investigated. Specifically, the initial 20 layers of the build were simulated and subsequently compared to experimental data derived from SEM. While phase fractions were found to be consistent across all conditions, disparities emerged in the mean size of γ′ precipitates. An absorption efficiency of 0.76 yielded a mean size of approximately 70 nm. Conversely, absorption efficiencies of 0.82 and 0.9 exhibited remarkably similar mean sizes of around 130 nm, aligning closely with the outcomes of the experiments.

Fig. 1

Table 1. A list of parameters used in thermal simulation of E-PBF.

ParameterValue
Spatial resolution5 µm
Time step0.5 s
Beam diameter200 µm
Beam penetration depth1 µm
Beam power1200 W
Beam absorption efficiency0.82
Thermal conductivity25.37 W/(m⋅K)
Chamber temperature1000 °C
Specific heat711.756 J/(kg⋅K)
Density8110 kg/m3

2.4.2. Thermo-kinetic simulation

The numerical analyses of the evolution of precipitates was performed using MatCalc version 6.04 (rel 0.011). The thermodynamic (‘mc_ni.tdb’, version 2.034) and diffusion (‘mc_ni.ddb’, version 2.007) databases were used. MatCalc’s basic principles are elaborated as follows:

The nucleation kinetics of precipitates are computed using a computational technique based on a classical nucleation theory [54] that has been modified for systems with multiple components [42][55]. Accordingly, the transient nucleation rate (�), which expresses the rate at which nuclei are formed per unit volume and time, is calculated as:(6)�=�0��*∙�xp−�*�∙�∙exp−��where �0 denotes the number of active nucleation sites, �* the rate of atomic attachment, � the Boltzmann constant, � the temperature, �* the critical energy for nucleus formation, τ the incubation time, and t the time. � (Zeldovich factor) takes into consideration that thermal excitation destabilizes the nucleus as opposed to its inactive state [54]. Z is defined as follows:(7)�=−12�kT∂2∆�∂�2�*12where ∆� is the overall change in free energy due to the formation of a nucleus and n is the nucleus’ number of atoms. ∆�’s derivative is evaluated at n* (critical nucleus size). �* accounts for the long-range diffusion of atoms required for nucleation, provided that the matrix’ and precipitates’ composition differ. Svoboda et al. [42] developed an appropriate multi-component equation for �*, which is given by:(8)�*=4��*2�4�∑�=1��ki−�0�2�0��0�−1where �* denotes the critical radius for nucleation, � represents atomic distance, and � is the molar volume. �ki and �0� represent the concentration of elements in the precipitate and matrix, respectively. The parameter �0� denotes the rate of diffusion of the ith element within the matrix. The expression for the incubation time � is expressed as [54]:(9)�=12�*�2

and �*, which represents the critical energy for nucleation:(10)�*=16�3�3∆�vol2where � is the interfacial energy, and ∆Gvol the change in the volume free energy. The critical nucleus’ composition is similar to the γ′ phase’s equilibrium composition at the same temperature. � is computed based on the precipitate and matrix compositions, using a generalized nearest neighbor broken bond model, with the assumption of interfaces being planar, sharp, and coherent [56][57][58].

In Eq. 7, it is worth noting that �* represents the fundamental variable in the nucleation theory. It contains �3/∆�vol2 and is in the exponent of the nucleation rate. Therefore, even small variations in γ and/or ∆�vol can result in notable changes in �, especially if �* is in the order of �∙�. This is demonstrated in [38] for UDIMET 720 Li during continuous cooling, where these quantities change steadily during precipitation due to their dependence on matrix’ and precipitate’s temperature and composition. In the current work, these changes will be even more significant as the system is exposed to multiple cycles of rapid cooling and heating.

Once nucleated, the growth of a precipitate is assessed using the radius and composition evolution equations developed by Svoboda et al. [42] with a mean-field method that employs the thermodynamic extremal principle. The expression for the total Gibbs free energy of a thermodynamic system G, which consists of n components and m precipitates, is given as follows:(11)�=∑���0��0�+∑�=1�4���33��+∑�=1��ki�ki+∑�=1�4���2��.

The chemical potential of component � in the matrix is denoted as �0�(�=1,…,�), while the chemical potential of component � in the precipitate is represented by �ki(�=1,…,�,�=1,…,�). These chemical potentials are defined as functions of the concentrations �ki(�=1,…,�,�=1,…,�). The interface energy density is denoted as �, and �� incorporates the effects of elastic energy and plastic work resulting from the volume change of each precipitate.

Eq. (12) establishes that the total free energy of the system in its current state relies on the independent state variables: the sizes (radii) of the precipitates �� and the concentrations of each component �ki. The remaining variables can be determined by applying the law of mass conservation to each component �. This can be represented by the equation:(12)��=�0�+∑�=1�4���33�ki,

Furthermore, the global mass conservation can be expressed by equation:(13)�=∑�=1���When a thermodynamic system transitions to a more stable state, the energy difference between the initial and final stages is dissipated. This model considers three distinct forms of dissipation effects [42]. These include dissipations caused by the movement of interfaces, diffusion within the precipitate and diffusion within the matrix.

Consequently, �̇� (growth rate) and �̇ki (chemical composition’s rate of change) of the precipitate with index � are derived from the linear system of equation system:(14)�ij��=��where �� symbolizes the rates �̇� and �̇ki [42]. Index i contains variables for precipitate radius, chemical composition, and stoichiometric boundary conditions suggested by the precipitate’s crystal structure. Eq. (10) is computed separately for every precipitate �. For a more detailed description of the formulae for the coefficients �ij and �� employed in this work please refer to [59].

The MatCalc software was used to perform the numerical time integration of �̇� and �̇ki of precipitates based on the classical numerical method by Kampmann and Wagner [60]. Detailed information on this method can be found in [61]. Using this computational method, calculations for E-PBF thermal cycles (cyclic heating and cooling) were computed and compared to experimental data. The simulation took approximately 2–4 hrs to complete on a standard laptop.

3. Results

3.1. Microstructure

Fig. 1 displays a stitched overview image and selected SEM micrographs of various γ′ morphologies and carbides after observations of the X-Z surface of the build from the top to 2 mm above the bottom. Fig. 2 depicts a graph that charts the average size and phase fraction of the primary γ′, as it changes with distance from the top to the bottom of the build. The SEM micrographs show widespread primary γ′ precipitation throughout the entire build, with the size increasing in the top to bottom direction. Particularly, at the topmost height, representing the 460th layer (Z = 22.95 mm), as seen in Fig. 1b, the average size of γ′ is 110 ± 4 nm, exhibiting spherical shapes. This is representative of the microstructure after it solidifies and cools to room temperature, without experiencing additional thermal cycles. The γ′ size slightly increases to 147 ± 6 nm below this layer and remains constant until 0.4 mm (∼453rd layer) from the top. At this position, the microstructure still closely resembles that of the 460th layer. After the 453rd layer, the γ′ size grows rapidly to ∼503 ± 19 nm until reaching the 437th layer (1.2 mm from top). The γ′ particles here have a cuboidal shape, and a small fraction is coarser than 600 nm. γ′ continue to grow steadily from this position to the bottom (23 mm from the top). A small fraction of γ′ is > 800 nm.

Fig. 2

Besides primary γ′, secondary γ′ with sizes ranging from 5 to 50 nm were also found. These secondary γ′ precipitates, as seen in Fig. 1f, were present only in the bottom and middle regions. A detailed analysis of the multimodal size distribution of γ′ can be found in [16]. There is no significant variation in the phase fraction of the γ′ along the build. The phase fraction is ∼ 52%, as displayed in Fig. 2. It is worth mentioning that the total phase fraction of γ′ was estimated based on the primary γ′ phase fraction because of the small size of secondary γ′. Spherical MC carbides with sizes ranging from 50 to 400 nm and a phase fraction of 0.8% were also observed throughout the build. The carbides are the light grey precipitates in Fig. 1g. The light grey shade of carbides in the SEM images is due to their composition and crystal structure [52]. These carbides are not visible in Fig. 1b-e because they were dissolved during electro-etching carried out after electropolishing. In Fig. 1g, however, the sample was examined directly after electropolishing, without electro-etching.

Table 2 shows the nominal and measured composition of γ′ precipitates throughout the build by atom probe microscopy as determined in our previous study [17]. No build height-dependent composition difference was observed in either of the γ′ precipitate populations. However, there was a slight disparity between the composition of primary and secondary γ′. Among the main γ′ forming elements, the primary γ′ has a high Ti concentration while secondary γ′ has a high Al concentration. A detailed description of the atom distribution maps and the proxigrams of the constituent elements of γ′ throughout the build can be found in [17].

Table 2. Bulk IN738 composition determined using inductively coupled plasma atomic emission spectroscopy (ICP-AES). Compositions of γ, primary γ′, and secondary γ′ at various locations in the build measured by APT. This information is reproduced from data in Ref. [17] with permission.

at%NiCrCoAlMoWTiNbCBZrTaOthers
Bulk59.1217.478.487.001.010.813.960.490.470.050.090.560.46
γ matrix
Top50.4832.9111.591.941.390.820.440.80.030.030.020.24
Mid50.3732.6111.931.791.540.890.440.10.030.020.020.010.23
Bot48.1034.5712.082.141.430.880.480.080.040.030.010.12
Primary γ′
Top72.172.513.4412.710.250.397.780.560.030.020.050.08
Mid71.602.573.2813.550.420.687.040.730.010.030.040.04
Bot72.342.473.8612.500.260.447.460.500.050.020.020.030.04
Secondary γ′
Mid70.424.203.2314.190.631.035.340.790.030.040.040.05
Bot69.914.063.6814.320.811.045.220.650.050.100.020.11

3.2. Hardness

Fig. 3a shows the Vickers hardness mapping performed along the entire X-Z surface, while Fig. 3b shows the plot of average hardness at different build heights. This hardness distribution is consistent with the γ′ precipitate size gradient across the build direction in Fig. 1Fig. 2. The maximum hardness of ∼530 HV1 is found at ∼0.5 mm away from the top surface (Z = 22.5), where γ′ particles exhibit the smallest observed size in Fig. 2b. Further down the build (∼ 2 mm from the top), the hardness drops to the 440–490 HV1 range. This represents the region where γ′ begins to coarsen. The hardness drops further to 380–430 HV1 at the bottom of the build.

Fig. 3

3.3. Modeling of the microstructural evolution during E-PBF

3.3.1. Thermal profile modeling

Fig. 4 shows the simulated thermal profile of the E-PBF build at a location of 23 mm from the top of the build, using a semi-analytical heat conduction model. This profile consists of the time taken to deposit 460 layers until final cooling, as shown in Fig. 4a. Fig. 4b-d show the magnified regions of Fig. 4a and reveal the first 20 layers from the top, a single layer (first layer from the top), and the time taken for the build to cool after the last layer deposition, respectively.

Fig. 4

The peak temperatures experienced by previous layers decrease progressively as the number of layers increases but never fall below the build preheat temperature (1000 °C). Our simulated thermal cycle may not completely capture the complexity of the actual thermal cycle utilized in the E-PBF build. For instance, the top layer (Fig. 4c), also representing the first deposit’s thermal profile without additional cycles (from powder heating, melting, to solidification), recorded the highest peak temperature of 1390 °C. Although this temperature is above the melting range of the alloy (1230–1360 °C) [62], we believe a much higher temperature was produced by the electron beam to melt the powder. Nevertheless, the solidification temperature and dynamics are outside the scope of this study as our focus is on the solid-state phase transformations during deposition. It takes ∼25 s for each layer to be deposited and cooled to the build temperature. The interlayer dwell time is 125 s. The time taken for the build to cool to room temperature (RT) after final layer deposition is ∼4.7 hrs (17,000 s).

3.3.2. MatCalc simulation

During the MatCalc simulation, the matrix phase is defined as γ. γ′, and MC carbide are included as possible precipitates. The domain of these precipitates is set to be the matrix (γ), and nucleation is assumed to be homogenous. In homogeneous nucleation, all atoms of the unit volume are assumed to be potential nucleation sitesTable 3 shows the computational parameters used in the simulation. All other parameters were set at default values as recommended in the version 6.04.0011 of MatCalc. The values for the interfacial energies are automatically calculated according to the generalized nearest neighbor broken bond model and is one of the most outstanding features in MatCalc [56][57][58]. It should be noted that the elastic misfit strain was not included in the calculation. The output of MatCalc includes phase fraction, size, nucleation rate, and composition of the precipitates. The phase fraction in MatCalc is the volume fraction. Although the experimental phase fraction is the measured area fraction, it is relatively similar to the volume fraction. This is because of the generally larger precipitate size and similar morphology at the various locations along the build [63]. A reliable phase fraction comparison between experiment and simulation can therefore be made.

Table 3. Computational parameters used in the simulation.

Precipitation domainγ
Nucleation site γ′Bulk (homogenous)
Nucleation site MC carbideBulk (Homogenous)
Precipitates class size250
Regular solution critical temperature γ′2500 K[64]
Calculated interfacial energyγ′ = 0.080–0.140 J/m2 and MC carbide = 0.410–0.430 J/m2
3.3.2.1. Precipitate phase fraction

Fig. 5a shows the simulated phase fraction of γ′ and MC carbide during thermal cycling. Fig. 5b is a magnified view of 5a showing the simulated phase fraction at the center points of the top 70 layers, whereas Fig. 5c corresponds to the first two layers from the top. As mentioned earlier, the top layer (460th layer) represents the microstructure after solidification. The microstructure of the layers below is determined by the number of thermal cycles, which increases with distance to the top. For example, layers 459, 458, 457, up to layer 1 (region of interest) experience 1, 2, 3 and 459 thermal cycles, respectively. In the top layer in Fig. 5c, the volume fraction of γ′ and carbides increases with temperature. For γ′, it decreases to zero when the temperature is above the solvus temperature after a few seconds. Carbides, however, remain constant in their volume fraction reaching equilibrium (phase fraction ∼ 0.9%) in a short time. The topmost layer can be compared to the first deposit, and the peak in temperature symbolizes the stage where the electron beam heats the powder until melting. This means γ′ and carbide precipitation might have started in the powder particles during heating from the build temperature and electron beam until the onset of melting, where γ′ dissolves, but carbides remain stable [28].

Fig. 5

During cooling after deposition, γ′ reprecipitates at a temperature of 1085 °C, which is below its solvus temperature. As cooling progresses, the phase fraction increases steadily to ∼27% and remains constant at 1000 °C (elevated build temperature). The calculated equilibrium fraction of phases by MatCalc is used to show the complex precipitation characteristics in this alloy. Fig. 6 shows that MC carbides form during solidification at 1320 °C, followed by γ′, which precipitate when the solidified layer cools to 1140 °C. This indicates that all deposited layers might contain a negligible amount of these precipitates before subsequent layer deposition, while being at the 1000 °C build temperature or during cooling to RT. The phase diagram also shows that the equilibrium fraction of the γ′ increases as temperature decreases. For instance, at 1000, 900, and 800 °C, the phase fractions are ∼30%, 38%, and 42%, respectively.

Fig. 6

Deposition of subsequent layers causes previous layers to undergo phase transformations as they are exposed to several thermal cycles with different peak temperatures. In Fig. 5c, as the subsequent layer is being deposited, γ′ in the previous layer (459th layer) begins to dissolve as the temperature crosses the solvus temperature. This is witnessed by the reduction of the γ′ phase fraction. This graph also shows how this phase dissolves during heating. However, the phase fraction of MC carbide remains stable at high temperatures and no dissolution is seen during thermal cycling. Upon cooling, the γ′ that was dissolved during heating reprecipitates with a surge in the phase fraction until 1000 °C, after which it remains constant. This microstructure is similar to the solidification microstructure (layer 460), with a similar γ′ phase fraction (∼27%).

The complete dissolution and reprecipitation of γ′ continue for several cycles until the 50th layer from the top (layer 411), where the phase fraction does not reach zero during heating to the peak temperature (see Fig. 5d). This indicates the ‘partial’ dissolution of γ′, which continues progressively with additional layers. It should be noted that the peak temperatures for layers that underwent complete dissolution were much higher (1170–1300 °C) than the γ′ solvus.

The dissolution and reprecipitation of γ′ during thermal cycling are further confirmed in Fig. 7, which summarizes the nucleation rate, phase fraction, and concentration of major elements that form γ′ in the matrix. Fig. 7b magnifies a single layer (3rd layer from top) within the full dissolution region in Fig. 7a to help identify the nucleation and growth mechanisms. From Fig. 7b, γ′ nucleation begins during cooling whereby the nucleation rate increases to reach a maximum value of approximately 1 × 1020 m−3s−1. This fast kinetics implies that some rearrangement of atoms is required for γ′ precipitates to form in the matrix [65][66]. The matrix at this stage is in a non-equilibrium condition. Its composition is similar to the nominal composition and remains unchanged. The phase fraction remains insignificant at this stage although nucleation has started. The nucleation rate starts declining upon reaching the peak value. Simultaneously, diffusion-controlled growth of existing nuclei occurs, depleting the matrix of γ′ forming elements (Al and Ti). Thus, from (7)(11), ∆�vol continuously decreases until nucleation ceases. The growth of nuclei is witnessed by the increase in phase fraction until a constant level is reached at 27% upon cooling to and holding at build temperature. This nucleation event is repeated several times.

Fig. 7

At the onset of partial dissolution, the nucleation rate jumps to 1 × 1021 m−3s−1, and then reduces sharply at the middle stage of partial dissolution. The nucleation rate reaches 0 at a later stage. Supplementary Fig. S1 shows a magnified view of the nucleation rate, phase fraction, and thermal profile, underpinning this trend. The jump in nucleation rate at the onset is followed by a progressive reduction in the solute content of the matrix. The peak temperatures (∼1130–1160 °C) are lower than those in complete dissolution regions but still above or close to the γ′ solvus. The maximum phase fraction (∼27%) is similar to that of the complete dissolution regions. At the middle stage, the reduction in nucleation rate is accompanied by a sharp drop in the matrix composition. The γ′ fraction drops to ∼24%, where the peak temperatures of the layers are just below or at γ′ solvus. The phase fraction then increases progressively through the later stage of partial dissolution to ∼30% towards the end of thermal cycling. The matrix solute content continues to drop although no nucleation event is seen. The peak temperatures are then far below the γ′ solvus. It should be noted that the matrix concentration after complete dissolution remains constant. Upon cooling to RT after final layer deposition, the nucleation rate increases again, indicating new nucleation events. The phase fraction reaches ∼40%, with a further depletion of the matrix in major γ′ forming elements.

3.3.2.2. γ′ size distribution

Fig. 8 shows histograms of the γ′ precipitate size distributions (PSD) along the build height during deposition. These PSDs are predicted at the end of each layer of interest just before final cooling to room temperature, to separate the role of thermal cycles from final cooling on the evolution of γ′. The PSD for the top layer (layer 460) is shown in Fig. 8a (last solidified region with solidification microstructure). The γ′ size ranges from 120 to 230 nm and is similar to the 44 layers below (2.2 mm from the top).

Fig. 8

Further down the build, γ′ begins to coarsen after layer 417 (44th layer from top). Fig. 8c shows the PSD after the 44th layer, where the γ′ size exhibits two peaks at ∼120–230 and ∼300 nm, with most of the population being in the former range. This is the onset of partial dissolution where simultaneously with the reprecipitation and growth of fresh γ′, the undissolved γ′ grows rapidly through diffusive transport of atoms to the precipitates. This is shown in Fig. 8c, where the precipitate class sizes between 250 and 350 represent the growth of undissolved γ′. Although this continues in the 416th layer, the phase fractions plot indicates that the onset of partial dissolution begins after the 411th layer. This implies that partial dissolution started early, but the fraction of undissolved γ′ was too low to impact the phase fraction. The reprecipitated γ′ are mostly in the 100–220 nm class range and similar to those observed during full dissolution.

As the number of layers increases, coarsening intensifies with continued growth of more undissolved γ′, and reprecipitation and growth of partially dissolved ones. Fig. 8d, e, and f show this sequence. Further down the build, coarsening progresses rapidly, as shown in Figs. 8d, 8e, and 8f. The γ′ size ranges from 120 to 1100 nm, with the peaks at 160, 180, and 220 nm in Figs. 8d, 8e, and 8f, respectively. Coarsening continues until nucleation ends during dissolution, where only the already formed γ′ precipitates continue to grow during further thermal cycling. The γ′ size at this point is much larger, as observed in layers 361 and 261, and continues to increase steadily towards the bottom (layer 1). Two populations in the ranges of ∼380–700 and ∼750–1100 nm, respectively, can be seen. The steady growth of γ′ towards the bottom is confirmed by the gradual decrease in the concentration of solute elements in the matrix (Fig. 7a). It should be noted that for each layer, the γ′ class with the largest size originates from continuous growth of the earliest set of the undissolved precipitates.

Fig. 9Fig. 10 and supplementary Figs. S2 and S3 show the γ′ size evolution during heating and cooling of a single layer in the full dissolution region, and early, middle stages, and later stages of partial dissolution, respectively. In all, the size of γ′ reduces during layer heating. Depending on the peak temperature of the layer which varies with build height, γ′ are either fully or partially dissolved as mentioned earlier. Upon cooling, the dissolved γ′ reprecipitate.

Fig. 9
Fig. 10

In Fig. 9, those layers that underwent complete dissolution (top layers) were held above γ′ solvus temperature for longer. In Fig. 10, layers at the early stage of partial dissolution spend less time in the γ′ solvus temperature region during heating, leading to incomplete dissolution. In such conditions, smaller precipitates are fully dissolved while larger ones shrink [67]. Layers in the middle stages of partial dissolution have peak temperatures just below or at γ′ solvus, not sufficient to achieve significant γ′ dissolution. As seen in supplementary Fig. S2, only a few smaller γ′ are dissolved back into the matrix during heating, i.e., growth of precipitates is more significant than dissolution. This explains the sharp decrease in concentration of Al and Ti in the matrix in this layer.

The previous sections indicate various phenomena such as an increase in phase fraction, further depletion of matrix composition, and new nucleation bursts during cooling. Analysis of the PSD after the final cooling of the build to room temperature allows a direct comparison to post-printing microstructural characterization. Fig. 11 shows the γ′ size distribution of layer 1 (460th layer from the top) after final cooling to room temperature. Precipitation of secondary γ′ is observed, leading to the multimodal size distribution of secondary and primary γ′. The secondary γ′ size falls within the 10–80 nm range. As expected, a further growth of the existing primary γ′ is also observed during cooling.

Fig. 11
3.3.2.3. γ′ chemistry after deposition

Fig. 12 shows the concentration of the major elements that form γ′ (Al, Ti, and Ni) in the primary and secondary γ′ at the bottom of the build, as calculated by MatCalc. The secondary γ′ has a higher Al content (13.5–14.5 at% Al), compared to 13 at% Al in the primary γ′. Additionally, within the secondary γ′, the smallest particles (∼10 nm) have higher Al contents than larger ones (∼70 nm). In contrast, for the primary γ′, there is no significant variation in the Al content as a function of their size. The Ni concentration in secondary γ′ (71.1–72 at%) is also higher in comparison to the primary γ′ (70 at%). The smallest secondary γ′ (∼10 nm) have higher Ni contents than larger ones (∼70 nm), whereas there is no substantial change in the Ni content of primary γ′, based on their size. As expected, Ti shows an opposite size-dependent variation. It ranges from ∼ 7.7–8.7 at% Ti in secondary γ′ to ∼9.2 at% in primary γ′. Similarly, within the secondary γ′, the smallest (∼10 nm) have lower Al contents than the larger ones (∼70 nm). No significant variation is observed for Ti content in primary γ′.

Fig. 12

4. Discussion

A combined modelling method is utilized to study the microstructural evolution during E-PBF of IN738. The presented results are discussed by examining the precipitation and dissolution mechanism of γ′ during thermal cycling. This is followed by a discussion on the phase fraction and size evolution of γ′ during thermal cycling and after final cooling. A brief discussion on carbide morphology is also made. Finally, a comparison is made between the simulation and experimental results to assess their agreement.

4.1. γ′ morphology as a function of build height

4.1.1. Nucleation of γ′

The fast precipitation kinetics of the γ′ phase enables formation of γ′ upon quenching from higher temperatures (above solvus) during thermal cycling [66]. In Fig. 7b, for a single layer in the full dissolution region, during cooling, the initial increase in nucleation rate signifies the first formation of nuclei. The slight increase in nucleation rate during partial dissolution, despite a decrease in the concentration of γ′ forming elements, may be explained by the nucleation kinetics. During partial dissolution and as the precipitates shrink, it is assumed that the regions at the vicinity of partially dissolved precipitates are enriched in γ′ forming elements [68][69]. This differs from the full dissolution region, in which case the chemical composition is evenly distributed in the matrix. Several authors have attributed the solute supersaturation of the matrix around primary γ′ to partial dissolution during isothermal ageing [69][70][71][72]. The enhanced supersaturation in the regions close to the precipitates results in a much higher driving force for nucleation, leading to a higher nucleation rate upon cooling. This phenomenon can be closely related to the several nucleation bursts upon continuous cooling of Ni-based superalloys, where second nucleation bursts exhibit higher nucleation rates [38][68][73][74].

At middle stages of partial dissolution, the reduction in the nucleation rate indicates that the existing composition and low supersaturation did not trigger nucleation as the matrix was closer to the equilibrium state. The end of a nucleation burst means that the supersaturation of Al and Ti has reached a low level, incapable of providing sufficient driving force during cooling to or holding at 1000 °C for further nucleation [73]. Earlier studies on Ni-based superalloys have reported the same phenomenon during ageing or continuous cooling from the solvus temperature to RT [38][73][74].

4.1.2. Dissolution of γ′ during thermal cycling

γ′ dissolution kinetics during heating are fast when compared to nucleation due to exponential increase in phase transformation and diffusion activities with temperature [65]. As shown in Fig. 9Fig. 10, and supplementary Figs. S2 and S3, the reduction in γ′ phase fraction and size during heating indicates γ′ dissolution. This is also revealed in Fig. 5 where phase fraction decreases upon heating. The extent of γ′ dissolution mostly depends on the temperature, time spent above γ′ solvus, and precipitate size [75][76][77]. Smaller γ′ precipitates are first to be dissolved [67][77][78]. This is mainly because more solute elements need to be transported away from large γ′ precipitates than from smaller ones [79]. Also, a high temperature above γ′ solvus temperature leads to a faster dissolution rate [80]. The equilibrium solvus temperature of γ′ in IN738 in our MatCalc simulation (Fig. 6) and as reported by Ojo et al. [47] is 1140 °C and 1130–1180 °C, respectively. This means the peak temperature experienced by previous layers decreases progressively from γ′ supersolvus to subsolvus, near-solvus, and far from solvus as the number of subsequent layers increases. Based on the above, it can be inferred that the degree of dissolution of γ′ contributes to the gradient in precipitate distribution.

Although the peak temperatures during later stages of partial dissolution are much lower than the equilibrium γ′ solvus, γ′ dissolution still occurs but at a significantly lower rate (supplementary Fig. S3). Wahlmann et al. [28] also reported a similar case where they observed the rapid dissolution of γ′ in CMSX-4 during fast heating and cooling cycles at temperatures below the γ′ solvus. They attributed this to the γ′ phase transformation process taking place in conditions far from the equilibrium. While the same reasoning may be valid for our study, we further believe that the greater surface area to volume ratio of the small γ′ precipitates contributed to this. This ratio means a larger area is available for solute atoms to diffuse into the matrix even at temperatures much below the solvus [81].

4.2. γ′ phase fraction and size evolution

4.2.1. During thermal cycling

In the first layer, the steep increase in γ′ phase fraction during heating (Fig. 5), which also represents γ′ precipitation in the powder before melting, has qualitatively been validated in [28]. The maximum phase fraction of 27% during the first few layers of thermal cycling indicates that IN738 theoretically could reach the equilibrium state (∼30%), but the short interlayer time at the build temperature counteracts this. The drop in phase fraction at middle stages of partial dissolution is due to the low number of γ′ nucleation sites [73]. It has been reported that a reduction of γ′ nucleation sites leads to a delay in obtaining the final volume fraction as more time is required for γ′ precipitates to grow and reach equilibrium [82]. This explains why even upon holding for 150 s before subsequent layer deposition, the phase fraction does not increase to those values that were observed in the previous full γ′ dissolution regions. Towards the end of deposition, the increase in phase fraction to the equilibrium value of 30% is as a result of the longer holding at build temperature or close to it [83].

During thermal cycling, γ′ particles begin to grow immediately after they first precipitate upon cooling. This is reflected in the rapid increase in phase fraction and size during cooling in Fig. 5 and supplementary Fig. S2, respectively. The rapid growth is due to the fast diffusion of solute elements at high temperatures [84]. The similar size of γ′ for the first 44 layers from the top can be attributed to the fact that all layers underwent complete dissolution and hence, experienced the same nucleation event and growth during deposition. This corresponds with the findings by Balikci et al. [85], who reported that the degree of γ′ precipitation in IN738LC does not change when a solution heat treatment is conducted above a certain critical temperature.

The increase in coarsening rate (Fig. 8) during thermal cycling can first be ascribed to the high peak temperature of the layers [86]. The coarsening rate of γ′ is known to increase rapidly with temperature due to the exponential growth of diffusion activity. Also, the simultaneous dissolution with coarsening could be another reason for the high coarsening rate, as γ′ coarsening is a diffusion-driven process where large particles grow by consuming smaller ones [78][84][86][87]. The steady growth of γ′ towards the bottom of the build is due to the much lower layer peak temperature, which is almost close to the build temperature, and reduced dissolution activity, as is seen in the much lower solute concentration in γ′ compared to those in the full and partial dissolution regions.

4.2.2. During cooling

The much higher phase fraction of ∼40% upon cooling signifies the tendency of γ′ to reach equilibrium at lower temperatures (Fig. 4). This is due to the precipitation of secondary γ′ and a further increase in the size of existing primary γ′, which leads to a multimodal size distribution of γ′ after cooling [38][73][88][89][90]. The reason for secondary γ′ formation during cooling is as follows: As cooling progresses, it becomes increasingly challenging to redistribute solute elements in the matrix owing to their lower mobility [38][73]. A higher supersaturation level in regions away from or free of the existing γ′ precipitates is achieved, making them suitable sites for additional nucleation bursts. More cooling leads to the growth of these secondary γ′ precipitates, but as the temperature and in turn, the solute diffusivity is low, growth remains slow.

4.3. Carbides

MC carbides in IN738 are known to have a significant impact on the high-temperature strength. They can also act as effective hardening particles and improve the creep resistance [91]. Precipitation of MC carbides in IN738 and several other superalloys is known to occur during solidification or thermal treatments (e.g., hot isostatic pressing) [92]. In our case, this means that the MC carbides within the E-PBF build formed because of the thermal exposure from the E-PBF thermal cycle in addition to initial solidification. Our simulation confirms this as MC carbides appear during layer heating (Fig. 5). The constant and stable phase fraction of MC carbides during thermal cycling can be attributed to their high melting point (∼1360 °C) and the short holding time at peak temperatures [75][93][94]. The solvus temperature for most MC carbides exceeds most of the peak temperatures observed in our simulation, and carbide dissolution kinetics at temperatures above the solvus are known to be comparably slow [95]. The stable phase fraction and random distribution of MC carbides signifies the slight influence on the gradient in hardness.

4.4. Comparison of simulations and experiments

4.4.1. Precipitate phase fraction and morphology as a function of build height

A qualitative agreement is observed for the phase fraction of carbides, i.e. ∼0.8% in the experiment and ∼0.9% in the simulation. The phase fraction of γ′ differs, with the experiment reporting a value of ∼51% and the simulation, 40%. Despite this, the size distribution of primary γ′ along the build shows remarkable consistency between experimental and computational analyses. It is worth noting that the primary γ′ morphology in the experimental analysis is observed in the as-fabricated state, whereas the simulation (Fig. 8) captures it during deposition process. The primary γ′ size in the experiment is expected to experience additional growth during the cooling phase. Regardless, both show similar trends in primary γ′ size increments from the top to the bottom of the build. The larger primary γ’ size in the simulation versus the experiment can be attributed to the fact that experimental and simulation results are based on 2D and 3D data, respectively. The absence of stereological considerations [96] in our analysis could have led to an underestimation of the precipitate sizes from SEM measurements. The early starts of coarsening (8th layer) in the experiment compared to the simulation (45th layer) can be attributed to a higher actual γ′ solvus temperature than considered in our simulation [47]. The solvus temperature of γ′ in a Ni-based superalloy is mainly determined by the detailed composition. A high amount of Cr and Co are known to reduce the solvus temperature, whereas Ta and Mo will increase it [97][98][99]. The elemental composition from our experimental work was used for the simulation except for Ta. It should be noted that Ta is not included in the thermodynamic database in MatCalc used, and this may have reduced the solvus temperature. This could also explain the relatively higher γ′ phase fraction in the experiment than in simulation, as a higher γ′ solvus temperature will cause more γ′ to precipitate and grow early during cooling [99][100].

Another possible cause of this deviation can be attributed to the extent of γ′ dissolution, which is mainly determined by the peak temperature. It can be speculated that individual peak temperatures at different layers in the simulation may have been over-predicted. However, one needs to consider that the true thermal profile is likely more complicated in the actual E-PBF process [101]. For example, the current model assumes that the thermophysical properties of the material are temperature-independent, which is not realistic. Many materials, including IN738, exhibit temperature-dependent properties such as thermal conductivityspecific heat capacity, and density [102]. This means that heat transfer simulations may underestimate or overestimate the temperature gradients and cooling rates within the powder bed and the solidified part. Additionally, the model does not account for the reduced thermal diffusivity through unmelted powder, where gas separating the powder acts as insulation, impeding the heat flow [1]. In E-PBF, the unmelted powder regions with trapped gas have lower thermal diffusivity compared to the fully melted regions, leading to localized temperature variations, and altered solidification behavior. These limitations can impact the predictions, particularly in relation to the carbide dissolution, as the peak temperatures may be underestimated.

While acknowledging these limitations, it is worth emphasizing that achieving a detailed and accurate representation of each layer’s heat source would impose tough computational challenges. Given the substantial layer count in E-PBF, our decision to employ a semi-analytical approximation strikes a balance between computational feasibility and the capture of essential trends in thermal profiles across diverse build layers. In future work, a dual-calibration strategy is proposed to further reduce simulation-experiment disparities. By refining temperature-independent thermophysical property approximations and absorptivity in the heat source model, and by optimizing interfacial energy descriptions in the kinetic model, the predictive precision could be enhanced. Further refining the simulation controls, such as adjusting the precipitate class size may enhance quantitative comparisons between modeling outcomes and experimental data in future work.

4.4.2. Multimodal size distribution of γ′ and concentration

Another interesting feature that sees qualitative agreement between the simulation and the experiment is the multimodal size distribution of γ′. The formation of secondary γ′ particles in the experiment and most E-PBF Ni-based superalloys is suggested to occur at low temperatures, during final cooling to RT [16][73][90]. However, so far, this conclusion has been based on findings from various continuous cooling experiments, as the study of the evolution during AM would require an in-situ approach. Our simulation unambiguously confirms this in an AM context by providing evidence for secondary γ′ precipitation during slow cooling to RT. Additionally, it is possible to speculate that the chemical segregation occurring during solidification, due to the preferential partitioning of certain elements between the solid and liquid phases, can contribute to the multimodal size distribution during deposition [51]. This is because chemical segregation can result in variations in the local composition of superalloys, which subsequently affects the nucleation and growth of γ′. Regions with higher concentrations of alloying elements will encourage the formation of larger γ′ particles, while regions with lower concentrations may favor the nucleation of smaller precipitates. However, it is important to acknowledge that the elevated temperature during the E-PBF process will largely homogenize these compositional differences [103][104].

A good correlation is also shown in the composition of major γ′ forming elements (Al and Ti) in primary and secondary γ′. Both experiment and simulation show an increasing trend for Al content and a decreasing trend for Ti content from primary to secondary γ′. The slight composition differences between primary and secondary γ′ particles are due to the different diffusivity of γ′ stabilizers at different thermal conditions [105][106]. As the formation of multimodal γ′ particles with different sizes occurs over a broad temperature range, the phase chemistry of γ′ will be highly size dependent. The changes in the chemistry of various γ′ (primary, secondary, and tertiary) have received significant attention since they have a direct influence on the performance [68][105][107][108][109]. Chen et al. [108][109], reported a high Al content in the smallest γ′ precipitates compared to the largest, while Ti showed an opposite trend during continuous cooling in a RR1000 Ni-based superalloy. This was attributed to the temperature and cooling rate at which the γ′ precipitates were formed. The smallest precipitates formed last, at the lowest temperature and cooling rate. A comparable observation is evident in the present investigation, where the secondary γ′ forms at a low temperature and cooling rate in comparison to the primary. The temperature dependence of γ′ chemical composition is further evidenced in supplementary Fig. S4, which shows the equilibrium chemical composition of γ′ as a function of temperature.

5. Conclusions

A correlative modelling approach capable of predicting solid-state phase transformations kinetics in metal AM was developed. This approach involves computational simulations with a semi-analytical heat transfer model and the MatCalc thermo-kinetic software. The method was used to predict the phase transformation kinetics and detailed morphology and chemistry of γ′ and MC during E-PBF of IN738 Ni-based superalloy. The main conclusions are:

  • 1.The computational simulations are in qualitative agreement with the experimental observations. This is particularly true for the γ′ size distribution along the build height, the multimodal size distribution of particles, and the phase fraction of MC carbides.
  • 2.The deviations between simulation and experiment in terms of γ′ phase fraction and location in the build are most likely attributed to a higher γ′ solvus temperature during the experiment than in the simulation, which is argued to be related to the absence of Ta in the MatCalc database.
  • 3.The dissolution and precipitation of γ′ occur fast and under non-equilibrium conditions. The level of γ′ dissolution determines the gradient in γ′ size distribution along the build. After thermal cycling, the final cooling to room temperature has further significant impacts on the final γ′ size, morphology, and distribution.
  • 4.A negligible amount of γ′ forms in the first deposited layer before subsequent layer deposition, and a small amount of γ′ may also form in the powder induced by the 1000 °C elevated build temperature before melting.

Our findings confirm the suitability of MatCalc to predict the microstructural evolution at various positions throughout a build in a Ni-based superalloy during E-PBF. It also showcases the suitability of a tool which was originally developed for traditional thermo-mechanical processing of alloys to the new additive manufacturing context. Our simulation capabilities are likely extendable to other alloy systems that undergo solid-state phase transformations implemented in MatCalc (various steels, Ni-based superalloys, and Al-alloys amongst others) as well as other AM processes such as L-DED and L-PBF which have different thermal cycle characteristics. New tools to predict the microstructural evolution and properties during metal AM are important as they provide new insights into the complexities of AM. This will enable control and design of AM microstructures towards advanced materials properties and performances.

CRediT authorship contribution statement

Primig Sophie: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Resources, Project administration, Funding acquisition, Conceptualization. Adomako Nana Kwabena: Writing – original draft, Writing – review & editing, Visualization, Software, Investigation, Formal analysis, Conceptualization. Haghdadi Nima: Writing – review & editing, Supervision, Project administration, Methodology, Conceptualization. Dingle James F.L.: Methodology, Conceptualization, Software, Writing – review & editing, Visualization. Kozeschnik Ernst: Writing – review & editing, Software, Methodology. Liao Xiaozhou: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Funding acquisition. Ringer Simon P: Writing – review & editing, Project administration, Funding acquisition.

Declaration of Competing Interest

The authors declare that they have no known competing financial interests or personal relationships that could have appeared to influence the work reported in this paper.

Acknowledgements

This research was sponsored by the Department of Industry, Innovation, and Science under the auspices of the AUSMURI program – which is a part of the Commonwealth’s Next Generation Technologies Fund. The authors acknowledge the facilities and the scientific and technical assistance at the Electron Microscope Unit (EMU) within the Mark Wainwright Analytical Centre (MWAC) at UNSW Sydney and Microscopy Australia. Nana Adomako is supported by a UNSW Scientia PhD scholarship. Michael Haines’ (UNSW Sydney) contribution to the revised version of the original manuscript is thankfully acknowledged.

Appendix A. Supplementary material

Download : Download Word document (462KB)

Supplementary material.

Data Availability

Data will be made available on request.

References

Figure 1. US bath modified as an EC reactor

물에서 초음파를 이용한 전기화학적 스트론튬 제거에 대한 단시간 수치 시뮬레이션

전기화학 반응기에 대한 3D 수치 시뮬레이션 및 측정을 사용하여 동시 초음파 처리 유무에 관계없이 물에서 스트론튬 제거 효율을 분석했습니다. 초음파는 작동 주파수가 25kHz인 4개의 초음파 변환기를 사용하여 생성되었습니다. 반응기는 2개의 블록으로 배열된 8개의 알루미늄 전극을 사용했습니다.

LICHT K.1*, LONČAR G.1, POSAVČIĆ H.1, HALKIJEVIĆ I.1
1 Department of Hydroscience and Engineering, Faculty of Civil Engineering, University of Zagreb, Andrije Kačića-Miošića 26, 10000 Zagreb, Croatia
*corresponding author:
e-mail:katarina.licht@grad.unizg.hr

물 속의 스트론튬 이온은 3.2∙10-19C의 전하와 1.2∙10-8m의 직경을 특징으로 하는 입자로 모델링됩니다. 수치 모델은 기본 유체 역학 모듈, 정전기 모듈 및 일반 이동 객체 모듈을 사용하여 Flow-3D 소프트웨어에서 생성되었습니다.

수치 시뮬레이션을 통해 연구된 원자로 변형의 성능은 시뮬레이션 기간이 끝날 때 전극에 영구적으로 유지되는 모델 스트론튬 입자 수와 물 속의 초기 입자 수의 비율로 정의됩니다. 실험실 반응기의 경우 스트론튬 제거 효과는 실험 종료 시와 시작 시 물 내 균일한 스트론튬 농도의 비율로 정의됩니다.

결과는 초음파를 사용하면 수처리 180초 후에 스트론튬 제거 효과가 10.3%에서 11.2%로 증가한다는 것을 보여줍니다. 수치 시뮬레이션 결과는 동일한 기하학적 특성을 갖는 원자로에 대한 측정 결과와 일치합니다.

3D numerical simulations and measurements on an electrochemical reactor were used to analyze the efficiency of strontium removal from water, with and without simultaneous ultrasound treatment. Ultrasound was generated using 4 ultrasonic transducers with an operating frequency of 25 kHz. The reactor used 8 aluminum electrodes arranged in two blocks. Strontium ions in water are modeled as particles characterized by a charge of 3.2∙10-19 C and a diameter of 1.2∙10-8 m. The numerical model was created in Flow-3D software using the basic hydrodynamic module, electrostatic module, and general moving objects module. The performance of the studied reactor variants by numerical simulations is defined by the ratio of the number of model strontium particles permanently retained on the electrodes at the end of the simulation period to the initial number of particles in the water. For the laboratory reactor, the effect of strontium removal is defined by the ratio of the homogeneous strontium concentration in the water at the end and at the beginning of the experiments. The results show that the use of ultrasound increases the effect of strontium removal from 10.3% to 11.2% after 180 seconds of water treatment. The results of numerical simulations agree with the results of measurements on a reactor with the same geometrical characteristics.

Keywords

numerical model, electrochemical reactor, strontium

Figure 1. US bath modified as an EC reactor
Figure 1. US bath modified as an EC reactor
Figure 2. Schematic view of the experimental set-up
Figure 2. Schematic view of the experimental set-up

References

Dong, B., Fishgold, A., Lee, P., Runge, K., Deymier, P. and Keswani, M. (2016), Sono-electrochemical recovery of metal ions from their aqueous solutions, Journal of Hazardous Materials, 318, 379–387.
https://doi.org/10.1016/J.JHAZMAT.2016.07.007
EPA. (2014), Announcement of Final Regulatory Determinations for Contaminants on the Third Drinking
Water Contaminant Candidate List. Retrieved from http://fdsys.gpo.gov/fdsys/search/home.action
Fu, F., Lu, J., Cheng, Z. and Tang, B. (2016), Removal of selenite by zero-valent iron combined with ultrasound: Se(IV) concentration changes, Se(VI) generation, and reaction mechanism, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 29, 328–336. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2015.10.007
Ince, N.H. (2018), Ultrasound-assisted advanced oxidation processes for water decontamination, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 40, 97–103.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2017.04.009
Kamaraj, R. and Vasudevan, S. (2015), Evaluation of electrocoagulation process for the removal of strontium and cesium from aqueous solution, Chemical
Engineering Research and Design, 93, 522–530.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cherd.2014.03.021
Luczaj, J. and Masarik, K. (2015), Groundwater Quantity and Quality Issues in a Water-Rich Region: Examples from Wisconsin, USA, Resources, 4(2), 323–357.
https://doi.org/10.3390/resources4020323
Mohapatra, D.P. and Kirpalani, D.M. (2019), Selenium in wastewater: fast analysis method development and advanced oxidation treatment applications, Water Science and Technology: A Journal of the International Association on Water Pollution Research, 79(5), 842–849. https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2019.010

Mollah, M.Y.A., Schennach, R., Parga, J.R. and Cocke, D.L.(2001), Electrocoagulation (EC)- Science and
applications, Journal of Hazardous Materials, 84(1), 29–41. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0304-3894(01)00176-5

Moradi, M., Vasseghian, Y., Arabzade, H. and Khaneghah, A.M. (2021), Various wastewaters treatment by sonoelectrocoagulation process: A comprehensive review of operational parameters and future outlook, Chemosphere, 263, 128314. https://doi.org/10.1016/J.CHEMOSPHERE.2020.12831 4
Peng, H., Yao, F., Xiong, S., Wu, Z., Niu, G. and Lu, T. (2021), Strontium in public drinking water and associated public health risks in Chinese cities, Environmental Science and Pollution Research International, 28(18), 23048. https://doi.org/10.1007/S11356-021-12378-Y
Scott, V., Juran, L., Ling, E.J., Benham, B. and Spiller, A. (2020), Assessing strontium and vulnerability to strontium in private drinking water systems in Virginia, Water, 12(4). https://doi.org/10.3390/w12041053
Ziylan, A., Koltypin, Y., Gedanken, A. and Ince, N.H. (2013), More on sonolytic and sonocatalytic decomposition of Diclofenac using zero-valent iron, Ultrasonics Sonochemistry, 20(1), 580–586. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ultsonch.2012.05.00

Fig. 1. Protection matt over the scour pit.

그물형 세굴방지매트를 사용한 수직말뚝의 흐름에 대한 수치적 연구

Numerical study of the flow at a vertical pile with net-like scour protection matt
Minxi Zhanga,b
, Hanyan Zhaoc
, Dongliang Zhao d, Shaolin Yuee
, Huan Zhoue
,
Xudong Zhaoa
, Carlo Gualtierif
, Guoliang Yua,b,∗
a SKLOE, School of Naval Architecture, Ocean & Civil Engineering, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, China b KLMIES, MOE, School of Naval Architecture, Ocean & Civil Engineering, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai 200240, China c Guangdong Research Institute of Water Resources and Hydropower, Guangzhou 510610, China d CCCC Second Harbor Engineering Co., Ltd., Wuhan 430040, China e CCCC Road & Bridge Special Engineering Co., Ltd, Wuhan 430071, China f Department of Structures for Engineering and Architecture, University of Naples Federico II, Italy

Abstract

현재 또는 파도 환경에서 말뚝 또는 부두의 국부 세굴은 전 세계적으로 상부 구조물의 안전을 위협합니다. 말뚝이나 부두에서 세굴 방지 덮개로 그물 모양의 매트를 적용하는 것이 제안되었습니다. 매트는 국부 세굴 구덩이의 흐름을 약화 및 확산시켜 국부 세굴을 줄이고 퇴적물 퇴적을 강화합니다. 매트로 덮힌 말뚝의 흐름을 조사하기 위해 수치 시뮬레이션을 수행했습니다. 시뮬레이션 결과는 매트의 두께 dt(2.6d95 ~ 17.9d95)와 개구부 크기 dn(7.7d95 ~ 28.2d95)을 최적화하는 데 사용되었습니다. 매트가 국부 속도를 상당히 감소시키고 말뚝에서 와류를 소멸시켜 국부 세굴 범위를 실질적으로 감소시키는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다. 매트의 개구부 크기가 작을수록 베드에서의 유동확산이 더 효과적이었으며 말뚝에서 더 작은 베드전단응력이 관찰되었다. 본 연구에서 고려한 유동 조건의 경우 상대 두께 T = 7.7 및 상대 개구 크기 S = 7.7인 매트가 세굴 방지에 효과적일 수 있습니다.

Fig. 1. Protection matt over the scour pit.
Fig. 26. Distribution of the turbulent kinetic energy on the y-z plane (X = 0.5) for various S
Fig. 26. Distribution of the turbulent kinetic energy on the y-z plane (X = 0.5) for various S

References

[1] C. He, Mod. Transp. Technol. 17 (3) (2020) 46–59 in Chinese.
[2] X. Wen, D. Zhang, J. Tianjin Univ. 54 (10) (2021) 998–1007 (Science and Technology)in Chinese.
[3] M. Zhang, H. Sun, W. Yao, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 265 (2020) 112652, doi:10.1016/j.
oceaneng.2022.112652.
[4] K. Wardhana, F.C. Hadipriono, J. Perform. Constr. Fac. 17 (3) (2003) 144–150,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0887-3828(2003)17:3(144).
[5] R. Ettema, G. Constantinescu, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng. 143 (9) (2017)
03117006, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001330.
[6] C. Valela, C.D. Rennie, I. Nistor, Int. J. Sediment Res. 37 (1) (2021) 37–46,
doi:10.1016/j.ijsrc.2021.04.004.
[7] B.W. Melville, A.J. Sutherland, J. Hydraul. Eng. 114 (10) (1988) 1210–1226,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1988)114:10(1210).
[8] E.V. Richardson, S.R. Davis, Evaluating Scour At Bridges, 4th ed., United States
Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, Washington,
DC., 2001.
[9] D.M. Sheppard, B. Melville, H. Demir, J. Hydraul. Eng. 140 (1) (2014) 14–23,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000800.
[10] A.O. Aksoy, G. Bombar, T. Arkis, M.S. Guney, J. Hydrol. Hydromech. 65 (1)
(2017) 26–34.
[11] D.T. Bui, A. Shirzadi, A. Amini, et al., Sustainability 12 (3) (2020) 1063, doi:10.
3390/su12031063.
[12] B.M. Sumer, J. Fredsoe, The Mechanics of Scour in Marine Environments. World
Advanced Series on Ocean Engineering, 17, World Scientific, Singapore, 2002.
[13] J. Unger, W.H. Hager, Exp. Fluids 42 (1) (2007) 1–19.
[14] G. Kirkil, S.G. Constantinescu, R. Ettema, J. Hydraul. Eng. 134 (5) (2008) 82–84,
doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2008)134:5(572).
[15] B. Dargahi, J. Hydraul. Eng. 116 (10) (1990) 1197–1214.
[16] A. Bestawy, T. Eltahawy, A. Alsaluli, M. Alqurashi, Water Supply 20 (3) (2020)
1006–1015, doi:10.2166/ws.2020.022.
[17] Y.M. Chiew, J. Hydraul. Eng. 118 (9) (1992) 1260–1269.
[18] D. Bertoldi, R. Kilgore, in: Hydraulic Engineering ’93, ASCE, San Francisco, California, United States, 1993, pp. 1385–1390.
[19] Y.M. Chiew, J. Hydraul. Eng. 121 (9) (1997) 635–642.
[20] C.S. Lauchlan, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng. 127 (5) (2001) 412–418, doi:10.
1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2001)127:5(412).
[21] P.F. Lagasse, P.E. Clopper, L.W. Zevenbergen, L.G. Girard, National Cooperative
Highway Research Program (NCHRPReport 593), Countermeasures to protect
bridge piers from scour, Washington, DC, NCHRP, 2007.
[22] S. Jiang, Z. Zhou, J. Ou, J. Sediment Res. (4) (2013) 63–67 in Chinese.
[23] A. Galan, G. Simarro, G. Sanchez-Serrano, J. Hydraul. Eng. 141 (6) (2015)
06015004, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001003.
[24] Z. Zhang, H. Ding, J. Liu, Ocean Eng. 33 (2) (2015) 77–83 in Chinese.
[25] C. Valela, C.N. Whittaker, C.D. Rennie, I. Nistor, B.W. Melville, J. Hydraul. Eng.
148 (3) (2022) 04022002 10.1061/%28ASCE%29HY.1943-7900.0001967.
[26] B.W. Melville, A.C. Hadfield, J. Hydraul. Eng. 6 (2) (1999) 1221–1224, doi:10.
1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1999)125:11(1221).
[27] V. Kumar, K.G. Rangaraju, N. Vittal, J. Hydraul. Eng. 125 (12) (1999) 1302–1305.
[28] A.M. Yasser, K.S. Yasser, M.A. Abdel-Azim, Alex. Eng. J. 54 (2) (2015) 197–203,
doi:10.1016/j.aej.2015.03.004.
[29] S. Khaple, P.R. Hanmaiahgari, R. Gaudio, S. Dey, Acta Geophys. 65 (2017) 957–
975, doi:10.1007/s11600-017-0084-z.
[30] C. Valela, I. Nistor, C.D. Rennie, in: Proceedings of the 6th International Disaster Mitigation Specialty Conference, Fredericton, Canada, Canadian Society for
Civil Engineering, 2018, pp. 235–244.
[31] A. Tafarojnoruz, R. Gaudio, F. Calomino, J. Hydraul. Eng. 138 (3) (2012) 297–
305, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000512.
[32] H. Tang, S. Fang, Y. Zhou, K. Cai, Y.M. Chiew, S.Y. Lim, N.S. Cheng, in: Proceedings of the 2nd International Conference Scour and Erosion (ICSE-2), Singapore.
Singapore, Nanyang Technological University, 2004.
[33] W. Zhang, Y. Li, X. Wang, Z. Sun, J. Sichuan Univ. 06 (2005) 34–40 (Engineering
Science Edition)in Chinese.
[34] S. Yang, B. Shi, Trans. Oceanol. Limnol. 5 (2017) 43–47 in Chinese.
[35] H. Wang, F. Si, G. Lou, W. Yang, G. Yu, J. Waterw. Port Coast. Ocean Eng. 141
(1) (2015) 04014030, doi:10.1061/(ASCE)WW.1943-5460.0000270.
[36] L.D. Meyer, S.M. Dabney, W.C. Harmon, Trans. ASAE 38 (3) (1995) 809–815.
[37] G. Spyreas, B.W. Wilm, A.E. Plocher, D.M. Ketzner, J.W. Matthews, J.L. Ellis, E.J. Heske, Biol. Invasions 12 (5) (2010) 1253–1267, doi:10.1007/
s10530-009-9544-y.
[38] T. Lambrechts, S. François, S. Lutts, R. Muñoz-Carpena, C.L. Bielders, J. Hydrol.
511 (2014) 800–810, doi:10.1016/j.jhydrol.2014.02.030.
[39] G. Yu, Dynamic Embedded Anchor with High Frequency Micro Amplitude Vibrations. CN patent No: ZL200810038546.0, 2008.
[40] X. Chen, M. Zhang, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 236 (2021) 109315, doi:10.1016/j.
oceaneng.2021.109315.
[41] F. Gumgum, M.S. Guney, in: Proceedings of the 6th International Conference
Engineering and Natural Sciences (ICENS), Serbia, Belgrade, 2020.
[42] H. Zhao, S. Yue, H. Zhou, M. Zhang, G. Yu, Ocean Eng. 40 (5) (2022) 111–120
in Chinese.
[43] B. Blocken, C. Gualtieri, Environ. Modell. Softw. 33 (2012) 1–22, doi:10.1016/j.
envsoft.2012.02.001.
[44] N.D. Bennett, B.F. Croke, G. Guariso, et al., Modell. Softw. 40 (2013) 1–20,
doi:10.1016/j.envsoft.2012.09.011.
[45] X. Zhao, Effectiveness and Mechanism of Lattice On Sedimentation and Anti-Erosion of Local Scour Hole At Piers, Shanghai Jiao Tong University, Shanghai, China, 2023.
[46] M. Zhang, G. Yu, Water Resour. Res. 53 (9) (2017) 7798–7815, doi:10.1002/
2017WR021066.

Effects of pile-cap elevation on scour and turbulence around a complex bridge pier

복잡한 교각 주변의 세굴 및 난기류에 대한 말뚝 뚜껑 높이의 영향

ABSTRACT

이 연구에서는 세 가지 다른 말뚝 뚜껑 높이에서 직사각형 말뚝 캡이 있는 복잡한 부두 주변의 지역 세굴 및 관련 흐름 유체 역학을 조사합니다. 말뚝 캡 높이가 초기 모래층에 대해 선택되었으며, 말뚝 캡이 흐름에 노출되지 않고(사례 I), 부분적으로 노출되고(사례 II) 완전히 노출(사례 III)되도록 했습니다. 실험은 맑은 물 세굴 조건 하에서 재순환 수로에서 수행되었으며, 입자 이미지 유속계 (PIV) 기술을 사용하여 다른 수직면에서 순간 유속을 얻었습니다. 부분적으로 노출된 파일 캡 케이스는 최대 수세미 깊이(MSD)를 보여주었습니다. 사례 II에서 MSD가 발생한 이유는 난류 유동장 분석을 통해 밝혀졌는데, 이는 말뚝 캡이 흐름에 노출됨에 따라 더 높은 세굴 깊이를 담당하는 말뚝 가장자리에서 와류 생성에 지배적으로 영향을 미친다는 것을 보여주었습니다. 유동장에 대한 파일 캡의 영향은 평균 속도, 소용돌이, 레이놀즈 전단 응력 및 난류 운동 에너지 윤곽을 통해 사례 III에서 두드러지게 나타났지만 파일 캡이 베드에서 떨어져 있었기 때문에 파일 캡 모서리는 수세미에 직접적인 영향을 미치지 않았습니다.

In this study, the local scour and the associated flow hydrodynamics around a complex pier with rectangular pile-cap at three different pile-cap elevations are investigated. The pile-cap elevations were selected with respect to the initial sand bed, such that the pile-cap was unexposed (case I), partially exposed (case II), and fully exposed (case III) to the flow. The experiments were performed in a recirculating flume under clear-water scour conditions, and the instantaneous flow velocity was obtained at different vertical planes using the particle image velocimetry (PIV) technique. The partially exposed pile-cap case showed the maximum obtained scour-depth (MSD). The reason behind the MSD occurrence in case II was enunciated through the analysis of turbulent flow field which showed that as the pile-cap got exposed to the flow, it dominantly affected the generation of vortices from the pile-cap corners responsible for the higher scour depth. The effect of the pile-cap on the flow field was prominently seen in case III through the mean velocities, vorticity, Reynolds shear stresses and turbulent kinetic energy contours, but since the pile-cap was away from the bed, the pile-cap corners did not show any direct effect on the scour.

KEYWORDS: 

References

  • Adrian, R. J. (2013). Structure of turbulent boundary layers. In Jeremy G. Venditti, James L. Best, Michael Church, & Richard J. Hardy (Eds.), Coherent flow structures at earth’s surface (pp. 17–24). John Wiley and Sons. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Adrian, R. J., & Westerweel, J. (2011). Particle image velocimetry, No. 30. Cambridge University Press. [Google Scholar]
  • Alemi, M., & Maia, R. (2018). Numerical simulation of the flow and local scour process around single and complex bridge piers. International Journal of Civil Engineering16(5), 475–487. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40999-016-0137-8 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Alemi, M., Pêgo, J. P., & Maia, R. (2019). Numerical simulation of the turbulent flow around a complex bridge pier on the scoured bed. European Journal of Mechanics – B/Fluids76, 316–331. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euromechflu.2019.03.011 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Amini, A., Hamidi, S., Shirzadi, A., Behmanesh, J., & Akib, S. (2021). Efficiency of artificial neural networks in determining scour depth at composite bridge piers. International Journal of River Basin Management19(3), 327–333. https://doi.org/10.1080/15715124.2020.1742138 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Arneson, L. A., Zevenbergen, L. W., Lagasse, P. F., & Clopper, P. E. (2015). Evaluating scour at bridges, 5th ed. hydraulic engineering circular No. 18 (HEC-18). Federal Highway Administration. [Google Scholar]
  • Ataie-Ashtiani, B., & Aslani-Kordkandi, A. (2012). Flow field around side-by-side piers with and without a scour hole. European Journal of Mechanics – B/Fluids36, 152–166. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euromechflu.2012.03.007 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Ataie-Ashtiani, B., Baratian-Ghorghi, Z., & Beheshti, A. A. (2010). Experimental investigation of clear-water local scour of compound piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering136(6), 343–351. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2010)136:6(343) [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Avallone, F., Discetti, S., Astarita, T., & Cardone, G. (2015). Convergence enhancement of single-pixel PIV with symmetric double correlation. Experiments in Fluids56(4), 71. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00348-015-1938-2 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Beheshti, A. A., & Ataie-Ashtiani, B. (2010). Experimental study of three-dimensional flow field around a complex bridge pier. Journal of Engineering Mechanics136(2), 143–154. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)EM.1943-7889.0000073 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Beheshti, A. A., & Ataie-Ashtiani, B. (2016). Scour hole influence on turbulent flow field around complex bridge piers. Flow, Turbulence and Combustion97(2), 451–474. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10494-016-9707-8 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Cameron, S. M., Nikora, V. I., & Marusic, I. (2019). Drag forces on a bed particle in open-channel flow: Effects of pressure spatial fluctuations and very-large-scale motions. Journal of Fluid Mechanics863, 494–512. https://doi.org/10.1017/jfm.2018.1003 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Cheng, N., & Emadzadeh, A. (2017). Laboratory measurements of vortex-induced sediment pickup rates. International Journal of Sediment Research32(1), 98–104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijsrc.2016.04.005 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Coleman, S. E. (2005). Clearwater local scour at complex piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering131(4), 330–334. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2005)131:4(330) [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Das, S., & Mazumdar, A. (2015). Turbulence flow field around two eccentric circular piers in scour hole. International Journal of River Basin Management13(3), 343–361. https://doi.org/10.1080/15715124.2015.1012515 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Esmaeili Varaki, M., Radice, A., Samira Hossini, S., & Fazl Ola, R. (2019). Local scour at a complex pier with inclined columns footed on capped piles: Effect of the pile arrangement and of the cap thickness and elevation. ISH Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, 1–10. https://doi.org/10.1080/09715010.2019.1702109 [Taylor & Francis Online][Google Scholar]
  • Ferraro, D., Tafarojnoruz, A., Gaudio, R., & Cardoso, A. H. (2013). Effects of pile cap thickness on the maximum scour depth at a complex pier. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering139(5), 482–491. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000704 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gaudio, R., Tafarojnoruz, A., & Calomino, F. (2012). Combined flow-altering countermeasures against bridge pier scour. Journal of Hydraulic Research50(1), 35–43. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.649548 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Gautam, P., Eldho, T., & Behera, M. (2016). Experimental study of scour around a complex pier with elliptical pile-cap. In J. Harris, R. Whitehouse, & S. Moxon (Eds.), Scour and Erosion: Proceedings of the 8th International Conference on Scour and Erosion (Oxford, UK, 12-15 September 2016) (pp. 759–765). CRC Press. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Gautam, P., Eldho, T. I., Mazumder, B. S., & Behera, M. R. (2019). Experimental study of flow and turbulence characteristics around simple and complex piers using PIV. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science100, 193–206. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2018.09.010 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Graf, W. H., & Istiarto, I. (2002). Flow pattern in the scour hole around a cylinder. Journal of Hydraulic Research40(1), 13–20. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221680209499869 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Hjulstrom, F. (1935). Study of the morphological activity of Rivers as illustrated by the River fyris bulletin, vol. 25. Geological Institute of Upsala. [Google Scholar]
  • Kumar, A., & Kothyari, U. C. (2012). Three-dimensional flow characteristics within the scour hole around circular uniform and compound piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering138(5), 420–429. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000527 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Mashahir, M. B., Zarrati, A. R., & Rezayi, M. J. (2004). Time development of scouring around a bridge pier protected by collar. In Proceedings 2nd International Conference on Scour and Erosion (ICSE-2). November 14–17, 2004, Singapore[Google Scholar]
  • Melville, B. W. (2008). The physics of local scour at bridge piers. In Proceedings of the 4th International Conference on Scour and Erosion (ICSE-4). November 5-7, 2008, Tokyo, Japan (pp. 28–40). [Google Scholar]
  • Melville, B. W., & Chiew, Y. M. (1999). Time scale for local scour at bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering125(1), 59–65. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1999)125:1(59) [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Melville, B. W., & Raudkivi, A. J. (1977). Flow characteristics in local scour at bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Research15(4), 373–380. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221687709499641 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Moreno, M., Maia, R., & Couto, L. (2016a). Effects of relative column width and pile-cap elevation on local scour depth around complex piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering142(2), 04015051. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001080 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Moreno, M., Maia, R., & Couto, L. (2016b). Prediction of equilibrium local scour depth at complex bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering142(11), 04016045. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001153 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Nezu, I., & Rodi, W. (1986). Open-channel flow measurements with a laser Doppler anemometer. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering112(5), 335–355. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1986)112:5(335) [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Radice, A., & Tran, C. K. (2012). Study of sediment motion in scour hole of a circular pier. Journal of Hydraulic Research50(1), 44–51. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.641764 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Richardson, J. R., & York, K. (1999). Hydrodynamic countermeasures for local pier scour. Transportation Research Record: Journal of the Transportation Research Board1690(1), 186–192. https://doi.org/10.3141/1690-21 [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Saw, E., Debue, P., Kuzzay, D., Daviaud, F., & Dubrulle, B. (2018). On the universality of anomalous scaling exponents of structure functions in turbulent flows. Journal of Fluid Mechanics837, 657–669. https://doi.org/10.1017/jfm.2017.848 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Schlichting, H. (1968). Boundary layer theory (Vol. 960). McGraw-Hill. [Google Scholar]
  • Sheppard, D. M., Demir, H., & Melville, B. W. (2011). Scour at wide piers and long skewed piers (Vol. 682). Transportation Research Board. [Google Scholar]
  • Tafarojnoruz, A., Gaudio, R., & Calomino, F. (2012). Bridge pier scour mitigation under steady and unsteady flow conditions. Acta Geophysica60(4), 1076–1097. https://doi.org/10.2478/s11600-012-0040-x [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Tafarojnoruz, A., Gaudio, R., & Dey, S. (2010). Flow-altering countermeasures against scour at bridge piers: A review. Journal of Hydraulic Research48(4), 441–452. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2010.491645 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Tennekes, H., & Lumley, J. L. (1972). A first course in turbulence. MIT press. [Crossref][Google Scholar]
  • Veerappadevaru, G., Gangadharaiah, T., & Jagadeesh, T. R. (2011). Vortex scouring process around bridge pier with a caisson. Journal of Hydraulic Research49(3), 378–383. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2011.568195 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Veerappadevaru, G., Gangadharaiah, T., & Jagadeesh, T. R. (2012). Temporal variation of vortex scour process around caisson piers. Journal of Hydraulic Research50(2), 200–207. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2012.666832 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Vijayasree, B. A., Eldho, T. I., Mazumder, B. S., & Ahmad, N. (2019). Influence of bridge pier shape on flow field and scour geometry. International Journal of River Basin Management17(1), 109–129. https://doi.org/10.1080/15715124.2017.1394315 [Taylor & Francis Online][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Yang, Y., Melville, B. W., Sheppard, D. M., & Shamseldin, A. Y. (2018). Clear-water local scour at skewed complex bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering144(6), 04018019. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001458 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
  • Yang, Y., Melville, B. W., Macky, G. H., & Shamseldin, A. Y. (2020). Temporal evolution of clear-water local scour at aligned and skewed complex bridge piers. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering146(4), 04020026. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001732 [Crossref][Web of Science ®][Google Scholar]
Effects of surface roughness on overflow discharge of embankment weirs

표면 거칠기가 제방 둑의 오버플로 배출에 미치는 영향

Effects of surface roughness on overflow discharge of embankment weirs

Abstract

A numerical study was performed on the embankment weir overflows with various surface roughness and tailwater submergence, to better understand the effects of weir roughness on discharge performances under the free and submerged conditions. The variation of flow regime is captured, from the free overflow, submerged hydraulic jump, to surface flow with increasing tailwater depth. A roughness factor is introduced to reflect the reduction in discharge caused by weir roughness. The roughness factor decreases with the roughness height, and it also depends on the tailwater depth, highlighting various relations of the roughness factor with the roughness height between different flow regimes, which is linear for the free overflow and submerged hydraulic jump while exponential for the surface flow. Accordingly, the effects of weir roughness on overflow discharge appear nonnegligible for the significant roughness height and the surface flow regime occurring under considerable tailwater submergence. The established empirical expressions of discharge coefficient and submergence and roughness factors make it possible to predict the discharge over embankment weirs considering both tailwater submergence and surface roughness.

자유 및 침수 조건에서 방류 성능에 대한 둑 거칠기의 영향을 더 잘 이해하기 위해 다양한 표면 거칠기와 테일워터 침수를 갖는 제방 둑 범람에 대한 수치 연구가 수행되었습니다.

자유 범람, 수중 수압 점프, 테일워터 깊이가 증가하는 표면 유동에 이르기까지 유동 체제의 변화가 캡처됩니다. 위어 거칠기로 인한 배출 감소를 반영하기 위해 거칠기 계수가 도입되었습니다.

조도 계수는 조도 높이와 함께 감소하고, 또한 테일워터 깊이에 따라 달라지며, 서로 다른 흐름 영역 사이의 조도 높이와 조도 계수의 다양한 관계를 강조합니다.

이는 자유 범람 및 수중 수압 점프에 대해 선형인 반면 표면에 대해 지수적입니다. 흐름. 따라서 월류 방류에 대한 웨어 조도의 영향은 상당한 조도 높이와 상당한 방수 침수 하에서 발생하는 표면 흐름 체제에 대해 무시할 수 없는 것으로 보입니다.

방류계수와 침수 및 조도계수의 확립된 실증식은 방류수 침수와 지표조도를 모두 고려한 제방보 위의 방류량을 예측할 수 있게 합니다.

References

  1. Kindsvater C. E. Discharge characteristics of embankment -shaped weirs (No. 1617) [R]. Washington DC, USA: US Government Printing Office, 1964.Google Scholar 
  2. Fritz H. M., Hager W. H. Hydraulics of embankment weirs [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 1998, 124(9): 963–971.Article Google Scholar 
  3. Azimi A. H., Rajaratnam N., Zhu D. Z. Water surface characteristics of submerged rectangular sharp-crested weirs [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 2016, 142(5): 06016001.Article Google Scholar 
  4. Felder S., Islam N. Hydraulic performance of an embankment weir with rough crest [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 2017, 143(3): 04016086.Article Google Scholar 
  5. Hakim S. S., Azimi A. H. Hydraulics of submerged traingular weirs and weirs of finite-crest length with upstream and downstream ramps [J]. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, 2017, 143(8): 06017008.Article Google Scholar 
  6. Safarzadeh A., Mohajeri S. H. Hydrodynamics of rectangular broad-crested porous weirs [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 2018, 144(10): 04018028.Google Scholar 
  7. Sargison J. E., Percy A. Hydraulics of broad-crested weirs with varying side slopes [J]. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, 2009, 35(1): 115–118.Article Google Scholar 
  8. Yang Z., Bai F., Huai W. et al. Lattice Boltzmann method for simulating flows in the open-channel with partial emergent rigid vegetation cover [J]. Journal of Hydrodynamics, 2019, 31(4): 717–724.Article Google Scholar 
  9. Fathi-moghaddam M., Sadrabadi M. T., Rahmanshahi M. Numerical simulation of the hydraulic performance of triangular and trapezoidal gabion weirs in free flow condtion [J]. Flow Measurement on Instrumentation, 2018, 62: 93–104.Article Google Scholar 
  10. Zerihun Y. T. A one-dimensional Boussinesq-type momentum model for steady rapidly varied open channel flows [D]. Doctoral Thesis, Melbourne, Australia: The University of Melbourne, 2004.Google Scholar 
  11. Pařílková J., Říha J., Zachoval Z. The influence of roughness on the discharge coefficient of a broad-crested weir [J]. Journal of Hydrology and Hydromechanics, 2012, 60(2): 101–114.Article Google Scholar 
  12. Říha J., Duchan D., Zachoval Z. et al. Performance of a shallow-water model for simulating flow over trapezoidal broad-crested weirs [J]. Journal of Hydrology and Hydromechanics, 2019, 67(4): 322–328.Article Google Scholar 
  13. Yan X., Ghodoosipour B., Mohammadian A. Three-dimensional numerical study of multiple vertical buoyant jets in stationary ambient water [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 2020, 146(7): 04020049.Article Google Scholar 
  14. Qian S., Xu H., Feng J. Flume experiments on baffle-posts for retarding open channel flow: By C. UBING, R. ETTEMA and CI THORNTON, J. Hydraulic Res. 55 (3), 2017, 430–437 [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 2019, 57(2): 280–282.Article Google Scholar 
  15. Sun J., Qian S., Xu H. et al. Three-dimensional numerical simulation of stepped dropshaft with different step shape [J]. Water Science and Technology Water Supply, 2020, 21(1): 581–592.Google Scholar 
  16. Qian S., Wu J., Zhou Y. et al. Discussion of “Hydraulic performance of an embankment weir with rough crest” by Stefan Felder and Nushan Islam [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 2018, 144(4): 07018003.Article Google Scholar 
  17. Mohammadpour R., Ghani A. A., Azamathulla H. M. Numerical modeling of 3-D flow on porous broad crested weirs [J]. Applied Mathematical Modelling, 2013, 37(22): 9324–9337.Article Google Scholar 
  18. Savage B. M., Brian M. C., Greg S. P. Physical and numerical modeling of large headwater ratios for a 15° labyrinth spillway [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, ASCE, 2016, 142(11): 04016046.Article Google Scholar 
  19. Al-Husseini T. R., Al-Madhhachi A. S. T., Naser Z. A. Laboratory experiments and numerical model of local scour around submerged sharp crested weirs [J]. Journal of King Saud University Science, 2020, 32(3): 167–176.Article Google Scholar 
  20. Zerihun Y. T., Fenton J. D. A Boussinesq-type model for flow over trapezoidal profile weirs [J]. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 2007, 45(4): 519–528.Article Google Scholar 
  21. Flow Science, Inc. FLOW-3D ® Version 12.0 Users Manual (2018) [EB/OL]. Santa Fe, NM, USA: Flow Science, Inc., 2019.Google Scholar 
  22. Bazin H. Expériences nouvelles sur l’ecoulement par déversoir [R]. Paris, France: Annales des Ponts et Chaussées, 1898.MATH Google Scholar 
  23. Hager W. H., Schwalt M. Broad-crested weir [J]. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, 1994, 120(1): 13–26.Article Google Scholar 
Figure 4 Snapshots of the trimaran model during the tests. a Inboard side hulls in the Tri-1confguration, b Outboard side hulls in the Tri-4 confguration, c Symmetric side hulls in the Tri-4confguration

조파식 3동선의 선체측면대칭이 저항성능에 미치는 영향에 관한 실험적 연구

Abolfath Askarian KhoobAtabak FeiziAlireza MohamadiKarim Akbari VakilabadiAbbas Fazeliniai & Shahryar Moghaddampour

Abstract

이 논문은 비대칭 인보드, 비대칭 아웃보드 및 다양한 스태거/분리 위치에서의 대칭을 포함하는 세 가지 대안적인 측면 선체 형태를 가진 웨이브 피어싱 3동선의 저항 성능에 대한 실험적 조사 결과를 제시했습니다. 

모델 테스트는 0.225에서 0.60까지의 Froude 수에서 삼동선 축소 모형을 사용하여 National Iranian Marine Laboratory(NIMALA) 예인 탱크에서 수행되었습니다. 

결과는 측면 선체를 주 선체 트랜섬의 앞쪽으로 이동함으로써 삼동선의 총 저항 계수가 감소하는 것으로 나타났습니다. 

또한 조사 결과, 측면 선체의 대칭 형태가 3개의 측면 선체 형태 중 전체 저항에 대한 성능이 가장 우수한 것으로 나타났습니다. 본 연구의 결과는 저항 관점에서 측면 선체 구성을 선택하는 데 유용합니다.

Keywords

  • Resistance performance
  • Wave-piercing trimaran
  • Seakeeping characteristics
  • Side hull symmetry
  • Model test
  • Experimental study
Figure 4 Snapshots of the trimaran model during the tests. a Inboard side hulls in the Tri-1confguration, b Outboard side hulls in the Tri-4 confguration, c Symmetric side hulls in the Tri-4confguration
Figure 4 Snapshots of the trimaran model during the tests. a Inboard side hulls in the Tri-1confguration, b Outboard side hulls in the Tri-4 confguration, c Symmetric side hulls in the Tri-4confguration

References

  • Ackers BB, Thad JM, Tredennick OW, Landen CH, Miller EJ, Sodowsky JP, Hadler JB (1997) An investigation of the resistance characteristics of powered trimaran side-hull configurations. SNAME Transactions 105:349–373Google Scholar 
  • ASME (2005) Test uncertainty, The American society of mechanical engineers performance test code, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, No. PTC 19. 1–2005, New York
  • Chen Y, Yang L, Xie Y, Yu S (2016) The research on characteristic parameters and resistance chart of operation and maintenance trimaran in the sea. Polish Maritime Research 23(s1):20–24. https://doi.org/10.1515/pomr-2016-0041Article Google Scholar 
  • Claire M, Andrea M (2014) Resistance analysis for a trimaran. International Journal of Mechanical, Aerospace, Industrial, Mechatronic and Manufacturing Engineering 8(1):7–15Google Scholar 
  • Deng R, Li C, Huang D, Zhou G (2015) The effect of trimming and sinkage on the trimaran resistance calculation. Procedia Engineering 126:327–331. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2015.11.199Article Google Scholar 
  • Doctors L, Scrace R (2003) The optimization of trimaran side hull position for minimum resistance. Seventh International Conference on Fast Transportation (FAST 2003), Ischia, Italy, 1–12
  • Du L, Hefazi H, Sahoo P (2019) Rapid resistance estimation method of non-Wigley trimarans. Ships and Offshore Structures 14(8):910–920. https://doi.org/10.1080/17445302.2019.1588499Article Google Scholar 
  • Ghadimi P, Nazemian A, Ghadimi A (2019) Numerical scrutiny of the influence of side hulls arrangement on the motion of a Trimaran vessel in regular waves through CFD analysis. Journal of the Brazilian Society of Mechanical Sciences and Engineering 41(1):1–10. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40430-018-1505-xArticle Google Scholar 
  • Hafez K, El-Kot A-R (2011) Comparative analysis of the separation variation influence on the hydrodynamic performance of a high speed trimaran. Journal of Marine Science and Application 10(4):377–393. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11804-011-1083-0Article Google Scholar 
  • Hafez KA, El-Kot AA (2012) Comparative investigation of the stagger variation influence on the hydrodynamic interference of high speed trimaran. Alexandria Engineering Journal 51(3):153–169. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aej.2012.02.002Article Google Scholar 
  • Hashimoto H, Amano S, Umeda N, Matsuda A (2011) Influence of side-hull positions on dynamic behaviors of a trimaran running in following and stern quartering seas. Proceedings of the 21th International Conference on Offshore and Polar Engineering, 573–580
  • Insel M, Molland AF (1991) An investigation into the resistance components of high speed displacement catamarans. Transactions of the Royal Institution of Naval Architects 134:1–20. https://doi.org/10.1007/s11804-013-1193-yArticle Google Scholar 
  • ITTC (2014) Testing and extrapolation methods in resistance towing tank tests, Recommended Procedures, 7.5–02–02–01
  • Iqbal M, Utama IKAP (2014) An investigation into the effect of water depth on the resistance components of trimaran configuration. Proceedings of the 9th International Conference on Marine Technology, Surabaya
  • Lewis EV (1988) Principles of Naval Architecture. The Society of Naval Architects and Marine Engineers III: 323–324
  • Luhulima RB, Utama I, Sulisetyono A (2016) Experimental investigation into the resistance components of displacement trimaran at various lateral spacing. International Journal of Engineering Research & Science (IJOER) 2:21–29Google Scholar 
  • Luhulima RB (2017) An Investigation into the resistance of displacement trimaran: a comparative analysis between experimental and CFD approaches. International Journal of Mechanical Engineering (IJME) 6:9–18Google Scholar 
  • Molland AF, Turnock SR, Hudson DA (2011) Ship resistance and propulsion: practical estimation of ship propulsive power. Cambridge University Press, 544.
  • Verna S, Khan K, Praveen PC (2012) Trimaran hull form optimization, using ship flow. International Journal of Innovative Research and Development 1(10):5–15
  • Yanuar Y, Gunawan G, Talahatu MA, Indrawati RT, Jamaluddin A (2013) Resistance analysis of unsymmetrical trimaran model with outboard side hulls configuration. Journal of Marine Science and Application 12(3):293–297Article Google Scholar 
  • Yanuar Y, Gunawan G, Talahatu MA, Indrawati RT, Jamaluddin A (2015a) Resistance reduction on trimaran ship model by biopolymer of eel slime. Journal of Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering 12(2):95–102. https://doi.org/10.3329/jname.v12i2.19549Article Google Scholar 
  • Yanuar Y, Gunawan G, Waskito KT, Jamaluddin A (2015b) Experimental study resistances of asymmetrical Pentamaran model with separation and staggered hull variation of inner side-hulls. International Journal of Fluid Mechanics Research 42(1):82–94. https://doi.org/10.1615/interjfluidmechres.v42.i1.60Article Google Scholar 
  • Zhang WP, Zong Z, Wang WH (2012) Special problems and solutions for numerical prediction on longitudinal motion of trimaran. Applied Mechanics and Materials 152-154: 1262–75. https://doi.org/10.4028/www.scientific.net/amm.152-154.1262
  • Zhang L, Zhang JN, Shang YC (2019) A potential flow theory and boundary layer theory based hybrid method for waterjet propulsion. Journal of Marine Science and Engineering 7(4):113–132. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse7040113Article Google Scholar 
Numerical simulation on molten pool behavior of narrow gap gas tungsten arc welding

좁은 간격 가스 텅스텐 아크 용접의 용융 풀 거동에 대한 수치 시뮬레이션

Numerical simulation on molten pool behavior of narrow gap gas tungsten arc welding

The International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology (2023)Cite this article

Abstract

As a highly efficient thick plate welding resolution, narrow gap gas tungsten arc welding (NG-GTAW) is in the face of a series of problems like inter-layer defects like pores, lack of fusion, inclusion of impurity, and the sensitivity to poor sidewall fusion, which is hard to be repaired after the welding process. This study employs numerical simulation to investigate the molten pool behavior in NG-GTAW root welding. A 3D numerical model was established, where a body-fitted coordinate system was applied to simulate the electromagnetic force, and a bridge transition model was developed to investigate the wire–feed root welding. The simulated results were validated experimentally. Results show that the molten pool behavior is dominated by electromagnetic force when the welding current is relatively high, and the dynamic change of the vortex actually determines the molten pool morphology. For self-fusion welding, there are two symmetric inward vortices in the cross-section and one clockwise vortex in the longitudinal section. With the increasing welding current, the vortices in the cross-section gradually move to the arc center with a decreasing range, while the vortex in the longitudinal section moves backward. With the increasing traveling speed, the vortices in the cross-section move toward the surface of the molten pool with a decreasing range, and the horizontal component of liquid metal velocity changes in the longitudinal section. For wire–feed welding, the filling metal strengthens the downward velocity component; as a result, the vortex formation is blocked in the cross-section and is strengthened in the longitudinal section.

This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

Data availability

The raw/processed data required cannot be shared at this time as the data also forms part of an ongoing study.

References

  1. Wang X, Nan Y, Xie Z, Tsai Y, Yang J, Shang C (2017) Influence of welding pass on microstructure and toughness in the reheated zone of multi-pass weld metal of 550 MPa offshore engineering steel. Mater Sci Eng : A 702:196–205. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.2017.06.081Article Google Scholar 
  2. Bunaziv I, Akselsen OM, Frostevarg J, Kaplan AFH (2018) Deep penetration fiber laser-arc hybrid welding of thick HSLA steel. J Mater Process Technol 256:216–228. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.02.026Article Google Scholar 
  3. Josefson BL, Karlsson CT (1989) FE-calculated stresses in a multi-pass butt-welded pipe-a simplified approach. Int J Pressure Vessels Pip 38:227–243. https://doi.org/10.1016/0308-0161(89)90017-3Article Google Scholar 
  4. Mitra A, Rajan Babu V, Puthiyavinayagam P, Varier NV, Ghosh M, Desai H, Chellapandi P, Chetal SC (2012) Design and development of thick plate concept for rotatable plugs and technology development for future Indian FBR. Nucl Eng Des 246:245–255. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nucengdes.2012.01.008Article Google Scholar 
  5. Alemdar ASA, Jalal SR, Mulapeer MMS (2022) Influence of friction stir welding process on the mechanical characteristics of the hybrid joints aa2198-t8 to aa2024-t3. Adv Mater Sci Eng 2022:1–11. https://doi.org/10.1155/2022/7055446Article Google Scholar 
  6. Anant R, Ghosh PK (2017) Advancement in narrow gap GMA weld joint of thick section of austenitic stainless steel to HSLA steel. Mater Today: Proc 4:10169–10173. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2017.06.342Article Google Scholar 
  7. Wang J, Zhu J, Fu P, Su R, Han W, Yang F (2012) A swing arc system for narrow gap GMA welding. ISIJ Int 52:110–114. https://doi.org/10.2355/isijinternational.52.110Article Google Scholar 
  8. Jiang L, Shi L, Lu Y, Xiang Y, Zhang C, Gao M (2022) Effects of sidewall grain growth on pore formation in narrow gap oscillating laser welding. Optics Laser Technol 156:108483. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2022.108483Article Google Scholar 
  9. Ohnishi T, Kawahito Y, Mizutani M, Katayama S (2013) Butt welding of thick, high strength steel plate with a high power laser and hot wire to improve tolerance to gap variance and control weld metal oxygen content. Sci Technol Welding Join 18:314–322. https://doi.org/10.1179/1362171813Y.0000000108Article Google Scholar 
  10. Cai C, Li L, Tai L (2017) Narrow-gap laser-MIG hybrid welding of thick-section steel with different shielding gas nozzles. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 92:909–916. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-017-0179-3Article Google Scholar 
  11. Yang T, Liu J, Zhuang Y, Sun K, Chen W (2020) Studies on the formation mechanism of incomplete fusion defects in ultra-narrow gap laser wire filling welding. Optics Laser Technol 129:106275. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106275Article Google Scholar 
  12. Miao R, Shan Z, Zhou Q, Wu Y, Ge L, Zhang J, Hu H (2022) Real-time defect identification of narrow overlap welds and application based on convolutional neural networks. J Manuf Syst 62:800–810. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmsy.2021.01.012Article Google Scholar 
  13. Näsström J, Brueckner F, Kaplan AFH (2020) Imperfections in narrow gap multi-layer welding – potential causes and countermeasures. Optics Lasers Eng 129:106011. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlaseng.2020.106011Article Google Scholar 
  14. Li W, Yu R, Huang D, Wu J, Wang Y, Hu T, Wang J (2019) Numerical simulation of multi-layer rotating arc narrow gap MAG welding for medium steel plate. J Manuf Proc 45:460–471. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2019.07.035Article Google Scholar 
  15. Han S, Liu G, Tang X, Xu L, Cui H, Shao C (2022) Effect of molten pool behaviors on welding defects in tandem NG-GMAW based on CFD simulation. Int J Heat Mass Transf 195:123165. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2022.123165Article Google Scholar 
  16. Mikihito H, Yoshito I (2016) A simplified Fe simulation method with shell element for welding deformation and residual stress generated by multi-pass butt welding. Int J Steel Struct 16:51–58. https://doi.org/10.1007/s13296-016-3005-0Article Google Scholar 
  17. Cai W, Saez M, Spicer P, Chakraborty D, Skurkis R, Carlson B, Okigami F, Robertson J (2023) Distortion simulation of gas metal arc welding (gmaw) processes for automotive body assembly. Weld World 67:109–139. https://doi.org/10.1007/s40194-022-01369-3Article Google Scholar 
  18. Pazilova UA, Il In AV, Kruglova AA, Motovilina GD, Khlusova EI (2015) Influence of the temperature and strain rate on the structure and fracture mode of high-strength steels upon the simulation of the thermal cycle of welding and post-welding tempering. Phys Metals Metallogr 116:606–614. https://doi.org/10.1134/S0031918X1506006XArticle Google Scholar 
  19. Zhang Z, Wu Q, Grujicic M et al (2016) Monte Carlo simulation of grain growth and welding zones in friction stir welding of aa6082-t6. J Mater Sci 51:1882–1895. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10853-015-9495-xArticle Google Scholar 
  20. Ikram A, Chung H (2021) Numerical simulation of arc, metal transfer and its impingement on weld pool in variable polarity gas metal arc welding. J Manuf Process 64:1529–1543. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.03.001Article Google Scholar 
  21. Zhao B, Chen J, Wu C, Shi L (2020) Numerical simulation of bubble and arc dynamics during underwater wet flux-cored arc welding. J Manuf Process 59:167–185. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2020.09.054Article Google Scholar 
  22. Zeng Z, Wang Z, Hu S, Wu S (2022) Dynamic molten pool behavior of pulsed gas tungsten arc welding with filler wire in horizontal position and its characterization based on arc voltage. J Manuf Proc 75:1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2021.12.051Article Google Scholar 
  23. Zhu C, Cheon J, Tang X, Na S, Cui H (2018) Molten pool behaviors and their influences on welding defects in narrow gap GMAW of 5083 Al-alloy. Int J Heat Mass Transf 126:1206–1221. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.05.132Article Google Scholar 
  24. Gu H, Väistö T, Li L (2020) Numerical and experimental study on the molten pool dynamics and fusion zone formation in multi-pass narrow gap laser welding. Optics Laser Technol 126:106081. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2020.106081Article Google Scholar 
  25. Ma C, Chen B, Meng Z, Tan C, Song X, Li Y (2023) Characteristic of keyhole, molten pool and microstructure of oscillating laser TIG hybrid welding. Optics Laser Technol. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2023.109142.161:109142
  26. Ai Y, Liu X, Huang Y, Yu L (2020) Numerical analysis of the influence of molten pool instability on the weld formation during the high speed fiber laser welding. Int J Heat Mass Trans 160:120103. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120103Article Google Scholar 
  27. Meng X, Artinov A, Bachmann M, Üstündağ Ö, Gumenyuk A, Rethmeier M (2022) The detrimental molten pool narrowing phenomenon in wire feed laser beam welding and its suppression by magnetohydrodynamic technique. Int J Heat Mass Transf 193:122913. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2022.122913Article Google Scholar 
  28. Li X, Wei X, Zhang L, Lv Q (2023) Numerical simulation for the effect of scanning speed and in situ laser shock peening on molten pool and solidification characteristics. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 125:5031–5046. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-023-10897-1Article Google Scholar 
  29. Ye W, Bao J, Lei J Huang Y, Li Z, Li P, Zhang Y (2022) Multiphysics modeling of thermal behavior of commercial pure titanium powder during selective laser melting. Met Mater Int 28:282-296. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12540-021-01019-1.
  30. Cheng H, Kang L, Wang C, Li Q, Chang B, Chang B (2022) Dynamic behavior of molten pool backside during full-penetration laser welding of Ni-based superalloys. Int J Adv Manuf Technol 119:4587–4598. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-021-08187-9Article Google Scholar 
  31. Jeong H, Park K, Cho J (2016) Numerical analysis of variable polarity arc weld pool. J Mech Sci Technol 30:4307–4313. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12206-016-0845-7Article Google Scholar
Strain rate magnitude at the free surface, illustrating Kelvin-Helmoltz (KH) shear instabilities.

On the reef scale hydrodynamics at Sodwana Bay, South Africa

Environmental Fluid Mechanics (2022)Cite this article

Abstract

The hydrodynamics of coral reefs strongly influences their biological functioning, impacting processes such as nutrient availability and uptake, recruitment success and bleaching. For example, coral reefs located in oligotrophic regions depend on upwelling for nutrient supply. Coral reefs at Sodwana Bay, located on the east coast of South Africa, are an example of high latitude marginal reefs. These reefs are subjected to complex hydrodynamic forcings due to the interaction between the strong Agulhas current and the highly variable topography of the region. In this study, we explore the reef scale hydrodynamics resulting from the bathymetry for two steady current scenarios at Two-Mile Reef (TMR) using a combination of field data and numerical simulations. The influence of tides or waves was not considered for this study as well as reef-scale roughness. Tilt current meters with onboard temperature sensors were deployed at selected locations within TMR. We used field observations to identify the dominant flow conditions on the reef for numerical simulations that focused on the hydrodynamics driven by mean currents. During the field campaign, southerly currents were the predominant flow feature with occasional flow reversals to the north. Northerly currents were associated with greater variability towards the southern end of TMR. Numerical simulations showed that Jesser Point was central to the development of flow features for both the northerly and southerly current scenarios. High current variability in the south of TMR during reverse currents is related to the formation of Kelvin-Helmholtz type shear instabilities along the outer edge of an eddy formed north of Jesser Point. Furthermore, downward vertical velocities were computed along the offshore shelf at TMR during southerly currents. Current reversals caused a change in vertical velocities to an upward direction due to the orientation of the bathymetry relative to flow directions.

Highlights

  • A predominant southerly current was measured at Two-Mile Reef with occasional reversals towards the north.
  • Field observations indicated that northerly currents are spatially varied along Two-Mile Reef.
  • Simulation of reverse currents show the formation of a separated flow due to interaction with Jesser Point with Kelvin–Helmholtz type shear instabilities along the seaward edge.

지금까지 Sodwana Bay에서 자세한 암초 규모 유체 역학을 모델링하려는 시도는 없었습니다. 이러한 모델의 결과는 규모가 있는 산호초 사이의 흐름이 산호초 건강에 어떤 영향을 미치는지 탐색하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다. 이 연구에서는 Sodwana Bay의 유체역학을 탐색하는 데 사용할 수 있는 LES 모델을 개발하기 위한 단계별 접근 방식을 구현합니다. 여기서 우리는 이 초기 단계에서 파도와 조수의 영향을 배제하면서 Agulhas 해류의 유체역학에 초점을 맞춥니다. 이 접근법은 흐름의 첫 번째 LES를 제시하고 Sodwana Bay의 산호초에서 혼합함으로써 향후 연구의 기초를 제공합니다.

This is a preview of subscription content, access via your institution.

References

  1. Anarde K, Myres H, Figlus J (2016) Tilt current meter field validation in the surf zone. In: AGU fall meeting abstracts, vol 2016, pp EP23A—-0950
  2. Blocken B (2018) LES over RANS in building simulation for outdoor and indoor applications: A foregone conclusion? Build Simul 11(5):821–870. https://doi.org/10.1007/s12273-018-0459-3Article Google Scholar 
  3. Booij N, Ris RC, Holthuijsen LH (1999) A third-generation wave model for coastal regions: 1. Model description and validation. J Geophys Res Ocean 104(C4):7649–7666. https://doi.org/10.1029/98JC02622Article Google Scholar 
  4. Bouffanais R (2010) Advances and challenges of applied large-eddy simulation. Comput Fluids 39:735–738. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compfluid.2009.12.003Article Google Scholar 
  5. Celliers L, Schleyer MH (2002) Coral bleaching on high-latitude marginal reefs at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Mar Pollut Bull 44:1380–1387Article Google Scholar 
  6. Celliers L, Schleyer MH (2008) Coral community structure and risk assessment of high-latitude reefs at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Biodivers Conserv 17(13):3097–3117. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10531-007-9271-6Article Google Scholar 
  7. Chen SC (2018) Performance assessment of FLOW-3D and XFlow in the numerical modelling of fish-bone type fishway hydraulics https://doi.org/10.15142/T3HH1J
  8. Corbella S, Pringle J, Stretch DD (2015) Assimilation of ocean wave spectra and atmospheric circulation patterns to improve wave modelling. Coast Eng 100:1–10. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.coastaleng.2015.03.003Article Google Scholar 
  9. Davis KA, Pawlak G, Monismith SG (2021) Turbulence and coral reefs. Ann Rev Mar Sci. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-marine-042120-071823Article Google Scholar 
  10. Flow Science Inc (2018) FLOW-3D, Version 12.0 Users Manual. Santa Fe, NM, https://www.flow3d.com/
  11. Flow Science Inc (2019) FLOW-3D, Version 12.0 [Computer Software]. Santa Fe, NM, https://www.flow3d.com/
  12. Franco A, Moernaut J, Schneider-Muntau B, Strasser M, Gems B (2020) The 1958 Lituya Bay tsunami – pre-event bathymetry reconstruction and 3D numerical modelling utilising the computational fluid dynamics software Flow-3D. Nat Hazards Earth Syst Sci 20(8):2255–2279Article Google Scholar 
  13. Fringer OB, Gerritsen M, Street RL (2006) An unstructured-grid, finite-volume, nonhydrostatic, parallel coastal ocean simulator. Ocean Model 14(3):139–173Article Google Scholar 
  14. Fringer OB, Dawson CN, He R, Ralston DK, Zhang YJ (2019) The future of coastal and estuarine modeling: findings from a workshop. Ocean Model 143(September):101458. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ocemod.2019.101458Article Google Scholar 
  15. Glassom D, Celliers L, Schleyer MH (2006) Coral recruitment patterns at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Coral Reefs 25(3):485–492. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00338-006-0117-6Article Google Scholar 
  16. Gomes A, Pinho JLS, Valente T, do Carmo JS, Hegde VA (2020) Performance assessment of a semi-circular breakwater through CFD modelling. J Mar Sci Eng. https://doi.org/10.3390/jmse8030226Article Google Scholar 
  17. Green RH, Lowe RJ, Buckley ML (2018) Hydrodynamics of a tidally forced coral reef atoll. J Geophys Res Oceans 123(10):7084–7101. https://doi.org/10.1029/2018JC013946Article Google Scholar 
  18. Hansen AB, Carstensen S, Christensen DF, Aagaard T (2017) Performance of a tilt current meter in the surf zone. Coastal dynamics
  19. Hench JL, Rosman JH (2013) Observations of spatial flow patterns at the coral colony scale on a shallow reef flat. J Geophys Res Ocean 118(3):1142–1156. https://doi.org/10.1002/jgrc.20105Article Google Scholar 
  20. Hirt CW (1993) Volume-fraction techniques: powerful tools for wind engineering. J Wind Eng Ind Aerodyn 46–47:327–338. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167-6105(93)90298-3Article Google Scholar 
  21. Hirt CW, Sicilian JM (1985) A porosity technique for the definition of obstacles in rectangular cell meshes. In: Proceedings of 4th International Conference on Ship Hydrodynamics https://ci.nii.ac.jp/naid/10009570543/en/
  22. Hocker LO, Hruska MA (2004) Interleaving synchronous data and asynchronous data in a single data storage file
  23. Hossain MM, Staples AE (2020) Effects of coral colony morphology on turbulent flow dynamics. PLoS ONE 15(10):e0225676. https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0225676Article Google Scholar 
  24. Jacob B, Stanev EV (2021) Understanding the impact of bathymetric changes in the german bight on coastal hydrodynamics: one step toward realistic morphodynamic modeling. Front Mar Sci. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2021.640214Article Google Scholar 
  25. Koehl MAR, Hadfield MG (2010) Hydrodynamics of larval settlement from a larva’s point of view. Integr Comp Biol 50(4):539–551. https://doi.org/10.1093/icb/icq101Article Google Scholar 
  26. Lim A, Wheeler AJ, Price DM, O’Reilly L, Harris K, Conti L (2020) Influence of benthic currents on cold-water coral habitats: a combined benthic monitoring and 3D photogrammetric investigation. Sci Rep 10(1):19433. https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-76446-yArticle Google Scholar 
  27. Limer BD, Bloomberg J, Holstein DM (2020) The influence of eddies on coral larval retention in the flower garden banks. Front Mar Sci 7:372. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.00372Article Google Scholar 
  28. Monismith SG (2007) Hydrodynamics of coral reefs. Annu Rev Fluid Mech 39(1):37–55. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.fluid.38.050304.092125Article Google Scholar 
  29. Morris T (2009) Physical oceanography of Sodwana Bay and its effect on larval transport and coral bleaching. PhD thesis, Cape Peninsula University of Technology
  30. Morris T, Lamont T, Roberts MJ (2013) Effects of deep-sea eddies on the northern KwaZulu-Natal shelf, South Africa. Afr J Mar Sci 35(3):343–350. https://doi.org/10.2989/1814232X.2013.827991Article Google Scholar 
  31. Perry C, Larcombe P (2003) Marginal and non-reef-building coral environments. Coral Reefs 22:427–432. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00338-003-0330-5Article Google Scholar 
  32. Pope SB (2001) Turbulent flows. Cambridge University Press, CambridgeGoogle Scholar 
  33. Porter SN (2009) Biogeography and potential factors regulating shallow subtidal reef communities in the Western Indian Ocean. PhD thesis, University of Cape Town
  34. Porter SN, Schleyer MH (2017) Long-term dynamics of a high-latitude coral reef community at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Coral Reefs 36(2):369–382. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00338-016-1531-zArticle Google Scholar 
  35. Porter SN, Schleyer MH (2019) Environmental variation and how its spatial structure influences the cross-shelf distribution of high-latitude coral communities in South Africa. Diversity. https://doi.org/10.3390/d11040057Article Google Scholar 
  36. Ramsay PJ (1994) Marine geology of the Sodwana Bay shelf, southeast Africa. Mar Geol 120(3–4):225–247. https://doi.org/10.1016/0025-3227(94)90060-4Article Google Scholar 
  37. Ramsay PJ, Mason TR (1990) Development of a type zoning model for Zululand coral reefs, Sodwana Bay, South Africa. J Coastal Res 6(4):829–852Google Scholar 
  38. Reguero BG, Beck MW, Agostini VN, Kramer P, Hancock B (2018) Coral reefs for coastal protection: a new methodological approach and engineering case study in Grenada. J Environ Manag 210:146–161. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jenvman.2018.01.024Article Google Scholar 
  39. Reidenbach M, Stocking J, Szczyrba L, Wendelken C (2021) Hydrodynamic interactions with coral topography and its impact on larval settlement. Coral Reefs 40:1–15. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00338-021-02069-yArticle Google Scholar 
  40. Reidenbach MA, Koseff JR, Koehl MAR (2009) Hydrodynamic forces on larvae affect their settlement on coral reefs in turbulent, wave-driven flow. Limnol Oceanogr 54(1):318–330. https://doi.org/10.4319/lo.2009.54.1.0318Article Google Scholar 
  41. Roberts H, Richardson J, Lagumbay R, Meselhe E, Ma Y (2013) Hydrodynamic and sediment transport modeling using FLOW-3D for siting and optimization of the LCA medium diversion at white ditch hydrodynamic and sediment transport modeling using FLOW-3D for siting and optimization of the LCA medium diversion at white D (December)
  42. Roberts MJ, Ribbink AJ, Morris T, Berg MAVD, Engelbrecht DC, Harding RT (2006) Oceanographic environment of the Sodwana Bay coelacanths (Latimeria chalumnae), South Africa: coelacanth research. South Afr J Sci 102(9):435–443Google Scholar 
  43. Rogers JS, Monismith SG, Feddersen F, Storlazzi CD (2013) Hydrodynamics of spur and groove formations on a coral reef. J Geophys Res Ocean 118(6):3059–3073. https://doi.org/10.1002/jgrc.20225Article Google Scholar 
  44. Rogers JS, Monismith SG, Koweek DA, Torres WI, Dunbar RB (2016) Thermodynamics and hydrodynamics in an atoll reef system and their influence on coral cover. Limnol Oceanogr 61(6):2191–2206. https://doi.org/10.1002/lno.10365Article Google Scholar 
  45. Schleyer MH, Celliers L (2003) Coral dominance at the reef-sediment interface in marginal coral communities at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Mar Freshw Res 54(8):967–972. https://doi.org/10.1071/MF02049Article Google Scholar 
  46. Schleyer MH, Porter SN (2018) Chapter One – drivers of soft and stony coral community distribution on the high-latitude coral reefs of South Africa. advances in marine biology, vol 80, Academic Press, pp 1–55, https://doi.org/10.1016/bs.amb.2018.09.001
  47. Scott F, Antolinez JAA, McCall R, Storlazzi C, Reniers A, Pearson S (2020) Hydro-morphological characterization of coral reefs for wave runup prediction. Front Mar Sci 7:361. https://doi.org/10.3389/fmars.2020.00361Article Google Scholar 
  48. Sebens KP, Grace SP, Helmuth B, Maney EJ Jr, Miles JS (1998) Water flow and prey capture by three scleractinian corals, Madracis mirabilis, Montastrea cavernosa and Porites porites, in a field enclosure. Mar Biol 131(2):347–360Article Google Scholar 
  49. Smagorinsky J (1963) General circulation experiments with the primitive equations. Mon Weather Rev 91(3):99–164Article Google Scholar 
  50. Stocking J, Laforsch C, Sigl R, Reidenbach M (2018) The role of turbulent hydrodynamics and surface morphology on heat and mass transfer in corals. J R Soc Interface 15:20180448. https://doi.org/10.1098/rsif.2018.0448Article Google Scholar 
  51. Van Leer B (1977) Towards the ultimate conservative difference scheme III. Upstream-centered finite-difference schemes for ideal compressible flow. J Comput Phys 23(3):263–275. https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(77)90094-8Article Google Scholar 
  52. Wells C, Pringle J, Stretch D (2021) Cold water temperature anomalies on the Sodwana reefs and their driving mechanisms. South Afr J Sci. https://doi.org/10.17159/sajs.2021/9304Article Google Scholar 
  53. Wyatt ASJ, Lowe RJ, Humphries S, Waite AM (2010) Particulate nutrient fluxes over a fringing coral reef: relevant scales of phytoplankton production and mechanisms of supply. Mar Ecol Prog Ser 405:113–130Article Google Scholar 
  54. Yao Y, He T, Deng Z, Chen L, Guo H (2019) Large eddy simulation modeling of tsunami-like solitary wave processes over fringing reefs. Nat Hazards Earth Syst Sci 19(6):1281–1295. https://doi.org/10.5194/nhess-19-1281-2019Article Google Scholar 
  55. Zhao Q, Tanimoto K (1998) Numerical simulation of breaking waves by large eddy simulation and vof method. Coastal Engineering Proceedings 1(26), 10.9753/icce.v26.%p, https://journals.tdl.org/icce/index.php/icce/article/view/5656

Text and image taken from Deoraj, et al. (2022), On the reef scale hydrodynamics at Sodwana Bay, South Africa. Preprint courtesy the authors.

Fig. 2. Design of the grate inlet types studied: (a) R1, (b) R2, (c) R3, (d) R4, (e) R5, (f) R6, (g) R7 (source: based on geometries of Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)

Three-dimensional Numerical Evaluation of Hydraulic Efficiency and Discharge Coefficient in Grate Inlets

쇠창살 격자 유입구의 수리효율 및 배출계수에 대한 3차원 수치적 평가

Melquisedec Cortés Zambrano*, Helmer Edgardo Monroy González,
Wilson Enrique Amaya Tequia
Faculty of Civil Engineering, Santo Tomas Tunja University. Address Av. Universitaria No. 45-202.
Tunja – Boyacá – Colombia

Abstract

홍수는 지반이동 및 이동의 원인 중 하나이며, 급속한 도시화 및 도시화로 인해 이전보다 빈번하게 발생할 수 있다. 도시 배수 시스템의 특성은 집수 요소가 결정적인 역할을 하는 범람의 발생 및 범위를 정의할 수 있습니다. 이 문서는 7가지 유형의 화격자 유입구의 수력 유입 효율 및 배출 계수에 대한 수치 조사를 제시합니다. FLOW-3D® 시뮬레이터는 Q = 24, 34.1, 44, 100, 200 및 300 L/s의 유속에서 풀 스케일로 격자를 테스트하는 데 사용되며 종방향 기울기가 1.0인 실험 프로토타입의 구성을 유지합니다. %, 1.5% 및 2.0% 및 고정 횡단 경사, 총 126개 모델. 그 결과를 바탕으로 종류별 및 종단경사 조건에 따른 수력유입구 효율곡선과 토출계수를 구성하였다. 결과는 다른 조사에서 제안된 경험적 공식으로 조정되어 프로토타입의 물리적 테스트 결과를 검증하는 역할을 합니다.

Floods are one of the causes of ground movement and displacement, and due to rapid urbanization and urban growth may occur more frequently than before. The characteristics of an urban drainage system can define the occurrence and extent of flooding, where catchment elements have a determining role. This document presents the numerical investigation of the hydraulic inlet efficiency and the discharge coefficient of seven types of grate inlets. The FLOW-3D® simulator is used to test the gratings at a full scale, under flow rates of Q = 24, 34.1, 44, 100, 200 and 300 L/s, preserving the configuration of the experimental prototype with longitudinal slopes of 1.0%, 1.5% and 2.0% and a fixed cross slope, for a total of 126 models. Based on the results, hydraulic inlet efficiency curves and discharge coefficients are constructed for each type and a longitudinal slope condition. The results are adjusted with empirical formulations proposed in other investigations, serving to verify the results of physical testing of prototypes.

Keywords

grate inlet, inlet efficiency, discharge coefficient, computational fluid dynamic, 3D modelling.

Fig. 1. Physical model of the experimental campaign (source: Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 1. Physical model of the experimental campaign (source: Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 2. Design of the grate inlet types studied: (a) R1, (b) R2, (c) R3, (d) R4, (e) R5, (f) R6, (g) R7 (source: based on geometries of Chaparro Andrade
and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 2. Design of the grate inlet types studied: (a) R1, (b) R2, (c) R3, (d) R4, (e) R5, (f) R6, (g) R7 (source: based on geometries of Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 4. Comparison between the results obtained during physical experimentation in prototype 7 and simulation results with FLOW-3D® (source:
made with FlowSight® and photographic record by Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 4. Comparison between the results obtained during physical experimentation in prototype 7 and simulation results with FLOW-3D® (source: made with FlowSight® and photographic record by Chaparro Andrade and Abaunza Tabares, 2021)
Fig. 6. Example of the results of flow depth and velocity vectors in the xy plane, for a stable flow condition in a grate inlet type and free surface
configuration and flow regime, of some grating types (source: produced with FlowSight®)
Fig. 6. Example of the results of flow depth and velocity vectors in the xy plane, for a stable flow condition in a grate inlet type and free surface configuration and flow regime, of some grating types (source: produced with FlowSight®)

References

Alia Md., S., and Sabtu, N. (2020). Comparison of Different Methodologies for Determining the Efficiency of Gully Inlets. In F. M.
Nazri (Ed.), Proceedings of AICCE‘19: Transforming the Nation
for a Sustainable Tomorrow (Vol. 53, pp. 1275-1284). Springer
Nature Switzerland AG. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-3-030-
32816-0_99
Antunes do Carmo, J. S. (2020). Physical Modelling vs. Numerical Modelling: Complementarity and Learning. July. https://doi.
org/10.20944/preprints202007.0753.v1
Aragón-Hernández, J. L. (2013). Modelación numérica integrada de los procesos hidráulicos en el drenaje urbano [Universidad Politécnica de Cataluña]. In Doctoral Tesis. https://
upcommons.upc.edu/handle/2117/95059?locale-attribute=es
Argue, J. R., and Pezzaniti, D. (1996). How reliable are inlet
(hydraulic) models at representing stormwater flow? Science
of the Total Environment, 189-190, 355-359. https://doi.org/10.1016/0048-9697(96)05231-X
Banco Mundial, O. (2019). Agua: Panorama general. https://
www.bancomundial.org/es/topic/water/overview
Cárdenas-Quintero, M., Carvajal-Serna, L. F., and Marbello-Pérez, R. (2018). Evaluación numérica tridimensional de un
sumidero de reja de fondo (Three-Dimensional Numerical Assessment of Grate Inlet). SSRN Electronic Journal, November.
https://doi.org/10.2139/ssrn.3112980
Carvalho, R. F., Lopes, P., Leandro, J., and David, L. M. (2019).
Numerical Research of Flows into Gullies with Different Outlet Locations. Water, 11(2), 794. https://doi.org/10.3390/
w11040794
Chaparro Andrade, F. G., and Abaunza Tabares, K. V. (2021). Importancia de los sumideros, su funcionamiento y diseño en redes de alcantarillado caso de estudio sector nororiental Tunja.
Universidad Santo Tomás.
Cortés Zambrano, M., Amaya Tequia, W. E., and Gamba Fernández, D. S. (2020). Implementation of the hydraulic modelling of
urban drainage in the northeast sector, Tunja, Boyacá. Revista
Facultad de Ingeniería Universidad de Antioquia. https://doi.
org/10.17533/udea.redin.20200578
Cosco, C., Gómez, M., Russo, B., Tellez-Alvarez, J., Macchione, F., Costabile, P., and Costanzo, C. (2020). Discharge coefficients for specific grated inlets. Influence of the Froude
number. Urban Water Journal, 17(7), 656-668. https://doi.org/10.1080/1573062X.2020.1811881
Despotovic, J., Plavsic, J., Stefanovic, N., and Pavlovic, D. (2005).
Inefficiency of storm water inlets as a source of urban floods.
Water Science and Technology, 51(2), 139-145. https://doi.
org/10.2166/wst.2005.0041
Ellis, J. B., and Marsalek, J. (1996). Overview of urban drainage:
Environmental impacts and concerns, means of mitigation and
implementation policies. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 34(6),
723-732. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689609498446
Fang, X., Jiang, S., and Alam, S. R. (2010). Numerical simulations of efficiency of curb-opening inlets. Journal of Hydraulic
Engineering, 136(1), 62-66. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)
HY.1943-7900.0000131
Faram, M. G., and Harwood, R. (2000). CFD for the Water Industry; The Role of CFD as a Tool for the Development of Wastewater Treatment Systems. Hydro International, 21-22.
Faram, M. G., and Harwood, R. (2002). Assessment of the
effectiveness of stormwater treatment chambers using
computational fluid dynamics. Global Solutions for Urban Drainage, 40644(September 2002), 1-14. https://doi.
org/10.1061/40644(2002)7
Flow Science, I. (2018). FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 Users Manual.
In FLOW-3D [Computer software]. https://www.flow3d.com
Flow Science, I. (2019). FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 [Computer software] (No. 12). https://www.flow3d.com
Ghanbari, R., and Heidarnejad, M. (2020). Experimental and numerical analysis of flow hydraulics in triangular and rectangular
piano key weirs. Water Science, 00(00), 1-7. https://doi.org/10.
1080/11104929.2020.1724649

Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2005a). Comparative study of methodologies to determine inlet efficiency from test data. HEC-12
methodology vs UPC method. Water Resources Management,
Algarve, Portugal., 80(October 2014), 623-632. https://doi.
org/10.2495/WRM050621
Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2005b). Comparative study among
different methodologies to determine storm sewer inlet efficiency from test data. 10th International Conference on Urban
Drainage, August, 21-26. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/255602448_Comparative_study_among_different_methodologies_to_determine_storm_sewer_inlet_efficiency_
from_test_data
Gómez, M., Recasens, J., Russo, B., and Martínez-Gomariz, E.
(2016). Assessment of inlet efficiency through a 3D simulation: Numerical and experimental comparison. Water Science
and Technology, 74(8), 1926-1935. https://doi.org/10.2166/
wst.2016.326
Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2011). Methodology to estimate hydraulic efficiency of drain inlets. Proceedings of the Institution of
Civil Engineers: Water Management, 164(2), 81-90. https://doi.
org/10.1680/wama.900070
Gómez Valentin, M. (2007). Hidrología urbana. In Hidrología Urbana (pp. 135-147). Instituto Flumen.
Jakeman, A. J., Letcher, R. A., and Norton, J. P. (2006). Ten iterative steps in development and evaluation of environmental
models. Environmental Modelling and Software, 21, 602-614.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsoft.2006.01.004
Jang, J. H., Hsieh, C. T., and Chang, T. H. (2019). The importance of gully flow modelling to urban flood simulation. Urban Water Journal, 16(5), 377-388. https://doi.org/10.1080/1573062X.2019.1669198
Kaushal, D. R., Thinglas, T., Tomita, Y., Kuchii, S., and Tsukamoto, H. (2012). Experimental investigation on optimization of
invert trap configuration for sewer solid management. Powder Technology, 215-216, 1-14. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2011.08.029
Khazaee, I., and Mohammadiun, M. (2010). Effects of flow field
on open channel flow properties using numerical investigation
and experimental comparison. International Journal of Energy
and Environment, 1(6), 1083-1096. https://doi.org/10.1016/
S0031-9384(10)00122-8
Kleidorfer, M., Tscheikner-Gratl, F., Vonach, T., and Rauch, W.
(2018). What can we learn from a 500-year event? Experiences
from urban drainage in Austria. Water Science and Technology,
77(8), 2146-2154. https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2018.138
Leitão, J. P., Simões, N. E., Pina, R. D., Ochoa-Rodriguez, S.,
Onof, C., and Sá Marques, A. (2017). Stochastic evaluation of
the impact of sewer inlets‘ hydraulic capacity on urban pluvial
flooding. Stochastic Environmental Research and Risk Assessment, 31(8), 1907-1922. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00477-016-
1283-x
Lopes, P., Leandro, J., Carvalho, R. F., Russo, B., and Gómez, M.
(2016). Assessment of the ability of a volume of fluid model to
reproduce the efficiency of a continuous transverse gully with
grate. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, 142(10),
1-9. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0001058
Mohsin, M., and Kaushal, D. R. (2016). 3D CFD validation of invert trap efficiency for sewer solid management using VOF model. Water Science and Engineering, 9(2), 106-114. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.wse.2016.06.006
Palla, A., Colli, M., Candela, A., Aronica, G. T., and Lanza, L.
G. (2018). Pluvial flooding in urban areas: the role of surface
drainage efficiency. Journal of Flood Risk Management, 11,
S663-S676. https://doi.org/10.1111/jfr3.12246
Russo, B. (2010). Design of surface drainage systems according
to hazard criteria related to flooding of urban areas [Universitat
Politècnica de Catalunya]. https://dialnet.unirioja.es/servlet/
tesis?codigo=258828
Sedano-Cruz, K., Carvajal-Escoar, Y., and Ávila Díaz, A. J. (2013).
ANÁLISIS DE ASPECTOS QUE INCREMENTAN EL RIESGO
DE INUNDACIONES EN COLOMBIA. Luna Azul, 37, 219-218.
https://www.redalyc.org/articulo.oa?id=321729206014
Spaliviero, F., May, R. W. P., Escarameia, M. (2000). Spacing of road gullies. Hydraulic performance of BS EN 124 gully gratings. HR Walingford, 44(0). https://doi.org/10.13140/
RG.2.1.1344.0889
Téllez-Álvarez, J., Gómez, M., and Russo, B. (2020). Quantification of energy loss in two grated inlets under pressure. Water
(Switzerland), 12(6). https://doi.org/10.3390/w12061601
Téllez Álvarez, J., Gómez, V., Russo, B., and Redondo, J. M.
(2003). Performance assessment of numerical modelling
for hydraulic efficiency of a grated inlet. 1, 6-8. https://doi.org/10.16309/j.cnki.issn.1007-1776.2003.03.004
Téllez Álvarez, J., Gómez Valentin, M., Paindelli, A., and Russo,
B. (2017). ACTIVIDAD EXPERIMENTAL DE I+D+i EN INGENIERÍA
HIDRÁULICA EN ESPAÑA. In L. J. Balairón Pérez and D. López
Gómez (Eds.), Seminario 2017, Comunicaciones de las líneas prioritarias (pp. 41-43). Universitat Politècnica de València.
https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9781107415324.004
Téllez Álvarez, J., Gómez Valentin, M., and Russo, B. (2019).
Modelling of Surcharge Flow Through Grated Inlet. In P. Gourbesville and G. Caignaert (Eds.), Advances in Hydroinformati-

cs. Springer, Singapore. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-
4451-42-0
UNDRR, I., and CRED, I. (2018). Pérdidas económicas, pobreza y
Desastres 1998 – 2017 (Vol. 6, Issue 1). https://doi.org/10.12962/
j23373520.v6i1.22451
Vyzikas, T., and Greaves, D. (2018). Numerial Modelling.
In D. Greaves and G. Iglesias (Eds.), Wave and Tidal Energy (pp. 289-363). John Wiley and Sons Ltd. https://doi.
org/10.1002/9781119014492
Yakhot, V., and Orszag, S. A. (1986). Renormalization Group Analysis of Turbulence. I . Basic Theory. Journal of Scientific Computing, 1(1), 3-51. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01061452
Yakhot, V., and Smith, L. M. (1992). The renormalization group,
the ɛ-expansion and derivation of turbulence models. Journal
of Scientific Computing, 7(l), 35-61. https://doi.org/10.1007/
BF01060210
Yazdanfar, Z., and Sharma, A. (2015). Urban drainage system
planning and design – Challenges with climate change and urbanization: A review. Water Science and Technology, 72(2), 165-https://doi.org/10.2166/wst.2015.207

측수로 물넘이 수위별 해석 결과

저수지 측수로형 여수로 불완전월류 정밀안전진단 수리 해석 ( 3차원 전산 수치해석 )

불완전 월류 조건의 저수지 측수로형 여수로에 대한 3차원 전산 추치해석

현재 농어촌공사와 농어촌연구원, 수자원공사, 학계 등에서는 전 세계에서 오랜 기간 학계의 연구활동을 통한 수많은 논문 검증과 현장 사용을 통해 검증된 FLOW-3D 수치해석 프로그램을 이용하고 있습니다.

한국농어촌공사 재난안전진단본부 FLOW-3D 수치해석 교육 장면
2024년 한국농어촌공사 안전진단본부 여수로 불완전월류 정밀안전진단 FLOW-3D 수치 해석교육 장면

농어촌공사 정밀안전진단 업무 수행시 수치해석이 필요하십니까? 수치해석에 대해 궁금하신 사항이나 용역 의뢰가 필요하시면 언제든지 아래 연락처로 연락 주시기 바랍니다.


저수지 정밀안전진단 수치해석 과업 예시

과업의 범위

  • 3차원 수치해석을 통한 OO저수지의 측수로부 수면 검토
  • 측수로 불완전 월류 발생 여부 및 제방 여유고 검토

수치해석 과업 세부내용

가능최대홍수량과 200년, 100년 빈도의 홍수량에 대해 각각의 측수로부 3차원 수치해석

경계조건

가. 수위

  • 만수위
  • 홍수위
    – 100년 빈도
    – 200년 빈도
    – 가능최대홍수량(PMF)

나. 홍수량

  • 100년 빈도의 홍수량
  • 200년 빈도의 홍수량
  • 가능최대홍수량(PMF)

저수지 수위별 방류량 검토 및 제방 여유고 검토

  • 경계조건에 대해 측수로부 물넘이 수면 형상 검토
  • 수위별 방류량을 제공된 수리계산값과 수치해석 결과값을 비교하여 방류 능력 검토
  • 수위에 따른 물넘이 수위를 검토하여 제방 여유고 검토

※ 수위별 수리계산값은 발주처에서 제공

성과물

  • 100년빈도, 200년빈도 및 가능최대홍수량(PMF) 유입에 따른 측수로부 불완전 월류 여부로 인한 제방 여유고 안정성 검토
  • 가능최대홍수량(PMF)을 고려 할 경우 검증된 3차원 수치해석 모델 Data 구축
  • 과업보고서, 보고서 원본 파일 및 PDF 파일, 수치해석 원본 입력 파일 및 결과 파일
  • 기타
    ※ 모든 성과물은 CD 및 이동저장장치에 별도 저장하여 납품

<수치해석 용역 문의 담당자 연락처>

  • 전화 :   02-2026-0455
  • Email : flow3d@stikorea.co.kr
Figure 3: Wave pattern at sea surface at 20 knots (10.29 m/s) for mesh 1

Flow-3D에서 CFD 시뮬레이션을 사용한 선박 저항 분석

Ship resistance analysis using CFD simulations in Flow-3D

Author

Deshpande, SujaySundsbø, Per-ArneDas, Subhashis

Abstract

선박의 동력 요구 사항을 설계할 때 고려해야 할 가장 중요한 요소는 선박 저항 또는 선박에 작용하는 항력입니다. 항력을 극복하는 데 필요한 동력이 추진 시스템의 ‘손실’에 기여하기 때문에 추진 시스템을 설계하는 동안 선박 저항을 추정하는 것이 중요합니다. 선박 저항을 계산하는 세 가지 주요 방법이 있습니다:

Holtrop-Mennen(HM) 방법과 같은 통계적 방법, 수치 분석 또는 CFD(전산 유체 역학) 시뮬레이션 및 모델 테스트, 즉 예인 탱크에서 축소된 모델 테스트. 설계 단계 초기에는 기본 선박 매개변수만 사용할 수 있을 때 HM 방법과 같은 통계 모델만 사용할 수 있습니다.

수치 해석/CFD 시뮬레이션 및 모델 테스트는 선박의 완전한 3D 설계가 완료된 경우에만 수행할 수 있습니다. 본 논문은 Flow-3D 소프트웨어 패키지를 사용하여 CFD 시뮬레이션을 사용하여 잔잔한 수상 선박 저항을 예측하는 것을 목표로 합니다.

롤온/롤오프 승객(RoPax) 페리에 대한 사례 연구를 조사했습니다. 선박 저항은 다양한 선박 속도에서 계산되었습니다. 메쉬는 모든 CFD 시뮬레이션의 결과에 영향을 미치기 때문에 메쉬 민감도를 확인하기 위해 여러 개의 메쉬가 사용되었습니다. 시뮬레이션의 결과를 HM 방법의 추정치와 비교했습니다.

시뮬레이션 결과는 낮은 선박 속도에 대한 HM 방법과 잘 일치했습니다. 더 높은 선속을 위한 HM 방법에 비해 결과의 차이가 상당히 컸다. 선박 저항 분석을 수행하는 Flow-3D의 기능이 시연되었습니다.

While designing the power requirements of a ship, the most important factor to be considered is the ship resistance, or the sea drag forces acting on the ship. It is important to have an estimate of the ship resistance while designing the propulsion system since the power required to overcome the sea drag forces contribute to ‘losses’ in the propulsion system. There are three main methods to calculate ship resistance: Statistical methods like the Holtrop-Mennen (HM) method, numerical analysis or CFD (Computational Fluid Dynamics) simulations, and model testing, i.e. scaled model tests in towing tanks. At the start of the design stage, when only basic ship parameters are available, only statistical models like the HM method can be used. Numerical analysis/ CFD simulations and model tests can be performed only when the complete 3D design of the ship is completed. The present paper aims at predicting the calm water ship resistance using CFD simulations, using the Flow-3D software package. A case study of a roll-on/roll-off passenger (RoPax) ferry was investigated. Ship resistance was calculated at various ship speeds. Since the mesh affects the results in any CFD simulation, multiple meshes were used to check the mesh sensitivity. The results from the simulations were compared with the estimate from the HM method. The results from simulations agreed well with the HM method for low ship speeds. The difference in the results was considerably high compared to the HM method for higher ship speeds. The capability of Flow-3D to perform ship resistance analysis was demonstrated.

Figure 1: Simplified ship geometry
Figure 1: Simplified ship geometry
Figure 3: Wave pattern at sea surface at 20 knots (10.29 m/s) for mesh 1
Figure 3: Wave pattern at sea surface at 20 knots (10.29 m/s) for mesh 1
Figure 4: Ship Resistance (kN) vs Ship Speed (knots)
Figure 4: Ship Resistance (kN) vs Ship Speed (knots)

Publisher

International Society of Multiphysics

Citation

Deshpande SR, Sundsbø P, Das S. Ship resistance analysis using CFD simulations in Flow-3D. The International Journal of Multiphysics. 2020;14(3):227-236

REFERENCES

[1] K. Min and S. Kang, “Study on the form factor and full-scale ship resistance prediction
method,” Journal of Marine Science and Technology, vol. 15, pp. 108-118, June 2010.
[2] A. Molland, S. Turnock and D. Hudson, “Ship Resistance and Propulsion” Second
Edition. In Ship Resistance and Propulsion: Practical Estimation of Ship Propulsive
Power (pp. 12-69), August 2017, Cambridge University Press.
[3] K. Niklas and H. Pruszko, “Full-scale CFD simulations for the determination of ship
resistance as a rational, alternative method to towing tank experiments,” Ocean
Engineering, vol. 190, October 2019.
[4] A. Elkafas, M. Elgohary and A. Zeid, “Numerical study on the hydrodynamic drag force
of a container ship model,” Alexandria Engineering Journal, vol. 58, no. 3, pp. 849-859,
September 2019.
[5] J. Holtrop and G. Mennen, “An approximate power prediction method,” International
Shipbuilding Progress, vol. 29, no. 335, pp. 166-170, July 1982.
[6] E. Bøckmann and S. Steen, “Model test and simulation of a ship with wavefoils,” Applied
Ocean research, vol. 57, pp. 8-18, April 2016.
[7] K. Atreyapurapu, B. Tallapragada and K. Voonna, “Simulation of a Free Surface Flow
over a Container Vessel Using CFD,” International Journal of Engineering Trends and
Technology (IJETT), vol. 18, no. 7, pp. 334-339, December 2014.
[8] J. Petersen, D. Jacobsen and O. Winther, “Statistical modelling for ship propulsion
efficiency,” Journal of Marine Science and Technology, vol. 17, pp. 30-39, December
2011.
[9] H. Versteeg and W. Malalasekera, An introduction to computational fluid dynamics: the
finite volume method (second edition), Harlow, England: Pearson Education Ltd, 2007.
[10]C. Hirth and B. Nichols, “Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free
boundaries,” Journal of Computational Physics, vol. 39, no. 1, pp. 201-225, January 1981.
[11] A. Nordli and H. Khawaja, “Comparison of Explicit Method of Solution for CFD Euler
Problems using MATLAB® and FORTRAN 77,” International Journal of Multiphysics,
vol. 13, no. 2, 2019.
[12] FLOW-3D® Version 12.0 User’s Manual (2018). FLOW-3D [Computer software]. Santa
Fe, NM: Flow Science, Inc. https://www.flow3d.com.
[13] D. McCluskey and A. Holdø, “Optimizing the hydrocyclone for ballast water treatment
using computational fluid dynamics,” International Journal of Multiphysics, vol. 3, no. 3,
2009.
[14]M. Breuer, D. Lakehal and W. Rodi, “Flow around a Surface Mounted Cubical Obstacle:
Comparison of Les and Rans-Results,” Computation of Three-Dimensional Complex
Flows. Notes on Numerical Fluid Mechanics, vol. 49, p. 1996.
[15] G. Wei, “A Fixed-Mesh Method for General Moving Objects in Fluid Flow”, Modern
Physics Letters B, vol. 19, no. 28, pp. 1719-1722, 2005.
[16]J. Michell, “The wave-resistance of a ship,” The London, Edinburgh, and Dublin
Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, Vols. 45, 1898, no. 272, pp. 106-123,
May 2009.

Figure 5 A schematic of the water model of reactor URO 200.

Physical and Numerical Modeling of the Impeller Construction Impact on the Aluminum Degassing Process

알루미늄 탈기 공정에 미치는 임펠러 구성의 물리적 및 수치적 모델링

Kamil Kuglin,1 Michał Szucki,2 Jacek Pieprzyca,3 Simon Genthe,2 Tomasz Merder,3 and Dorota Kalisz1,*

Mikael Ersson, Academic Editor

Author information Article notes Copyright and License information Disclaimer

Associated Data

Data Availability Statement

Go to:

Abstract

This paper presents the results of tests on the suitability of designed heads (impellers) for aluminum refining. The research was carried out on a physical model of the URO-200, followed by numerical simulations in the FLOW 3D program. Four design variants of impellers were used in the study. The degree of dispersion of the gas phase in the model liquid was used as a criterion for evaluating the performance of each solution using different process parameters, i.e., gas flow rate and impeller speed. Afterward, numerical simulations in Flow 3D software were conducted for the best solution. These simulations confirmed the results obtained with the water model and verified them.

Keywords: aluminum, impeller construction, degassing process, numerical modeling, physical modeling

Go to:

1. Introduction

Constantly increasing requirements concerning metallurgical purity in terms of hydrogen content and nonmetallic inclusions make casting manufacturers use effective refining techniques. The answer to this demand is the implementation of the aluminum refining technique making use of a rotor with an original design guaranteeing efficient refining [1,2,3,4]. The main task of the impeller (rotor) is to reduce the contamination of liquid metal (primary and recycled aluminum) with hydrogen and nonmetallic inclusions. An inert gas, mainly argon or a mixture of gases, is introduced through the rotor into the liquid metal to bring both hydrogen and nonmetallic inclusions to the metal surface through the flotation process. Appropriately and uniformly distributed gas bubbles in the liquid metal guarantee achieving the assumed level of contaminant removal economically. A very important factor in deciding about the obtained degassing effect is the optimal rotor design [5,6,7,8]. Thanks to the appropriate geometry of the rotor, gas bubbles introduced into the liquid metal are split into smaller ones, and the spinning movement of the rotor distributes them throughout the volume of the liquid metal bath. In this solution impurities in the liquid metal are removed both in the volume and from the upper surface of the metal. With a well-designed impeller, the costs of refining aluminum and its alloys can be lowered thanks to the reduced inert gas and energy consumption (optimal selection of rotor rotational speed). Shorter processing time and a high degree of dehydrogenation decrease the formation of dross on the metal surface (waste). A bigger produced dross leads to bigger process losses. Consequently, this means that the choice of rotor geometry has an indirect impact on the degree to which the generated waste is reduced [9,10].

Another equally important factor is the selection of process parameters such as gas flow rate and rotor speed [11,12]. A well-designed gas injection system for liquid metal meets two key requirements; it causes rapid mixing of the liquid metal to maintain a uniform temperature throughout the volume and during the entire process, to produce a chemically homogeneous metal composition. This solution ensures effective degassing of the metal bath. Therefore, the shape of the rotor, the arrangement of the nozzles, and their number are significant design parameters that guarantee the optimum course of the refining process. It is equally important to complete the mixing of the metal bath in a relatively short time, as this considerably shortens the refining process and, consequently, reduces the process costs. Another important criterion conditioning the implementation of the developed rotor is the generation of fine diffused gas bubbles which are distributed throughout the metal volume, and whose residence time will be sufficient for the bubbles to collide and adsorb the contaminants. The process of bubble formation by the spinning rotors differs from that in the nozzles or porous molders. In the case of a spinning rotor, the shear force generated by the rotor motion splits the bubbles into smaller ones. Here, the rotational speed, mixing force, surface tension, and fluid density have a key effect on the bubble size. The velocity of the bubbles, which depends mainly on their size and shape, determines their residence time in the reactor and is, therefore, very important for the refining process, especially since gas bubbles in liquid aluminum may remain steady only below a certain size [13,14,15].

The impeller designs presented in the article were developed to improve the efficiency of the process and reduce its costs. The impellers used so far have a complicated structure and are very pricey. The success of the conducted research will allow small companies to become independent of external supplies through the possibility of making simple and effective impellers on their own. The developed structures were tested on the water model. The results of this study can be considered as pilot.

Go to:

2. Materials and Methods

Rotors were realized with the SolidWorks computer design technique and a 3D printer. The developed designs were tested on a water model. Afterward, the solution with the most advantageous refining parameters was selected and subjected to calculations with the Flow3D package. As a result, an impeller was designed for aluminum refining. Its principal lies in an even distribution of gas bubbles in the entire volume of liquid metal, with the largest possible participation of the bubble surface, without disturbing the metal surface. This procedure guarantees the removal of gaseous, as well as metallic and nonmetallic, impurities.

2.1. Rotor Designs

The developed impeller constructions, shown in Figure 1Figure 2Figure 3 and Figure 4, were printed on a 3D printer using the PLA (polylactide) material. The impeller design models differ in their shape and the number of holes through which the inert gas flows. Figure 1Figure 2 and Figure 3 show the same impeller model but with a different number of gas outlets. The arrangement of four, eight, and 12 outlet holes was adopted in the developed design. A triangle-shaped structure equipped with three gas outlet holes is presented in Figure 4.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g001.jpg

Figure 1

A 3D model—impeller with four holes—variant B4.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g002.jpg

Figure 2

A 3D model—impeller with eight holes—variant B8.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g003.jpg

Figure 3

A 3D model—impeller with twelve holes—variant B12.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g004.jpg

Figure 4

A 3D model—‘red triangle’ impeller with three holes—variant RT3.

2.2. Physical Models

Investigations were carried out on a water model of the URO 200 reactor of the barbotage refining process (see Figure 5).

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g005.jpg

Figure 5

A schematic of the water model of reactor URO 200.

The URO 200 reactor can be classified as a cyclic reactor. The main element of the device is a rotor, which ends the impeller. The whole system is attached to a shaft via which the refining gas is supplied. Then, the shaft with the rotor is immersed in the liquid metal in the melting pot or the furnace chamber. In URO 200 reactors, the refining process lasts 600 s (10 min), the gas flow rate that can be obtained ranges from 5 to 20 dm3·min−1, and the speed at which the rotor can move is 0 to 400 rpm. The permissible quantity of liquid metal for barbotage refining is 300 kg or 700 kg [8,16,17]. The URO 200 has several design solutions which improve operation and can be adapted to the existing equipment in the foundry. These solutions include the following [8,16]:

  • URO-200XR—used for small crucible furnaces, the capacity of which does not exceed 250 kg, with no control system and no control of the refining process.
  • URO-200SA—used to service several crucible furnaces of capacity from 250 kg to 700 kg, fully automated and equipped with a mechanical rotor lift.
  • URO-200KA—used for refining processes in crucible furnaces and allows refining in a ladle. The process is fully automated, with a hydraulic rotor lift.
  • URO-200KX—a combination of the XR and KA models, designed for the ladle refining process. Additionally, refining in heated crucibles is possible. The unit is equipped with a manual hydraulic rotor lift.
  • URO-200PA—designed to cooperate with induction or crucible furnaces or intermediate chambers, the capacity of which does not exceed one ton. This unit is an integral part of the furnace. The rotor lift is equipped with a screw drive.

Studies making use of a physical model can be associated with the observation of the flow and circulation of gas bubbles. They require meeting several criteria regarding the similarity of the process and the object characteristics. The similarity conditions mainly include geometric, mechanical, chemical, thermal, and kinetic parameters. During simulation of aluminum refining with inert gas, it is necessary to maintain the geometric similarity between the model and the real object, as well as the similarity related to the flow of liquid metal and gas (hydrodynamic similarity). These quantities are characterized by the Reynolds, Weber, and Froude numbers. The Froude number is the most important parameter characterizing the process, its magnitude is the same for the physical model and the real object. Water was used as the medium in the physical modeling. The factors influencing the choice of water are its availability, relatively low cost, and kinematic viscosity at room temperature, which is very close to that of liquid aluminum.

The physical model studies focused on the flow of inert gas in the form of gas bubbles with varying degrees of dispersion, particularly with respect to some flow patterns such as flow in columns and geysers, as well as disturbance of the metal surface. The most important refining parameters are gas flow rate and rotor speed. The barbotage refining studies for the developed impeller (variants B4, B8, B12, and RT3) designs were conducted for the following process parameters:

  • Rotor speed: 200, 300, 400, and 500 rpm,
  • Ideal gas flow: 10, 20, and 30 dm3·min−1,
  • Temperature: 293 K (20 °C).

These studies were aimed at determining the most favorable variants of impellers, which were then verified using the numerical modeling methods in the Flow-3D program.

2.3. Numerical Simulations with Flow-3D Program

Testing different rotor impellers using a physical model allows for observing the phenomena taking place while refining. This is a very important step when testing new design solutions without using expensive industrial trials. Another solution is modeling by means of commercial simulation programs such as ANSYS Fluent or Flow-3D [18,19]. Unlike studies on a physical model, in a computer program, the parameters of the refining process and the object itself, including the impeller design, can be easily modified. The simulations were performed with the Flow-3D program version 12.03.02. A three-dimensional system with the same dimensions as in the physical modeling was used in the calculations. The isothermal flow of liquid–gas bubbles was analyzed. As in the physical model, three speeds were adopted in the numerical tests: 200, 300, and 500 rpm. During the initial phase of the simulations, the velocity field around the rotor generated an appropriate direction of motion for the newly produced bubbles. When the required speed was reached, the generation of randomly distributed bubbles around the rotor was started at a rate of 2000 per second. Table 1 lists the most important simulation parameters.

Table 1

Values of parameters used in the calculations.

ParameterValueUnit
Maximum number of gas particles1,000,000
Rate of particle generation20001·s−1
Specific gas constant287.058J·kg−1·K−1
Atmospheric pressure1.013 × 105Pa
Water density1000kg·m−3
Water viscosity0.001kg·m−1·s−1
Boundary condition on the wallsNo-slip
Size of computational cell0.0034m

Open in a separate window

In the case of the CFD analysis, the numerical solutions require great care when generating the computational mesh. Therefore, computational mesh tests were performed prior to the CFD calculations. The effect of mesh density was evaluated by taking into account the velocity of water in the tested object on the measurement line A (height of 0.065 m from the bottom) in a characteristic cross-section passing through the object axis (see Figure 6). The mesh contained 3,207,600, 6,311,981, 7,889,512, 11,569,230, and 14,115,049 cells.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g006.jpg

Figure 6

The velocity of the water depending on the size of the computational grid.

The quality of the generated computational meshes was checked using the criterion skewness angle QEAS [18]. This criterion is described by the following relationship:

QEAS=max{βmax−βeq180−βeq,βeq−βminβeq},

(1)

where βmaxβmin are the maximal and minimal angles (in degrees) between the edges of the cell, and βeq is the angle corresponding to an ideal cell, which for cubic cells is 90°.

Normalized in the interval [0;1], the value of QEAS should not exceed 0.75, which identifies the permissible skewness angle of the generated mesh. For the computed meshes, this value was equal to 0.55–0.65.

Moreover, when generating the computational grids in the studied facility, they were compacted in the areas of the highest gradients of the calculated values, where higher turbulence is to be expected (near the impeller). The obtained results of water velocity in the studied object at constant gas flow rate are shown in Figure 6.

The analysis of the obtained water velocity distributions (see Figure 6) along the line inside the object revealed that, with the density of the grid of nodal points, the velocity changed and its changes for the test cases of 7,889,512, 11,569,230, and 14,115,049 were insignificant. Therefore, it was assumed that a grid containing not less than 7,900,000 (7,889,512) cells would not affect the result of CFD calculations.

A single-block mesh of regular cells with a size of 0.0034 m was used in the numerical calculations. The total number of cells was approximately 7,900,000 (7,889,512). This grid resolution (see Figure 7) allowed the geometry of the system to be properly represented, maintaining acceptable computation time (about 3 days on a workstation with 2× CPU and 12 computing cores).

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g007.jpg

Figure 7

Structured equidistant mesh used in numerical calculations: (a) mesh with smoothed, surface cells (the so-called FAVOR method) used in Flow-3D; (b) visualization of the applied mesh resolution.

The calculations were conducted with an explicit scheme. The timestep was selected by the program automatically and controlled by stability and convergence. From the moment of the initial velocity field generation (start of particle generation), it was 0.0001 s.

When modeling the degassing process, three fluids are present in the system: water, gas supplied through the rotor head (impeller), and the surrounding air. Modeling such a multiphase flow is a numerically very complex issue. The necessity to overcome the liquid backpressure by the gas flowing out from the impeller leads to the formation of numerical instabilities in the volume of fluid (VOF)-based approach used by Flow-3D software. Therefore, a mixed description of the analyzed flow was used here. In this case, water was treated as a continuous medium, while, in the case of gas bubbles, the discrete phase model (DPM) model was applied. The way in which the air surrounding the system was taken into account is later described in detail.

The following additional assumptions were made in the modeling:

  • —The liquid phase was considered as an incompressible Newtonian fluid.
  • —The effect of chemical reactions during the refining process was neglected.
  • —The composition of each phase (gas and liquid) was considered homogeneous; therefore, the viscosity and surface tension were set as constants.
  • —Only full turbulence existed in the liquid, and the effect of molecular viscosity was neglected.
  • —The gas bubbles were shaped as perfect spheres.
  • —The mutual interaction between gas bubbles (particles) was neglected.

2.3.1. Modeling of Liquid Flow 

The motion of the real fluid (continuous medium) is described by the Navier–Stokes Equation [20].

dudt=−1ρ∇p+ν∇2u+13ν∇(∇⋅ u)+F,

(2)

where du/dt is the time derivative, u is the velocity vector, t is the time, and F is the term accounting for external forces including gravity (unit components denoted by XYZ).

In the simulations, the fluid flow was assumed to be incompressible, in which case the following equation is applicable:

∂u∂t+(u⋅∇)u=−1ρ∇p+ν∇2u+F.

(3)

Due to the large range of liquid velocities during flows, the turbulence formation process was included in the modeling. For this purpose, the k–ε model turbulence kinetic energy k and turbulence dissipation ε were the target parameters, as expressed by the following equations [21]:

∂(ρk)∂t+∂(ρkvi)∂xi=∂∂xj[(μ+μtσk)⋅∂k∂xi]+Gk+Gb−ρε−Ym+Sk,

(4)

∂(ρε)∂t+∂(ρεui)∂xi=∂∂xj[(μ+μtσε)⋅∂k∂xi]+C1εεk(Gk+G3εGb)+C2ερε2k+Sε,

(5)

where ρ is the gas density, σκ and σε are the Prandtl turbulence numbers, k and ε are constants of 1.0 and 1.3, and Gk and Gb are the kinetic energy of turbulence generated by the average velocity and buoyancy, respectively.

As mentioned earlier, there are two gas phases in the considered problem. In addition to the gas bubbles, which are treated here as particles, there is also air, which surrounds the system. The boundary of phase separation is in this case the free surface of the water. The shape of the free surface can change as a result of the forming velocity field in the liquid. Therefore, it is necessary to use an appropriate approach to free surface tracking. The most commonly used concept in liquid–gas flow modeling is the volume of fluid (VOF) method [22,23], and Flow-3D uses a modified version of this method called TrueVOF. It introduces the concept of the volume fraction of the liquid phase fl. This parameter can be used for classifying the cells of a discrete grid into areas filled with liquid phase (fl = 1), gaseous phase, or empty cells (fl = 0) and those through which the phase separation boundary (fl ∈ (0, 1)) passes (free surface). To determine the local variations of the liquid phase fraction, it is necessary to solve the following continuity equation:

dfldt=0.

(6)

Then, the fluid parameters in the region of coexistence of the two phases (the so-called interface) depend on the volume fraction of each phase.

ρ=flρl+(1−fl)ρg,

(7)

ν=flνl+(1−fl)νg,

(8)

where indices l and g refer to the liquid and gaseous phases, respectively.

The parameter of fluid velocity in cells containing both phases is also determined in the same way.

u=flul+(1−fl)ug.

(9)

Since the processes taking place in the surrounding air can be omitted, to speed up the calculations, a single-phase, free-surface model was used. This means that no calculations were performed in the gas cells (they were treated as empty cells). The liquid could fill them freely, and the air surrounding the system was considered by the atmospheric pressure exerted on the free surface. This approach is often used in modeling foundry and metallurgical processes [24].

2.3.2. Modeling of Gas Bubble Flow 

As stated, a particle model was used to model bubble flow. Spherical particles (gas bubbles) of a given size were randomly generated in the area marked with green in Figure 7b. In the simulations, the gas bubbles were assumed to have diameters of 0.016 and 0.02 m corresponding to the gas flow rates of 10 and 30 dm3·min−1, respectively.

Experimental studies have shown that, as a result of turbulent fluid motion, some of the bubbles may burst, leading to the formation of smaller bubbles, although merging of bubbles into larger groupings may also occur. Therefore, to be able to observe the behavior of bubbles of different sizes (diameter), the calculations generated two additional particle types with diameters twice smaller and twice larger, respectively. The proportion of each species in the system was set to 33.33% (Table 2).

Table 2

Data assumed for calculations.

NoRotor Speed (Rotational Speed)
rpm
Bubbles Diameter
m
Corresponding Gas Flow Rate
dm3·min−1
NoRotor Speed (Rotational Speed)
rpm
Bubbles Diameter
m
Corresponding Gas Flow Rate
dm3·min−1
A2000.01610D2000.0230
0.0080.01
0.0320.04
B3000.01610E3000.0230
0.0080.01
0.0320.04
C5000.01610F5000.0230
0.0080.01
0.0320.04

Open in a separate window

The velocity of the particle results from the generated velocity field (calculated from Equation (3) in the liquid ul around it and its velocity resulting from the buoyancy force ub. The effect of particle radius r on the terminal velocity associated with buoyancy force can be determined according to Stokes’ law.

ub=29 (ρg−ρl)μlgr2,

(10)

where g is the acceleration (9.81).

The DPM model was used for modeling the two-phase (water–air) flow. In this model, the fluid (water) is treated as a continuous phase and described by the Navier–Stokes equation, while gas bubbles are particles flowing in the model fluid (discrete phase). The trajectories of each bubble in the DPM system are calculated at each timestep taking into account the mass forces acting on it. Table 3 characterizes the DPM model used in our own research [18].

Table 3

Characteristic of the DPM model.

MethodEquations
Euler–LagrangeBalance equation:
dugdt=FD(u−ug)+g(ϱg−ϱ)ϱg+F.
FD (u − up) denotes the drag forces per mass unit of a bubble, and the expression for the drag coefficient FD is of the form
FD=18μCDReϱ⋅gd2g24.
The relative Reynolds number has the form
Re≡ρdg|ug−u|μ.
On the other hand, the force resulting from the additional acceleration of the model fluid has the form
F=12dρdtρg(u−ug),
where ug is the gas bubble velocity, u is the liquid velocity, dg is the bubble diameter, and CD is the drag coefficient.

Open in a separate window

Go to:

3. Results and Discussion

3.1. Calculations of Power and Mixing Time by the Flowing Gas Bubbles

One of the most important parameters of refining with a rotor is the mixing power induced by the spinning rotor and the outflowing gas bubbles (via impeller). The mixing power of liquid metal in a ladle of height (h) by gas injection can be determined from the following relation [15]:

pgVm=ρ⋅g⋅uB,

(11)

where pg is the mixing power, Vm is the volume of liquid metal in the reactor, ρ is the density of liquid aluminum, and uB is the average speed of bubbles, given below.

uB=n⋅R⋅TAc⋅Pm⋅t,

(12)

where n is the number of gas moles, R is the gas constant (8.314), Ac is the cross-sectional area of the reactor vessel, T is the temperature of liquid aluminum in the reactor, and Pm is the pressure at the middle tank level. The pressure at the middle level of the tank is calculated by a function of the mean logarithmic difference.

Pm=(Pa+ρ⋅g⋅h)−Paln(Pa+ρ⋅g⋅h)Pa,

(13)

where Pa is the atmospheric pressure, and h is the the height of metal in the reactor.

Themelis and Goyal [25] developed a model for calculating mixing power delivered by gas injection.

pg=2Q⋅R⋅T⋅ln(1+m⋅ρ⋅g⋅hP),

(14)

where Q is the gas flow, and m is the mass of liquid metal.

Zhang [26] proposed a model taking into account the temperature difference between gas and alloy (metal).

pg=QRTgVm[ln(1+ρ⋅g⋅hPa)+(1−TTg)],

(15)

where Tg is the gas temperature at the entry point.

Data for calculating the mixing power resulting from inert gas injection into liquid aluminum are given below in Table 4. The design parameters were adopted for the model, the parameters of which are shown in Figure 5.

Table 4

Data for calculating mixing power introduced by an inert gas.

ParameterValueUnit
Height of metal column0.7m
Density of aluminum2375kg·m−3
Process duration20s
Gas temperature at the injection site940K
Cross-sectional area of ladle0.448m2
Mass of liquid aluminum546.25kg
Volume of ladle0.23M3
Temperature of liquid aluminum941.15K

Open in a separate window

Table 5 presents the results of mixing power calculations according to the models of Themelis and Goyal and of Zhang for inert gas flows of 10, 20, and 30 dm3·min−1. The obtained calculation results significantly differed from each other. The difference was an order of magnitude, which indicates that the model is highly inaccurate without considering the temperature of the injected gas. Moreover, the calculations apply to the case when the mixing was performed only by the flowing gas bubbles, without using a rotor, which is a great simplification of the phenomenon.

Table 5

Mixing power calculated from mathematical models.

Mathematical ModelMixing Power (W·t−1)
for a Given Inert Gas Flow (dm3·min−1)
102030
Themelis and Goyal11.4923.3335.03
Zhang0.821.662.49

Open in a separate window

The mixing time is defined as the time required to achieve 95% complete mixing of liquid metal in the ladle [27,28,29,30]. Table 6 groups together equations for the mixing time according to the models.

Table 6

Models for calculating mixing time.

AuthorsModelRemarks
Szekely [31]τ=800ε−0.4ε—W·t−1
Chiti and Paglianti [27]τ=CVQlV—volume of reactor, m3
Ql—flow intensity, m3·s−1
Iguchi and Nakamura [32]τ=1200⋅Q−0.4D1.97h−1.0υ0.47υ—kinematic viscosity, m2·s−1
D—diameter of ladle, m
h—height of metal column, m
Q—liquid flow intensity, m3·s−1

Open in a separate window

Figure 8 and Figure 9 show the mixing time as a function of gas flow rate for various heights of the liquid column in the ladle and mixing power values.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g008.jpg

Figure 8

Mixing time as a function of gas flow rate for various heights of the metal column (Iguchi and Nakamura model).

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g009.jpg

Figure 9

Mixing time as a function of mixing power (Szekly model).

3.2. Determining the Bubble Size

The mechanisms controlling bubble size and mass transfer in an alloy undergoing refining are complex. Strong mixing conditions in the reactor promote impurity mass transfer. In the case of a spinning rotor, the shear force generated by the rotor motion separates the bubbles into smaller bubbles. Rotational speed, mixing force, surface tension, and liquid density have a strong influence on the bubble size. To characterize the kinetic state of the refining process, parameters k and A were introduced. Parameters kA, and uB can be calculated using the below equations [33].

k=2D⋅uBdB⋅π−−−−−−√,

(16)

A=6Q⋅hdB⋅uB,

(17)

uB=1.02g⋅dB,−−−−−√

(18)

where D is the diffusion coefficient, and dB is the bubble diameter.

After substituting appropriate values, we get

dB=3.03×104(πD)−2/5g−1/5h4/5Q0.344N−1.48.

(19)

According to the last equation, the size of the gas bubble decreases with the increasing rotational speed (see Figure 10).

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g010.jpg

Figure 10

Effect of rotational speed on the bubble diameter.

In a flow of given turbulence intensity, the diameter of the bubble does not exceed the maximum size dmax, which is inversely proportional to the rate of kinetic energy dissipation in a viscous flow ε. The size of the gas bubble diameter as a function of the mixing energy, also considering the Weber number and the mixing energy in the negative power, can be determined from the following equations [31,34]:

  • —Sevik and Park:

dBmax=We0.6kr⋅(σ⋅103ρ⋅10−3)0.6⋅(10⋅ε)−0.4⋅10−2.

(20)

  • —Evans:

dBmax=⎡⎣Wekr⋅σ⋅1032⋅(ρ⋅10−3)13⎤⎦35 ⋅(10⋅ε)−25⋅10−2.

(21)

The results of calculating the maximum diameter of the bubble dBmax determined from Equation (21) are given in Table 7.

Table 7

The results of calculating the maximum diameter of the bubble using Equation (21).

ModelMixing Energy
ĺ (m2·s−3)
Weber Number (Wekr)
0.591.01.2
Zhang and Taniguchi
dmax
0.10.01670.02300.026
0.50.00880.01210.013
1.00.00670.00910.010
1.50.00570.00780.009
Sevik and Park
dBmax
0.10.2650.360.41
0.50.1390.190.21
1.00.1060.140.16
1.50.0900.120.14
Evans
dBmax
0.10.2470.3400.38
0.50.1300.1780.20
1.00.0980.1350.15
1.50.0840.1150.13

Open in a separate window

3.3. Physical Modeling

The first stage of experiments (using the URO-200 water model) included conducting experiments with impellers equipped with four, eight, and 12 gas outlets (variants B4, B8, B12). The tests were carried out for different process parameters. Selected results for these experiments are presented in Figure 11Figure 12Figure 13 and Figure 14.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g011.jpg

Figure 11

Impeller variant B4—gas bubbles dispersion registered for a gas flow rate of 10 dm3·min−1 and rotor speed of (a) 200, (b) 300, (c) 400, and (d) 500 rpm.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g012.jpg

Figure 12

Impeller variant B8—gas bubbles dispersion registered for a gas flow rate of 10 dm3·min−1 and rotor speed of (a) 200, (b) 300, (c) 400, and (d) 500 rpm.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g013.jpg

Figure 13

Gas bubble dispersion registered for different processing parameters (impeller variant B12).

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g014.jpg

Figure 14

Gas bubble dispersion registered for different processing parameters (impeller variant RT3).

The analysis of the refining variants presented in Figure 11Figure 12Figure 13 and Figure 14 reveals that the proposed impellers design model is not useful for the aluminum refining process. The number of gas outlet orifices, rotational speed, and flow did not affect the refining efficiency. In all the variants shown in the figures, very poor dispersion of gas bubbles was observed in the object. The gas bubble flow had a columnar character, and so-called dead zones, i.e., areas where no inert gas bubbles are present, were visible in the analyzed object. Such dead zones were located in the bottom and side zones of the ladle, while the flow of bubbles occurred near the turning rotor. Another negative phenomenon observed was a significant agitation of the water surface due to excessive (rotational) rotor speed and gas flow (see Figure 13, cases 20; 400, 30; 300, 30; 400, and 30; 500).

Research results for a ‘red triangle’ impeller equipped with three gas supply orifices (variant RT3) are presented in Figure 14.

In this impeller design, a uniform degree of bubble dispersion in the entire volume of the modeling fluid was achieved for most cases presented (see Figure 14). In all tested variants, single bubbles were observed in the area of the water surface in the vessel. For variants 20; 200, 30; 200, and 20; 300 shown in Figure 14, the bubble dispersion results were the worst as the so-called dead zones were identified in the area near the bottom and sidewalls of the vessel, which disqualifies these work parameters for further applications. Interestingly, areas where swirls and gas bubble chains formed were identified only for the inert gas flows of 20 and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm in the analyzed model. This means that the presented model had the best performance in terms of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid. Its design with sharp edges also differed from previously analyzed models, which is beneficial for gas bubble dispersion, but may interfere with its suitability in industrial conditions due to possible premature wear.

3.4. Qualitative Comparison of Research Results (CFD and Physical Model)

The analysis (physical modeling) revealed that the best mixing efficiency results were obtained with the RT3 impeller variant. Therefore, numerical calculations were carried out for the impeller model with three outlet orifices (variant RT3). The CFD results are presented in Figure 15 and Figure 16.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g015.jpg

Figure 15

Simulation results of the impeller RT3, for given flows and rotational speeds after a time of 1 s: simulation variants (a) A, (b) B, (c) C, (d) D, (e) E, and (f) F.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g016.jpg

Figure 16

Simulation results of the impeller RT3, for given flows and rotational speeds after a time of 5.4 s.: simulation variants (a) A, (b) B, (c) C, (d) D, (e) E, and (f) F.

CFD results are presented for all analyzed variants (impeller RT3) at two selected calculation timesteps of 1 and 5.40 s. They show the velocity field of the medium (water) and the dispersion of gas bubbles.

Figure 15 shows the initial refining phase after 1 s of the process. In this case, the gas bubble formation and flow were observed in an area close to contact with the rotor. Figure 16 shows the phase when the dispersion and flow of gas bubbles were advanced in the reactor area of the URO-200 model.

The quantitative evaluation of the obtained results of physical and numerical model tests was based on the comparison of the degree of gas dispersion in the model liquid. The degree of gas bubble dispersion in the volume of the model liquid and the areas of strong turbulent zones formation were evaluated during the analysis of the results of visualization and numerical simulations. These two effects sufficiently characterize the required course of the process from the physical point of view. The known scheme of the below description was adopted as a basic criterion for the evaluation of the degree of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid.

  • Minimal dispersion—single bubbles ascending in the region of their formation along the ladle axis; lack of mixing in the whole bath volume.
  • Accurate dispersion—single and well-mixed bubbles ascending toward the bath mirror in the region of the ladle axis; no dispersion near the walls and in the lower part of the ladle.
  • Uniform dispersion—most desirable; very good mixing of fine bubbles with model liquid.
  • Excessive dispersion—bubbles join together to form chains; large turbulence zones; uneven flow of gas.

The numerical simulation results give a good agreement with the experiments performed with the physical model. For all studied variants (used process parameters), the single bubbles were observed in the area of water surface in the vessel. For variants presented in Figure 13 (200 rpm, gas flow 20 and dm3·min−1) and relevant examples in numerical simulation Figure 16, the worst bubble dispersion results were obtained because the dead zones were identified in the area near the bottom and sidewalls of the vessel, which disqualifies these work parameters for further use. The areas where swirls and gas bubble chains formed were identified only for the inert gas flows of 20 and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm in the analyzed model (physical model). This means that the presented impeller model had the best performance in terms of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid. The worst bubble dispersion results were obtained because the dead zones were identified in the area near the bottom and side walls of the vessel, which disqualifies these work parameters for further use.

Figure 17 presents exemplary results of model tests (CFD and physical model) with marked gas bubble dispersion zones. All variants of tests were analogously compared, and this comparison allowed validating the numerical model.

An external file that holds a picture, illustration, etc.
Object name is materials-15-05273-g017.jpg

Figure 17

Compilations of model research results (CFD and physical): A—single gas bubbles formed on the surface of the modeling liquid, B—excessive formation of gas chains and swirls, C—uniform distribution of gas bubbles in the entire volume of the tank, and D—dead zones without gas bubbles, no dispersion. (a) Variant B; (b) variant F.

It should be mentioned here that, in numerical simulations, it is necessary to make certain assumptions and simplifications. The calculations assumed three particle size classes (Table 2), which represent the different gas bubbles that form due to different gas flow rates. The maximum number of particles/bubbles (Table 1) generated was assumed in advance and related to the computational capabilities of the computer. Too many particles can also make it difficult to visualize and analyze the results. The size of the particles, of course, affects their behavior during simulation, while, in the figures provided in the article, the bubbles are represented by spheres (visualization of the results) of the same size. Please note that, due to the adopted Lagrangian–Eulerian approach, the simulation did not take into account phenomena such as bubble collapse or fusion. However, the obtained results allow a comprehensive analysis of the behavior of gas bubbles in the system under consideration.

The comparative analysis of the visualization (quantitative) results obtained with the water model and CFD simulations (see Figure 17) generated a sufficient agreement from the point of view of the trends. A precise quantitative evaluation is difficult to perform because of the lack of a refraction compensating system in the water model. Furthermore, in numerical simulations, it is not possible to determine the geometry of the forming gas bubbles and their interaction with each other as opposed to the visualization in the water model. The use of both research methods is complementary. Thus, a direct comparison of images obtained by the two methods requires appropriate interpretation. However, such an assessment gives the possibility to qualitatively determine the types of the present gas bubble dispersion, thus ultimately validating the CFD results with the water model.

A summary of the visualization results for impellers RT3, i.e., analysis of the occurring gas bubble dispersion types, is presented in Table 8.

Table 8

Summary of visualization results (impeller RT3)—different types of gas bubble dispersion.

No Exp.ABCDEF
Gas flow rate, dm3·min−11030
Impeller speed, rpm200300500200300500
Type of dispersionAccurateUniformUniform/excessiveMinimalExcessiveExcessive

Open in a separate window

Tests carried out for impeller RT3 confirmed the high efficiency of gas bubble distribution in the volume of the tested object at a low inert gas flow rate of 10 dm3·min−1. The most optimal variant was variant B (300 rpm, 10 dm3·min−1). However, the other variants A and C (gas flow rate 10 dm3·min−1) seemed to be favorable for this type of impeller and are recommended for further testing. The above process parameters will be analyzed in detail in a quantitative analysis to be performed on the basis of the obtained efficiency curves of the degassing process (oxygen removal). This analysis will give an unambiguous answer as to which process parameters are the most optimal for this type of impeller; the results are planned for publication in the next article.

It should also be noted here that the high agreement between the results of numerical calculations and physical modelling prompts a conclusion that the proposed approach to the simulation of a degassing process which consists of a single-phase flow model with a free surface and a particle flow model is appropriate. The simulation results enable us to understand how the velocity field in the fluid is formed and to analyze the distribution of gas bubbles in the system. The simulations in Flow-3D software can, therefore, be useful for both the design of the impeller geometry and the selection of process parameters.

Go to:

4. Conclusions

The results of experiments carried out on the physical model of the device for the simulation of barbotage refining of aluminum revealed that the worst results in terms of distribution and dispersion of gas bubbles in the studied object were obtained for the black impellers variants B4, B8, and B12 (multi-orifice impellers—four, eight, and 12 outlet holes, respectively).

In this case, the control of flow, speed, and number of gas exit orifices did not improve the process efficiency, and the developed design did not meet the criteria for industrial tests. In the case of the ‘red triangle’ impeller (variant RT3), uniform gas bubble dispersion was achieved throughout the volume of the modeling fluid for most of the tested variants. The worst bubble dispersion results due to the occurrence of the so-called dead zones in the area near the bottom and sidewalls of the vessel were obtained for the flow variants of 20 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm. For the analyzed model, areas where swirls and gas bubble chains were formed were found only for the inert gas flow of 20 and 30 dm3·min−1 and 200 rpm. The model impeller (variant RT3) had the best performance compared to the previously presented impellers in terms of dispersion of gas bubbles in the model liquid. Moreover, its design differed from previously presented models because of its sharp edges. This can be advantageous for gas bubble dispersion, but may negatively affect its suitability in industrial conditions due to premature wearing.

The CFD simulation results confirmed the results obtained from the experiments performed on the physical model. The numerical simulation of the operation of the ‘red triangle’ impeller model (using Flow-3D software) gave good agreement with the experiments performed on the physical model. This means that the presented model impeller, as compared to other (analyzed) designs, had the best performance in terms of gas bubble dispersion in the model liquid.

In further work, the developed numerical model is planned to be used for CFD simulations of the gas bubble distribution process taking into account physicochemical parameters of liquid aluminum based on industrial tests. Consequently, the obtained results may be implemented in production practice.

Go to:

Funding Statement

This paper was created with the financial support grants from the AGH-UST, Faculty of Foundry Engineering, Poland (16.16.170.654 and 11/990/BK_22/0083) for the Faculty of Materials Engineering, Silesian University of Technology, Poland.

Go to:

Author Contributions

Conceptualization, K.K. and D.K.; methodology, J.P. and T.M.; validation, M.S. and S.G.; formal analysis, D.K. and T.M.; investigation, J.P., K.K. and S.G.; resources, M.S., J.P. and K.K.; writing—original draft preparation, D.K. and T.M.; writing—review and editing, D.K. and T.M.; visualization, J.P., K.K. and S.G.; supervision, D.K.; funding acquisition, D.K. and T.M. All authors have read and agreed to the published version of the manuscript.

Go to:

Institutional Review Board Statement

Not applicable.

Go to:

Informed Consent Statement

Not applicable.

Go to:

Data Availability Statement

Data are contained within the article.

Go to:

Conflicts of Interest

The authors declare no conflict of interest.

Go to:

Footnotes

Publisher’s Note: MDPI stays neutral with regard to jurisdictional claims in published maps and institutional affiliations.

Go to:

References

1. Zhang L., Xuewei L., Torgerson A.T., Long M. Removal of Impurity Elements from Molten Aluminium: A Review. Miner. Process. Extr. Metall. Rev. 2011;32:150–228. doi: 10.1080/08827508.2010.483396. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

2. Saternus M. Impurities of liquid aluminium-methods on their estimation and removal. Met. Form. 2015;23:115–132. [Google Scholar]

3. Żak P.L., Kalisz D., Lelito J., Gracz B., Szucki M., Suchy J.S. Modelling of non-metallic particle motion process in foundry alloys. Metalurgija. 2015;54:357–360. [Google Scholar]

4. Kalisz D., Kuglin K. Efficiency of aluminum oxide inclusions rmoval from liquid steel as a result of collisions and agglomeration on ceramic filters. Arch. Foundry Eng. 2020;20:43–48. [Google Scholar]

5. Kuglin K., Kalisz D. Evaluation of the usefulness of rotors for aluminium refining. IOP Conf. Ser. Mater. Sci. Eng. 2021;1178:012036. doi: 10.1088/1757-899X/1178/1/012036. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

6. Saternus M., Merder T. Physical modeling of the impeller construction impact o the aluminium refining process. Materials. 2022;15:575. doi: 10.3390/ma15020575. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

7. Saternus M., Merder T. Physical modelling of aluminum refining process conducted in batch reactor with rotary impeller. Metals. 2018;8:726. doi: 10.3390/met8090726. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

8. Saternus M., Merder T., Pieprzyca J. The influence of impeller geometry on the gas bubbles dispersion in uro-200 reactor—RTD curves. Arch. Metall. Mater. 2015;60:2887–2893. doi: 10.1515/amm-2015-0461. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

9. Hernández-Hernández M., Camacho-Martínez J., González-Rivera C., Ramírez-Argáez M.A. Impeller design assisted by physical modeling and pilot plant trials. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 2016;236:1–8. doi: 10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2016.04.031. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

10. Mancilla E., Cruz-Méndez W., Garduño I.E., González-Rivera C., Ramírez-Argáez M.A., Ascanio G. Comparison of the hydrodynamic performance of rotor-injector devices in a water physical model of an aluminum degassing ladle. Chem. Eng. Res. Des. 2017;118:158–169. doi: 10.1016/j.cherd.2016.11.031. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

11. Michalek K., Socha L., Gryc K., Tkadleckova M., Saternus M., Pieprzyca J., Merder T. Modelling of technological parameters of aluminium melt refining in the ladle by blowing of inert gas through the rotating impeller. Arch. Metall. Mater. 2018;63:987–992. [Google Scholar]

12. Walek J., Michalek K., Tkadlecková M., Saternus M. Modelling of Technological Parameters of Aluminium Melt Refining in the Ladle by Blowing of Inert Gas through the Rotating Impeller. Metals. 2021;11:284. doi: 10.3390/met11020284. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

13. Michalek K., Gryc K., Moravka J. Physical modelling of bath homogenization in argon stirred ladle. Metalurgija. 2009;48:215–218. [Google Scholar]

14. Michalek K. The Use of Physical Modeling and Numerical Optimization for Metallurgical Processes. VSB; Ostrawa, Czech Republic: 2001. [Google Scholar]

15. Chen J., Zhao J. Light Metals. TMS; Warrendale, PA, USA: 1995. Bubble distribution in a melt treatment water model; pp. 1227–1231. [Google Scholar]

16. Saternus M. Model Matematyczny do Sterowania Procesem Rafinacji Ciekłych Stopów Aluminium Przy Zastosowaniu URO-200. Katowice, Poland: 2004. Research Project Nr 7 T08B 019 21. [Google Scholar]

17. Pietrewicz L., Wężyk W. Urządzenia do rafinacji gazowej typu URO-200 sześć lat produkcji i doświadczeń; Proceedings of the Aluminum Conference; Zakopane, Poland. 12–16 October 1998. [Google Scholar]

18. Flow3d User’s Guide. Flow Science, Inc.; Santa Fe, NM, USA: 2020. [Google Scholar]

19. Sinelnikov V., Szucki M., Merder T., Pieprzyca J., Kalisz D. Physical and numerical modeling of the slag splashing process. Materials. 2021;14:2289. doi: 10.3390/ma14092289. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

20. White F. Fluid Mechanics. McGraw-Hill; New York, NY, USA: 2010. (McGraw-Hill Series in Mechanical Engineering). [Google Scholar]

21. Yang Z., Yang L., Cheng T., Chen F., Zheng F., Wang S., Guo Y. Fluid Flow Characteristic of EAF Molten Steel with Different Bottom-Blowing Gas Flow Rate Distributions. ISIJ. 2020;60:1957–1967. doi: 10.2355/isijinternational.ISIJINT-2019-794. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

22. Nichols B.D., Hirt C.W. Methods for calculating multi-dimensional, transient free surface flows past bodies; Proceedings of the First International Conference on Numerical Ship Hydrodynamics; Gaithersburg, MD, USA. 20–22 October 1975. [Google Scholar]

23. Hirt C.W., Nichols B.D. Volume of Fluid (VOF) Method for the Dynamics of Free Boundaries. J. Comput. Phys. 1981;39:201–255. doi: 10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

24. Szucki M., Suchy J.S., Lelito J., Malinowski P., Sobczyk J. Application of the lattice Boltzmann method for simulation of the mold filling process in the casting industry. Heat Mass Transf. 2017;53:3421–3431. doi: 10.1007/s00231-017-2069-5. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

25. Themelis N.J., Goyal P. Gas injection in steelmaking. Candian Metall. Trans. 1983;22:313–320. [Google Scholar]

26. Zhang L., Jing X., Li Y., Xu Z., Cai K. Mathematical model of decarburization of ultralow carbon steel during RH treatment. J. Univ. Sci. Technol. Beijing. 1997;4:19–23. [Google Scholar]

27. Chiti F., Paglianti A., Bujalshi W. A mechanistic model to estimate powder consumption and mixing time in aluminium industries. Chem. Eng. Res. Des. 2004;82:1105–1111. doi: 10.1205/cerd.82.9.1105.44156. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

28. Bouaifi M., Roustan M. Power consumption, mixing time and homogenization energy in dual-impeller agitated gas-liquid reactors. Chem. Eng. Process. 2011;40:87–95. doi: 10.1016/S0255-2701(00)00128-8. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

29. Kang J., Lee C.H., Haam S., Koo K.K., Kim W.S. Studies on the overall oxygen transfer rate and mixing time in pilot-scale surface aeration vessel. Environ. Technol. 2001;22:1055–1068. doi: 10.1080/09593332208618215. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

30. Moucha T., Linek V., Prokopov E. Gas hold-up, mixing time and gas-liquid volumetric mass transfer coefficient of various multiple-impeller configurations: Rushton turbine, pitched blade and techmix impeller and their combinations. Chem. Eng. Sci. 2003;58:1839–1846. doi: 10.1016/S0009-2509(02)00682-6. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

31. Szekely J. Flow phenomena, mixing and mass transfer in argon-stirred ladles. Ironmak. Steelmak. 1979;6:285–293. [Google Scholar]

32. Iguchi M., Nakamura K., Tsujino R. Mixing time and fluid flow phenomena in liquids of varying kinematic viscosities agitated by bottom gas injection. Metall. Mat. Trans. 1998;29:569–575. doi: 10.1007/s11663-998-0091-1. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

33. Hjelle O., Engh T.A., Rasch B. Removal of Sodium from Aluminiummagnesium Alloys by Purging with Cl2. Aluminium-Verlag GmbH; Dusseldorf, Germany: 1985. pp. 343–360. [Google Scholar]

34. Zhang L., Taniguchi S. Fundamentals of inclusion removal from liquid steel by bubble flotation. Int. Mat. Rev. 2000;45:59–82. doi: 10.1179/095066000101528313. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]

Figure 5: 3D & 2D views of simulated fill sequence of a hollow cylinder at 1000 rpm and 1500 rpm at various time intervals during filling.

Computer Simulation of Centrifugal Casting Process using FLOW-3D

Aneesh Kumar J1, a, K. Krishnakumar1, b and S. Savithri2, c 1 Department of Mechanical Engineering, College of Engineering, Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala, 2 Computational Modelling& Simulation Division, Process Engineering & Environmental Technology Division CSIR-National Institute for Interdisciplinary Science & Technology
Thiruvananthapuram, Kerala, India.
a aneesh82kj@gmail.com, b kkk@cet.ac.in, c sivakumarsavi@gmail.com, ssavithri@niist.res.in Key words: Mold filling, centrifugal casting process, computer simulation, FLOW- 3D™

Abstract

원심 주조 공정은 기능적으로 등급이 지정된 재료, 즉 구성 요소 간에 밀도 차이가 큰 복합 재료 또는 금속 재료를 생산하는 데 사용되는 잠재적인 제조 기술 중 하나입니다. 이 공정에서 유체 흐름이 중요한 역할을 하며 복잡한 흐름 공정을 이해하는 것은 결함 없는 주물을 생산하는 데 필수입니다. 금형이 고속으로 회전하고 금형 벽이 불투명하기 때문에 흐름 패턴을 실시간으로 시각화하는 것은 불가능합니다. 따라서 현재 연구에서는 상용 CFD 코드 FLOW-3D™를 사용하여 수직 원심 주조 공정 중 단순 중공 원통형 주조에 대한 금형 충전 시퀀스를 시뮬레이션했습니다. 수직 원심주조 공정 중 다양한 방사 속도가 충전 패턴에 미치는 영향을 조사하고 있습니다.

Centrifugal casting process is one of the potential manufacturing techniques used for producing functionally graded materials viz., composite materials or metallic materials which have high differences of density among constituents. In this process, the fluid flow plays a major role and understanding the complex flow process is a must for the production of defect-free castings. Since the mold spins at a high velocity and the mold wall being opaque, it is impossible to visualise the flow patterns in real time. Hence, in the present work, the commercial CFD code FLOW-3D™, has been used to simulate the mold filling sequence for a simple hollow cylindrical casting during vertical centrifugal casting process. Effect of various spinning velocities on the fill pattern during vertical centrifugal casting process is being investigated.

Figure 1: (a) Mold geometry and (b) Computational mesh
Figure 1: (a) Mold geometry and (b) Computational mesh
Figure 2: Experimental data on height of
vertex formed [8]  / Figure 3: Vertex height as a function of time
Figure 2: Experimental data on height of vertex formed [8]/Figure 3: Vertex height as a function of time
Figure 4: Free surface contours for water model at 10 s, 15 s and 20 s.
Figure 4: Free surface contours for water model at 10 s, 15 s and 20 s.
Figure 5: 3D & 2D views of simulated fill sequence of a hollow cylinder at 1000 rpm and 1500 rpm at various time intervals during filling.
Figure 5: 3D & 2D views of simulated fill sequence of a hollow cylinder at 1000 rpm and 1500 rpm at various time intervals during filling.

References

[1] W. Shi-Ping, L. Chang-yun, G. Jing-jie, S. Yan-qing, L. Xiu-qiao, F. Heng-zhi, Numerical simulation and
experimental investigation of two filling methods in vertical centrifugal casting, Trans. Nonferrous Met. Soc.
China 16 (2006) 1035-1040.
10.1016/s1003-6326(06)60373-7
[2] G. Chirita, D. Soares, F.S. Silva, Advantages of the centrifugal casting technique for the production of
structural components with Al-Si alloys, Mater. Des. 29 (2008) 20-27.
10.1016/j.matdes.2006.12.011
[3] A. Kermanpur, Sh. Mahmoudi, A. Hajipour, Numerical simulation of metal flow and solidification in the
multi-cavity casting moulds of automotive components, J. Mater. Proc. Tech. 206 (208) 62-68.
10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2007.12.004
[4] D. McBride et. al. Complex free surface flows in centrifugal casting: Computational modelling and
validation experiments, Computers & Fluids 82 (2013) 63-72.
10.1016/j.compfluid.2013.04.021

Fig. 8. Variation of water surface profile (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.

Numerical study of the dam-break waves and Favre waves down sloped wet rigid-bed at laboratory scale

WenjunLiuaBoWangaYakunGuobaState Key Laboratory of Hydraulics and Mountain River Engineering, College of Water Resource and Hydropower, Sichuan University, Chengdu 610065, ChinabFaculty of Engineering & Informatics, University of Bradford, BD7 1DP, UK

Highlights

경사진 습윤층에서 댐파괴유동과 FFavre 파를 수치적으로 조사하였다.
수직 대 수평 속도의 비율이 먼저 정량화됩니다.
유동 상태는 유상 경사가 큰 후기 단계에서 크게 변경됩니다.
Favre 파도는 수직 속도와 수직 가속도에 큰 영향을 미칩니다.
베드 전단응력의 변화는 베드 기울기와 꼬리물의 영향을 받습니다.

Abstract

The bed slope and the tailwater depth are two important ones among the factors that affect the propagation of the dam-break flood and Favre waves. Most previous studies have only focused on the macroscopic characteristics of the dam-break flows or Favre waves under the condition of horizontal bed, rather than the internal movement characteristics in sloped channel. The present study applies two numerical models, namely, large eddy simulation (LES) and shallow water equations (SWEs) models embedded in the CFD software package FLOW-3D to analyze the internal movement characteristics of the dam-break flows and Favre waves, such as water level, the velocity distribution, the fluid particles acceleration and the bed shear stress, under the different bed slopes and water depth ratios. The results under the conditions considered in this study show that there is a flow state transition in the flow evolution for the steep bed slope even in water depth ratio α = 0.1 (α is the ratio of the tailwater depth to the reservoir water depth). The flow state transition shows that the wavefront changes from a breaking state to undular. Such flow transition is not observed for the horizontal slope and mild bed slope. The existence of the Favre waves leads to a significant increase of the vertical velocity and the vertical acceleration. In this situation, the SWEs model has poor prediction. Analysis reveals that the variation of the maximum bed shear stress is affected by both the bed slope and tailwater depth. Under the same bed slope (e.g., S0 = 0.02), the maximum bed shear stress position develops downstream of the dam when α = 0.1, while it develops towards the end of the reservoir when α = 0.7. For the same water depth ratio (e.g., α = 0.7), the maximum bed shear stress position always locates within the reservoir at S0 = 0.02, while it appears in the downstream of the dam for S0 = 0 and 0.003 after the flow evolves for a while. The comparison between the numerical simulation and experimental measurements shows that the LES model can predict the internal movement characteristics with satisfactory accuracy. This study improves the understanding of the effect of both the bed slope and the tailwater depth on the internal movement characteristics of the dam-break flows and Favre waves, which also provides a valuable reference for determining the flood embankment height and designing the channel bed anti-scouring facility.

Fig. 1. Sketch of related variables involved in shallow water model.
Fig. 1. Sketch of related variables involved in shallow water model.
Fig. 2. Flume model in numerical simulation.
Fig. 2. Flume model in numerical simulation.
Fig. 3. Grid sensitivity analysis (a) water surface profile; (b) velocity profile.
Fig. 3. Grid sensitivity analysis (a) water surface profile; (b) velocity profile.
Fig. 4. Sketch of experimental set-up for validating the velocity profile.
Fig. 4. Sketch of experimental set-up for validating the velocity profile.
Fig. 5. Sketch of experimental set-up for validating the bed shear stress.
Fig. 5. Sketch of experimental set-up for validating the bed shear stress.
Fig. 6. Model validation results (a) variation of the velocity profile; (b) error value of the velocity profile; (c) variation of the bed shear stress; (d) error value of the bed shear stress.
Fig. 6. Model validation results (a) variation of the velocity profile; (b) error value of the velocity profile; (c) variation of the bed shear stress; (d) error value of the bed shear stress.
Fig. 7. Schematic diagram of regional division.
Fig. 7. Schematic diagram of regional division.
Fig. 8. Variation of water surface profile (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 8. Variation of water surface profile (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 8. (continued).
Fig. 9. Froude number for α = 0.1 (a) variation with time; (b) variation with wavefront position.
Fig. 9. Froude number for α = 0.1 (a) variation with time; (b) variation with wavefront position.
Fig. 10. Characteristics of velocity distribution (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 10. Characteristics of velocity distribution (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 11. Average proportion of the vertical velocity (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 11. Average proportion of the vertical velocity (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 12. Bed shear stress distribution (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 12. Bed shear stress distribution (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 12. (continued).
Fig. 12. (continued).
Fig. 13. Variation of the maximum bed shear stress position with time (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 13. Variation of the maximum bed shear stress position with time (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 14. Time when the maximum bed shear stress appears at different positions (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 14. Time when the maximum bed shear stress appears at different positions (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 15. Movement characteristics of the fluid particles (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 15. Movement characteristics of the fluid particles (a) α = 0.1; (b) α = 0.3; (c) α = 0.5; (d) α = 0.7.
Fig. 15. (continued).
Fig. 15. (continued).

Keywords

Dam-break flow, Bed slope, Wet bed, Velocity profile, Bed shear stress, Large eddy simulation

References

Barnes, M.P., Baldock, T.E. 2006. Bed shear stress measurements in dam break and swash
flows. Proceedings of International Conference on Civil and Environmental
Engineering. Hiroshima University, Japan, 28–29 September.
Biscarini, C., Francesco, S.D., Manciola, P., 2010. CFD modelling approach for dam break
flow studies. Hydrol. Earth Syst. Sc. 14, 705–718. https://doi.org/10.5194/hess-14-
705-2010.
Fig. 15. (continued).
W. Liu et al.
Journal of Hydrology 602 (2021) 126752
19
Bristeau, M.-O., Goutal, N., Sainte-Marie, J., 2011. Numerical simulations of a nonhydrostatic shallow water model. Comput. Fluids. 47 (1), 51–64. https://doi.org/
10.1016/j.compfluid.2011.02.013.
Bung, D.B., Hildebrandt, A., Oertel, M., Schlenkhoff, A., Schlurmann, T. 2008. Bore
propagation over a submerged horizontal plate by physical and numerical
simulation. Proc. 31st Intl.Conf. Coastal Eng., Hamburg, Germany, 3542–3553.
Cantero-Chinchilla, F.N., Castro-Orgaz, O., Dey, S., Ayuso, J.L., 2016. Nonhydrostatic
dam break flows. I: physical equations and numerical schemes. J. Hydraul. Eng. 142
(12), 04016068. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001205.
Castro-Orgaz, O., Chanson, H., 2020. Undular and broken surges in dam-break flows: A
review of wave breaking strategies in a boussinesq-type framework. Environ. Fluid
Mech. 154 https://doi.org/10.1007/s10652-020-09749-3.
Chang, T.-J., Kao, H.-M., Chang, K.-H., Hsu, M.-H., 2011. Numerical simulation of
shallow-water dam break flows in open channels using smoothed particle
hydrodynamics. J. Hydrol. 408 (1-2), 78–90. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
jhydrol.2011.07.023.
Chen, H., Xu, W., Deng, J., Xue, Y., Li, J., 2009. Experimental investigation of pressure
load exerted on a downstream dam by dam-break flow. J. Hydraul. Eng. 140,
199–207. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000743.
Favre H. 1935. Etude th´eorique et exp´erimentale des ondes de translation dans les
canaux d´ecouverts. Dunod, Paris. (in French).
Flow Science Inc. 2016. Flow-3D User’s Manuals. Santa Fe NM.
Fraccarollo, L., Toro, E.F., 1995. Experimental and numerical assessment of the shallow
water model for two-dimensional dam-break type problems. J. Hydraul. Res. 33 (6),
843–864. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689509498555.
Guo, Y., Wu, X., Pan, C., Zhang, J., 2012. Numerical simulation of the tidal flow and
suspended sediment transport in the qiantang estuary. J Waterw. Port Coastal. 138
(3), 192–202. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)WW.1943-5460.0000118.
Guo, Y., Zhang, Z., Shi, B., 2014. Numerical simulation of gravity current descending a
slope into a linearly stratified environment. J. Hydraulic Eng. 140 (12), 04014061.
https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000936.
Khosronejad, A., Kang, S., Flora, K., 2019. Fully coupled free-surface flow and sediment
transport modelling of flash floods in a desert stream in the mojave desert, california.
Hydrol. Process 33 (21), 2772–2791. https://doi.org/10.1002/hyp.v33.2110.1002/
hyp.13527.
Khosronejad, A., Arabi, M.G., Angelidis, D., Bagherizadeh, E., Flora, K., Farhadzadeh, A.,
2020a. A comparative study of rigid-lid and level-set methods for LES of openchannel flows: morphodynamics. Environ. Fluid Mech. 20 (1), 145–164. https://doi.
org/10.1007/s10652-019-09703-y.
Khosronejad, A., Flora, K., Zhang, Z.X., Kang, S., 2020b. Large-eddy simulation of flash
flood propagation and sediment transport in a dry-bed desert stream. Int. J.
Sediment Res. 35 (6), 576–586. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijsrc.2020.02.002.
Khoshkonesh, A., Nsom, B., Gohari, S., Banejad, H., 2019. A comprehensive study of dam
break over the dry and wet beds. Ocean Eng. 188, 106279.1–106279.18. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.oceaneng.2019.106279.
Kocaman, S., Ozmen-Cagatay, H., 2012. The effect of lateral channel contraction on dam
break flows: laboratory experiment. J. Hydrol. 432–433, 145–153. https://doi.org/
10.1016/j.jhydrol.2012.02.035.
Kocaman, S., Ozmen-Cagatay, H., 2015. Investigation of dam-break induced shock waves
impact on a vertical wall. J. Hydrol. 525, 1–12. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
jhydrol.2015.03.040.
LaRocque, L.A., Imran, J., Chaudhry, M.H., 2013a. Experimental and numerical
investigations of two-dimensional dam-break flows. J. Hydraul. Eng. 139 (6),
569–579. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000705.
Larocque, L.A., Imran, J., Chaudhry, M.H., 2013b. 3D numerical simulation of partial
breach dam-break flow using the LES and k-ε turbulence models. J. Hydraul. Res. 51,
145–157. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2012.734862.
Lauber, G., Hager, W.H., 1998a. Experiments to dam break wave: Horizontal channel.
J. Hydraul. Res. 36 (3), 291–307. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689809498620.
Lauber, G., Hager, W.H., 1998b. Experiments to dam break wave: Sloping channel.
J. Hydraul. Res. 36 (5), 761–773. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689809498601.
Leal, J.G., Ferreira, R.M., Cardoso, A.H., 2006. Dam-break wave-front celerity.
J. Hydraul. Eng. 132 (1), 69–76. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2006)
132:1(69).
Liu, W., Wang, B., Guo, Y., Zhang, J., Chen, Y., 2020. Experimental investigation on the
effects of bed slope and tailwater on dam-break flows. J. Hydrol. 590, 125256.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2020.125256.
Marche, C., Beauchemin P. EL Kayloubi, A. 1995. Etude num´erique et exp´erimentale des
ondes secondaires de Favre cons´ecutives a la rupture d’un harrage. Can. J. Civil Eng.
22, 793–801, (in French). https://doi.org/10.1139/l95-089.
Marra, D., Earl, T., Ancey, C. 2011. Experimental investigations of dam break flows down
an inclined channel. Proceedings of the 34th World Congress of the International
Association for Hydro-Environment Research and Engineering: 33rd Hydrology and
Water Resources Symposium and 10th Conference on Hydraulics in Water
Engineering, Brisbane, Australia.
Marsooli, R., Wu, W., 2014. 3-D finite-volume model of dam-break flow over uneven
beds based on vof method. Adv. Water Resour. 70, 104–117. https://doi.org/
10.1016/j.advwatres.2014.04.020.
Miller, S., Chaudhry, M.H., 1989. Dam-break flows in curved channel. J. Hydraul. Eng.
115 (11), 1465–1478. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(1989)115:11
(1465).
Mohapatra, P.K., Chaudhry, M.H., 2004. Numerical solution of Boussinesq equations to
simulate dam-break flows. J. Hydraul. Eng. 130 (2), 156–159. https://doi.org/
10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429(2004)130:2(156).
Oertel, M., Bung, D.B., 2012. Initial stage of two-dimensional dam-break waves:
laboratory versus VOF. J. Hydraul. Res. 50 (1), 89–97. https://doi.org/10.1080/
00221686.2011.639981.
Ozmen-Cagatay, H., Kocaman, S., 2012. Investigation of dam-break flow over abruptly
contracting channel with trapezoidal-shaped lateral obstacles. J. Fluids Eng. 134,
081204 https://doi.org/10.1115/1.4007154.
Ozmen-Cagatay, H., Kocaman, S., Guzel, H., 2014. Investigation of dam-break flood
waves in a dry channel with a hump. J. Hydro-environ. Res. 8 (3), 304–315. https://
doi.org/10.1016/j.jher.2014.01.005.
Park, I.R., Kim, K.S., Kim, J., Van, S.H., 2012. Numerical investigation of the effects of
turbulence intensity on dam-break flows. Ocean Eng. 42, 176–187. https://doi.org/
10.1016/j.oceaneng.2012.01.005.
Peregrine, D.H., 1966. Calculations of the development of an undular bore. J. Fluid
Mech. 25 (2), 321–330. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0022112066001678.
Savic, L.j., Holly, F.M., 1993. Dam break flood waves computed by modified Godunov
method. J. Hydraul. Res. 31 (2), 187–204. https://doi.org/10.1080/
00221689309498844.
Shigematsu, T., Liu, P., Oda, K., 2004. Numerical modeling of the initial stages of dambreak waves. J. Hydraul. Res. 42 (2), 183–195. https://doi.org/10.1080/
00221686.2004.9628303.
Smagorinsky, J., 1963. General circulation experiments with the primitive equations.
Part I: the basic experiment. Mon. Weather Rev. 91, 99–164. https://doi.org/
10.1126/science.27.693.594.
Soares-Frazao, S., Zech, Y., 2002. Undular bores and secondary waves – Experiments and
hybrid finite-volume modeling. J. Hydraul. Res. 40, 33–43. https://doi.org/
10.1080/00221680209499871.
Stansby, P.K., Chegini, A., Barnes, T.C.D., 1998. The initial stages of dam-break flow.
J. Fluid Mech. 370, 203–220. https://doi.org/10.1017/022112098001918.
Treske, A., 1994. Undular bores (favre-waves) in open channels – experimental studies.
J. Hydraul. Res. 32 (3), 355–370. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221689409498738.
Wang, B., Chen, Y., Wu, C., Dong, J., Ma, X., Song, J., 2016. A semi-analytical approach
for predicting peak discharge of floods caused by embankment dam failures. Hydrol.
Process 30 (20), 3682–3691. https://doi.org/10.1002/hyp.v30.2010.1002/
hyp.10896.
Wang, B., Chen, Y., Wu, C., Peng, Y., Ma, X., Song, J., 2017. Analytical solution of dambreak flood wave propagation in a dry sloped channel with an irregular-shaped
cross-section. J. Hydro-environ. Res. 14, 93–104. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
jher.2016.11.003.
Wang, B., Chen, Y., Wu, C., Peng, Y., Song, J., Liu, W., Liu, X., 2018. Empirical and semianalytical models for predicting peak outflows caused by embankment dam failures.
J. Hydrol. 562, 692–702. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2018.05.049.
Wang, B., Zhang, J., Chen, Y., Peng, Y., Liu, X., Liu, W., 2019. Comparison of measured
dam-break flood waves in triangular and rectangular channels. J. Hydrol. 575,
690–703. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2019.05.081.
Wang, B., Liu, W., Zhang, J., Chen, Y., Wu, C., Peng, Y., Wu, Z., Liu, X., Yang, S., 2020a.
Enhancement of semi-theoretical models for predicting peak discharges in breached
embankment dams. Environ. Fluid Mech. 20 (4), 885–904. https://doi.org/10.1007/
s10652-019-09730-9.
Wang, B., Chen, Y., Peng, Y., Zhang, J., Guo, Y., 2020b. Analytical solution of shallow
water equations for ideal dam-break flood along a wet bed slope. J. Hydraul. Eng.
146 (2), 06019020. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001683.
Wang, B., Liu, W., Wang, W., Zhang, J., Chen, Y., Peng, Y., Liu, X., Yang, S., 2020c.
Experimental and numerical investigations of similarity for dam-break flows on wet
bed. J. Hydrol. 583, 124598. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jhydrol.2020.124598.
Wang, B., Liu, X., Zhang, J., Guo, Y., Chen, Y., Peng, Y., Liu, W., Yang, S., Zhang, F.,
2020d. Analytical and experimental investigations of dam-break flows in triangular
channels with wet-bed conditions. J. Hydraul. Eng. 146 (10), 04020070. https://doi.
org/10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001808.
Wu, W., Wang, S., 2007. One-dimensional modeling of dam-break flow over movable
beds. J. Hydraul. Eng. 133 (1), 48–58. https://doi.org/10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9429
(2007)133:1(48).
Xia, J., Lin, B., Falconer, R.A., Wang, G., 2010. Modelling dam-break flows over mobile
beds using a 2d coupled approach. Adv. Water Resour. 33 (2), 171–183. https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.advwatres.2009.11.004.
Yang, S., Yang, W., Qin, S., Li, Q., Yang, B., 2018a. Numerical study on characteristics of
dam-break wave. Ocean Eng. 159, 358–371. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
oceaneng.2018.04.011.
Yang, S., Yang, W., Qin, S., Li, Q., 2018b. Comparative study on calculation methods of
dam-break wave. J. Hydraul. Res. 57 (5), 702–714. https://doi.org/10.1080/
00221686.2018.1494057.

Fig. 6. Experiment of waves passing through a single block of porous medium.

Generalization of a three-layer model for wave attenuation in n-block submerged porous breakwater

NadhiraKarimaaIkhaMagdalenaabIndrianaMarcelaaMohammadFaridbaFaculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences, Bandung Institute of Technology, 40132, IndonesiabCenter for Coastal and Marine Development, Bandung Institute of Technology, Indonesia

Highlights

•A new three-layer model for n-block submerged porous breakwaters is developed.

•New analytical approach in finding the wave transmission coefficient is presented.

•A finite volume method successfully simulates the wave attenuation process.

•Porous media blocks characteristics and configuration can optimize wave reduction.

Abstract

높은 파도 진폭은 해안선에 위험한 영향을 미치고 해안 복원력을 약화시킬 수 있습니다. 그러나 다중 다공성 매체는 해양 생태계의 환경 친화적인 해안 보호 역할을 할 수 있습니다.

이 논문에서 우리는 n개의 잠긴 다공성 미디어 블록이 있는 영역에서 파동 진폭 감소를 계산하기 위해 3층 깊이 통합 방정식을 사용합니다. 수학적 모델은 파동 전달 계수를 얻기 위해 여러 행렬 방정식을 포함하는 변수 분리 방법을 사용하여 해석적으로 해결됩니다.

이 계수는 진폭 감소의 크기에 대한 정보를 제공합니다. 또한 모델을 수치적으로 풀기 위해 지그재그 유한 체적 방법이 적용됩니다.

수치 시뮬레이션을 통해 다공성 매질 블록의 구성과 특성이 투과파 진폭을 줄이는 데 중요하다는 결론을 내렸습니다.

High wave amplitudes may cause dangerous effects on the shoreline and weaken coastal resilience. However, multiple porous media can act as environmental friendly coastal protectors of the marine ecosystem. In this paper, we use three-layer depth-integrated equations to calculate wave amplitude reduction in a domain with n submerged porous media blocks. The mathematical model is solved analytically using the separation of variables method involving several matrix equations to obtain the wave transmission coefficient. This coefficient provides information about the magnitude of amplitude reduction. Additionally, a staggered finite volume method is applied to solve the model numerically. By conducting numerical simulations, we conclude that porous media blocks’ configuration and characteristics are crucial in reducing transmitted wave amplitude.

Keywords

Three-layer equations, Submerged porous media, Wave transmission coefficient, Finite volume method

Fig. 1. Sketch of the problem configuration.
Fig. 1. Sketch of the problem configuration.
Fig. 6. Experiment of waves passing through a single block of porous medium.
Fig. 6. Experiment of waves passing through a single block of porous medium.

References

[1]M. Beck, G. Lange, Managing Coasts with Natural Solutions: Guidelines for Measuring and Valuing the Coastal Protection Services of Mangroves and Coral Reefs.

Google Scholar[2]

Y. Zhao, Y. Liu, H. Li, A. Chang

Oblique wave motion over multiple submerged porous bars near a vertical wall

J. Ocean Univ. China, 16 (2017), pp. 568-574, 10.1007/s11802-017-3333-5 View PDF

View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[3]C. K. Sollitt, R. H. Cross, Wave transmission through permeable breakwaters, Coast. Eng..

Google Scholar[4]J.-F. Lee, L.-F. Tu, C.-C. Liu, Nonlinear wave evolution above rectangular submerged structures, J. Mar. Sci. Technol. 22. doi:10.6119/JMST-013-0503-3.

Google Scholar[5]

Y.T. Wu, C.L. Yeh, S.-C. Hsiao

Three-dimensional numerical simulation on the interaction of solitary waves and porous breakwaters

Coast. Eng., 85 (2014), pp. 12-29

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[6]

Y. feng Xu, X. he Xia, J. hua Wang, J. jian Chen

Numerical analysis on cnoidal wave induced response of porous seabed with definite thickness

J. Shanghai Jiao Tong Univ. (Sci.), 18 (2013), pp. 650-654, 10.1007/s12204-013-1446-6 View PDF

Google Scholar[7]

D.M. Pérez-Romero, M. Ortega-Sánchez, A. Moñino, M.A. Losada

Characteristic friction coefficient and scale effects in oscillatory porous flow

Coast. Eng., 56 (9) (2009), pp. 931-939, 10.1016/j.coastaleng.2009.05.002

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[8]

A. Torres-Freyermuth, M. Brocchini, S. Corvaro, J.C. Pintado-Patiño

Wave attenuation over porous seabeds: a numerical study

Ocean Model., 117 (2017), pp. 28-40, 10.1016/j.ocemod.2017.07.004

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[9]F. Hajivalie, S. M. Mahmoudof, Experimental study of energy dissipation at rectangular submerged breakwater, Proceedings of the 8th International Conference on Fluid Mechanics.

Google Scholar[10]G. T. Klonaris, A. S. Metallinos, C. D. Memos, K. A. Galani, Experimental and numerical investigation of bed morphology in the lee of porous submerged breakwaters, Coast. Eng. 155.

Google Scholar[11]

A. Kubowicz-Grajewska

Experimental investigation into wave interaction with a rubble-mound submerged breakwater (case study)

J. Mar. Sci. Technol., 22 (2) (2017), pp. 313-326 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[12]

S.M. Mahmoudof, F. Hajivalie

Experimental study of hydraulic response of smooth submerged breakwaters to irregular waves

Oceanologia, 63 (4) (2021), pp. 448-462

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[13]

C. Tsai, H. Chen, F. Lee

Wave transformation over submerged permeable breakwater on porous bottom

Ocean Eng., 33 (2006), pp. 1623-1643, 10.1016/j.oceaneng.2005.09.006

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[14]

S. Rojanakamthorn, M. Isobe, A. Watanabe

A mathematical model of wave transformation over a submerged breakwater

Coastal Engineering in Japan, 31 (1989), pp. 209-234, 10.1080/05785634.1989.11924515 View PDF

View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[15]

Q. Lin, Q.r. Meng, D.q. Lu

Waves propagating over a two-layer porous barrier on a seabed

J. Hydrodyn., 30 (3) (2018), pp. 453-462 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[16]X. Yu, A. T. Chwang, Wave motion through porous structures, J. Eng. Mech. 120. doi:10.1061/(ASCE)0733-9399(1994)120:5(989).

Google Scholar[17]

K.G. Vijay, V. Venkateswarlu, D. Karmakar

Scattering of gravity waves by multiple submerged rubble-mound breakwaters

Arabian J. Sci. Eng., 45 (10) (2020), pp. 8529-8550 View PDF

CrossRefView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[18]

I. Magdalena, G. Jonathan

Water waves resonance and its interaction with submerged breakwater

Results in Engineering, 13 (2022), Article 100343, 10.1016/j.rineng.2022.100343

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[19]

I. Magdalena, K. Firdaus, D. Jayadi

Analytical and numerical studies for wave generated by submarine landslide

Alex. Eng. J., 61 (9) (2022), pp. 7303-7313, 10.1016/j.aej.2021.12.069

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[20]

L. Arpaia, M. Ricchiuto, A.G. Filippini, R. Pedreros

An efficient covariant frame for the spherical shallow water equations: well balanced dg approximation and application to tsunami and storm surge

Ocean Model., 169 (2022), Article 101915, 10.1016/j.ocemod.2021.101915

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[21]

M. Briani, G. Puppo, M. Ribot

Angle dependence in coupling conditions for shallow water equations at channel junctions

Comput. Math. Appl., 108 (2022), pp. 49-65, 10.1016/j.camwa.2021.12.021

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[22]

I. Magdalena, G.R. Andadari, D.E. Reeve

An integrated study of wave attenuation by vegetation

Wave Motion, 110 (2022), Article 102878, 10.1016/j.wavemoti.2021.102878

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[23]

I. Magdalena, R. La’lang, R. Mendoza

Quantification of wave attenuation in mangroves in manila bay using nonlinear shallow water equations

Results in Applied Mathematics, 12 (2021), Article 100191, 10.1016/j.rinam.2021.100191

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[24]

K.T. Mandli

A numerical method for the two layer shallow water equations with dry states

Ocean Model., 72 (2013), pp. 80-91, 10.1016/j.ocemod.2013.08.001

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[25]

M. Farhan, Z. Omar, F. Mebarek-Oudina, J. Raza, Z. Shah, R.V. Choudhari, O.D. Makinde

Implementation of the one-step one-hybrid block method on the nonlinear equation of a circular sector oscillator

Comput. Math. Model., 31 (2020), pp. 116-132, 10.1007/s10598-020-09480-0 View PDF

View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[26]

R. Djebali, F. Mebarek-Oudina, C. Rajashekhar

Similarity solution analysis of dynamic and thermal boundary layers: further formulation along a vertical flat plate

Phys. Scripta, 96 (8) (2021), Article 085206, 10.1088/1402-4896/abfe31 View PDF

View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[27]

M. Alkasassbeh, O. Zurni, F. Mebarek-Oudina, J. Raza

Heat transfer study of convective fin with temperature,Äêdependent internal heat generation by hybrid block method

Heat Tran. Asian Res., 48 (2019), pp. 1225-1244, 10.1002/htj.21428 View PDF

View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[28]

I. Magdalena, M.F. Eka Pebriansyah

Numerical treatment of finite difference method for solving dam break model on a wet-dry bed with an obstacle

Results in Engineering, 14 (2022), Article 100382, 10.1016/j.rineng.2022.100382

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[29]

M. Uddin, S. Rasel, J.K. Adewole, K.S. Al Kalbani

Finite element simulation on the convective double diffusive water-based copper oxide nanofluid flow in a square cavity having vertical wavy surfaces in presence of hydro-magnetic field

Results in Engineering, 13 (2022), Article 100364, 10.1016/j.rineng.2022.100364

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[30]

E.H.H. Al-Qadami, A.S. Abdurrasheed, Z. Mustaffa, K.W. Yusof, M. Malek, A.A. Ghani

Numerical modelling of flow characteristics over sharp crested triangular hump

Results in Engineering, 4 (2019), Article 100052, 10.1016/j.rineng.2019.100052

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[31]

I. Magdalena, V. Kusnowo, M.I. Azis

Widowati, 1d-2d numerical model for wave attenuation by mangroves as a porous structure

Computation, 9 (6) (2021), pp. 1-21

Google Scholar[32]

I. Magdalena, M.F. Atras, L. Sembiring, M.A. Nugroho, R.S.B. Labay, M.P. Roque

Wave transmission by rectangular submerged breakwaters

Computation, 8 (2) (2020), pp. 1-18 View PDF

View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[33]

I. Magdalena, S.R. Pudjaprasetya

Numerical modeling for gravity waves over submerged porous media

Australian Journal of Basic and Applied Sciences, 9 (28) (2015), pp. 124-130

View Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[34]

I. Magdalena, A. Hariz, M. Farid, M.S.B. Kusuma

Numerical studies using staggered finite volume for dam break flow with an obstacle through different geometries

Results in Applied Mathematics, 12 (2021), Article 100193, 10.1016/j.rinam.2021.100193

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[35]

R. Walters, E. Hanert, J. Pietrzak, D. Le Roux

Comparison of unstructured, staggered grid methods for the shallow water equations

Ocean Model., 28 (1) (2009), pp. 106-117, 10.1016/j.ocemod.2008.12.004

the Sixth International Workshop on Unstructured Mesh Numerical Modelling of Coastal, Shelf and Ocean Flows

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[36]

F. Mebarek-Oudina

Numerical modeling of the hydrodynamic stability in vertical annulus with heat source of different lengths, Engineering Science and Technology

Int. J., 20 (4) (2017), pp. 1324-1333, 10.1016/j.jestch.2017.08.003

ArticleDownload PDFView Record in ScopusGoogle Scholar[37]

S. Pudjaprasetya, I. Magdalena

Numerical modeling for gravity waves over submerged porous media

Australian Journal of Basic and Applied Sciences, 9 (2015), pp. 124-130

Google Scholar

Fig. 1. Schematic figure showing the PREP with additional gas flowing on the end face of electrode.

플라즈마 회전 전극 공정 중 분말 형성에 대한 공정 매개변수 및 냉각 가스의 영향

Effects of process parameters and cooling gas on powder formation during the plasma rotating electrode process

Yujie Cuia Yufan Zhaoa1 Haruko Numatab Kenta Yamanakaa Huakang Biana Kenta Aoyagia AkihikoChibaa
aInstitute for Materials Research, Tohoku University, Sendai 980-8577, JapanbDepartment of Materials Processing, Graduate School of Engineering, Tohoku University, Sendai 980-8577, Japan

Highlights

•The limitation of increasing the rotational speed in decreasing powder size was clarified.

•Cooling and disturbance effects varied with the gas flowing rate.

•Inclined angle of the residual electrode end face affected powder formation.

•Additional cooling gas flowing could be applied to control powder size.

Abstract

The plasma rotating electrode process (PREP) is rapidly becoming an important powder fabrication method in additive manufacturing. However, the low production rate of fine PREP powder limits the development of PREP. Herein, we investigated different factors affecting powder formation during PREP by combining experimental methods and numerical simulations. The limitation of increasing the rotation electrode speed in decreasing powder size is attributed to the increased probability of adjacent droplets recombining and the decreased tendency of granulation. The effects of additional Ar/He gas flowing on the rotational electrode on powder formation is determined through the cooling effect, the disturbance effect, and the inclined effect of the residual electrode end face simultaneously. A smaller-sized powder was obtained in the He atmosphere owing to the larger inclined angle of the residual electrode end face compared to the Ar atmosphere. Our research highlights the route for the fabrication of smaller-sized powders using PREP.

플라즈마 회전 전극 공정(PREP)은 적층 제조 에서 중요한 분말 제조 방법으로 빠르게 자리잡고 있습니다. 그러나 미세한 PREP 분말의 낮은 생산율은 PREP의 개발을 제한합니다. 여기에서 우리는 실험 방법과 수치 시뮬레이션을 결합하여 PREP 동안 분말 형성에 영향을 미치는 다양한 요인을 조사했습니다. 분말 크기 감소에서 회전 전극 속도 증가의 한계는 인접한 액적 재결합 확률 증가 및 과립화 경향 감소에 기인합니다.. 회전 전극에 흐르는 추가 Ar/He 가스가 분말 형성에 미치는 영향은 냉각 효과, 외란 효과 및 잔류 전극 단면의 경사 효과를 통해 동시에 결정됩니다. He 분위기에서는 Ar 분위기에 비해 잔류 전극 단면의 경사각이 크기 때문에 더 작은 크기의 분말이 얻어졌다. 우리의 연구는 PREP를 사용하여 더 작은 크기의 분말을 제조하는 경로를 강조합니다.

Keywords

Plasma rotating electrode process

Ti-6Al-4 V alloy, Rotating speed, Numerical simulation, Gas flowing, Powder size

Introduction

With the development of additive manufacturing, there has been a significant increase in high-quality powder production demand [1,2]. The initial powder characteristics are closely related to the uniform powder spreading [3,4], packing density [5], and layer thickness observed during additive manufacturing [6], thus determining the mechanical properties of the additive manufactured parts [7,8]. Gas atomization (GA) [9–11], centrifugal atomization (CA) [12–15], and the plasma rotating electrode process (PREP) are three important powder fabrication methods.

Currently, GA is the dominant powder fabrication method used in additive manufacturing [16] for the fabrication of a wide range of alloys [11]. GA produces powders by impinging a liquid metal stream to droplets through a high-speed gas flow of nitrogen, argon, or helium. With relatively low energy consumption and a high fraction of fine powders, GA has become the most popular powder manufacturing technology for AM.

The entrapped gas pores are generally formed in the powder after solidification during GA, in which the molten metal is impacted by a high-speed atomization gas jet. In addition, satellites are formed in GA powder when fine particles adhere to partially molten particles.

The gas pores of GA powder result in porosity generation in the additive manufactured parts, which in turn deteriorates its mechanical properties because pores can become crack initiation sites [17]. In CA, a molten metal stream is poured directly onto an atomizer disc spinning at a high rotational speed. A thin film is formed on the surface of the disc, which breaks into small droplets due to the centrifugal force. Metal powder is obtained when these droplets solidify.

Compared with GA powder, CA powder exhibits higher sphericity, lower impurity content, fewer satellites, and narrower particle size distribution [12]. However, very high speed is required to obtain fine powder by CA. In PREP, the molten metal, melted using the plasma arc, is ejected from the rotating rod through centrifugal force. Compared with GA powder, PREP-produced powders also have higher sphericity and fewer pores and satellites [18].

For instance, PREP-fabricated Ti6Al-4 V alloy powder with a powder size below 150 μm exhibits lower porosity than gas-atomized powder [19], which decreases the porosity of additive manufactured parts. Furthermore, the process window during electron beam melting was broadened using PREP powder compared to GA powder in Inconel 718 alloy [20] owing to the higher sphericity of the PREP powder.

In summary, PREP powder exhibits many advantages and is highly recommended for powder-based additive manufacturing and direct energy deposition-type additive manufacturing. However, the low production rate of fine PREP powder limits the widespread application of PREP powder in additive manufacturing.

Although increasing the rotating speed is an effective method to decrease the powder size [21,22], the reduction in powder size becomes smaller with the increased rotating speed [23]. The occurrence of limiting effects has not been fully clarified yet.

Moreover, the powder size can be decreased by increasing the rotating electrode diameter [24]. However, these methods are quite demanding for the PREP equipment. For instance, it is costly to revise the PREP equipment to meet the demand of further increasing the rotating speed or electrode diameter.

Accordingly, more feasible methods should be developed to further decrease the PREP powder size. Another factor that influences powder formation is the melting rate [25]. It has been reported that increasing the melting rate decreases the powder size of Inconel 718 alloy [26].

In contrast, the powder size of SUS316 alloy was decreased by decreasing the plasma current within certain ranges. This was ascribed to the formation of larger-sized droplets from fluid strips with increased thickness and spatial density at higher plasma currents [27]. The powder size of NiTi alloy also decreases at lower melting rates [28]. Consequently, altering the melting rate, varied with the plasma current, is expected to regulate the PREP powder size.

Furthermore, gas flowing has a significant influence on powder formation [27,29–31]. On one hand, the disturbance effect of gas flowing promotes fluid granulation, which in turn contributes to the formation of smaller-sized powder [27]. On the other hand, the cooling effect of gas flowing facilitates the formation of large-sized powder due to increased viscosity and surface tension. However, there is a lack of systematic research on the effect of different gas flowing on powder formation during PREP.

Herein, the authors systematically studied the effects of rotating speed, electrode diameter, plasma current, and gas flowing on the formation of Ti-6Al-4 V alloy powder during PREP as additive manufactured Ti-6Al-4 V alloy exhibits great application potential [32]. Numerical simulations were conducted to explain why increasing the rotating speed is not effective in decreasing powder size when the rotation speed reaches a certain level. In addition, the different factors incited by the Ar/He gas flowing on powder formation were clarified.

Fig. 1. Schematic figure showing the PREP with additional gas flowing on the end face of electrode.
Fig. 1. Schematic figure showing the PREP with additional gas flowing on the end face of electrode.

References

[1] W. Ding, G. Chen, M. Qin, Y. He, X. Qu, Low-cost Ti powders for additive manufacturing treated by fluidized bed, Powder Technol. 350 (2019) 117–122, https://doi.org/
10.1016/j.powtec.2019.03.042.
[2] W.S.W. Harun, M.S.I.N. Kamariah, N. Muhamad, S.A.C. Ghani, F. Ahmad, Z. Mohamed,
A review of powder additive manufacturing processes for metallic biomaterials,
Powder Technol. 327 (2018) 128–151, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2017.12.
058.
[3] M. Ahmed, M. Pasha, W. Nan, M. Ghadiri, A simple method for assessing powder
spreadability for additive manufacturing, Powder Technol. 367 (2020) 671–679,
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2020.04.033.
[4] W. Nan, M. Pasha, M. Ghadiri, Numerical simulation of particle flow and segregation
during roller spreading process in additive manufacturing, Powder Technol. 364
(2020) 811–821, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2019.12.023.
[5] A. Averardi, C. Cola, S.E. Zeltmann, N. Gupta, Effect of particle size distribution on the
packing of powder beds : a critical discussion relevant to additive manufacturing,
Mater. Today Commun. 24 (2020) 100964, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mtcomm.
2020.100964.
[6] K. Riener, N. Albrecht, S. Ziegelmeier, R. Ramakrishnan, L. Haferkamp, A.B. Spierings,
G.J. Leichtfried, Influence of particle size distribution and morphology on the properties of the powder feedstock as well as of AlSi10Mg parts produced by laser powder bed fusion (LPBF), Addit. Manuf. 34 (2020) 101286, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
addma.2020.101286.
[7] W.S.W. Harun, N.S. Manam, M.S.I.N. Kamariah, S. Sharif, A.H. Zulkifly, I. Ahmad, H.
Miura, A review of powdered additive manufacturing techniques for Ti-6Al-4V biomedical applications, Powder Technol. 331 (2018) 74–97, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.
powtec.2018.03.010.
[8] A.T. Sutton, C.S. Kriewall, M.C. Leu, J.W. Newkirk, Powder characterisation techniques and effects of powder characteristics on part properties in powder-bed fusion processes, Virtual Phys. Prototyp. 12 (2017) (2017) 3–29, https://doi.org/10.
1080/17452759.2016.1250605.
[9] G. Chen, Q. Zhou, S.Y. Zhao, J.O. Yin, P. Tan, Z.F. Li, Y. Ge, J. Wang, H.P. Tang, A pore
morphological study of gas-atomized Ti-6Al-4V powders by scanning electron microscopy and synchrotron X-ray computed tomography, Powder Technol. 330
(2018) 425–430, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2018.02.053.
[10] Y. Feng, T. Qiu, Preparation, characterization and microwave absorbing properties of
FeNi alloy prepared by gas atomization method, J. Alloys Compd. 513 (2012)
455–459, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2011.10.079.

[11] I.E. Anderson, R.L. Terpstra, Progress toward gas atomization processing with increased uniformity and control, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 326 (2002) 101–109, https://
doi.org/10.1016/S0921-5093(01)01427-7.
[12] P. Phairote, T. Plookphol, S. Wisutmethangoon, Design and development of a centrifugal atomizer for producing zinc metal powder, Int. J. Appl. Phys. Math. 2 (2012)
77–82, https://doi.org/10.7763/IJAPM.2012.V2.58.
[13] L. Tian, I. Anderson, T. Riedemann, A. Russell, Production of fine calcium powders by
centrifugal atomization with rotating quench bath, Powder Technol. 308 (2017)
84–93, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2016.12.011.
[14] M. Eslamian, J. Rak, N. Ashgriz, Preparation of aluminum/silicon carbide metal matrix composites using centrifugal atomization, Powder Technol. 184 (2008) 11–20,
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2007.07.045.
[15] T. Plookphol, S. Wisutmethangoon, S. Gonsrang, Influence of process parameters on
SAC305 lead-free solder powder produced by centrifugal atomization, Powder
Technol. 214 (2011) 506–512, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2011.09.015.
[16] M.Z. Gao, B. Ludwig, T.A. Palmer, Impact of atomization gas on characteristics of austenitic stainless steel powder feedstocks for additive manufacturing, Powder
Technol. 383 (2021) 30–42, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2020.12.005.
[17] X. Shui, K. Yamanaka, M. Mori, Y. Nagata, A. Chiba, Effects of post-processing on cyclic fatigue response of a titanium alloy additively manufactured by electron beam
melting, Mater. Sci. Eng. A 680 (2017) 239–248, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.msea.
2016.10.059.
[18] C. Wang, X.H. Zhao, Y.C. Ma, Q.X. Wang, Y.J. Lai, S.J. Liang, Study of the spherical
HoCu powders prepared by supreme-speed plasma rotating electrode process,
Powder Metallurgy Technology 38 (3) (2020) 227–233, https://doi.org/10.19591/
j.cnki.cn11-1974/tf.2020.03.011 (in Chinese).
[19] G. Chen, S.Y. Zhao, P. Tan, J. Wang, C.S. Xiang, H.P. Tang, A comparative study of Ti6Al-4V powders for additive manufacturing by gas atomization, plasma rotating
electrode process and plasma atomization, Powder Technol. 333 (2018) 38–46,
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2018.04.013.
[20] Y. Zhao, K. Aoyagi, Y. Daino, K. Yamanaka, A. Chiba, Significance of powder feedstock
characteristics in defect suppression of additively manufactured Inconel 718, Addit.
Manuf. 34 (2020) 101277, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2020.101277.
[21] Y. Nie, J. Tang, B. Yang, Q. Lei, S. Yu, Y. Li, Comparison in characteristic and atomization behavior of metallic powders produced by plasma rotating electrode process,
Adv. Powder Technol. 31 (2020) 2152–2160, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apt.2020.03.
006.
[22] Y. Cui, Y. Zhao, H. Numata, H. Bian, K. Wako, K. Yamanaka, K. Aoyagi, C. Zhang, A.
Chiba, Effects of plasma rotating electrode process parameters on the particle size
distribution and microstructure of Ti-6Al-4 V alloy powder, Powder Technol 376
(2020) 363–372, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2020.08.027.
[23] J. Tang, Y. Nie, Q. Lei, Y. Li, Characteristics and atomization behavior of Ti-6Al-4V
powder produced by plasma rotating electrode process Adv, Powder Technol. 10
(2019) 2330–2337, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apt.2019.07.015.
[24] M. Zdujić, D. Uskoković, Production of atomized metal and alloy powders by the rotating electrode process, Sov. Powder Metall. Met. Ceram. 29 (1990) 673–683,
https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00795571.
[25] L. Zhang, Y. Zhao, Particle size distribution of tin powder produced by centrifugal
atomisation using rotating cups, Powder Technol. 318 (2017) 62–67, https://doi.
org/10.1016/j.powtec.2017.05.038.
[26] Y. Liu, S. Liang, Z. Han, J. Song, Q. Wang, A novel model of calculating particle sizes in
plasma rotating electrode process for superalloys, Powder Technol. 336 (2018)
406–414, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2018.06.002.
[27] Y. Zhao, Y. Cui, H. Numata, H. Bian, K. Wako, K. Yamanaka, Centrifugal granulation
behavior in metallic powder fabrication by plasma rotating electrode process, Sci.
Rep. (2020) 1–15, https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-020-75503-w.
[28] T. Hsu, C. Wei, L. Wu, Y. Li, A. Chiba, M. Tsai, Nitinol powders generate from plasma
rotation electrode process provide clean powder for biomedical devices used with
suitable size, spheroid surface and pure composition, Sci. Rep. 8 (2018) 1–8,
https://doi.org/10.1038/s41598-018-32101-1.
[29] M. Wei, S. Chen, M. Sun, J. Liang, C. Liu, M. Wang, Atomization simulation and preparation of 24CrNiMoY alloy steel powder using VIGA technology at high gas pressure, Powder Technol. 367 (2020) 724–739, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.
2020.04.030.
[30] Y. Tan, X. Zhu, X.Y. He, B. Ding, H. Wang, Q. Liao, H. Li, Granulation characteristics of
molten blast furnace slag by hybrid centrifugal-air blast technique, Powder Technol.
323 (2018) 176–185, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2017.09.040.
[31] P. Xu, D.H. Liu, J. Hu, G.Y. Lin, Synthesis of Ni-Ti composite powder by radio frequency plasma spheroidization process, Nonferrous Metals Science and Engineering
39 (1) (2020) 67–71 , (in Chinese) 10.13264/j.cnki.ysjskx.2020.01.011.
[32] H. Mehboob, F. Tarlochan, A. Mehboob, S.H. Chang, S. Ramesh, W.S.W. Harun, K.
Kadirgama, A novel design, analysis and 3D printing of Ti-6Al-4V alloy bioinspired porous femoral stem, J. Mater. Sci. Mater. Med. 31 (2020) 78, https://doi.
org/10.1007/s10856-020-06420-7.
[33] FLOW-3D® Version 11.2 [Computer software]. , Flow Science, Inc., Santa Fe, NM,
2017https://www.flow3d.com.
[34] M. Boivineau, C. Cagran, D. Doytier, V. Eyraud, M.H. Nadal, B. Wilthan, G. Pottlacher,
Thermophysical properties of solid and liquid Ti-6Al-4V (TA6V) alloy, Int. J.
Thermophys. 27 (2006) 507–529, https://doi.org/10.1007/PL00021868.
[35] J. Liu, Q. Qin, Q. Yu, The effect of size distribution of slag particles obtained in dry
granulation on blast furnace slag cement strength, Powder Technol. 362 (2020)
32–36, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.powtec.2019.11.115.
[36] M. Tanaka, S. Tashiro, A study of thermal pinch effect of welding arcs, J. Japan Weld.
Soc. 25 (2007) 336–342, https://doi.org/10.2207/qjjws.25.336 (in Japanese).
[37] T. Kamiya, A. Kayano, Disintegration of viscous fluid in the ligament state purged
from a rotating disk, J. Chem. Eng. JAPAN. 4 (1971) 364–369, https://doi.org/10.
1252/jcej.4.364.
[38] T. Kamiya, An analysis of the ligament-type disintegration of thin liquid film at the
edge of a rotating disk, J. Chem. Eng. Japan. 5 (1972) 391–396, https://doi.org/10.
1252/jcej.5.391.
[39] J. Burns, C. Ramshaw, R. Jachuck, Measurement of liquid film thickness and the determination of spin-up radius on a rotating disc using an electrical resistance technique, Chem. Eng. Sci. 58 (2003) 2245–2253, https://doi.org/10.1016/S0009-2509
(03)00091-5.
[40] J. Rauscher, R. Kelly, J. Cole, An asymptotic solution for the laminar flow of a thin film
on a rotating disk, J. Appl. Mech. Trans. ASME 40 (1973) 43–47, https://doi.org/10.
1115/1.3422970

하류하천의 영향 최소화를 위한 보조 여수로 최적 활용방안 검토

The Optimal Operation on Auxiliary Spillway to Minimize the Flood Damage in Downstream River with Various Outflow Conditions

하류하천의 영향 최소화를 위한 보조 여수로 최적 활용방안 검토

Hyung Ju Yoo1, Sung Sik Joo2, Beom Jae Kwon3, Seung Oh Lee4*

유 형주1, 주 성식2, 권 범재3, 이 승오4*

1Ph.D Student, Dept. of Civil & Environmental Engineering, Hongik University
2Director, Water Resources & Environment Department, HECOREA
3Director, Water Resources Department, ISAN
4Professor, Dept. of Civil & Environmental Engineering, Hongik University

1홍익대학교 건설환경공학과 박사과정
2㈜헥코리아 수자원환경사업부 이사
3㈜이산 수자원부 이사
4홍익대학교 건설환경공학과 교수

ABSTRACT

최근 기후변화로 인해 강우강도 및 빈도의 증가에 따른 집중호우의 영향 및 기존 여수로의 노후화에 대비하여 홍수 시 하류 하천의 영향을 최소화할 수 있는 보조 여수로 활용방안 구축이 필요한 실정이다. 이를 위해, 수리모형 실험 및 수치모형 실험을 통하여 보조 여수로 운영에 따른 흐름특성 변화 검토에 관한 연구가 많이 진행되어 왔다. 그러나 대부분의 연구는 여수로에서의 흐름특성 및 기능성에 대한 검토를 수행하였을 뿐 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 따른 하류하천 영향 검토 및 호안 안정성 검토에 관한 연구는 미비한 실정이다. 이에 본 연구에서는 기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로 방류 조건에 따른 하류영향 분석 및 호안 안정성 측면에서 최적 방류 시나리오 검토를 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 검토하였다. 또한 FLOW-3D 수치모의 수행을 통한 유속, 수위 결과와 소류력 산정 결과를 호안 설계허용 기준과 비교하였다. 수문 완전 개도 조건으로 가정하고 계획홍수량 유입 시 다양한 보조 여수로 활용방안에 대하여 수치모의를 수행한 결과, 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 기존 여수로 단독운영에 비하여 최대유속 및 최대 수위의 감소효과를 확인하였다. 다만 계획홍수량의 45% 이하 방류 조건에서 대안부의 호안 안정성을 확보하였고 해당 방류량 초과 경우에는 처오름 현상이 발생하여 월류에 대한 위험성 증가를 확인하였다. 따라서 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영 방안 도출이 중요하다고 판단하였다. 여수로의 배분 비율 및 총 허용 방류량에 대하여 검토한 결과 보조 여수로의 방류량이 기존 여수로의 방류량보다 큰 경우 하류하천의 흐름이 중심으로 집중되어 대안부의 유속 저감 및 수위 감소를 확인하였고, 계획 홍수량의 77% 이하의 조건에서 호안의 허용 유속 및 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하였다. 이를 통하여 본 연구에서 제안한 보조 여수로 활용방안으로는 기존 여수로와 동시 운영 시 총 방류량에 대하여 보조 여수로의 배분량이 기존 여수로의 배분량보다 크게 설정하는 것이 하류하천의 영향을 최소화 할 수 있는 것으로 나타났다. 그러나 본 연구는 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부에서의 영향에 대해서만 검토하였고 수문 전면 개도 조건에서 검토하였다는 한계점은 분명히 있다. 이에 향후에는 다양한 수문 개도 조건 및 방류 시나리오를 적용 및 검토한다면 보다 효율적이고, 효과적인 보조 여수로 활용방안을 도출이 가능할 것으로 기대 된다.

키워드 : 보조 여수로, FLOW-3D, 수치모의, 호안 안정성, 소류력

1. 서 론

최근 기후변화로 인한 집중호우의 영향으로 홍수 시 댐으로 유입되는 홍수량이 설계 홍수량보다 증가하여 댐 안정성 확보가 필요한 실정이다(Office for Government Policy Coordination, 2003). MOLIT & K-water(2004)에서는 기존댐의 수문학적 안정성 검토를 수행하였으며 이상홍수 발생 시 24개 댐에서 월류 등으로 인한 붕괴위험으로 댐 하류지역의 극심한 피해를 예상하여 보조여수로 신설 및 기존여수로 확장 등 치수능력 증대 기본계획을 수립하였고 이를 통하여 극한홍수 발생 시 홍수량 배제능력을 증대하여 기존댐의 안전성 확보 및 하류지역의 피해를 방지하고자 하였다. 여기서 보조 여수로는 기존 여수로와 동시 또는 별도 운영하는 여수로로써 비상상황 시 방류 기능을 포함하고 있고(K-water, 2021), 최근에는 기존 여수로의 노후화에 따라 보조여수로의 활용방안에 대한 관심이 증가하고 있다. 따라서 본 연구에서는 3차원 수치해석을 수행하여 기존 및 보조 여수로의 방류량 조합에 따른 하류 영향을 분석하고 하류 호안 안정성 측면에서 최적 방류 시나리오를 검토하고자 한다.

기존의 댐 여수로 검토에 관한 연구는 주로 수리실험을 통하여 방류조건 별 흐름특성을 검토하였으나 최근에는 수치모형 실험결과가 수리모형실험과 비교하여 근사한 것을 확인하는 등 점차 수치모형실험을 수리모형실험의 대안으로 활용하고 있다(Jeon et al., 2006Kim, 2007Kim et al., 2008). 국내의 경우, Jeon et al.(2006)은 수리모형 실험과 수치모의를 이용하여 임하댐 바상여수로의 기본설계안을 도출하였고, Kim et al.(2008)은 가능최대홍수량 유입 시 비상여수로 방류에 따른 수리학적 안정성과 기능성을 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 활용하여 검토하였다. 또한 Kim and Kim(2013)은 충주댐의 홍수조절 효과 검토 및 방류량 변화에 따른 상·하류의 수위 변화를 수치모형을 통하여 검토하였다. 국외의 경우 Zeng et al.(2017)은 3차원 수치모형인 Fluent를 활용한 여수로 방류에 따른 흐름특성 결과와 측정결과를 비교하여 수치모형 결과의 신뢰성을 검토하였다. Li et al.(2011)은 가능 최대 홍수량(Probable Maximum Flood, PMF)조건에서 기존 여수로와 신규 보조 여수로 유입부 주변의 흐름특성에 대하여 3차원 수치모형 Fluent를 활용하여 검토하였고, Lee et al.(2019)는 서로 근접해있는 기존 여수로와 보조여수로 동시 운영 시 방류능 검토를 수리모형 실험 및 수치모형 실험(FLOW-3D)을 통하여 수행하였으며 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로를 동시운영하게 되면 배수로 간섭으로 인하여 총 방류량이 7.6%까지 감소되어 댐의 방류능력이 감소하였음을 확인하였다.

그러나 대부분의 여수로 검토에 대한 연구는 여수로 내에서의 흐름특성 및 기능성에 대한 검토를 수행하였고. 이에 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로 방류운영에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 변화 및 호안 안정성 평가에 관한 추가적인 검토가 필요한 실정이다. 따라서 본 연구에서는 기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로 방류 조건에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 및 호안 안정성분석을 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 이용하여 검토하였다. 또한 다양한 방류 배분 비율 및 허용 방류량 조건 변화에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 및 소류력 분석결과를 호안 설계 허용유속 및 허용 소류력 기준과 비교하여 하류하천의 영향을 최소화 할 수 있는 최적의 보조 여수로 활용방안을 도출하고자 한다.

2. 본 론

2.1 이론적 배경

2.1.1 3차원 수치모형의 기본이론

FLOW-3D는 미국 Flow Science, Inc에서 개발한 범용 유체역학 프로그램(CFD, Computational Fluid Dynamics)으로 자유 수면을 갖는 흐름모의에 사용되는 3차원 수치해석 모형이다. 난류모형을 통해 난류 해석이 가능하고, 댐 방류에 따른 하류 하천의 흐름 해석에도 많이 사용되어 왔다(Flow Science, 2011). 본 연구에서는 FLOW-3D(version 12.0)을 이용하여 홍수 시 기존 여수로의 노후화에 대비하여 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 대한 검토를 하류하천의 호안 안정성 측면에서 검토하였다.

2.1.2 유동해석의 지배방정식

1) 연속 방정식(Continuity Equation)

FLOW-3D는 비압축성 유체에 대하여 연속방정식을 사용하며, 밀도는 상수항으로 적용된다. 연속 방정식은 Eqs. (1)(2)와 같다.

(1)

∇·v=0

(2)

∂∂x(uAx)+∂∂y(vAy)+∂∂z(wAz)=RSORρ

여기서, ρ는 유체 밀도(kg/m3), u, v, w는 x, y, z방향의 유속(m/s), Ax, Ay, Az는 각 방향의 요소면적(m2), RSOR는 질량 생성/소멸(mass source/sink)항을 의미한다.

2) 운동량 방정식(Momentum Equation)

각 방향 속도성분 u, v, w에 대한 운동방정식은 Navier-Stokes 방정식으로 다음 Eqs. (3)(4)(5)와 같다.

(3)

∂u∂t+1VF(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=-1ρ∂p∂x+Gx+fx-bx-RSORρVFu

(4)

∂v∂t+1VF(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=-1ρ∂p∂y+Gy+fy-by-RSORρVFv

(5)

∂w∂t+1VF(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=-1ρ∂p∂z+Gz+fz-bz-RSORρVFw

여기서, Gx, Gy, Gz는 체적력에 의한 가속항, fx, fy, fz는 점성에 의한 가속항, bx, by, bz는 다공성 매체에서의 흐름손실을 의미한다.

2.1.3 소류력 산정

호안설계 시 제방사면 호안의 안정성 확보를 위해서는 하천의 흐름에 의하여 호안에 작용하는 소류력에 저항할 수 있는 재료 및 공법 선택이 필요하다. 국내의 경우 하천공사설계실무요령(MOLIT, 2016)에서 계획홍수량 유하 시 소류력 산정 방법을 제시하고 있다. 소류력은 하천의 평균유속을 이용하여 산정할 수 있으며, 소류력 산정식은 Eqs. (6)(7)과 같다.

1) Schoklitsch 공식

Schoklitsch(1934)는 Chezy 유속계수를 적용하여 소류력을 산정하였다.

(6)

τ=γRI=γC2V2

여기서, τ는 소류력(N/m2), R은 동수반경(m), γ는 물의 단위중량(10.0 kN/m3), I는 에너지경사, C는 Chezy 유속계수, V는 평균유속(m/s)을 의미한다.

2) Manning 조도계수를 고려한 공식

Chezy 유속계수를 대신하여 Manning의 조도계수를 고려하여 소류력을 산정할 수 있다.

(7)

τ=γn2V2R1/3

여기서, τ는 소류력(N/m2), R은 동수반경(m), γ는 물의 단위중량(10.0 kN/m3), n은 Manning의 조도계수, V는 평균유속(m/s)을 의미한다.

FLOW-3D 수치모의 수행을 통하여 하천의 바닥 유속을 도출할 수 있으며, 본 연구에서는 Maning 조도계수롤 고려하여 소류력을 산정하고자 한다. 소류력을 산정하기 위해서 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부의 바닥유속 변화를 검토하여 최대 유속 값을 이용하였다. 최종적으로 산정한 소류력과 호안의 재료 및 공법에 따른 허용 소류력과 비교하여 제방사면 호안의 안정성 검토를 수행하게 된다.

2.2 하천호안 설계기준

하천 호안은 계획홍수위 이하의 유수작용에 대하여 안정성이 확보되도록 계획하여야 하며, 호안의 설계 시에는 사용재료의 확보용이성, 시공상의 용이성, 세굴에 대한 굴요성(flexibility) 등을 고려하여 호안의 형태, 시공방법 등을 결정한다(MOLIT, 2019). 국내의 경우, 하천공사설계실무요령(MOLIT, 2016)에서는 다양한 호안공법에 대하여 비탈경사에 따라 설계 유속을 비교하거나, 허용 소류력을 비교함으로써 호안의 안정성을 평가한다. 호안에 대한 국외의 설계기준으로 미국의 경우, ASTM(미국재료시험학회)에서 호안블록 및 식생매트 시험방법을 제시하였고 제품별로 ASTM 시험에 의한 허용유속 및 허용 소류력을 제시하였다. 일본의 경우, 호안 블록에 대한 축소실험을 통하여 항력을 측정하고 이를 통해서 호안 블록에 대한 항력계수를 제시하고 있다. 설계 시에는 항력계수에 의한 블록의 안정성을 평가하고 있으나, 최근에는 세굴의 영향을 고려할 수 있는 호안 안정성 평가의 필요성을 제기하고 있다(MOLIT, 2019). 관련된 국내·외의 하천호안 설계기준은 Table 1에 정리하여 제시하였고, 본 연구에서 하천 호안 안정성 평가 시 하천공사설계실무요령(MOLIT, 2016)과 ASTM 시험에서 제시한 허용소류력 및 허용유속 기준을 비교하여 각각 0.28 kN/m2, 5.0 m/s 미만일 경우 호안 안정성을 확보하였다고 판단하였다.

Table 1.

Standard of Permissible Velocity and Shear on Revetment

Country (Reference)MaterialPermissible velocity (Vp, m/s)Permissible Shear (τp, kN/m2)
KoreaRiver Construction Design Practice Guidelines
(MOLIT, 2016)
Vegetated5.00.50
Stone5.00.80
USAASTM D’6460Vegetated6.10.81
Unvegetated5.00.28
JAPANDynamic Design Method of Revetment5.0

2.3. 보조여수로 운영에 따른 하류하천 영향 분석

2.3.1 모형의 구축 및 경계조건

본 연구에서는 기존 여수로의 노후화에 대비하여 홍수 시 보조여수로의 활용방안에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 및 호안안정성 평가를 수행하기 위해 FLOW-3D 모형을 이용하였다. 기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로는 치수능력 증대사업(MOLIT & K-water, 2004)을 통하여 완공된 ○○댐의 제원을 이용하여 구축하였다. ○○댐은 설계빈도(100년) 및 200년빈도 까지는 계획홍수위 이내로 기존 여수로를 통하여 운영이 가능하나 그 이상 홍수조절은 보조여수로를 통하여 조절해야 하며, 또한 2011년 기존 여수로 정밀안전진단 결과 사면의 표층 유실 및 옹벽 밀림현상 등이 확인되어 노후화에 따른 보수·보강이 필요한 상태이다. 이에 보조여수로의 활용방안 검토가 필요한 것으로 판단하여 본 연구의 대상댐으로 선정하였다. 하류 하천의 흐름특성을 예측하기 위하여 격자간격을 0.99 ~ 8.16 m의 크기로 하여 총 격자수는 49,102,500개로 구성하였으며, 여수로 방류에 따른 하류하천의 흐름해석을 위한 경계조건으로 상류는 유입유량(inflow), 바닥은 벽면(wall), 하류는 수위(water surface elevation)조건으로 적용하도록 하였다(Table 2Fig. 1 참조). FLOW-3D 난류모형에는 혼합길이 모형, 난류에너지 모형, k-ϵ모형, RNG(Renormalized Group Theory) k-ϵ모형, LES 모형 등이 있으며, 본 연구에서는 여수로 방류에 따른 복잡한 난류 흐름 및 높은 전단흐름을 정확하게 모의(Flow Science, 2011)할 수 있는 RNG k-ϵ모형을 사용하였고, 하류하천 호안의 안정성 측면에서 보조여수로의 활용방안을 검토하기 위하여 방류시나리오는 Table 3에 제시된 것 같이 설정하였다. Case 1 및 Case 2를 통하여 계획홍수량에 대하여 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 단독 운영이 하류하천에 미치는 영향을 확인하였고 보조 여수로의 방류량 조절을 통하여 호안 안정성 측면에서 보조 여수로 방류능 검토를 수행하였다(Case 3 ~ Case 6). 또한 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류량 배분에 따른 하류하천의 영향 검토(Case 7 ~ Case 10) 및 방류 배분에 따른 허용 방류량을 호안 안정성 측면에서 검토를 수행하였다(Case 11 ~ Case 14).

수문은 완전개도 조건으로 가정하였으며 하류하천의 계획홍수량에 대한 기존 여수로와 보조여수로의 배분량을 조절하여 모의를 수행하였다. 여수로는 콘크리트의 조도계수 값(Chow, 1959)을 채택하였고, 댐 하류하천의 조도계수는 하천기본계획(Busan Construction and Management Administration, 2009) 제시된 조도계수 값을 채택하였으며 FLOW-3D의 적용을 위하여 Manning-Strickler 공식(Vanoni, 2006)을 이용하여 조도계수를 조고값으로 변환하여 사용하였다. Manning-Strickler 공식은 Eq. (8)과 같으며, FLOW-3D에 적용한 조도계수 및 조고는 Table 4와 같다.

(8)

n=ks1/68.1g1/2

여기서, kS는 조고 (m), n은 Manning의 조도계수, g는 중력가속도(m/s2)를 의미한다.

시간에 따라 동일한 유량이 일정하게 유입되도록 모의를 수행하였으며, 시간간격(Time Step)은 0.0001초로 설정(CFL number < 1.0) 하였다. 또한 여수로 수문을 통한 유량의 변동 값이 1.0%이내일 경우는 연속방정식을 만족하고 있다고 가정하였다. 이는, 유량의 변동 값이 1.0%이내일 경우 유속의 변동 값 역시 1.0%이내이며, 수치모의 결과 1.0%의 유속변동은 호안의 유속설계기준에 크게 영향을 미치지 않는다고 판단하였다. 그 결과 모든 수치모의 Case에서 2400초 이내에 결과 값이 수렴하는 것을 확인하였다.

Table 2.

Mesh sizes and numerical conditions

MeshNumbers49,102,500 EA
Increment (m)DirectionExisting SpillwayAuxiliary Spillway
∆X0.99 ~ 4.301.00 ~ 4.30
∆Y0.99 ~ 8.161.00 ~ 5.90
∆Z0.50 ~ 1.220.50 ~ 2.00
Boundary ConditionsXmin / YmaxInflow / Water Surface Elevation
Xmax, Ymin, Zmin / ZmaxWall / Symmetry
Turbulence ModelRNG model
Table 3.

Case of numerical simulation (Qp : Design flood discharge)

CaseExisting Spillway (Qe, m3/s)Auxiliary Spillway (Qa, m3/s)Remarks
1Qp0Reference case
20Qp
300.58QpReview of discharge capacity on
auxiliary spillway
400.48Qp
500.45Qp
600.32Qp
70.50Qp0.50QpDetermination of optimal division
ratio on Spillways
80.61Qp0.39Qp
90.39Qp0.61Qp
100.42Qp0.58Qp
110.32Qp0.45QpDetermination of permissible
division on Spillways
120.35Qp0.48Qp
130.38Qp0.53Qp
140.41Qp0.56Qp
Table 4.

Roughness coefficient and roughness height

CriteriaRoughness coefficient (n)Roughness height (ks, m)
Structure (Concrete)0.0140.00061
River0.0330.10496
/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F1.jpg
Fig. 1

Layout of spillway and river in this study

2.3.2 보조 여수로의 방류능 검토

본 연구에서는 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류량 배분에 따른 하류하천 대안부의 유속분포 및 수위분포를 검토하기 위해 수치모의 Case 별 다음과 같이 관심구역을 설정하였다(Fig. 2 참조). 관심구역(대안부)의 길이(L)는 총 1.3 km로 10 m 등 간격으로 나누어 검토하였으며, Section 1(0 < X/L < 0.27)은 기존 여수로 방류에 따른 영향이 지배적인 구간, Section 2(0.27 < X/L < 1.00)는 보조 여수로 방류에 따른 영향이 지배적인 구간으로 각 구간에서의 수위, 유속, 수심결과를 확인하였다. 기존 여수로의 노후화에 따른 보조 여수로의 방류능 검토를 위하여 Case 1 – Case 6까지의 결과를 비교하였다.

보조 여수로의 단독 운영 시 기존 여수로 운영 시 보다 하류하천의 대안부의 최대 유속(Vmax)은 약 3% 감소하였으며, 이는 보조 여수로의 하천 유입각이 기존 여수로 보다 7°작으며 유입하천의 폭이 증가하여 유속이 감소한 것으로 판단된다. 대안부의 최대 유속 발생위치는 하류 쪽으로 이동하였으며 교량으로 인한 단면의 축소로 최대유속이 발생하는 것으로 판단된다. 또한 보조 여수로의 배분량(Qa)이 증가함에 따라 하류하천 대안부의 최대 유속이 증가하였다. 하천호안 설계기준에서 제시하고 있는 허용유속(Vp)과 비교한 결과, 계획홍수량(Qp)의 45% 이하(Case 5 & 6)를 보조 여수로에서 방류하게 되면 허용 유속(5.0 m/s)조건을 만족하여 호안안정성을 확보하였다(Fig. 3 참조). 허용유속 외에도 대안부에서의 소류력을 산정하여 하천호안 설계기준에서 제시한 허용 소류력(τp)과 비교한 결과, 유속과 동일하게 보조 여수로의 방류량이 계획홍수량의 45% 이하일 경우 허용소류력(0.28 kN/m2) 조건을 만족하였다(Fig. 4 참조). 각 Case 별 호안설계조건과 비교한 결과는 Table 5에 제시하였다.

하류하천의 수위도 기존 여수로 운영 시 보다 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 최대 수위(ηmax)가 약 2% 감소하는 효과를 보였으며 최대 수위 발생위치는 수충부로 여수로 방류시 처오름에 의한 수위 상승으로 판단된다. 기존 여수로의 단독운영(Case 1)의 수위(ηref)를 기준으로 보조 여수로의 방류량이 증가함에 따라 수위는 증가하였으나 계획홍수량의 58%까지 방류할 경우 월류에 대한 안정성(ηmax/ηref<0.97(=기설제방고))은 확보되었다(Fig. 5 참조). 그러나 계획홍수량 조건에서는 월류에 대한 위험성이 존재하기 때문에 기존여수로와 보조여수로의 적절한 방류량 배분 조합을 도출하는 것이 중요하다고 판단되어 진다.

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F2.jpg
Fig. 2

Region of interest in this study

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F3.jpg
Fig. 3

Maximum velocity and location of Vmax according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F4.jpg
Fig. 4

Maximum shear according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F5.jpg
Fig. 5

Maximum water surface elevation and location of ηmax according to Qa

Table 5.

Numerical results for each cases (Case 1 ~ Case 6)

CaseMaximum Velocity
(Vmax, m/s)
Maximum Shear
(τmax, kN/m2)
Evaluation
in terms of Vp
Evaluation
in terms of τp
1
(Qa = 0)
9.150.54No GoodNo Good
2
(Qa = Qp)
8.870.56No GoodNo Good
3
(Qa = 0.58Qp)
6.530.40No GoodNo Good
4
(Qa = 0.48Qp)
6.220.36No GoodNo Good
5
(Qa = 0.45Qp)
4.220.12AccpetAccpet
6
(Qa = 0.32Qp)
4.040.14AccpetAccpet

2.3.3 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로 방류량 배분 검토

기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로 단독운영에 따른 하류하천 및 호안의 안정성 평가를 수행한 결과 계획홍수량 방류 시 하류하천 대안부에서 호안 설계 조건(허용유속 및 허용 소류력)을 초과하였으며, 처오름에 의한 수위 상승으로 월류에 대한 위험성 증가를 확인하였다. 따라서 계획 홍수량 조건에서 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류량 배분을 통하여 호안 안정성을 확보하고 하류하천에 방류로 인한 피해를 최소화할 수 있는 배분조합(Case 7 ~ Case 10)을 검토하였다. Case 7은 기존 여수로와 보조여수로의 배분 비율을 균등하게 적용한 경우이고, Case 8은 기존 여수로의 배분량이 보조 여수로에 비하여 많은 경우, Case 9는 보조 여수로의 배분량이 기존 여수로에 비하여 많은 경우를 의미한다. 최대유속을 비교한 결과 보조 여수로의 배분 비율이 큰 경우 기존 여수로의 배분량에 의하여 흐름이 하천 중심에 집중되어 대안부의 유속을 저감하는 효과를 확인하였다. 보조여수로의 방류량 배분 비율이 증가할수록 기존 여수로 대안부 측(0.00<X/L<0.27, Section 1) 유속 분포는 감소하였으나, 신규여수로 대안부 측(0.27<X/L<1.00, Section 2) 유속은 증가하는 것을 확인하였다(Fig. 6 참조). 그러나 유속 저감 효과에도 대안부 전구간에서 설계 허용유속 조건을 초과하여 제방의 안정성을 확보하지는 못하였다. 소류력 산정 결과 유속과 동일하게 보조 여수로의 방류량이 기존 여수로의 방류량 보다 크면 감소하는 것을 확인하였고 일부 구간에서는 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하는 것을 확인하였다(Fig. 7 참조).

따라서 유속 저감효과가 있는 배분 비율 조건(Qa>Qe)에서 Section 2에 유속 저감에 영향을 미치는 기존 여수로 방류량 배분 비율을 증가시켜 추가 검토(Case 10)를 수행하였다. 단독운영과 비교 시 하류하천에 유입되는 유량은 증가하였음에도 불구하고 기존 여수로 방류량에 의해 흐름이 하천 중심으로 집중되는 현상에 따라 대안부의 유속은 단독 운영에 비하여 감소하는 것을 확인하였고(Fig. 8 참조), 호안 설계 허용유속 및 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하는 구간이 발생하여 호안 안정성도 확보한 것으로 판단되었다. 최종적으로 각 Case 별 수위 결과의 경우 여수로 동시 운영을 수행하게 되면 대안부 전 구간에서 월류에 대한 안정성(ηmax/ηref<0.97(=기설제방고))은 확보하였다(Fig. 9 참조). 각 Case 별 대안부에서 최대 유속결과 및 산정한 소류력은 Table 6에 제시하였다.

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F6.jpg
Fig. 6

Maximum velocity on section 1 & 2 according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F7.jpg
Fig. 7

Maximum shear on section 1 & 2 according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F8.jpg
Fig. 8

Velocity results of FLOW-3D (a: auxiliary spillway operation only , b : simultaneous operation of spillways)

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F9.jpg
Fig. 9

Maximum water surface elevation on section 1 & 2 according to Qa

Table 6.

Numerical results for each cases (Case 7 ~ Case 10)

Case (Qe &amp; Qa)Maximum Velocity (Vmax, m/s)Maximum Shear
(τmax, kN/m2)
Evaluation in terms of VpEvaluation in terms of τp
Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2
7
Qe : 0.50QpQa : 0.50Qp
8.106.230.640.30No GoodNo GoodNo GoodNo Good
8
Qe : 0.61QpQa : 0.39Qp
8.886.410.610.34No GoodNo GoodNo GoodNo Good
9
Qe : 0.39QpQa : 0.61Qp
6.227.330.240.35No GoodNo GoodAcceptNo Good
10
Qe : 0.42QpQa : 0.58Qp
6.394.790.300.19No GoodAcceptNo GoodAccept

2.3.4 방류량 배분 비율의 허용 방류량 검토

계획 홍수량 방류 시 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 배분 비율 검토 결과 Case 10(Qe = 0.42Qp, Qa = 0.58Qp)에서 방류에 따른 하류 하천의 피해를 최소화시킬 수 있는 것을 확인하였다. 그러나 대안부 전 구간에 대하여 호안 설계조건을 만족하지 못하였다. 따라서 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류 배분 비율을 고정시킨 후 총 방류량을 조절하여 허용 방류량을 검토하였다(Case 11 ~ Case 14).

호안 안정성 측면에서 검토한 결과 계획홍수량 대비 총 방류량이 감소하면 최대 유속 및 최대 소류력이 감소하고 최종적으로 계획 홍수량의 77%를 방류할 경우 하류하천의 대안부에서 호안 설계조건을 모두 만족하는 것을 확인하였다(Fig. 10Fig. 11 참조). 각 Case 별 대안부에서 최대 유속결과 및 산정한 소류력은 Table 7에 제시하였다. 또한 Case 별 수위 검토 결과 처오름으로 인한 대안부 전 구간에서 월류에 대한 안정성(ηmax/ηref<0.97(=기설제방고))은 확보하였다(Fig. 12 참조).

Table 7.

Numerical results for each cases (Case 11 ~ Case 14)

Case (Qe &amp; Qa)Maximum Velocity
(Vmax, m/s)
Maximum Shear
(τmax, kN/m2)
Evaluation in terms of VpEvaluation in terms of τp
Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2
11
Qe : 0.32QpQa : 0.45Qp
3.634.530.090.26AcceptAcceptAcceptAccept
12
Qe : 0.35QpQa : 0.48Qp
5.745.180.230.22No GoodNo GoodAcceptAccept
13
Qe : 0.38QpQa : 0.53Qp
6.704.210.280.11No GoodAcceptAcceptAccept
14
Qe : 0.41QpQa : 0.56Qp
6.545.240.280.24No GoodNo GoodAcceptAccept
/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F10.jpg
Fig. 10

Maximum velocity on section 1 & 2 according to total outflow

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F11.jpg
Fig. 11

Maximum shear on section 1 & 2 according to total outflow

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F12.jpg
Fig. 12

Maximum water surface elevation on section 1 & 2 according to total outflow

3. 결 론

본 연구에서는 홍수 시 기존 여수로의 노후화로 인한 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 대하여 하류하천의 호안 안정성 측면에서 검토하였다. 여수로 방류로 인한 하류하천의 흐름특성을 검토하기 위하여 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 활용하였고, 여수로 지형은 치수능력 증대사업을 통하여 완공된 ○○댐의 제원을 이용하였다. 하류하천 조도 계수 및 여수로 방류량은 하천기본계획을 참고하여 적용하였다. 최종적으로 여수로 방류로 인한 하류하천의 피해를 최소화 시킬 수 있는 적절한 보조 여수로의 활용방안을 도출하기 위하여 보조 여수로 단독 운영과 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영에 따른 하류 하천의 흐름특성 및 소류력의 변화를 검토하였다.

수문은 완전 개도 상태에서 방류한다는 가정으로 계획 홍수량 조건에서 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 하류하천 대안부의 유속 및 수위를 검토한 결과 기존 여수로 단독운영에 비하여 최대 유속 및 최대 수위가 감소하는 것을 확인할 수 있었으며, 이는 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 하류하천으로 유입각도가 작아지고, 유입되는 하천의 폭이 증가되기 때문이다. 그러나 계획 홍수량 조건에서 하천호안 설계기준에서 제시한 허용 유속(5.0 m/s)과 허용 소류력(0.28 kN/m2)과 비교하였을 때 호안 안정성을 확보하지 못하였으며, 계획홍수량의 45% 이하 방류 시에 대안부의 호안 안정성을 확보하였다. 수위의 경우 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부에서 처오름 현상이 발생하여 월류에 대한 위험성을 확인하였고 이를 통하여 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영 방안을 도출하는 것이 중요하다고 판단된다. 따라서 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영 측면에서 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 배분 비율 및 총 방류량을 변화시켜가며 하류 하천의 흐름특성 및 소류력의 변화를 검토하였다. 배분 비율의 경우 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 균등 배분(Case 7) 및 편중 배분(Case 8 & Case 9)을 검토하여 보조 여수로의 방류량이 기존 여수로의 방류량보다 큰 경우 하류하천의 중심부로 집중되어 대안부의 최대유속, 최대소류력 및 최대수위가 감소하는 것을 확인하였다. 이를 근거로 기존 여수로의 방류 비율을 증가(Qe=0.42Qp, Qa=0.58Qp)시켜 검토한 결과 대안부 일부 구간에서 허용 유속 및 허용소류력 조건을 만족하는 것을 확인하였다. 이를 통하여 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 동시 운영을 통하여 적절한 방류량 배분 비율을 도출하는 것이 방류로 인한 하류하천의 피해를 저감하는데 효과적인 것으로 판단된다. 그러나 설계홍수량 방류 시 전 구간에서 허용 유속 및 소류력 조건을 만족하지 못하였다. 최종적으로 전체 방류량에서 기존 여수로의 방류 비율을 42%, 보조 여수로의 방류 비율을 58%로 설정하여 허용방류량을 검토한 결과, 계획홍수량의 77%이하로 방류 시 대안부의 최대유속은 기존여수로 방류의 지배영향구간(section 1)에서 3.63 m/s, 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로 방류의 영향구간(section 2)에서 4.53 m/s로 허용유속 조건을 만족하였고, 산정한 소류력도 각각 0.09 kN/m2 및 0.26 kN/m2로 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하여 대안부 호안의 안정성을 확보하였다고 판단된다.

본 연구 결과는 기후변화 및 기존여수로의 노후화로 인하여 홍수 시 기존여수로의 단독운영으로 하류하천의 피해가 발생할 수 있는 현시점에서 치수증대 사업으로 완공된 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 대한 기초자료로 활용될 수 있고, 향후 계획 홍수량 유입 시 최적의 배분 비율 및 허용 방류량 도출에 이용할 수 있다. 다만 본 연구는 여수로 방류에 따른 제방에 작용하는 수충력은 검토하지 못하고, 허용 유속 및 허용소류력은 제방과 유수의 방향이 일정한 구간에 대하여 검토하였다. 또한 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부에서의 영향에 대해서만 검토하였고 수문 전면 개도 조건에서 검토하였다는 한계점은 분명히 있다. 이에 향후에는 다양한 수문 개도 조건 및 방류 시나리오를 적용 및 검토하여 보다 효율적이고, 효과적인 보조 여수로 활용방안을 도출하고자 한다.

Acknowledgements

본 결과물은 K-water에서 수행한 기존 및 신규 여수로 효율적 연계운영 방안 마련(2021-WR-GP-76-149)의 지원을 받아 연구되었습니다.

References

1 Busan Construction and Management Administration (2009). Nakdonggang River Master Plan. Busan: BCMA.

2 Chow, V. T. (1959). Open-channel Hydraulics. McGraw-Hill. New York.

3 Flow Science (2011). Flow3D User Manual. Santa Fe: NM.

4 Jeon, T. M., Kim, H. I., Park, H. S., and Baek, U. I. (2006). Design of Emergency Spillway Using Hydraulic and Numerical Model-ImHa Multipurpose Dam. Proceedings of the Korea Water Resources Association Conference. 1726-1731.

5 Kim, D. G., Park, S. J., Lee, Y. S., and Hwang, J. H. (2008). Spillway Design by Using Numerical Model Experiment – Case Study of AnDong Multipurpose Dam. Proceedings of the Korea Water Resources Association Conference. 1604-1608.

6 Kim, J. S. (2007). Comparison of Hydraulic Experiment and Numerical Model on Spillway. Water for Future. 40(4): 74-81.

7 Kim, S. H. and Kim, J. S. (2013). Effect of Chungju Dam Operation for Flood Control in the Upper Han River. Journal of the Korean Society of Civil Engineers. 33(2): 537-548. 10.12652/Ksce.2013.33.2.537

8 K-water (2021). Regulations of Dam Management. Daejeon: K-water.

9 K-water and MOLIT (2004). Report on the Establishment of Basic Plan for the Increasing Flood Capacity and Review of Hydrological Stability of Dams. Sejong: K-water and MOLIT.

10 Lee, J. H., Julien, P. Y., and Thornton, C. I. (2019). Interference of Dual Spillways Operations. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. 145(5): 1-13. 10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001593

11 Li, S., Cain, S., Wosnik, M., Miller, C., Kocahan, H., and Wyckoff, R. (2011). Numerical Modeling of Probable Maximum Flood Flowing through a System of Spillways. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. 137(1): 66-74. 10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000279

12 MOLIT (2016). Practice Guidelines of River Construction Design. Sejong: MOLIT.

13 MOLIT (2019). Standards of River Design. Sejong: MOLIT.

14 Prime Minister’s Secretariat (2003). White Book on Flood Damage Prevention Measures. Sejong: PMS.

15 Schoklitsch, A. (1934). Der Geschiebetrieb und Die Geschiebefracht. Wasserkraft Wasserwirtschaft. 4: 1-7.

16 Vanoni, V. A. (Ed.). (2006). Sedimentation Engineering. American Society of Civil Engineers. Virginia: ASCE. 10.1061/9780784408230

17 Zeng, J., Zhang, L., Ansar, M., Damisse, E., and González-Castro, J. A. (2017). Applications of Computational Fluid Dynamics to Flow Ratings at Prototype Spillways and Weirs. I: Data Generation and Validation. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering. 143(1): 1-13. 10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0001112

Korean References Translated from the English

1 건설교통부·한국수자원공사 (2004). 댐의 수문학적 안정성 검토 및 치수능력증대방안 기본계획 수립 보고서. 세종: 국토교통부.

2 국무총리실 수해방지대책단 (2003). 수해방지대책 백서. 세종: 국무총리실.

3 국토교통부 (2016). 하천공사 설계실무요령. 세종: 국토교통부.

4 국토교통부 (2019). 하천설계기준해설. 세종: 국토교통부.

5 김대근, 박선중, 이영식, 황종훈 (2008). 수치모형실험을 이용한 여수로 설계 – 안동다목적댐. 한국수자원학회 학술발표회. 1604-1608.

6 김상호, 김지성 (2013). 충주댐 방류에 따른 댐 상하류 홍수위 영향 분석. 대한토목학회논문집. 33(2): 537-548. 10.12652/Ksce.2013.33.2.537

7 김주성 (2007). 댐 여수로부 수리 및 수치모형실험 비교 고찰. Water for Future. 40(4): 74-81.

8 부산국토관리청 (2009). 낙동강수계 하천기본계획(변경). 부산: 부산국토관리청.

9 전태명, 김형일, 박형섭, 백운일 (2006). 수리모형실험과 수치모의를 이용한 비상여수로 설계-임하댐. 한국수자원학회 학술발표회. 1726-1731.

10 한국수자원공사 (2021). 댐관리 규정. 대전: 한국수자원공사.

Fig. 1- Schematic of the general pattern of flow and aeration process in the aerators

2상 유동 해석을 통한 슈트 폭기 시스템 효율에 대한 램프 각도의 영향 조사

Investigation of the Effect of Ramp Angle on Chute Aeration System Efficiency by Two-Phase Flow Analysis

Authors

1 Associate Professor, Civil Engineering Department, Jundi-Shapur University of Technology, Dezful, Iran

2 Instructor in Civil Engineering Department Jundi-Shapur University of Technology, Dezful,Iran.

 10.22055/JISE.2021.37743.1980

Abstract

Flow aeration in chute spillway is one of the most effective and economic ways to prevent cavitation damage. Surface damage is significantly reduced when very small values of air are scattered in a water prism. A structure known as an aerator may be used for this purpose. Besides, ramp angle is one of the factors influencing aerator efficiency. In this research, the value of air entraining the flow through the Jarreh Dam’s spillway at the ramp angles of 6, 8 and 10 degrees, as three different scenarios, was simulated using the Flow-3D software. In order to validate the results of the inlet air into the flowing fluid at a ramp angle of 6 degrees, the observational results of the dam spillway physical model from the laboratory of TAMAB Company in Iran were used. According to the results, raising the ramp angle increases the inlet air to the water jet nappe, and a ten-degree ramp angle provides the best aeration efficiency. The Flow-3D model can also simulate the two-phase water-air flow on spillways, according to the results.

슈트 여수로의 흐름 폭기는 캐비테이션 손상을 방지하는 가장 효과적이고 경제적인 방법 중 하나입니다. 수중 프리즘에 아주 작은 양의 공기가 흩어지면 표면 손상이 크게 줄어듭니다. 이를 위해 폭기 장치로 알려진 구조를 사용할 수 있습니다. 또한, 램프 각도는 폭기 효율에 영향을 미치는 요인 중 하나입니다. 이 연구에서는 FLOW-3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 3가지 다른 시나리오인 6, 8 및 10도의 램프 각도에서 Jarreh 댐의 방수로를 통해 흐름을 동반하는 공기의 값을 시뮬레이션했습니다. 6도의 경사각에서 유동 유체로 유입되는 공기의 결과를 검증하기 위해이란 TAMAB Company의 실험실에서 댐 방수로 물리적 모델의 관찰 결과를 사용했습니다. 결과에 따르면 램프 각도를 높이면 워터제트 기저귀로 유입되는 공기가 증가하고 10도 램프 각도는 최고의 폭기 효율을 제공합니다. Flow-3D 모델은 결과에 따라 여수로의 2단계 물-공기 흐름을 시뮬레이션할 수도 있습니다.

Keywords

Fig. 1- Schematic of the general pattern of flow and aeration process in the aerators
Fig. 1- Schematic of the general pattern of flow and aeration process in the aerators
(a) The full-scale map of the Jarreh spillway’s plan and profile.
(a) The full-scale map of the Jarreh spillway’s plan and profile.
Fig. 2- Experimental setup (Shamloo et al., 2012)
Fig. 2- Experimental setup (Shamloo et al., 2012)

References

1- Baharvand, S., & Lashkar-Ara, B. (2021). Hydraulic design criteria of the modified meander C-type
fishway using the combined experimental and CFD models. Ecological Engineering, 164.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2021.106207
2- Bayon, A., Toro, J. P., Bombardelli, F. A., Matos, J., & López-Jiménez, P. A. (2018). Influence of VOF
technique, turbulence model and discretization scheme on the numerical simulation of the non-aerated,
skimming flow in stepped spillways. Journal of Hydro-Environment Research, 19, 137–149.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jher.2017.10.002
3- Brethour, J. M., & Hirt, C. W. (2009). Drift Model for Two-Component Flows. Flow Science, Inc., FSI09-TN83Rev, 1–7.
4- Chanson, H. (1989). Study of air entrainment and aeration devices. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 27(3),
301–319. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221688909499166
5- Dong, Z., Wang, J., Vetsch, D. F., Boes, R. M., & Tan, G. (2019). Numerical simulation of air-water twophase flow on stepped spillways behind X-shaped flaring gate piers under very high unit discharge. Water
(Switzerland), 11(10). https://doi.org/10.3390/w11101956
6- Flow-3D, V. 11. 2. (2017). User Manual. Flow Science Inc.: Santa Fe, NM, USA;
7- Hirt, C. W. (2003). Modeling Turbulent Entrainment of Air at a Free Surface. Flow Science, Inc., FSI-03-
TN6, 1–9.
8- Hirt, C. W. (2016). Dynamic Droplet Sizes for Drift Fluxes. Flow Science, Inc., 1–10.
9- Hirt, C. W., & Nichols, B. D. (1981). Volume of fluid (VOF) method for the dynamics of free boundaries.
Journal of Computational Physics, 39(1), 201–225. https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5
10- Kherbache, K., Chesneau, X., Zeghmati, B., Abide, S., & Benmamar, S. (2017). The effects of step
inclination and air injection on the water flow in a stepped spillway: A numerical study. Journal of
Hydrodynamics, 29(2), 322–331. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1001-6058(16)60742-4
11- Kramer, M., & Chanson, H. (2019). Optical flow estimations in aerated spillway flows: Filtering and
discussion on sampling parameters. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science, 103, 318–328.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2018.12.002
12- Mahmoudian, Z., Baharvand, S., & Lashkarara, B. (2019). Investigating the Flow Pattern in Baffle
Fishway Denil Type. Irrigation Sciences and Engineering (JISE), 42(3), 179–196.
13- Meireles, I. C., Bombardelli, F. A., & Matos, J. (2014). Air entrainment onset in skimming flows on
steep stepped spillways: An analysis. Journal of Hydraulic Research, 52(3).
https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2013.878401
14- Parsaie, A., & Haghiabi, A. H. (2019). Inception point of flow aeration on quarter-circular crested stepped
spillway. Flow Measurement and Instrumentation, 69.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101618
15- Richardson, J. F., & Zaki W N. (1979). Sedimentation and Fluidisation. Part 1. Trans. Inst. Chem. Eng,
32, 35–53.
16- Shamloo, H., Hoseini Ghafari, S., & Kavianpour, M. (2012). Experimental study on the effects of inlet
flows on aeration in chute spillway (Case study: Jare Dam, Iran). 10th International Congress on
Advances in Civil Engineering, Middle East Technical University, Ankara, Turkey.
17- Wang, S. Y., Hou, D. M., & Wang, C. H. (2012). Aerator of stepped chute in Murum Hydropower
Station. Procedia Engineering, 28, 803–807. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2012.01.813.
18- Wei, W., Deng, J., & Zhang, F. (2016). Development of self-aeration process for supercritical chute
flows. International Journal of Multiphase Flow, 79, 172–180.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmultiphaseflow.2015.11.003
19- Wu, J., QIAN, S., & MA, F. (2016). A new design of ski-jump-step spillway. Journal of Hydrodynamics,
05, 914–917.
20- Xu, Y., Wang, W., Yong, H., & Zhao, W. (2012). Investigation on the cavity backwater of the jet flow from the chute aerators. Procedia Engineering, 31, 51–56. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2012.01.989
21- Yakhot, V., & Orszag, S. A. (1986). Renormalization group analysis of turbulence. I. Basic theory.
Journal of Scientific Computing, 1(1), 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01061452
22- Yang, J., Teng, P., & Lin, C. (2019). Air-vent layouts and water-air flow behaviors of a wide spillway
aerator. Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Letters, 9(2), 130–143.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.taml.2019.02.009
23- Zhang, G., & Chanson, H. (2016). Interaction between free-surface aeration and total pressure on a
stepped chute. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science, 74, 368–381.
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2015.12.011

Fig. 2- Experimental setup (Shamloo et al., 2012)

2상 유동 해석을 통한 슈트 폭기 시스템 효율에 대한 램프 각도의 영향 조사

1 Associate Professor, Civil Engineering Department, Jundi-Shapur University of Technology, Dezful, Iran

2 Instructor in Civil Engineering Department Jundi-Shapur University of Technology, Dezful,Iran.

 10.22055/JISE.2021.37743.1980

Abstract

슈트 여수로의 흐름 폭기는 캐비테이션 손상을 방지하는 가장 효과적이고 경제적인 방법 중 하나입니다. 수중 프리즘에 아주 작은 양의 공기가 흩어지면 표면 손상이 크게 줄어듭니다. 이를 위해 폭기 장치로 알려진 구조를 사용할 수 있습니다. 또한, 램프 각도는 폭기 효율에 영향을 미치는 요인 중 하나입니다. 이 연구에서는 Flow-3D 소프트웨어를 사용하여 3가지 다른 시나리오인 6, 8 및 10도의 램프 각도에서 Jarreh 댐의 방수로를 통해 흐름을 동반하는 공기의 값을 시뮬레이션했습니다. 6도의 경사각에서 유동 유체로 유입되는 공기의 결과를 검증하기 위해이란 TAMAB Company의 실험실에서 댐 방수로 물리적 모델의 관찰 결과를 사용했습니다. 결과에 따르면 램프 각도를 높이면 워터제트 기저귀로 유입되는 공기가 증가하고 10도 램프 각도는 최고의 폭기 효율을 제공합니다. Flow-3D 모델은 결과에 따라 여수로의 2단계 물-공기 흐름을 시뮬레이션할 수도 있습니다.

Flow aeration in chute spillway is one of the most effective and economic ways to prevent cavitation damage. Surface damage is significantly reduced when very small values of air are scattered in a water prism. A structure known as an aerator may be used for this purpose. Besides, ramp angle is one of the factors influencing aerator efficiency. In this research, the value of air entraining the flow through the Jarreh Dam’s spillway at the ramp angles of 6, 8 and 10 degrees, as three different scenarios, was simulated using the Flow-3D software. In order to validate the results of the inlet air into the flowing fluid at a ramp angle of 6 degrees, the observational results of the dam spillway physical model from the laboratory of TAMAB Company in Iran were used. According to the results, raising the ramp angle increases the inlet air to the water jet nappe, and a ten-degree ramp angle provides the best aeration efficiency. The Flow-3D model can also simulate the two-phase water-air flow on spillways, according to the results.

Fig. 1- Schematic of the general pattern of flow and aeration process in the aerators
Fig. 1- Schematic of the general pattern of flow and aeration process in the aerators
Fig. 2- Experimental setup (Shamloo et al., 2012)
Fig. 2- Experimental setup (Shamloo et al., 2012)
Fig. 3- Results of numerical model validation in determining a) mean flow depth, b) mean velocity, and c) static pressure in various discharges vs (Shamloo et al., 2012) research under a 6 degree ramp angle
Fig. 3- Results of numerical model validation in determining a) mean flow depth, b) mean velocity, and c) static pressure in various discharges vs (Shamloo et al., 2012) research under a 6 degree ramp angle
Fig. 4- Location of data extraction stations after aeration on a scale model of 1:50
Fig. 4- Location of data extraction stations after aeration on a scale model of 1:50
Fig.7- Changes in cavitation index in different discharges with changes in ramp angle: a) 6 degrees, b) 8 degrees and c) 10 degrees
Fig.7- Changes in cavitation index in different discharges with changes in ramp angle: a) 6 degrees, b) 8 degrees and c) 10 degrees

Keywords

Aeration system Ramp angle Aeration coefficient Two-phase flow Flow-3D model

참고문헌

  • Baharvand, S., & Lashkar-Ara, B. (2021). 실험 모델과 CFD 모델을 결합한 수정 사행 C형 어로의 수력학적 설계기준. 생태 공학 , 164 . https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoleng.2021.106207

2- Bayon, A., Toro, JP, Bombardelli, FA, Matos, J., & López-Jiménez, PA(2018). VOF 기술, 난류 모델 및 이산화 방식이 계단식 배수로에서 폭기되지 않은 스키밍 흐름의 수치 시뮬레이션에 미치는 영향. 수력 환경 연구 저널 , 19 , 137–149. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jher.2017.10.002

3- Brethour, JM, & Hirt, CW (2009). 2성분 흐름에 대한 드리프트 모델. Flow Science, Inc. , FSI – 09 – TN83Rev , 1–7.

4- Chanson, H. (1989). 공기 유입 및 폭기 장치 연구. 수력학 연구 저널 , 27 (3), 301–319. https://doi.org/10.1080/00221688909499166

5- Dong, Z., Wang, J., Vetsch, DF, Boes, RM, & Tan, G. (2019). 매우 높은 단위 배출에서 X자형 플레어링 게이트 교각 뒤의 계단식 배수로에서 공기-물 2상 흐름의 수치 시뮬레이션. 물(스위스) , 11 (10). https://doi.org/10.3390/w11101956

6- Flow-3D, V. 11. 2. (2017). 사용자 매뉴얼. Flow Science Inc.: Santa Fe, NM, USA;

7- Hirt, CW (2003). 자유 표면에서 공기의 난류 동반 모델링. Flow Science, Inc. , FSI – 03 – TN6 , 1–9.

8- Hirt, CW (2016). 드리프트 플럭스에 대한 동적 액적 크기. Flow Science, Inc. , 1–10.

9- Hirt, CW, & Nichols, BD (1981). 자유 경계의 역학에 대한 VOF(유체 체적) 방법. 전산 물리학 저널 , 39 (1), 201–225. https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5

10- Kherbache, K., Chesneau, X., Zeghmati, B., Abide, S., & Benmamar, S. (2017). 계단식 배수로의 물 흐름에 대한 계단식 경사 및 공기 주입의 영향: 수치 연구. 유체 역학 저널 , 29 (2), 322–331. https://doi.org/10.1016/S1001-6058(16)60742-4

11- Kramer, M., & Chanson, H. (2019). 폭기된 여수로 흐름에서 광학 흐름 추정: 샘플링 매개변수에 대한 필터링 및 논의. 실험적 열 및 유체 과학 , 103 , 318–328. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2018.12.002

12- Mahmoudian, Z., Baharvand, S., & Lashkarara, B. (2019). Baffle Fishway Denil Type의 흐름 패턴 조사. 관개 과학 및 공학(JISE) , 42 (3), 179–196.

13- Meireles, IC, Bombardelli, FA 및 Matos, J. (2014). 가파른 계단식 배수로의 스키밍 흐름에서 공기 유입 시작: 분석. 수력학 연구 저널 , 52 (3). https://doi.org/10.1080/00221686.2013.878401

14- Parsaie, A., & Haghiabi, AH (2019). 1/4 원형 볏이 있는 계단식 배수로에서 흐름 폭기의 시작 지점. 유량 측정 및 계측 , 69 . https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2019.101618

15- Richardson, JF, & Zaki W N. (1979). 침전 및 유동화. 파트 1. 트랜스. Inst. 화학 영어 , 32 , 35–53.

16- Shamloo, H., Hoseini Ghafari, S., & Kavianpour, M. (2012). 슈트 여수로의 폭기에 대한 유입구 흐름의 영향에 대한 실험적 연구(사례 연구: 이란 Jare Dam). 제10차 토목 공학 발전에 관한 국제 회의, 중동 기술 대학, 앙카라, 터키 .

17- Wang, SY, Hou, DM, & Wang, CH (2012). Murum 수력 발전소의 계단식 슈트의 폭기 장치. 프로시디아 엔지니어링 , 28 , 803–807. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2012.01.813.

18- Wei, W., Deng, J., & Zhang, F. (2016). 초임계 슈트 흐름에 대한 자체 폭기 공정 개발. 다상 흐름의 국제 저널 , 79 , 172–180. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijmultiphaseflow.2015.11.003

19- Wu, J., QIAN, S., & MA, F. (2016). 스키점프 스텝 배수로의 새로운 디자인. 유체 역학 저널 , 05 , 914–917.

20- Xu, Y., Wang, W., Yong, H., & Zhao, W. (2012). 슈트 폭기 장치에서 제트 흐름의 공동 역류에 대한 조사. 프로시디아 엔지니어링 , 31 , 51–56. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.proeng.2012.01.989

21- Yakhot, V., & Orszag, SA (1986). 난류의 재정규화 그룹 분석. I. 기본 이론. 과학 컴퓨팅 저널 , 1 (1), 3–51. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF01061452

22- Yang, J., Teng, P., & Lin, C. (2019). 넓은 여수로 폭기장치의 통풍구 배치 및 물-기류 거동. Theoretical and Applied Mechanics Letters , 9 (2), 130–143. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.taml.2019.02.009

23- Zhang, G., & Chanson, H. (2016). 자유 표면 폭기와 계단식 슈트의 총 압력 사이의 상호 작용. 실험적 열 및 유체 과학 , 74 , 368–381. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2015.12.011

Computational Fluid Dynamics, 온실

CFD 사용: 유압 구조 및 농업에서의 응용

USO DE CFD COMO HERRAMIENTA PARA LA MODELACIÓN Y  PREDICCIÓN NUMÉRICA DE LOS FLUIDOS: APLICACIONES EN  ESTRUCTURAS HIDRÁULICAS Y AGRICULTURA

Cruz Ernesto Aguilar-Rodriguez1*; Candido Ramirez-Ruiz2; Erick Dante Mattos Villarroel3 

1Tecnológico Nacional de México/ITS de Los Reyes. Carretera Los Reyes-Jacona, Col. Libertad. 60300.  Los Reyes de Salgado, Michoacán. México. 

ernesto.ar@losreyes.tecnm.mx – 3541013901 (*Autor de correspondencia) 

2Instituto de Ciencias Aplicadas y Tecnología, UNAM. Cto. Exterior S/N, C.U., Coyoacán, 04510, Ciudad  de México. México.  3Riego y Drenaje. Instituto Mexicano de Tecnología del Agua. Paseo Cuauhnáhuac 8532, Progreso,  Jiutepec, Morelos, C.P. 62550. México.

Abstract

공학에서 유체의 거동은 설명하기에 광범위하고 복잡한 과정이며, 유체역학은 유체의 거동을 지배하는 방정식을 통해 유체 역학 현상을 분석할 수 있는 과학 분야이지만 이러한 방정식에는 전체 솔루션이 없습니다. . 전산유체역학(Computational Fluid Dynamics, 이하 CFD)은 수치적 기법을 통해 방정식의 해에 접근할 수 있는 도구로, 신뢰할 수 있는 계산 모델을 얻기 위해서는 물리적 모델의 실험 데이터로 평가해야 합니다. 수력구조물에서 선형 및 미로형 여수로에서 시뮬레이션을 수행하고 배출 시트의 거동과 현재의 폭기 조건을 분석했습니다. 침강기에서 유체의 특성화를 수행하고 필요한 특성에 따라 사체적, 피스톤 또는 혼합의 분수를 수정하는 것이 가능합니다. 농업에서는 온실 환경을 특성화하고 환경에 대한 재료의 디자인, 방향 및 유형 간의 관계를 찾는 데 사용할 수 있습니다. 발견된 가장 중요한 결과 중 온실의 길이와 설계가 환기율에 미칠 수 있는 영향으로 온실의 길이는 높이의 6배 미만인 것이 권장됩니다.

키워드: Computational Fluid Dynamics, 온실,

Spillway, Settler 기사: COMEII-21048 소개 

CFD는 유체 운동 문제에 대한 수치적 솔루션을 얻어 수리학적 현상을 더 잘 이해할 수 있게 함으로써 공간 시각화를 가능하게 하는 수치 도구입니다. 예를 들어, 수력 공학에서 벤츄리(Xu, Gao, Zhao, & Wang, 2014) 워터 펌핑(ȘCHEAUA, 2016) 또는 개방 채널 적용( Wu et 알., 2000). 

문헌 검토는 실험 연구에서 검증된 배수로의 흐름 거동에 대한 수리학적 분석을 위한 CFD 도구의 효율성을 보여줍니다. 이 검토는 둑의 흐름 거동에 대한 수리학적 분석을 위한 CFD의 효율성을 보여줍니다. Crookston et al. (2012)는 미로 여수로에 대해 Flow 3D로 테스트를 수행했으며, 배출 계수의 결과는 3%에서 7%까지 다양한 오류로 실험적으로 얻은 결과로 허용 가능했으며 연구 결과 측면에 저압 영역이 있음을 발견했습니다. 익사 방식으로 작업할 때 위어의 벽. Zuhair(2013)는 수치 모델링 결과를 Mandali weir 원형의 실험 데이터와 비교했습니다.  

최근 연구에서는 다양한 난류 모델을 사용하여 CFD를 적용할 가능성이 있음을 보여주었습니다. 그리고 일부만이 음용수 처리를 위한 침적자의 사례 연구를 제시했으며, 다른 설계 변수 중에서 기하학적인 대안, 수온 변화 등을 제안했습니다. 따라서 기술 개발로 인해 설계 엔지니어가 유체 거동을 분석하는 데 CFD 도구를 점점 더 많이 사용하게 되었습니다. 

보호 농업에서 CFD는 온실 환경을 모델링하고 보조 냉방 또는 난방 시스템을 통해 온실의 미기후 관리를 위한 전략을 제안하는 데 사용되는 기술이었습니다(Aguilar Rodríguez et al., 2020).  

2D 및 3D CFD 모델을 사용한 본격적인 온실 시뮬레이션은 태양 복사 모델과 현열 및 잠열 교환 하위 모델의 통합을 통해 온실의 미기후 분포를 연구하는 데 사용되었습니다(Majdoubi, Boulard, Fatnassi, & Bouirden, 2009). 마찬가지로 이 모델을 사용하여 온실 설계(Sethi, 2009), 덮개 재료(Baxevanou, Fidaros, Bartzanas, & Kittas, 2018), 시간, 연중 계절( Tong, Christopher, Li, & Wang, 2013), 환기 유형 및 구성(Bartzanas, Boulard, & Kittas, 2004). 

CFD 거래 프로그램은 사용자 친화적인 플랫폼으로 설계되어 결과를 쉽게 관리하고 이해할 수 있습니다.  

Figura 1. Distribución de presiones y velocidades en un vertedor de pared delgada.
Figura 2. Perfiles de velocidad y presión en la cresta vertedora.
Figura 3. Condiciones de aireación en vertedor tipo laberinto. (A)lámina adherida a la pared del
vertedor, (B) aireado, (C) parcialmente aireado, (D) ahogado.
Figura 4. Realización de prueba de riego.
Figura 5. Efecto de la posición y dirección de los calefactores en un invernadero a 2 m del suelo.
Figura 5. Efecto de la posición y dirección de los calefactores en un invernadero a 2 m del suelo.
Figura 6. Indicadores ambientales para medir el confort ambiental de los cultivos.
Figura 6. Indicadores ambientales para medir el confort ambiental de los cultivos.
Figura 7. Líneas de corriente dentro del sedimentador experimental en estado estacionario  (Ramirez-Ruiz, 2019).
Figura 7. Líneas de corriente dentro del sedimentador experimental en estado estacionario (Ramirez-Ruiz, 2019).

Referencias Bibliográficas

Aguilar-Rodriguez, C.; Flores-Velazquez, J.; Ojeda-Bustamante, W.; Rojano, F.; Iñiguez-
Covarrubias, M. 2020. Valuation of the energyperformance of a greenhouse with

an electric heater using numerical simulations. Processes, 8, 600.

Aguilar-Rodriguez, C.; Flores-Velazquez, J.; Rojano, F.; Ojeda-Bustamante, W.; Iñiguez-
Covarrubias, M. 2020. Estimación del ciclo de cultivo de tomate (Solanum

lycopersicum L.) en invernadero, con base en grados días calor (GDC) simulados
con CFD. Tecnología y ciencias del agua, ISSN 2007-2422, 11(4), 27-57.
Al-Sammarraee, M., y Chan, A. (2009). Large-eddy simulations of particle sedimentation
in a longitudinal sedimentation basin of a water treatment plant. Part 2: The effects
of baffles. Chemical Engineering Journal, 152(2-3), 315-321.
doi:https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cej.2009.01.052.
Bartzanas, T.; Boulard, T.; Kittas, C. 2004. Effect of vent arrangement on windward
ventilation of a tunnel greenhouse. Biosystems Engineering, 88(4).
Baxevanou, C.; Fidaros, D.; Bartzanas, T.; Kittas, C. 2018. Yearly numerical evaluation of
greenhouse cover materials. Computers and Electronics in Agriculture, 149, 54–

  1. DOI: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compag.2017.12.006.
    Crookston, B. M., & Tullis, B. P. 2012. Labyrinth weirs: Nappe interference and local
    submergence. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering, 138(8), 757-765.
    Fernández, J. M. 2012. Técnicas numéricas en Ingeniería de Fluidos: Introducción a la
    Dinámica de Fluidos Computacional (CFD) por el Método de Volumen Finito;
    Reverté, Barcelona, pp. 98-294.
    Goula, A., Kostoglou, M., Karapantsios, T., y Zouboulis, A. (2008). The effect of influent
    temperature variations in a sedimentation tank for potable water treatment— A
    computational fluid dynamics study. Water Research, 42(13), 3405-3414.
    doi://doi.org/10.1016/j.watres.2008.05.002.
    Majdoubi, H.; Boulard, T.; Fatnassi, H.; Bouirden, L. 2009. Airflow and microclimate
    patterns in a one-hectare Canary type greenhouse: an experimental and CFD
    assisted study. Agricultural and Forest Meteorology, 149(6-7), 1050-1062.
    Ramirez-Ruiz Candido (2019). Estudio hidrodinámico de sedimentadores de alta tasa en
    plantas potabilizadoras utilizando dinámica de fluidos computacional (CFD).
    Universidad Nacional Autónoma de México. Tesis de maestría.
    Sánchez, J. M. C., & Elsitdié, L. G. C. 2011. Consideraciones del mallado aplicadas al
    cálculo de flujos bifásicos con las técnicas de dinámica de fluidos computacional.
    J. Introd. Inv. UPCT., 4, 33-35.
    Sethi, V.P. 2009. On the selection of shape and orientation of a greenhouse: Thermal
    modeling and experimental validation, Sol. Energy, 83, 21–38.
    ȘCHEAUA, F. 2016. AGRICULTURAL FIELD IRRIGATION SOLUTION BASED ON
    VENTURI NOZZLE γ 2 g γ 2 g. JOURNAL OF INDUSTRIAL DESIGN AND
    ENGINEERING GRAPHICS, 2(1), 31–35.

Tong, G.; Christopher, D.; Li, T.; Wang, T. 2013. Passive solar energy utilization: a review
of cross-section building parameter selection for Chinese solar greenhouses.
Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews, 26, 540-548.

Xu, Y., Gao, L., Zhao, Y., & Wang, H. 2014. Wet gas overreading characteristics of a long-
throat Venturi at high pressure based on CFD. Flow Measurement and

Instrumentation, 40, 247–255. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.flowmeasinst.2014.09.004
Wu, W., Rodi, W y Wenka, T. 2000. 3D numerical modeling of flow and sediment transport
in open channels. ASCE Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. Vol 126 Num 1.
Zuhair al zubaidy, Riyadh. 2013. Numerical Simulation of Two-Phase Flow.
En:International Journal of Structural and Civil Engineering Research. Vol 2, No 3;
13p

Fig. 1. A typical Boiling Water Reactor (BWR) and selected segment of study for simulation

Understanding dry-out mechanism in rod bundles of boiling water reactor

끓는 물 원자로 봉 다발의 건조 메커니즘 이해

Liril D.SilviaDinesh K.ChandrakercSumanaGhoshaArup KDasb
aDepartment of Chemical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee, India
bDepartment of Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology, Roorkee, India
cReactor Engineering Division, Bhabha Atomic Research Centre, Mumbai, India

Abstract

Present work reports numerical understanding of interfacial dynamics during co-flow of vapor and liquid phases of water inside a typical Boiling Water Reactor (BWR), consisting of a nuclear fuel rod bundle assembly of 7 pins in a circular array. Two representative spacings between rods in a circular array are used to carry out the simulation. In literature, flow boiling in a nuclear reactor is dealt with mechanistic models or averaged equations. Hence, in the present study using the Volume of Fluid (VOF) based multiphase model, a detailed numerical understanding of breaking and making in interfaces during flow boiling in BWR is targeted. Our work will portray near realistic vapor bubble and liquid flow dynamics in rod bundle scenario. Constant wall heat flux for fuel rod and uniform velocity of the liquid at the inlet patch is applied as a boundary condition. The saturation properties of water are taken at 30 bar pressure. Flow boiling stages involving bubble nucleation, growth, merging, local dry-out, rewetting with liquid patches, and complete dry-out are illustrated. The dry-out phenomenon with no liquid presence is numerically observed with phase fraction contours at various axial cut-sections. The quantification of the liquid phase fraction at different axial planes is plotted over time, emphasizing the progressive dry-out mechanism. A comparison of liquid-vapor distribution for inner and outer rods reveals that the inner rod’s dry-out occurs sooner than that of the outer rod. The heat transfer coefficient to identify the heat dissipation capacity of each case is also reported.

현재 작업은 원형 배열에 있는 7개의 핀으로 구성된 핵연료봉 다발 어셈블리로 구성된 일반적인 끓는 물 원자로(BWR) 내부의 물의 증기 및 액체상의 동시 흐름 동안 계면 역학에 대한 수치적 이해를 보고합니다.

원형 배열의 막대 사이에 두 개의 대표적인 간격이 시뮬레이션을 수행하는 데 사용됩니다. 문헌에서 원자로의 유동 비등은 기계론적 모델 또는 평균 방정식으로 처리됩니다.

따라서 VOF(Volume of Fluid) 기반 다상 모델을 사용하는 본 연구에서는 BWR에서 유동 비등 동안 계면의 파괴 및 생성에 대한 자세한 수치적 이해를 목표로 합니다.

우리의 작업은 막대 번들 시나리오에서 거의 사실적인 증기 기포 및 액체 흐름 역학을 묘사합니다. 연료봉에 대한 일정한 벽 열유속과 입구 패치에서 액체의 균일한 속도가 경계 조건으로 적용됩니다. 물의 포화 특성은 30bar 압력에서 취합니다.

기포 핵 생성, 성장, 병합, 국소 건조, 액체 패치로 재습윤 및 완전한 건조를 포함하는 유동 비등 단계가 설명됩니다. 액체가 존재하지 않는 건조 현상은 다양한 축 단면에서 위상 분율 윤곽으로 수치적으로 관찰됩니다.

다른 축 평면에서 액상 분율의 정량화는 점진적인 건조 메커니즘을 강조하면서 시간이 지남에 따라 표시됩니다. 내부 막대와 외부 막대의 액-증기 분포를 비교하면 내부 막대의 건조가 외부 막대보다 더 빨리 발생함을 알 수 있습니다. 각 경우의 방열 용량을 식별하기 위한 열 전달 계수도 보고됩니다.

Fig. 1. A typical Boiling Water Reactor (BWR) and selected segment of study for simulation
Fig. 1. A typical Boiling Water Reactor (BWR) and selected segment of study for simulation
Fig. 2. (a-c) dimensions and mesh configuration for G = 6 mm; (d-f) dimensions and mesh configuration for G = 0.6 mm
Fig. 2. (a-c) dimensions and mesh configuration for G = 6 mm; (d-f) dimensions and mesh configuration for G = 0.6 mm
Fig. 3. Simulating the effect of spacer (a) Spacer configuration around rod bundle (b) Mesh structure in spacer zone (c) Distribution of vapor bubbles in a rod bundle with spacer (d) Liquid phase fraction comparison for geometry with and without spacer (e,f,g) Wall temperature comparison for geometry with and without spacer; WS: With Spacer, WOS: Without Spacer; Temperature in the y-axis is in (f) and (g) is same as (e).
Fig. 3. Simulating the effect of spacer (a) Spacer configuration around rod bundle (b) Mesh structure in spacer zone (c) Distribution of vapor bubbles in a rod bundle with spacer (d) Liquid phase fraction comparison for geometry with and without spacer (e,f,g) Wall temperature comparison for geometry with and without spacer; WS: With Spacer, WOS: Without Spacer; Temperature in the y-axis is in (f) and (g) is same as (e).
Fig. 4. Validation of the present numerical model with crossflow boiling over a heated cylindrical rod [40]
Fig. 4. Validation of the present numerical model with crossflow boiling over a heated cylindrical rod [40]
Fig. 5. Grid-Independent study in terms of vapor volume in 1/4th of computational domain
Fig. 5. Grid-Independent study in terms of vapor volume in 1/4th of computational domain
Fig. 6. Interface contour for G = 6 mm; ul = 1.2 m/s; q˙ w = 396 kW/m2; they are showing nucleation, growth, merging, and pseudo-steady-state condition.
Fig. 6. Interface contour for G = 6 mm; ul = 1.2 m/s; q˙ w = 396 kW/m2; they are showing nucleation, growth, merging, and pseudo-steady-state condition.
Fig. 7. Interface contours for G = 0.6 mm; ul = 1.2 m/s; q˙ w = 396 kW/m2; It shows dry-out at pseudo-steady-state near the exit
Fig. 7. Interface contours for G = 0.6 mm; ul = 1.2 m/s; q˙ w = 396 kW/m2; It shows dry-out at pseudo-steady-state near the exit
Fig. 8. Vapor-liquid distribution across various distant cross-sections (Black color indicates liquid; Gray color indicates vapor); Magnification factor: 1 × (for a and b), 1.5 × (for c and d)
Fig. 8. Vapor-liquid distribution across various distant cross-sections (Black color indicates liquid; Gray color indicates vapor); Magnification factor: 1 × (for a and b), 1.5 × (for c and d)
Fig. 21. Two-phase flow mixture velocity (u¯z); for G = 6 mm, r = 5 means location at inner heated wall and r = 25 means location at outer adiabatic wall; for G = 0.66 mm, r = 5 means location at inner heated wall and r = 16.6 mm means location at outer adiabatic wall.
Fig. 21. Two-phase flow mixture velocity (u¯z); for G = 6 mm, r = 5 means location at inner heated wall and r = 25 means location at outer adiabatic wall; for G = 0.66 mm, r = 5 means location at inner heated wall and r = 16.6 mm means location at outer adiabatic wall.

References

[1] J. Würtz, An Experimental and Theoretical Investigation of Annular Steam-Water Flow in Tubes and Annuli at 30 to 90 Bar, Risø National Laboratory,
Roskilde, 1978.
[2] W. Tian, A. Myint, Z. Li, S. Qiu, G.H. Su, D. Jia, Experimental study on dryout point in vertical narrow annulus under low flow conditions, in: International Conference on Nuclear Engineering, 4689, 2004, pp. 643–648. Jan
1Vol.
[3] K.M. Becker, C.H. Ling, S. Hedberg, G. Strand, An experimental investigation of
post dryout heat transfer, R. Inst. Technol. (1983).
[4] K.M. Becker, A Burnout Correlation for Flow of Boiling Water in Vertical Rod
Bundles, AB Atomenergi, 1967.
[5] Jr J.R. Barbosa, G.F. Hewitt, S.M. Richardson, High-speed visualisation of nucleate boiling in vertical annular flow, Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 46 (26) (2003)
5153–5160 1, doi:10.1016/S0017-9310(03)00255-2.
[6] Y. Mizutani, A. Tomiyama, S. Hosokawa, A. Sou, Y. Kudo, K. Mishima, Twophase flow patterns in a four by four rod bundle, J. Nucl. Sci. Technol. 44 (6)
(2007) 894–901 1, doi:10.1080/18811248.2007.9711327.
[7] S.S. Paranjape, Two-Phase Flow Interfacial Structures in a Rod Bundle Geometry, Purdue University, 2009.
[8] D. Lavicka, J. Polansky, Model of the cooling of a nuclear reactor fuel rod, Multiph. Sci. Technol. 25 (2-4) (2013), doi:10.1615/MultScienTechn.v25.i2-4.90.
[9] M. Thurgood, J. Kelly, T. Guidotti, R. Kohrt, K. Crowell, Tech. rep., Pacific Northwest National Laboratory, 1983.
[10] S. Sugawara, Droplet deposition and entrainment modeling based on the
three-fluid model, Nucl. Eng. Des. 122 (1-3) (1990) 67–84, doi:10.1016/
0029-5493(90)90197-6.
[11] C. Adamsson, J.M. Le Corre, Modeling and validation of a mechanistic tool
(MEFISTO) for the prediction of critical power in BWR fuel assemblies, Nucl.
Eng. Des. 241 (8) (2011) 2843–2858, doi:10.1016/j.nucengdes.2011.01.033.
[12] S. Talebi, H. Kazeminejad, A mathematical approach to predict dryout in a rod
bundle, Nucl. Eng. Des. 249 (2012) 348–356, doi:10.1016/j.nucengdes.2012.04.
016.
[13] H. Anglart, O. Nylund, N. Kurul, M.Z. Podowski, CFD prediction of flow and
phase distribution in fuel assemblies with spacers, Nucl. Eng. Des. 177 (1-3)
(1997) 215–228, doi:10.1016/S0029-5493(97)00195-7.
[14] H. Li, H. Anglart, CFD model of diabatic annular two-phase flow using the
Eulerian–Lagrangian approach, Ann. Nucl. Energy 77 (2015) 415–424, doi:10.
1016/j.anucene.2014.12.002.
[15] G. Sorokin, A. Sorokin, Experimental and numerical investigation of liquid metal boiling in fuel subassemblies under natural circulation conditions, Prog. Nucl. Energy 47 (1-4) (2005) 656–663, doi:10.1016/j.pnucene.2005.
05.069.
[16] W.D. Pointer, A. Tentner, T. Sofu, D. Weber, S. Lo, A. Splawski, Eulerian
two-phase computational fluid dynamics for boiling water reactor core analysis, Joint International Topical Meeting on Mathematics and Computation and
Supercomputing in Nuclear Applications (M and C± SNA), 2007.
[17] K. Podila, Y. Rao, CFD modelling of supercritical water flow and heat transfer
in a 2 × 2 fuel rod bundle, Nucl. Eng. Des. 301 (2016) 279–289, doi:10.1016/j.
nucengdes.2016.03.019.
[18] H. Pothukuchi, S. Kelm, B.S. Patnaik, B.V. Prasad, H.J. Allelein, Numerical investigation of subcooled flow boiling in an annulus under the influence of eccentricity, Appl. Therm. Eng. 129 (2018) 1604–1617, doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.
2017.10.105.
[19] H. Pothukuchi, S. Kelm, B.S. Patnaik, B.V. Prasad, H.J. Allelein, CFD modeling of
critical heat flux in flow boiling: validation and assessment of closure models,
Appl. Therm. Eng. 150 (2019) 651–665, doi:10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2019.01.
030.
[20] W. Fan, H. Li, H. Anglart, A study of rewetting and conjugate heat transfer
influence on dryout and post-dryout phenomena with a multi-domain coupled CFD approach, Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 163 (2020) 120503, doi:10.1016/j.
ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120503.
[21] R. Zhang, T. Cong, G. Su, J. Wang, S. Qiu, Investigation on the critical heat
flux in typical 5 by 5 rod bundle at conditions prototypical of PWR based
on CFD methodology, Appl. Therm. Eng. 179 (2020) 115582, doi:10.1016/j.
applthermaleng.2020.115582.

[22] L.D. Silvi, A. Saha, D.K. Chandraker, S. Ghosh, A.K. Das, Numerical analysis of
pre-dryout sequences through the route of interfacial evolution in annular gasliquid two-phase flow with phase change, Chem. Eng. Sci. 212 (2020) 115356,
doi:10.1016/j.ces.2019.115356.
[23] L.D. Silvi, D.K. Chandraker, S. Ghosh, A.K. Das, On-route to dryout through sequential interfacial dynamics in annular flow boiling around temperature and
heat flux controlled heater rod, Chem. Eng. Sci. 229 (2021) 116014, doi:10.1016/
j.ces.2020.116014.
[24] J.U. Brackbill, D.B. Kothe, C. Zemach, A continuum method for modeling surface
tension, J. Comput. Phys. 100 (2) (1992) 335–354, doi:10.1016/0021-9991(92)
90240-Y.
[25] B. Lafaurie, C. Nardone, R. Scardovelli, S. Zaleski, G. Zanetti, Modelling merging
and fragmentation in multiphase flows with SURFER, J. Comput. Phys. 113 (1)
(1994) 134–147, doi:10.1006/jcph.1994.1123.
[26] I. Tanasawa, Advances in condensation heat transfer, Ad. Heat Transf. 21 (1991)
55–139 Vol, doi:10.1016/S0065-2717(08)70334-4.
[27] V.H. Del Valle, D.B. Kenning, Subcooled flow boiling at high heat flux, Int.
J. Heat Mass Transf. 28 (10) (1985) 1907–1920, doi:10.1016/0017-9310(85)
90213-3.
[28] B. Matzner, G.M. Latter, Reduced pressure drop space for boiling water reactor
fuel bundles, US Patent US5375154A, (1993)
[29] C. Unal, O. Badr, K. Tuzla, J.C. Chen, S. Neti, Pressure drop at rod-bundle spacers
in the post-CHF dispersed flow regime, Int. J. Multiphase Flow 20 (3) (1994)
515–522, doi:10.1016/0301-9322(94)90025-6.
[30] D.K. Chandraker, A.K. Nayak, V.P. Krishnan, Effect of spacer on the dryout of
BWR fuel rod assemblies, Nucl. Eng. Des. 294 (2015), doi:10.1016/j.nucengdes.
2015.09.004.
[31] S.K Verma, S.L. Sinha, D.K. Chandraker, A comprehensive review of the spacer
effect on performance of nuclear fuel bundle using computational fluid dynamics methodology, Mater. Today: Proc. 4 (2017) 100030–110034, doi:10.
1016/j.matpr.2017.06.315.
[32] S.K Verma, S.L. Sinha, D.K. Chandraker, Experimental investigation on the effect
of space on the turbulent mixing in vertical pressure tube-type boiling water
reactor, Nucl. Sci. Eng. 190 (2) (2018), doi:10.1080/00295639.2017.1413874.
[33] T. Zhang, Y. Liu, Numerical investigation of flow and heat transfer characteristics of subcooled boiling in a single rod channel with/without spacer grid,
Case Stud. Therm. Eng. 20 (2020) 100644, doi:10.1016/j.csite.2020.100644.
[34] K.M. Becker, G. Hernborg, M. Bode, O. Eriksson, Burnout data for flow of boiling water in vertical round ducts, annuli and rod clusters, AB Atomenergi
(1965).
[35] A. Saha, A.K. Das, Numerical study of boiling around wires and influence of
active or passive neighbours on vapour film dynamics, Int. J. Heat Mass Transf.
130 (2019) 440–454, doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2018.10.117.
[36] M. Reimann, U. Grigull, Heat transfer with free convection and film boiling in
the critical area of water and carbon dioxide, Heat Mass Transf. 8 (1975) 229–
239, doi:10.1007/BF01002151.
[37] M.S. Plesset, S.A. Zwick, The growth of vapor bubbles in superheated liquids, J.
Appl. Phys. 25 (4) (1954) 493–500, doi:10.1063/1.1721668.
[38] N. Samkhaniani, M.R. Ansari, Numerical simulation of superheated vapor bubble rising in stagnant liquid, Heat Mass Transf. 53 (9) (2017) 2885–2899,
doi:10.1007/S00231-017-2031-6.
[39] N. Samkhaniani, M.R. Ansari, The evaluation of the diffuse interface method
for phase change simulations using OpenFOAM, Heat Transf. Asian Res. 46 (8)
(2017) 1173–1203, doi:10.1002/htj.21268.
[40] P. Goel, A.K. Nayak, M.K. Das, J.B. Joshi, Bubble departure characteristics in a
horizontal tube bundle under cross flow conditions, Int. J. Multiph. Flow 100
(2018) 143–154, doi:10.1016/j.ijmultiphaseflow.2017.12.013.
[41] K.M. Becker, J. Engstorm, B.Scholin Nylund, B. Sodequist, Analysis of the dryout
incident in the Oskarshamn 2 boiling water reactor, Int. J. Multiph. Flow 16 (6)
(1990) 959–974, doi:10.1016/0301-9322(90)90101-N.
[42] H.G. Weller, A New Approach to VOF-Based Interface Capturing Methods
for Incompressible and Compressible Flow, A New Approach to VOF-Based
Interface Capturing Methods for Incompressible and Compressible Flow, 4,
OpenCFD Ltd., 2008 Report TR/HGW.
[43] G. Boeing, Visual analysis of nonlinear dynamical systems: chaos, fractals, selfsimilarity and the limits of prediction, Systems 4 (4) (2016) 37, doi:10.3390/
systems4040037.

Fig. 4. Meshed quarter aluminum model with HAZ regions and support steel plates.

Benchmark study on slamming response of flat-stiffened plates considering fluid-structure interaction

유체-구조 상호작용을 고려한 평판 보강판의 슬래밍 응답에 대한 벤치마크 연구

Dac DungTruongabBeom-SeonJangaCarl-ErikJansoncJonas W.RingsbergcYasuhiraYamadadKotaTakamotofYasumiKawamuraeHan-BaekJua
aResearch Institute of Marine Systems Engineering, Department of Naval Architecture and Ocean Engineering, Seoul National University, Seoul, South Korea
bDepartment of Engineering Mechanics, Nha Trang University, Nha Trang, Viet Nam
cDivision of Marine Technology, Department of Mechanics and Maritime Sciences, Chalmers University of Technology, Gothenburg, Sweden
dNational Maritime Research Institute, National Institute of Maritime, Port and Aviation Technology, Tokyo, Japan
eDepartment of Systems Design for Ocean-Space, Yokohama National University, Kanagawa, Japan
fDepartment of Mechanical Systems Engineering, Tokyo University of Agriculture and Technology, Tokyo, Japan

ABSTRACT

이 논문은 해양구조물의 평보강판의 슬래밍 반응에 대한 벤치마크 연구를 제시합니다. 목표는 유체-구조 상호작용(FSI) 시뮬레이션 방법론, 모델링 기술 및 슬래밍 압력 예측에 대한 기존 연구원의 경험을 비교하는 것이었습니다.

수치 FSI 시뮬레이션을 위해 가장 일반적인 상용 소프트웨어 패키지를 사용하는 3개의 연구 그룹(예: LS-Dyna ALE, LS-Dyna ICFD, ANSYS CFX 및 Star-CCM+/ABAQUS)이 이 연구에 참여했습니다.

공개 문헌에서 입수할 수 있는 경량 선박과 같은 바닥 구조의 평평한 강화 알루미늄 판에 대한 습식 낙하 시험 데이터는 FSI 모델링의 검증에 활용되었습니다. 형상 모델 및 재료 속성을 포함한 실험 조건의 요약은 시뮬레이션 전에 참가자에게 배포되었습니다.

충돌 속도와 강판의 강성이 슬래밍 응답에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 해양 설비에 사용되는 실제 치수를 갖는 평판 보강 강판에 대한 매개변수 연구를 수행했습니다. 보강판에 작용하는 전체 수직력에 대한 FE 시뮬레이션 결과와 이러한 힘에 대한 구조적 반응을 참가자로부터 획득하여 분석 및 비교하였다.

앞서 언급한 상용 FSI 소프트웨어 패키지를 사용하여 슬래밍 부하에 대한 신뢰할 수 있고 정확한 예측을 평가했습니다. 또한 FSI 시뮬레이션에서 관찰된 동일한 영구 처짐을 초래하는 등가 정적 슬래밍 압력을 보고하고 분류 표준 DNV에서 제안한 해석 모델 및 슬래밍 압력 계산을 위한 기존 실험 데이터와 비교했습니다.

연구 결과는 등가 하중 모델이 물 충돌 속도와 플레이트 강성에 의존한다는 것을 보여주었습니다. 즉, 등가정압계수는 충돌속도가 증가함에 따라 감소하고 충돌구조가 더 단단해지면 증가한다.

This paper presents a benchmark study on the slamming responses of offshore structures’ flat-stiffened plates. The objective was to compare the fluid-structure interaction (FSI) simulation methodologies, modeling techniques, and established researchers’ experiences in predicting slamming pressure. Three research groups employing the most common commercial software packages for numerical FSI simulations (i.e. LS-Dyna ALE, LS-Dyna ICFD, ANSYS CFX, and Star-CCM+/ABAQUS) participated in this study. Wet drop test data on flat-stiffened aluminum plates of light-ship-like bottom structures available in the open literature was utilized for validation of the FSI modeling. A summary of the experimental conditions including the geometry model and material properties, was distributed to the participants prior to their simulations. A parametric study on flat-stiffened steel plates having actual scantlings used in marine installations was performed to investigate the effect of impact velocity and plate rigidity on slamming response. The FE simulation results for the total vertical forces acting on the stiffened plates and their structural responses to those forces, as obtained from the participants, were analyzed and compared. The reliable and accurate predictions of slamming loads using the aforementioned commercial FSI software packages were evaluated. Additionally, equivalent static slamming pressures resulting in the same permanent deflections, as observed from the FSI simulations, were reported and compared with analytical models proposed by the Classification Standards DNV and existing experimental data for calculation of the slamming pressure. The study results showed that the equivalent load model depends on the water impact velocity and plate rigidity; that is, the equivalent static pressure coefficient decreases with an increase in impact velocity, and increases when impacting structures become stiffer.

Fig. 4. Meshed quarter aluminum model with HAZ regions and support steel plates.
Fig. 4. Meshed quarter aluminum model with HAZ regions and support steel plates.
Fig. 6. (a) Boundary conditions of water hitting case and (b) water jets at end of the simulation.
Fig. 6. (a) Boundary conditions of water hitting case and (b) water jets at end of the simulation.
Fig. 7. Comparison of prediction and test results for deflection time history of (a) D1 and (b) D2 for Vi = 2.3 m/s.
Fig. 7. Comparison of prediction and test results for deflection time history of (a) D1 and (b) D2 for Vi = 2.3 m/s.
Fig. 8. Comparison of prediction and test results for maximum deflection with different impact velocities.
Fig. 8. Comparison of prediction and test results for maximum deflection with different impact velocities.
Fig. 16. Boundary conditions applied to present FSI simulations (Sym. denotes symmetric, and Cons. denotes constrained)
Fig. 16. Boundary conditions applied to present FSI simulations (Sym. denotes symmetric, and Cons. denotes constrained)
Fig. 24. Distribution of deflections at moment of maximum deflection in: (a) LS-Dyna ALE, (b) Star-CCM+/ABAQUS, (c) ANSYS CFD, and (d) LSDyna ICFD (unit: m).

Keywords

Benchmark studyEquivalent static pressureFlat-stiffened plateFluid-structure interactionPermanent deflectionSlamming pressure coefficient

References

[1] Von Karman TH. The impact on seaplane floats during landing. Washington, DC: National Advisory Committee for Aeronautics; 1929. Technical note No.: 321.
[2] Wagner VH. Über Stoß- und Gleitvorgange ¨ an der Oberflache ¨ von Flüssigkeiten. Z Angew Math Mech 1932;12(4):193–215.
[3] Chuang SL. Experiments on flat-bottom slamming. J Ship Res 1966;10:10–7.
[4] Chuang SL. Investigation of impact of rigid and elastic bodies with water. Report for Department of the Navy. Washington, DC: United States Department of the
Navy; 1970. Report No.: 3248.
[5] Mori K. Response of the bottom plate of high-speed crafts under impulsive water pressure. J Soc Nav Archit Jpn 1977;142:297–305 [Japanese].
[6] Cheon JS, Jang BS, Yim KH, Lee HSD, Koo BY, Ju HB. A study on slamming pressure on a flat stiffened plate considering fluid–structure interaction. J Mar Sci
Technol 2016;21:309–24.
[7] Truong DD, Jang BS, Ju HB, Han SW. Prediction of slamming pressure considering fluid-structure interaction. Part I: Numerical simulations. Ships Offshore
Struct. https://doi.org/10.1080/17445302.2020.1816732.
[8] Truong DD, Jang BS, Ju HB, Han SW. Prediction of slamming pressure considering fluid-structure interaction. Part II: Derivation of empirical formulations. Mar
Struct. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.marstruc.2019.102700.
[9] Greenhow M, Lin W. Numerical simulation of nonlinear free surface flows generated by wedge entry and wave maker motions. In: Proceedings of the 4th
international conference on numerical ship hydrodynamics, Washington, DC; 1985.
[10] Sun H, Faltinsen OM. Water impact of horizontal circular cylinders and cylindrical shells. Appl Ocean Res 2006;28(5):299–311.
[11] Gingold RA, Monaghan JJ. Smoothed particle hydrodynamics: theory and application to non-spherical stars. Royal Astronomical Society 1977;181:375–89.
[12] Shao S. Incompressible SPH simulation of water entry of a free-falling object. Int J Numer Methods Fluid 2009;59(1):91–115.
[13] Souli M, Ouahsine A, Lewin L. ALE formulation for fluid-structure interaction problems. Comput Methods Appl Mech Eng 2000;190(5):659–75.
[14] Livermore Software Technology Corporation (LSTC). ICFD theory manual incompressible fluid solver in LS-DYNA. Livermore Software Technology Corporation;

[15] Livermore Software Technology Corporation (LSTC). LS-DYNA theoretical manual. Livermore Software Technology Corporation; 2006.
[16] FLOW-3D user’s manual. 2018., version 12.0.
[17] Cd-adapco. STAR-CCM+ User’s manual. 2012., version 7.06.
[18] ANSYS fluent user’s guide. 2015.
[19] ANSYS CFX user’s guide. 2014.
[20] Abaqus user’s manual, version 6.13. SIMULIA; 2013.
[21] Luo HB, Hu J, Guedes Soares C. Numerical simulation of hydroelastic responses of flat stiffened panels under slamming loads. In: Proceedings of the 29th
international conference on ocean, offshore and arctic engineering (OMAE2010); 2010 [Shanghai, China].[22] Yamada Y, Takami T, Oka M. Numerical study on the slamming impact of wedge shaped obstacles considering fluid-structure interaction (FSI). In: Proceedings
of the 22nd international offshore and polar engineering conference (ISOPE2012); 2012 [Rhodes, Greece].
[23] Luo HB, Wang H, Guedes Soares C. Numerical and experimental study of hydrodynamic impact and elastic response of one free-drop wedge with stiffened
panels. Ocean Eng 2012;40:1–14.
[24] Sun H, Wang DY. Experimental and numerical analysis of hydrodynamic impact on stiffened side of three dimensional elastic stiffened plates. Adv Mech Eng
2018;10(4):1–23.
[25] Ma S, Mahfuz H. Finite element simulation of composite ship structures with fluid structure interaction. Ocean Eng 2012;52:52–9.
[26] LSTC. Turek & hron’s FSI benchmark problem. 2012.
[27] Califano A, Brinchmann K. Evaluation of loads during a free-fall lifeboat drop. In: Proceedings of the ASME 32nd international conference on ocean, offshore
and arctic engineering (OMAE2013); 2013 [Nantes, France].
[28] LSTC. 3D fluid elastic body interaction problem. 2014.
[29] Yamada Y, Takamoto K, Nakanishi T, Ma C, Komoriyama Y. Numerical study on the slamming impact of stiffened flat panel using ICFD method – effect of
structural rigidity on the slamming impact. In: Proceedings of the ASME 39th international conference on ocean, offshore and arctic engineering (OMAE2020);
2020 [Florida, USA].
[30] Nicolici S, Bilegan RM. Fluid structure interaction modeling of liquid sloshing phenomena in flexible tanks in flexible tanks. Nucl Eng Des 2013;258:51–6.
[31] DNV. DNV-RP-C205 environmental conditions and environmental loads. Det Norske Veritas; October 2010.
[32] Ahmed YM. Numerical simulation for the free surface flow around a complex ship hull form at different froude numbers. Alex Eng J 2011;50(3):229–35.
[33] Ghadimi P, Feizi Chekab MA, Dashtimanesh A. Numerical simulation of water entry of different arbitrary bow sections. J Nav Architect Mar Eng 2014;11:
117–29.
[34] Park BW, Cho S-R. Simple design formulae for predicting the residual damage of unstiffened and stiffened plates under explosive loadings. Int J Impact Eng
2006;32:1721–36.
[35] Truong DD, Shin HK, Cho S-R. Permanent set evolution of aluminium-alloy plates due to repeated impulsive pressure loadings induced by slamming. J Mar Sci
Technol 2018;23:580–95.
[36] Jones N. Structural impact. first ed. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press; 1989.
[37] Zha Y, Moan T. Ultimate strength of stiffened aluminium panels with predominantly torsional failure modes. Thin-Walled Struct 2001;39:631–48.
[38] Sensharma P, Collette M, Harrington J. Effect of welded properties on aluminum structures. Ship Structure Committee SSC-4 2010.
[39] ABS. Guide for slamming loads and strength assessment for vessels. 2011.
[40] Villavicencio R, Sutherland L, Guedes Soares C. Numerical simulation of transversely impacted, clamped circular aluminium plates. Ships Offshore Struct 2012;7(1):31–45.
[41] Material properties database. https://www.varmintal.com/aengr.htm, Assessed date: 16 May 2020.
[42] Ringsberg JW, Andri´c J, Heggelund SE, Homma N, Huang YT, Jang BS, et al. Report of the ISSC technical committee II.1 on quasi-static response. In:
Kaminski ML, Rigo P, editors. Proceedings of the 20th international ship and offshore structures congress (ISSC 2018), vol. 1. IOS Press BV; 2018. p. 226–31.
[43] Shin HK, Kim S-C, Cho S-R. Experimental investigations on slamming impacts by drop tests. J Soc Nav Archit Korea 2010;47(3):410–20 [Korean].
[44] Huera-Huarte FJ, Jeon D, Gharib M. Experimental investigation of water slamming loads on panels. Ocean Eng 2011;38:1347–55.

Energy and exergy analysis of an enhanced solar CCHP system with a collector embedded by porous media and nano fluid

Energy and exergy analysis of an enhanced solar CCHP system with a collector embedded by porous media and nano fluid

Year 2021, Volume 7, Issue 6, 1489 – 1505, 02.09.2021

N. TONEKABONI  H. SALARIAN  M. Eshagh NIMVARI  J. KHALEGHINIA https://doi.org/10.18186/thermal.990897

Abstract

The low efficiency of Collectors that absorb energy can be mentioned as one of the drawbacks in solar cogeneration cycles. In the present study, solar systems have been improved by adding porous media and Nanofluid to collectors. One advantage of using porous media and nanomaterials is to absorb more energy while the surface area is reduced. In this study, first, solar collectors are enhanced using 90% porosity copper in solar combined cooling, heating and power systems (SCCHP). Second, different percentages of CuO and Al2O3 nano-fluids are added to a flat plate and parabolic collectors to enhance thermal properties. Simulations are performed in different modes (simple parabolic collectors, simple flat plate collectors, improved flat plate collectors, parabolic collectors with porous media, and flat plate and parabolic collectors with different density of CuO and Al2O3 nanofluids). A case study is investigated for warm and dry regions with mean solar radiation Ib = 820 w / m2 in Iran. The maximum energy and exergy efficiencies are 60.12% and 18.84%, respectively, that is related to enhanced parabolic solar collectors with porous media and nanofluids. Adding porous media and nano-fluids increases an average 14.4% collector energy efficiency and 8.08% collector exergy efficiency.

Keywords

Exergy analysisSolar cogeneration systemPorous mediaNanofluid

References

  • [1] Center TU. Annual report on China building energy efficiency. China Construction Industry Press (In Chinese). 2016.
  • [2] Tonekaboni N, Salarian H, Fatahian E, Fatahian H. Energy and exergy economic analysis of cogeneration cycle of homemade CCHP with PVT collector. Canadian Journal of Basic and Applied Sciences 2015;3:224-233.
  • [3] Hassan JM, Abdul-Ghafour QJ, Mohammed MF. CFD simulation of enhancement techniques in flat plate solar water collectors. Al-Nahrain Journal for Engineering Sciences 2017;20:751-761.
  • [4] Sopian K, Daud WR, Othman MY, Yatim B. Thermal performance of the double-pass solar collector with and without porous media. Renewable Energy 1999;18:557-564. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0960-1481(99)00007-5
  • [5] Feizbahr M, Kok Keong C, Rostami F, Shahrokhi M. Wave energy dissipation using perforated and non perforated piles. International Journal of Engineering 2018;31:212-219. https://doi.org/10.5829/ije.2018.31.02b.04
  • [6] Tian Y, Zhao CY. A review of solar collectors and thermal energy storage in solar thermal applications. Applied Energy 2013;104:538-553. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2012.11.051
  • [7] Wang F, Tan J, Wang Z. Heat transfer analysis of porous media receiver with different transport and thermophysical models using mixture as feeding gas. Energy Conversion and Management 2014;83:159-166. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enconman.2014.03.068
  • [8] Korti AI. Numerical 3-D heat flow simulations on double-pass solar collector with and without porous media. Journal of Thermal Engineering 2015;1:10-23. https://doi.org/10.18186/jte.86295
  • [9] Sharma N, Diaz G. Performance model of a novel evacuated-tube solar collector based on minichannels. Solar Energy 2011;85:881-890. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.solener.2011.02.001
  • [10] Tyagi VV, Kaushik SC, Tyagi SK. Advancement in solar photovoltaic/thermal (PV/T) hybrid collector technology. Renewable and Sustainable Energy Reviews 2012;16:1383-1398. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2011.12.013
  • [11] Zhai H, Dai YJ, Wu JY, Wang RZ. Energy and exergy analyses on a novel hybrid solar heating, cooling and power generation system for remote areas. Applied Energy 2009;86:1395-1404. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2008.11.020
  • [12] Wang J, Dai Y, Gao L, Ma S. A new combined cooling, heating and power system driven by solar energy. Renewable Energy 2009;34:2780-2788. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.renene.2009.06.010
  • [13] Jing YY, Bai H, Wang JJ, Liu L. Life cycle assessment of a solar combined cooling heating and power system in different operation strategies. Applied Energy 2012;92:843-853. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2011.08.046
  • [14] Temir G, Bilge D. Thermoeconomic analysis of a trigeneration system. applied thermal engineering. Applied Thermal Engineering 2004;24:2689-2699. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2004.03.014
  • [15] Wang JJ, Jing YY, Zhang CF. Optimization of capacity and operation for CCHP system by genetic algorithm. Applied Energy 2010;87:1325-1335. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2009.08.005
  • [16] Kleinstreuer C, Chiang H. Analysis of a porous-medium solar collector. Heat Transfer Engineering 1990;11:45-55. https://doi.org/10.1080/01457639008939728
  • [17] Mbaye M, Bilgen E. Natural convection and conduction in porous wall, solar collector systems without vents. Jornal of Solar Energy Engineering 1992;114:40-46. https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2929980
  • [18] Hirasawa S, Tsubota R, Kawanami T, Shirai K. Reduction of heat loss from solar thermal collector by diminishing natural convection with high-porosity porous medium. Solar Energy 2013;97:305-313. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.solener.2013.08.035
  • [19] Jouybari HJ, Saedodin S, Zamzamian A, Nimvari ME, Wongwises S. Effects of porous material and nanoparticles on the thermal performance of a flat plate solar collector: an experimental study. Renewable Energy 2017;114:1407-1418. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.renene.2017.07.008
  • [20] Subramani J, Nagarajan PK, Wongwises S, El‐Agouz SA, Sathyamurthy R. Experimental study on the thermal performance and heat transfer characteristics of solar parabolic trough collector using Al2O3 nanofluids. Environmental Progress & Sustainable Energy 2018;37:1149-1159. https://doi.org/10.1002/ep.12767
  • [21] Yousefi T, Veysi F, Shojaeizadeh E, Zinadini S. An experimental investigation on the effect of Al2O3–H2O nanofluid on the efficiency of flat-plate solar collectors. Renewable Energy 2012;39:293-298. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.renene.2011.08.056
  • [22] Tyagi H, Phelan P, Prasher R. Predicted efficiency of a low-temperature nanofluid-based direct absorption solar collector. Journal of Solar Energy Engineering 2009;131:041004. https://doi.org/10.1115/1.3197562
  • [23] Shojaeizadeh E, Veysi F, Kamandi A. Exergy efficiency investigation and optimization of an Al2O3–water nanofluid based Flat-plate solar collector. Energy and Buildings 2015;101:12-23. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enbuild.2015.04.048
  • [24] Tiwari AK, Ghosh P, Sarkar J. Solar water heating using nanofluids–a comprehensive overview and environmental impact analysis. International Journal of Emerging Technology and Advanced Engineering 2013;3:221-224. [25] Akram N, Sadri R, Kazi SN, Zubir MN, Ridha M, Ahmed W, et al. A comprehensive review on nanofluid operated solar flat plate collectors. Journal of Thermal Analysis and Calorimetry 2020;139:1309-1343. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10973-019-08514-z
  • [26] Lemington N. Study of solar driven adsorption cooling potential in Indonesia. Journal of Thermal Engineering 2017;3:1044-1051. https://doi.org/10.18186/thermal.290257
  • [27] Tong Y, Lee H, Kang W, Cho H. Energy and exergy comparison of a flat-plate solar collector using water, Al2O3 nanofluid, and CuO nanofluid. Applied Thermal Engineering 2019;159:113959. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2019.113959
  • [28] Khanafer K, Vafai K. A critical synthesis of thermophysical characteristics of nanofluids. International Journal of Heat And Mass Transfer 2011;54:4410-4428. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2011.04.048
  • [29] Farhana K, Kadirgama K, Rahman MM, Ramasamy D, Noor MM, Najafi G, et al. Improvement in the performance of solar collectors with nanofluids—A state-of-the-art review. Nano-Structures & Nano-Objects 2019;18:100276. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.nanoso.2019.100276
  • [30] Turkyilmazoglu M. Condensation of laminar film over curved vertical walls using single and two-phase nanofluid models. European Journal of Mechanics-B/Fluids 2017;65:184-91. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.euromechflu.2017.04.007
  • [31] Chen CC, Huang PC. Numerical study of heat transfer enhancement for a novel flat-plate solar water collector using metal-foam blocks. International Journal of Heat And Mass Transfer 2012;55:6734-6756. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2012.06.082
  • [32] Huang PC, Chen CC, Hwang HY. Thermal enhancement in a flat-plate solar water collector by flow pulsation and metal-foam blocks. International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 2013;61:696-720. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2013.02.037
  • [33] Hajipour M, Dehkordi AM. Mixed-convection flow of Al2O3–H O nanofluid in a channel partially filled with porous metal foam: experimental and numerical study. Experimental Thermal and Fluid Science 2014;53:49-56. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2013.11.002
  • [34] Rashidi S, Bovand M, Esfahani JA. Heat transfer enhancement and pressure drop penalty in porous solar heat exchangers: a sensitivity analysis. Energy Conversion and Management 2015;103:726-738. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.enconman.2015.07.019
  • [35] Manikandan GK, Iniyan S, Goic R. Enhancing the optical and thermal efficiency of a parabolic trough collector–A review. Applied Energy 2019;235:1524-1540. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apenergy.2018.11.048

Details

Primary LanguageEnglish
SubjectsEngineering
Journal SectionArticles
AuthorsN. TONEKABONI  This is me
Islamic Azad University Nour Branch
0000-0002-1563-4407
IranH. SALARIAN  This is me (Primary Author)
Islamic Azad University Nour Branch
0000-0002-2161-0276
IranM. Eshagh NIMVARI  This is me
Amol University of Special Modern Technologies
0000-0002-7401-315X
IranJ. KHALEGHINIA  This is me
Islamic Azad University Nour Branch
0000-0001-5357-193X
Iran
Publication DateSeptember 2, 2021
Application DateDecember 28, 2020
Acceptance DateMay 9, 2020
Published in IssueYear 2021, Volume 7, Issue 6
Figure 1- The experimental model [17]

와류형 우수 저류지의 수치 모델링에 대한 난류 슈미트 수의 영향 조사

Investigation of the Turbulent Schmidt Number Effects On Numerical Modelling Of Vortex-Type Stormwater Retention Ponds

S. M. Yamini1; H. Shamloo2; S. H. Ghafari3
1M.Eng., Dep. of Civil Engineering K.N. Toosi University of Technology, Valiasr St., Tehran, Iran.
smyamini@alumni.kntu.ac.ir
2Associate Professor, Dep. of Civil Engineering K.N. Toosi University of Technology, Valiasr St., Tehran, Iran.
hshamloo@kntu.ac.ir
3Ph.D., Dep. of Civil Engineering Univ. of Tehran, Enqelab St., Tehran, Iran. sarvenazghafari@ut.ac.ir

Abstract

정확하고 신뢰할 수 있는 CFD 모델링 결과를 얻는 것은 이러한 시뮬레이션에서 입력의 중요성 때문에 종종 정밀 조사의 대상입니다.

난류 모델링이 RANS(Reynolds-Averaged Navier-Stokes) 방정식을 기반으로 하는 경우 난류 스칼라 전송을 추정하려면 난류 흐름에서 질량 1에 대한 운동량 확산의 비율로 정의되는 난류 슈미트 수(Sct)의 정의가 필요합니다.

그러나 이 매개변수는 난류 흐름의 속성이므로 보편적인 값이 허용되지 않았습니다. 우수 저류지의 수치 연구에서 적절한 Sct를 설정하는 실제 역할은 수력 효율의 평가가 추적자 테스트의 출력 질량 농도를 기반으로 하기 때문에 가장 중요합니다.

본 연구에서는 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 와류형 우수 저류지의 여러 수치 시뮬레이션을 체계적으로 수행했습니다. 다양한 난류 슈미트 수의 범위는 메쉬 감도를 조사하기 위해 다른 수의 계산 셀에 의해 수행된 수치 시뮬레이션에 도입되었습니다.

또한 사용자 정의 또는 자동 계산 값으로 최대 난류 혼합 길이의 영향을 평가했습니다. 이 연구의 결과는 실험 결과와 밀접한 일치를 제공하는 Sct= 0.625와 함께 수리학적 직경의 7%와 동일한 최대 난류 혼합 길이의 일정한 값을 갖는 확립된 수치 모델입니다.

특히 수치적 무차원 RDT 곡선의 피크 값은 극적으로 감소하여 실험 결과와 거의 일치했습니다. 이것은 FLOW-3D가 난류 유동의 와류형 물리학에서 질량 확산도를 적절하게 예측하는 상당한 능력을 가지고 있다는 결론을 내립니다.

– Achieving accurate and reliable CFD modelling results often is the subject of scrutiny because of the importance of the inputs in those simulations. If turbulence modelling is based on Reynolds-Averaged Navier-Stokes (RANS) equations, estimating the turbulent scalar transport requires the definition of the turbulent Schmidt number (Sct), defined as the ratio of momentum diffusivity to mass one in a turbulent flow. However, no universal value has been accepted for this parameter as it is a property of turbulent flows.

The practical role of establishing a suitable Sct in numerical studies of stormwater retention ponds is of the utmost importance because the assessment of the hydraulic efficiency of them is based on output mass concentration of tracer tests. In this study, several numerical simulations of a vortex-type stormwater retention pond were systematically carried out using FLOW-3D. A range of various turbulent Schmidt numbers were introduced in numerical simulations performed by different number of computational cells to investigate mesh sensitivity.

Moreover, the effects of maximum turbulent mixing length as a user-defined or automatically computed value were assessed. The outcome of this study is an established numerical model with a constant value of maximum turbulent mixing length equal to 7% of the hydraulic diameter along with Sct= 0.625 which provides a close agreement with experimental results.

Noticeably, the peak values of numerical dimensionless RDT curves are dramatically decreased, resulted in a close match with experimental results. This concludes that FLOW-3D has a considerable ability to appropriately predict mass diffusivity in vortex-type physics of turbulent flows.

Keywords:

turbulent Schmidt number – maximum turbulent mixing length – CFD – mesh sensitivity – vortex-type
stormwater retention pond – environmental fluid mechanics

Figure 1- The experimental model [17]
Figure 1- The experimental model [17]
Figure 2- Schematic of boundary conditions in the numerical model
Figure 2- Schematic of boundary conditions in the numerical model
Figure 3- Positioning of mesh blocks
Figure 3- Positioning of mesh blocks

References

[1] C. Gualtieri, A. Angeloudis, F. Bombardelli, S. Jha, and T. Stoesser, “On the Values for the Turbulent Schmidt Number
in Environmental Flows,” Fluids, vol. 2, p. 17, 2017.
[2] Å. Adamsson, L. Bergdahl, and S. Lyngfelt, “Measurement and three-dimensional simulation of flow in a rectangular
detention tank,” Urban Water Journal, vol. 2, no. 4, pp. 277-287, 2005/12/01 2005, doi: 10.1080/15730620500386545.
[3] C. Gualtieri, “Numerical simulation of flow and tracer transport in a disinfection contact tank,” 2006.
[4] S. Khan, B. Melville, and A. Shamseldin, Modeling the Layouts of Stormwater Retention Ponds using Residence Time.
2009, pp. 77-83.
[5] F. Martínez-Solano, P. L. I. Rey, C. Gualtieri, and P. López-Jiménez, “Modelling flow and concentration field in
rectangular water tanks,” 2010.
[6] W. B. Rauen, A. Angeloudis, and R. A. Falconer, “Appraisal of chlorine contact tank modelling practices,” Water
Research, vol. 46, no. 18, pp. 5834-5847, 2012/11/15/ 2012, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.watres.2012.08.013.

[7] J. Zhang, A. Tejada-Martínez, and Q. Zhang, “Evaluation of LES and RANS for Determining Hydraulic Performance
of Disinfection Systems for Water Treatment,” Journal of Fluids Engineering, vol. 136, 05/15 2014, doi:
10.1115/1.4027652.
[8] J. Zhang, A. E. Tejada-Martínez, and Q. Zhang, “Developments in computational fluid dynamics-based modeling for
disinfection technologies over the last two decades: A review,” Environmental Modelling & Software, vol. 58, pp. 71-
85, 2014/08/01/ 2014, doi: https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsoft.2014.04.003.
[9] C. Gualtieri and F. Salzano, “DIscussion on “The effect of baffle spacing on hydrodynamics and solute transport in
serpentine contact tanks”,” Journal of Hydraulic Research, vol. 52, pp. 152-154, 02/28 2014, doi:
10.1080/00221686.2013.877528.
[10] A. Angeloudis, T. Stoesser, R. A. Falconer, and D. Kim, “Flow, transport and disinfection performance in small- and
full-scale contact tanks,” Journal of Hydro-environment Research, vol. 9, no. 1, pp. 15-27, 2015/03/01/ 2015, doi:
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jher.2014.07.001.
[11] A. Angeloudis, T. Stoesser, C. Gualtieri, and R. A. Falconer, “Contact Tank Design Impact on Process Performance,”
Environmental Modeling & Assessment, vol. 21, no. 5, pp. 563-576, 2016/10/01 2016, doi: 10.1007/s10666-016-9502-
x.
[12] D. Valero and D. B. Bung, “Sensitivity of turbulent Schmidt number and turbulence model to simulations of jets in
crossflow,” Environmental Modelling & Software, vol. 82, pp. 218-228, 2016/08/01/ 2016, doi:
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envsoft.2016.04.030.
[13] F. Sonnenwald, I. Guymer, and V. Stovin, “Computational fluid dynamics modelling of residence times in vegetated
stormwater ponds,” Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers – Water Management, vol. 171, pp. 1-11, 11/07
2017, doi: 10.1680/jwama.16.00117.
[14] F. Sonnenwald, I. Guymer, and V. Stovin, “A CFD-Based Mixing Model for Vegetated Flows,” Water Resources
Research, vol. 55, no. 3, pp. 2322-2347, 2019, doi: https://doi.org/10.1029/2018WR023628.
[15] S. B. Pope, Turbulent Flows. Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 2000.
[16] R. Rossi and G. Iaccarino, “Numerical simulation of scalar dispersion downstream of a square obstacle using gradienttransport type models,” Atmospheric Environment, vol. 43, no. 16, pp. 2518-2531, 2009/05/01/ 2009, doi:
https://doi.org/10.1016/j.atmosenv.2009.02.044.
[17] R. Chowdhury, M. Ahadi, K. A. Mazurek, G. Putz, D. Bergstrom, and C. Albers, “Physical Scale and Computational
Modeling in the Development of a Vortex-Type Stormwater Retention Pond,” in World Environmental and Water
Resources Congress 2016, 2016, pp. 388-397.
[18] V. Yakhot and L. M. Smith, “The renormalization group, the ɛ-expansion and derivation of turbulence models,” Journal
of Scientific Computing, vol. 7, no. 1, pp. 35-61, 1992/03/01 1992, doi: 10.1007/BF01060210.
[19] Flow Science, Inc., FLOW-3D User manual. Santa Fe, NM, USA. (2015).
[20] M. M. Bishop, J. M. Morgan, B. Cornwell, and D. K. Jamison, “Improving the Disinfection Detention Time of a Water
Plant Clearwell,” Journal AWWA, vol. 85, no. 3, pp. 68-75, 1993, doi: https://doi.org/10.1002/j.1551-
8833.1993.tb05958.x.
[21] F. L. Hart, “Improved Hydraulic Performance of Chlorine Contact Chambers.,” Jounal of Water Pollution Control
Federation, vol. 51(12), pp. 2868–2875, 1979.

The Optimal Operation on Auxiliary Spillway to Minimize the Flood Damage in Downstream River with Various Outflow Conditions

류하천의 영향 최소화를 위한 보조 여수로 최적 활용방안 검토

Hyung Ju Yoo1 Sung Sik Joo2 Beom Jae Kwon3 Seung Oh Lee4*
유 형주1 주 성식2 권 범재3 이 승오4*
1Ph.D Student, Dept. of Civil & Environmental Engineering, Hongik University2Director, Water Resources & Environment Department, HECOREA3Director, Water Resources Department, ISAN4Professor, Dept. of Civil & Environmental Engineering, Hongik University
1홍익대학교 건설환경공학과 박사과정
2㈜헥코리아 수자원환경사업부 이사
3㈜이산 수자원부 이사
4홍익대학교 건설환경공학과 교수*Corresponding Author

ABSTRACT

최근 기후변화로 인해 강우강도 및 빈도의 증가에 따른 집중호우의 영향 및 기존 여수로의 노후화에 대비하여 홍수 시 하류 하천의 영향을 최소화할 수 있는 보조 여수로 활용방안 구축이 필요한 실정이다. 이를 위해, 수리모형 실험 및 수치모형 실험을 통하여 보조 여수로 운영에 따른 흐름특성 변화 검토에 관한 연구가 많이 진행되어 왔다.

그러나 대부분의 연구는 여수로에서의 흐름특성 및 기능성에 대한 검토를 수행하였을 뿐 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 따른 하류하천 영향 검토 및 호안 안정성 검토에 관한 연구는 미비한 실정이다.

이에 본 연구에서는 기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로 방류 조건에 따른 하류영향 분석 및 호안 안정성 측면에서 최적 방류 시나리오 검토를 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 사용하여 검토하였다. 또한 FLOW-3D 수치모의 수행을 통한 유속, 수위 결과와 소류력 산정 결과를 호안 설계허용 기준과 비교하였다.

수문 완전 개도 조건으로 가정하고 계획홍수량 유입 시 다양한 보조 여수로 활용방안에 대하여 수치모의를 수행한 결과, 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 기존 여수로 단독운영에 비하여 최대유속 및 최대 수위의 감소효과를 확인하였다. 다만 계획홍수량의 45% 이하 방류 조건에서 대안부의 호안 안정성을 확보하였고 해당 방류량 초과 경우에는 처오름 현상이 발생하여 월류에 대한 위험성 증가를 확인하였다.

따라서 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영 방안 도출이 중요하다고 판단하였다. 여수로의 배분 비율 및 총 허용 방류량에 대하여 검토한 결과 보조 여수로의 방류량이 기존 여수로의 방류량보다 큰 경우 하류하천의 흐름이 중심으로 집중되어 대안부의 유속 저감 및 수위 감소를 확인하였고, 계획 홍수량의 77% 이하의 조건에서 호안의 허용 유속 및 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하였다.

이를 통하여 본 연구에서 제안한 보조 여수로 활용방안으로는 기존 여수로와 동시 운영 시 총 방류량에 대하여 보조 여수로의 배분량이 기존 여수로의 배분량보다 크게 설정하는 것이 하류하천의 영향을 최소화 할 수 있는 것으로 나타났다.

그러나 본 연구는 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부에서의 영향에 대해서만 검토하였고 수문 전면 개도 조건에서 검토하였다는 한계점은 분명히 있다. 이에 향후에는 다양한 수문 개도 조건 및 방류 시나리오를 적용 및 검토한다면 보다 효율적이고, 효과적인 보조 여수로 활용방안을 도출이 가능할 것으로 기대 된다.

키워드

보조 여수로, FLOW-3D, 수치모의, 호안 안정성, 소류력

Recently, as the occurrence frequency of sudden floods due to climate change increased and the aging of the existing spillway, it is necessary to establish a plan to utilize an auxiliary spillway to minimize the flood damage of downstream rivers. Most studies have been conducted on the review of flow characteristics according to the operation of auxiliary spillway through the hydraulic experiments and numerical modeling. However, the studies on examination of flood damage in the downstream rivers and the stability of the revetment according to the operation of the auxiliary spillway were relatively insufficient in the literature. In this study, the stability of the revetment on the downstream river according to the outflow conditions of the existing and auxiliary spillway was examined by using 3D numerical model, FLOW-3D. The velocity, water surface elevation and shear stress results of FLOW-3D were compared with the permissible velocity and shear stress of design criteria. It was assumed the sluice gate was fully opened. As a result of numerical simulations of various auxiliary spillway operations during flood season, the single operation of the auxiliary spillway showed the reduction effect of maximum velocity and the water surface elevation compared with the single operation of the existing spillway. The stability of the revetment on downstream was satisfied under the condition of outflow less than 45% of the design flood discharge. However, the potential overtopping damage was confirmed in the case of exceeding the 45% of the design flood discharge. Therefore, the simultaneous operation with the existing spillway was important to ensure the stability on design flood discharge condition. As a result of examining the allocation ratio and the total allowable outflow, the reduction effect of maximum velocity was confirmed on the condition, where the amount of outflow on auxiliary spillway was more than that on existing spillway. It is because the flow of downstream rivers was concentrated in the center due to the outflow of existing spillway. The permissible velocity and shear stress were satisfied under the condition of less than 77% of the design flood discharge with simultaneous operation. It was found that the flood damage of downstream rivers can be minimized by setting the amount allocated to the auxiliary spillway to be larger than the amount allocated to the existing spillway for the total outflow with simultaneous operation condition. However, this study only reviewed the flow characteristics around the revetment according to the outflow of spillway under the full opening of the sluice gate condition. Therefore, the various sluice opening conditions and outflow scenarios will be asked to derive more efficient utilization of the auxiliary spillway in th future.KeywordsAuxiliary spillway FLOW-3D Numerical simulation Revetment stability Shear stress

1. 서 론

최근 기후변화로 인한 집중호우의 영향으로 홍수 시 댐으로 유입되는 홍수량이 설계 홍수량보다 증가하여 댐 안정성 확보가 필요한 실정이다(Office for Government Policy Coordination, 2003). MOLIT & K-water(2004)에서는 기존댐의 수문학적 안정성 검토를 수행하였으며 이상홍수 발생 시 24개 댐에서 월류 등으로 인한 붕괴위험으로 댐 하류지역의 극심한 피해를 예상하여 보조여수로 신설 및 기존여수로 확장 등 치수능력 증대 기본계획을 수립하였고 이를 통하여 극한홍수 발생 시 홍수량 배제능력을 증대하여 기존댐의 안전성 확보 및 하류지역의 피해를 방지하고자 하였다. 여기서 보조 여수로는 기존 여수로와 동시 또는 별도 운영하는 여수로로써 비상상황 시 방류 기능을 포함하고 있고(K-water, 2021), 최근에는 기존 여수로의 노후화에 따라 보조여수로의 활용방안에 대한 관심이 증가하고 있다. 따라서 본 연구에서는 3차원 수치해석을 수행하여 기존 및 보조 여수로의 방류량 조합에 따른 하류 영향을 분석하고 하류 호안 안정성 측면에서 최적 방류 시나리오를 검토하고자 한다.

기존의 댐 여수로 검토에 관한 연구는 주로 수리실험을 통하여 방류조건 별 흐름특성을 검토하였으나 최근에는 수치모형 실험결과가 수리모형실험과 비교하여 근사한 것을 확인하는 등 점차 수치모형실험을 수리모형실험의 대안으로 활용하고 있다(Jeon et al., 2006Kim, 2007Kim et al., 2008). 국내의 경우, Jeon et al.(2006)은 수리모형 실험과 수치모의를 이용하여 임하댐 바상여수로의 기본설계안을 도출하였고, Kim et al.(2008)은 가능최대홍수량 유입 시 비상여수로 방류에 따른 수리학적 안정성과 기능성을 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 활용하여 검토하였다. 또한 Kim and Kim(2013)은 충주댐의 홍수조절 효과 검토 및 방류량 변화에 따른 상·하류의 수위 변화를 수치모형을 통하여 검토하였다. 국외의 경우 Zeng et al.(2017)은 3차원 수치모형인 Fluent를 활용한 여수로 방류에 따른 흐름특성 결과와 측정결과를 비교하여 수치모형 결과의 신뢰성을 검토하였다. Li et al.(2011)은 가능 최대 홍수량(Probable Maximum Flood, PMF)조건에서 기존 여수로와 신규 보조 여수로 유입부 주변의 흐름특성에 대하여 3차원 수치모형 Fluent를 활용하여 검토하였고, Lee et al.(2019)는 서로 근접해있는 기존 여수로와 보조여수로 동시 운영 시 방류능 검토를 수리모형 실험 및 수치모형 실험(FLOW-3D)을 통하여 수행하였으며 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로를 동시운영하게 되면 배수로 간섭으로 인하여 총 방류량이 7.6%까지 감소되어 댐의 방류능력이 감소하였음을 확인하였다.

그러나 대부분의 여수로 검토에 대한 연구는 여수로 내에서의 흐름특성 및 기능성에 대한 검토를 수행하였고. 이에 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로 방류운영에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 변화 및 호안 안정성 평가에 관한 추가적인 검토가 필요한 실정이다. 따라서 본 연구에서는 기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로 방류 조건에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 및 호안 안정성분석을 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 이용하여 검토하였다. 또한 다양한 방류 배분 비율 및 허용 방류량 조건 변화에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 및 소류력 분석결과를 호안 설계 허용유속 및 허용 소류력 기준과 비교하여 하류하천의 영향을 최소화 할 수 있는 최적의 보조 여수로 활용방안을 도출하고자 한다.

2. 본 론

2.1 이론적 배경

2.1.1 3차원 수치모형의 기본이론

FLOW-3D는 미국 Flow Science, Inc에서 개발한 범용 유체역학 프로그램(CFD, Computational Fluid Dynamics)으로 자유 수면을 갖는 흐름모의에 사용되는 3차원 수치해석 모형이다. 난류모형을 통해 난류 해석이 가능하고, 댐 방류에 따른 하류 하천의 흐름 해석에도 많이 사용되어 왔다(Flow Science, 2011). 본 연구에서는 FLOW-3D(version 12.0)을 이용하여 홍수 시 기존 여수로의 노후화에 대비하여 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 대한 검토를 하류하천의 호안 안정성 측면에서 검토하였다.

2.1.2 유동해석의 지배방정식

1) 연속 방정식(Continuity Equation)

FLOW-3D는 비압축성 유체에 대하여 연속방정식을 사용하며, 밀도는 상수항으로 적용된다. 연속 방정식은 Eqs. (1)(2)와 같다.

(1)

∇·v=0

(2)

∂∂x(uAx)+∂∂y(vAy)+∂∂z(wAz)=RSORρ

여기서, ρ는 유체 밀도(kg/m3), u, v, w는 x, y, z방향의 유속(m/s), Ax, Ay, Az는 각 방향의 요소면적(m2), RSOR는 질량 생성/소멸(mass source/sink)항을 의미한다.

2) 운동량 방정식(Momentum Equation)

각 방향 속도성분 u, v, w에 대한 운동방정식은 Navier-Stokes 방정식으로 다음 Eqs. (3)(4)(5)와 같다.

(3)

∂u∂t+1VF(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=-1ρ∂p∂x+Gx+fx-bx-RSORρVFu

(4)

∂v∂t+1VF(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=-1ρ∂p∂y+Gy+fy-by-RSORρVFv

(5)

∂w∂t+1VF(uAx∂u∂x+vAy∂v∂y+wAz∂w∂z)=-1ρ∂p∂z+Gz+fz-bz-RSORρVFw

여기서, Gx, Gy, Gz는 체적력에 의한 가속항, fx, fy, fz는 점성에 의한 가속항, bx, by, bz는 다공성 매체에서의 흐름손실을 의미한다.

2.1.3 소류력 산정

호안설계 시 제방사면 호안의 안정성 확보를 위해서는 하천의 흐름에 의하여 호안에 작용하는 소류력에 저항할 수 있는 재료 및 공법 선택이 필요하다. 국내의 경우 하천공사설계실무요령(MOLIT, 2016)에서 계획홍수량 유하 시 소류력 산정 방법을 제시하고 있다. 소류력은 하천의 평균유속을 이용하여 산정할 수 있으며, 소류력 산정식은 Eqs. (6)(7)과 같다.

1) Schoklitsch 공식

Schoklitsch(1934)는 Chezy 유속계수를 적용하여 소류력을 산정하였다.

(6)

τ=γRI=γC2V2

여기서, τ는 소류력(N/m2), R은 동수반경(m), γ는 물의 단위중량(10.0 kN/m3), I는 에너지경사, C는 Chezy 유속계수, V는 평균유속(m/s)을 의미한다.

2) Manning 조도계수를 고려한 공식

Chezy 유속계수를 대신하여 Manning의 조도계수를 고려하여 소류력을 산정할 수 있다.

(7)

τ=γn2V2R1/3

여기서, τ는 소류력(N/m2), R은 동수반경(m), γ는 물의 단위중량(10.0 kN/m3), n은 Manning의 조도계수, V는 평균유속(m/s)을 의미한다.

FLOW-3D 수치모의 수행을 통하여 하천의 바닥 유속을 도출할 수 있으며, 본 연구에서는 Maning 조도계수롤 고려하여 소류력을 산정하고자 한다. 소류력을 산정하기 위해서 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부의 바닥유속 변화를 검토하여 최대 유속 값을 이용하였다. 최종적으로 산정한 소류력과 호안의 재료 및 공법에 따른 허용 소류력과 비교하여 제방사면 호안의 안정성 검토를 수행하게 된다.

2.2 하천호안 설계기준

하천 호안은 계획홍수위 이하의 유수작용에 대하여 안정성이 확보되도록 계획하여야 하며, 호안의 설계 시에는 사용재료의 확보용이성, 시공상의 용이성, 세굴에 대한 굴요성(flexibility) 등을 고려하여 호안의 형태, 시공방법 등을 결정한다(MOLIT, 2019). 국내의 경우, 하천공사설계실무요령(MOLIT, 2016)에서는 다양한 호안공법에 대하여 비탈경사에 따라 설계 유속을 비교하거나, 허용 소류력을 비교함으로써 호안의 안정성을 평가한다. 호안에 대한 국외의 설계기준으로 미국의 경우, ASTM(미국재료시험학회)에서 호안블록 및 식생매트 시험방법을 제시하였고 제품별로 ASTM 시험에 의한 허용유속 및 허용 소류력을 제시하였다. 일본의 경우, 호안 블록에 대한 축소실험을 통하여 항력을 측정하고 이를 통해서 호안 블록에 대한 항력계수를 제시하고 있다. 설계 시에는 항력계수에 의한 블록의 안정성을 평가하고 있으나, 최근에는 세굴의 영향을 고려할 수 있는 호안 안정성 평가의 필요성을 제기하고 있다(MOLIT, 2019). 관련된 국내·외의 하천호안 설계기준은 Table 1에 정리하여 제시하였고, 본 연구에서 하천 호안 안정성 평가 시 하천공사설계실무요령(MOLIT, 2016)과 ASTM 시험에서 제시한 허용소류력 및 허용유속 기준을 비교하여 각각 0.28 kN/m2, 5.0 m/s 미만일 경우 호안 안정성을 확보하였다고 판단하였다.

Table 1.

Standard of Permissible Velocity and Shear on Revetment

Country (Reference)MaterialPermissible velocity (Vp, m/s)Permissible Shear (τp, kN/m2)
KoreaRiver Construction Design Practice Guidelines
(MOLIT, 2016)
Vegetated5.00.50
Stone5.00.80
USAASTM D’6460Vegetated6.10.81
Unvegetated5.00.28
JAPANDynamic Design Method of Revetment5.0

2.3. 보조여수로 운영에 따른 하류하천 영향 분석

2.3.1 모형의 구축 및 경계조건

본 연구에서는 기존 여수로의 노후화에 대비하여 홍수 시 보조여수로의 활용방안에 따른 하류하천의 흐름특성 및 호안안정성 평가를 수행하기 위해 FLOW-3D 모형을 이용하였다. 기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로는 치수능력 증대사업(MOLIT & K-water, 2004)을 통하여 완공된 ○○댐의 제원을 이용하여 구축하였다. ○○댐은 설계빈도(100년) 및 200년빈도 까지는 계획홍수위 이내로 기존 여수로를 통하여 운영이 가능하나 그 이상 홍수조절은 보조여수로를 통하여 조절해야 하며, 또한 2011년 기존 여수로 정밀안전진단 결과 사면의 표층 유실 및 옹벽 밀림현상 등이 확인되어 노후화에 따른 보수·보강이 필요한 상태이다. 이에 보조여수로의 활용방안 검토가 필요한 것으로 판단하여 본 연구의 대상댐으로 선정하였다. 하류 하천의 흐름특성을 예측하기 위하여 격자간격을 0.99 ~ 8.16 m의 크기로 하여 총 격자수는 49,102,500개로 구성하였으며, 여수로 방류에 따른 하류하천의 흐름해석을 위한 경계조건으로 상류는 유입유량(inflow), 바닥은 벽면(wall), 하류는 수위(water surface elevation)조건으로 적용하도록 하였다(Table 2Fig. 1 참조). FLOW-3D 난류모형에는 혼합길이 모형, 난류에너지 모형, k-ϵ모형, RNG(Renormalized Group Theory) k-ϵ모형, LES 모형 등이 있으며, 본 연구에서는 여수로 방류에 따른 복잡한 난류 흐름 및 높은 전단흐름을 정확하게 모의(Flow Science, 2011)할 수 있는 RNG k-ϵ모형을 사용하였고, 하류하천 호안의 안정성 측면에서 보조여수로의 활용방안을 검토하기 위하여 방류시나리오는 Table 3에 제시된 것 같이 설정하였다. Case 1 및 Case 2를 통하여 계획홍수량에 대하여 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 단독 운영이 하류하천에 미치는 영향을 확인하였고 보조 여수로의 방류량 조절을 통하여 호안 안정성 측면에서 보조 여수로 방류능 검토를 수행하였다(Case 3 ~ Case 6). 또한 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류량 배분에 따른 하류하천의 영향 검토(Case 7 ~ Case 10) 및 방류 배분에 따른 허용 방류량을 호안 안정성 측면에서 검토를 수행하였다(Case 11 ~ Case 14).

수문은 완전개도 조건으로 가정하였으며 하류하천의 계획홍수량에 대한 기존 여수로와 보조여수로의 배분량을 조절하여 모의를 수행하였다. 여수로는 콘크리트의 조도계수 값(Chow, 1959)을 채택하였고, 댐 하류하천의 조도계수는 하천기본계획(Busan Construction and Management Administration, 2009) 제시된 조도계수 값을 채택하였으며 FLOW-3D의 적용을 위하여 Manning-Strickler 공식(Vanoni, 2006)을 이용하여 조도계수를 조고값으로 변환하여 사용하였다. Manning-Strickler 공식은 Eq. (8)과 같으며, FLOW-3D에 적용한 조도계수 및 조고는 Table 4와 같다.

(8)

n=ks1/68.1g1/2

여기서, kS는 조고 (m), n은 Manning의 조도계수, g는 중력가속도(m/s2)를 의미한다.

시간에 따라 동일한 유량이 일정하게 유입되도록 모의를 수행하였으며, 시간간격(Time Step)은 0.0001초로 설정(CFL number < 1.0) 하였다. 또한 여수로 수문을 통한 유량의 변동 값이 1.0%이내일 경우는 연속방정식을 만족하고 있다고 가정하였다. 이는, 유량의 변동 값이 1.0%이내일 경우 유속의 변동 값 역시 1.0%이내이며, 수치모의 결과 1.0%의 유속변동은 호안의 유속설계기준에 크게 영향을 미치지 않는다고 판단하였다. 그 결과 모든 수치모의 Case에서 2400초 이내에 결과 값이 수렴하는 것을 확인하였다.

Table 2.

Mesh sizes and numerical conditions

MeshNumbers49,102,500 EA
Increment (m)DirectionExisting SpillwayAuxiliary Spillway
∆X0.99 ~ 4.301.00 ~ 4.30
∆Y0.99 ~ 8.161.00 ~ 5.90
∆Z0.50 ~ 1.220.50 ~ 2.00
Boundary ConditionsXmin / YmaxInflow / Water Surface Elevation
Xmax, Ymin, Zmin / ZmaxWall / Symmetry
Turbulence ModelRNG model
Table 3.

Case of numerical simulation (Qp : Design flood discharge)

CaseExisting Spillway (Qe, m3/s)Auxiliary Spillway (Qa, m3/s)Remarks
1Qp0Reference case
20Qp
300.58QpReview of discharge capacity on
auxiliary spillway
400.48Qp
500.45Qp
600.32Qp
70.50Qp0.50QpDetermination of optimal division
ratio on Spillways
80.61Qp0.39Qp
90.39Qp0.61Qp
100.42Qp0.58Qp
110.32Qp0.45QpDetermination of permissible
division on Spillways
120.35Qp0.48Qp
130.38Qp0.53Qp
140.41Qp0.56Qp
Table 4.

Roughness coefficient and roughness height

CriteriaRoughness coefficient (n)Roughness height (ks, m)
Structure (Concrete)0.0140.00061
River0.0330.10496
/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F1.jpg
Fig. 1

Layout of spillway and river in this study

2.3.2 보조 여수로의 방류능 검토

본 연구에서는 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류량 배분에 따른 하류하천 대안부의 유속분포 및 수위분포를 검토하기 위해 수치모의 Case 별 다음과 같이 관심구역을 설정하였다(Fig. 2 참조). 관심구역(대안부)의 길이(L)는 총 1.3 km로 10 m 등 간격으로 나누어 검토하였으며, Section 1(0 < X/L < 0.27)은 기존 여수로 방류에 따른 영향이 지배적인 구간, Section 2(0.27 < X/L < 1.00)는 보조 여수로 방류에 따른 영향이 지배적인 구간으로 각 구간에서의 수위, 유속, 수심결과를 확인하였다. 기존 여수로의 노후화에 따른 보조 여수로의 방류능 검토를 위하여 Case 1 – Case 6까지의 결과를 비교하였다.

보조 여수로의 단독 운영 시 기존 여수로 운영 시 보다 하류하천의 대안부의 최대 유속(Vmax)은 약 3% 감소하였으며, 이는 보조 여수로의 하천 유입각이 기존 여수로 보다 7°작으며 유입하천의 폭이 증가하여 유속이 감소한 것으로 판단된다. 대안부의 최대 유속 발생위치는 하류 쪽으로 이동하였으며 교량으로 인한 단면의 축소로 최대유속이 발생하는 것으로 판단된다. 또한 보조 여수로의 배분량(Qa)이 증가함에 따라 하류하천 대안부의 최대 유속이 증가하였다. 하천호안 설계기준에서 제시하고 있는 허용유속(Vp)과 비교한 결과, 계획홍수량(Qp)의 45% 이하(Case 5 & 6)를 보조 여수로에서 방류하게 되면 허용 유속(5.0 m/s)조건을 만족하여 호안안정성을 확보하였다(Fig. 3 참조). 허용유속 외에도 대안부에서의 소류력을 산정하여 하천호안 설계기준에서 제시한 허용 소류력(τp)과 비교한 결과, 유속과 동일하게 보조 여수로의 방류량이 계획홍수량의 45% 이하일 경우 허용소류력(0.28 kN/m2) 조건을 만족하였다(Fig. 4 참조). 각 Case 별 호안설계조건과 비교한 결과는 Table 5에 제시하였다.

하류하천의 수위도 기존 여수로 운영 시 보다 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 최대 수위(ηmax)가 약 2% 감소하는 효과를 보였으며 최대 수위 발생위치는 수충부로 여수로 방류시 처오름에 의한 수위 상승으로 판단된다. 기존 여수로의 단독운영(Case 1)의 수위(ηref)를 기준으로 보조 여수로의 방류량이 증가함에 따라 수위는 증가하였으나 계획홍수량의 58%까지 방류할 경우 월류에 대한 안정성(ηmax/ηref<0.97(=기설제방고))은 확보되었다(Fig. 5 참조). 그러나 계획홍수량 조건에서는 월류에 대한 위험성이 존재하기 때문에 기존여수로와 보조여수로의 적절한 방류량 배분 조합을 도출하는 것이 중요하다고 판단되어 진다.

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F2.jpg
Fig. 2

Region of interest in this study

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F3.jpg
Fig. 3

Maximum velocity and location of Vmax according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F4.jpg
Fig. 4

Maximum shear according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F5.jpg
Fig. 5

Maximum water surface elevation and location of ηmax according to Qa

Table 5.

Numerical results for each cases (Case 1 ~ Case 6)

CaseMaximum Velocity
(Vmax, m/s)
Maximum Shear
(τmax, kN/m2)
Evaluation
in terms of Vp
Evaluation
in terms of τp
1
(Qa = 0)
9.150.54No GoodNo Good
2
(Qa = Qp)
8.870.56No GoodNo Good
3
(Qa = 0.58Qp)
6.530.40No GoodNo Good
4
(Qa = 0.48Qp)
6.220.36No GoodNo Good
5
(Qa = 0.45Qp)
4.220.12AccpetAccpet
6
(Qa = 0.32Qp)
4.040.14AccpetAccpet

2.3.3 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로 방류량 배분 검토

기존 여수로 및 보조 여수로 단독운영에 따른 하류하천 및 호안의 안정성 평가를 수행한 결과 계획홍수량 방류 시 하류하천 대안부에서 호안 설계 조건(허용유속 및 허용 소류력)을 초과하였으며, 처오름에 의한 수위 상승으로 월류에 대한 위험성 증가를 확인하였다. 따라서 계획 홍수량 조건에서 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류량 배분을 통하여 호안 안정성을 확보하고 하류하천에 방류로 인한 피해를 최소화할 수 있는 배분조합(Case 7 ~ Case 10)을 검토하였다. Case 7은 기존 여수로와 보조여수로의 배분 비율을 균등하게 적용한 경우이고, Case 8은 기존 여수로의 배분량이 보조 여수로에 비하여 많은 경우, Case 9는 보조 여수로의 배분량이 기존 여수로에 비하여 많은 경우를 의미한다. 최대유속을 비교한 결과 보조 여수로의 배분 비율이 큰 경우 기존 여수로의 배분량에 의하여 흐름이 하천 중심에 집중되어 대안부의 유속을 저감하는 효과를 확인하였다. 보조여수로의 방류량 배분 비율이 증가할수록 기존 여수로 대안부 측(0.00<X/L<0.27, Section 1) 유속 분포는 감소하였으나, 신규여수로 대안부 측(0.27<X/L<1.00, Section 2) 유속은 증가하는 것을 확인하였다(Fig. 6 참조). 그러나 유속 저감 효과에도 대안부 전구간에서 설계 허용유속 조건을 초과하여 제방의 안정성을 확보하지는 못하였다. 소류력 산정 결과 유속과 동일하게 보조 여수로의 방류량이 기존 여수로의 방류량 보다 크면 감소하는 것을 확인하였고 일부 구간에서는 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하는 것을 확인하였다(Fig. 7 참조).

따라서 유속 저감효과가 있는 배분 비율 조건(Qa>Qe)에서 Section 2에 유속 저감에 영향을 미치는 기존 여수로 방류량 배분 비율을 증가시켜 추가 검토(Case 10)를 수행하였다. 단독운영과 비교 시 하류하천에 유입되는 유량은 증가하였음에도 불구하고 기존 여수로 방류량에 의해 흐름이 하천 중심으로 집중되는 현상에 따라 대안부의 유속은 단독 운영에 비하여 감소하는 것을 확인하였고(Fig. 8 참조), 호안 설계 허용유속 및 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하는 구간이 발생하여 호안 안정성도 확보한 것으로 판단되었다. 최종적으로 각 Case 별 수위 결과의 경우 여수로 동시 운영을 수행하게 되면 대안부 전 구간에서 월류에 대한 안정성(ηmax/ηref<0.97(=기설제방고))은 확보하였다(Fig. 9 참조). 각 Case 별 대안부에서 최대 유속결과 및 산정한 소류력은 Table 6에 제시하였다.

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F6.jpg
Fig. 6

Maximum velocity on section 1 & 2 according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F7.jpg
Fig. 7

Maximum shear on section 1 & 2 according to Qa

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F8.jpg
Fig. 8

Velocity results of FLOW-3D (a: auxiliary spillway operation only , b : simultaneous operation of spillways)

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F9.jpg
Fig. 9

Maximum water surface elevation on section 1 & 2 according to Qa

Table 6.

Numerical results for each cases (Case 7 ~ Case 10)

Case (Qe &amp; Qa)Maximum Velocity (Vmax, m/s)Maximum Shear
(τmax, kN/m2)
Evaluation in terms of VpEvaluation in terms of τp
Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2
7
Qe : 0.50QpQa : 0.50Qp
8.106.230.640.30No GoodNo GoodNo GoodNo Good
8
Qe : 0.61QpQa : 0.39Qp
8.886.410.610.34No GoodNo GoodNo GoodNo Good
9
Qe : 0.39QpQa : 0.61Qp
6.227.330.240.35No GoodNo GoodAcceptNo Good
10
Qe : 0.42QpQa : 0.58Qp
6.394.790.300.19No GoodAcceptNo GoodAccept

2.3.4 방류량 배분 비율의 허용 방류량 검토

계획 홍수량 방류 시 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 배분 비율 검토 결과 Case 10(Qe = 0.42Qp, Qa = 0.58Qp)에서 방류에 따른 하류 하천의 피해를 최소화시킬 수 있는 것을 확인하였다. 그러나 대안부 전 구간에 대하여 호안 설계조건을 만족하지 못하였다. 따라서 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 방류 배분 비율을 고정시킨 후 총 방류량을 조절하여 허용 방류량을 검토하였다(Case 11 ~ Case 14).

호안 안정성 측면에서 검토한 결과 계획홍수량 대비 총 방류량이 감소하면 최대 유속 및 최대 소류력이 감소하고 최종적으로 계획 홍수량의 77%를 방류할 경우 하류하천의 대안부에서 호안 설계조건을 모두 만족하는 것을 확인하였다(Fig. 10Fig. 11 참조). 각 Case 별 대안부에서 최대 유속결과 및 산정한 소류력은 Table 7에 제시하였다. 또한 Case 별 수위 검토 결과 처오름으로 인한 대안부 전 구간에서 월류에 대한 안정성(ηmax/ηref<0.97(=기설제방고))은 확보하였다(Fig. 12 참조).

Table 7.

Numerical results for each cases (Case 11 ~ Case 14)

Case (Qe &amp; Qa)Maximum Velocity
(Vmax, m/s)
Maximum Shear
(τmax, kN/m2)
Evaluation in terms of VpEvaluation in terms of τp
Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2Section 1Section 2
11
Qe : 0.32QpQa : 0.45Qp
3.634.530.090.26AcceptAcceptAcceptAccept
12
Qe : 0.35QpQa : 0.48Qp
5.745.180.230.22No GoodNo GoodAcceptAccept
13
Qe : 0.38QpQa : 0.53Qp
6.704.210.280.11No GoodAcceptAcceptAccept
14
Qe : 0.41QpQa : 0.56Qp
6.545.240.280.24No GoodNo GoodAcceptAccept
/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F10.jpg
Fig. 10

Maximum velocity on section 1 & 2 according to total outflow

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F11.jpg
Fig. 11

Maximum shear on section 1 & 2 according to total outflow

/media/sites/ksds/2021-014-02/N0240140207/images/ksds_14_02_07_F12.jpg
Fig. 12

Maximum water surface elevation on section 1 & 2 according to total outflow

3. 결 론

본 연구에서는 홍수 시 기존 여수로의 노후화로 인한 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 대하여 하류하천의 호안 안정성 측면에서 검토하였다. 여수로 방류로 인한 하류하천의 흐름특성을 검토하기 위하여 3차원 수치모형인 FLOW-3D를 활용하였고, 여수로 지형은 치수능력 증대사업을 통하여 완공된 ○○댐의 제원을 이용하였다. 하류하천 조도 계수 및 여수로 방류량은 하천기본계획을 참고하여 적용하였다. 최종적으로 여수로 방류로 인한 하류하천의 피해를 최소화 시킬 수 있는 적절한 보조 여수로의 활용방안을 도출하기 위하여 보조 여수로 단독 운영과 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영에 따른 하류 하천의 흐름특성 및 소류력의 변화를 검토하였다.

수문은 완전 개도 상태에서 방류한다는 가정으로 계획 홍수량 조건에서 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 하류하천 대안부의 유속 및 수위를 검토한 결과 기존 여수로 단독운영에 비하여 최대 유속 및 최대 수위가 감소하는 것을 확인할 수 있었으며, 이는 보조 여수로 단독 운영 시 하류하천으로 유입각도가 작아지고, 유입되는 하천의 폭이 증가되기 때문이다. 그러나 계획 홍수량 조건에서 하천호안 설계기준에서 제시한 허용 유속(5.0 m/s)과 허용 소류력(0.28 kN/m2)과 비교하였을 때 호안 안정성을 확보하지 못하였으며, 계획홍수량의 45% 이하 방류 시에 대안부의 호안 안정성을 확보하였다. 수위의 경우 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부에서 처오름 현상이 발생하여 월류에 대한 위험성을 확인하였고 이를 통하여 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영 방안을 도출하는 것이 중요하다고 판단된다. 따라서 기존 여수로와의 동시 운영 측면에서 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 배분 비율 및 총 방류량을 변화시켜가며 하류 하천의 흐름특성 및 소류력의 변화를 검토하였다. 배분 비율의 경우 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 균등 배분(Case 7) 및 편중 배분(Case 8 & Case 9)을 검토하여 보조 여수로의 방류량이 기존 여수로의 방류량보다 큰 경우 하류하천의 중심부로 집중되어 대안부의 최대유속, 최대소류력 및 최대수위가 감소하는 것을 확인하였다. 이를 근거로 기존 여수로의 방류 비율을 증가(Qe=0.42Qp, Qa=0.58Qp)시켜 검토한 결과 대안부 일부 구간에서 허용 유속 및 허용소류력 조건을 만족하는 것을 확인하였다. 이를 통하여 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로의 동시 운영을 통하여 적절한 방류량 배분 비율을 도출하는 것이 방류로 인한 하류하천의 피해를 저감하는데 효과적인 것으로 판단된다. 그러나 설계홍수량 방류 시 전 구간에서 허용 유속 및 소류력 조건을 만족하지 못하였다. 최종적으로 전체 방류량에서 기존 여수로의 방류 비율을 42%, 보조 여수로의 방류 비율을 58%로 설정하여 허용방류량을 검토한 결과, 계획홍수량의 77%이하로 방류 시 대안부의 최대유속은 기존여수로 방류의 지배영향구간(section 1)에서 3.63 m/s, 기존 여수로와 보조 여수로 방류의 영향구간(section 2)에서 4.53 m/s로 허용유속 조건을 만족하였고, 산정한 소류력도 각각 0.09 kN/m2 및 0.26 kN/m2로 허용 소류력 조건을 만족하여 대안부 호안의 안정성을 확보하였다고 판단된다.

본 연구 결과는 기후변화 및 기존여수로의 노후화로 인하여 홍수 시 기존여수로의 단독운영으로 하류하천의 피해가 발생할 수 있는 현시점에서 치수증대 사업으로 완공된 보조 여수로의 활용방안에 대한 기초자료로 활용될 수 있고, 향후 계획 홍수량 유입 시 최적의 배분 비율 및 허용 방류량 도출에 이용할 수 있다. 다만 본 연구는 여수로 방류에 따른 제방에 작용하는 수충력은 검토하지 못하고, 허용 유속 및 허용소류력은 제방과 유수의 방향이 일정한 구간에 대하여 검토하였다. 또한 여수로 방류에 따른 대안부에서의 영향에 대해서만 검토하였고 수문 전면 개도 조건에서 검토하였다는 한계점은 분명히 있다. 이에 향후에는 다양한 수문 개도 조건 및 방류 시나리오를 적용 및 검토하여 보다 효율적이고, 효과적인 보조 여수로 활용방안을 도출하고자 한다.

Acknowledgements

본 결과물은 K-water에서 수행한 기존 및 신규 여수로 효율적 연계운영 방안 마련(2021-WR-GP-76-149)의 지원을 받아 연구되었습니다.

References

1 Busan Construction and Management Administration (2009). Nakdonggang River Master Plan. Busan: BCMA.
2 Chow, V. T. (1959). Open-channel Hydraulics. McGraw-Hill. New York.
3 Flow Science (2011). Flow3D User Manual. Santa Fe: NM.
4 Jeon, T. M., Kim, H. I., Park, H. S., and Baek, U. I. (2006). Design of Emergency Spillway Using Hydraulic and Numerical Model-ImHa Multipurpose Dam. Proceedings of the Korea Water Resources Association Conference. 1726-1731.
5 Kim, D. G., Park, S. J., Lee, Y. S., and Hwang, J. H. (2008). Spillway Design by Using Numerical Model Experiment – Case Study of AnDong Multipurpose Dam. Proceedings of the Korea Water Resources Association Conference. 1604-1608.
6 Kim, J. S. (2007). Comparison of Hydraulic Experiment and Numerical Model on Spillway. Water for Future. 40(4): 74-81.
7 Kim, S. H. and Kim, J. S. (2013). Effect of Chungju Dam Operation for Flood Control in the Upper Han River. Journal of the Korean Society of Civil Engineers. 33(2): 537-548. 10.12652/Ksce.2013.33.2.537
8 K-water (2021). Regulations of Dam Management. Daejeon: K-water.
9 K-water and MOLIT (2004). Report on the Establishment of Basic Plan for the Increasing Flood Capacity and Review of Hydrological Stability of Dams. Sejong: K-water and MOLIT.
10 Lee, J. H., Julien, P. Y., and Thornton, C. I. (2019). Interference of Dual Spillways Operations. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. 145(5): 1-13. 10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0001593
11 Li, S., Cain, S., Wosnik, M., Miller, C., Kocahan, H., and Wyckoff, R. (2011). Numerical Modeling of Probable Maximum Flood Flowing through a System of Spillways. Journal of Hydraulic Engineering. 137(1): 66-74. 10.1061/(ASCE)HY.1943-7900.0000279
12 MOLIT (2016). Practice Guidelines of River Construction Design. Sejong: MOLIT.
13 MOLIT (2019). Standards of River Design. Sejong: MOLIT.
14 Prime Minister’s Secretariat (2003). White Book on Flood Damage Prevention Measures. Sejong: PMS.
15 Schoklitsch, A. (1934). Der Geschiebetrieb und Die Geschiebefracht. Wasserkraft Wasserwirtschaft. 4: 1-7.
16 Vanoni, V. A. (Ed.). (2006). Sedimentation Engineering. American Society of Civil Engineers. Virginia: ASCE. 10.1061/9780784408230
17 Zeng, J., Zhang, L., Ansar, M., Damisse, E., and González-Castro, J. A. (2017). Applications of Computational Fluid Dynamics to Flow Ratings at Prototype Spillways and Weirs. I: Data Generation and Validation. Journal of Irrigation and Drainage Engineering. 143(1): 1-13. 10.1061/(ASCE)IR.1943-4774.0001112

Korean References Translated from the English

1 건설교통부·한국수자원공사 (2004). 댐의 수문학적 안정성 검토 및 치수능력증대방안 기본계획 수립 보고서. 세종: 국토교통부.
2 국무총리실 수해방지대책단 (2003). 수해방지대책 백서. 세종: 국무총리실.
3 국토교통부 (2016). 하천공사 설계실무요령. 세종: 국토교통부.
4 국토교통부 (2019). 하천설계기준해설. 세종: 국토교통부.
5 김대근, 박선중, 이영식, 황종훈 (2008). 수치모형실험을 이용한 여수로 설계 – 안동다목적댐. 한국수자원학회 학술발표회. 1604-1608.
6 김상호, 김지성 (2013). 충주댐 방류에 따른 댐 상하류 홍수위 영향 분석. 대한토목학회논문집. 33(2): 537-548. 10.12652/Ksce.2013.33.2.537
7 김주성 (2007). 댐 여수로부 수리 및 수치모형실험 비교 고찰. Water for Future. 40(4): 74-81.
8 부산국토관리청 (2009). 낙동강수계 하천기본계획(변경). 부산: 부산국토관리청.
9 전태명, 김형일, 박형섭, 백운일 (2006). 수리모형실험과 수치모의를 이용한 비상여수로 설계-임하댐. 한국수자원학회 학술발표회. 1726-1731.
10 한국수자원공사 (2021). 댐관리 규정. 대전: 한국수자원공사.

electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig1

A survey of electromagnetic metal casting computation designs, present approaches, future possibilities, and practical issues

The European Physical Journal Plus volume 136, Article number: 704 (2021) Cite this article

Abstract

Electromagnetic metal casting (EMC) is a casting technique that uses electromagnetic energy to heat metal powders. It is a faster, cleaner, and less time-consuming operation. Solid metals create issues in electromagnetics since they reflect the electromagnetic radiation rather than consume it—electromagnetic energy processing results in sounded pieces with higher-ranking material properties and a more excellent microstructure solution. For the physical production of the electromagnetic casting process, knowledge of electromagnetic material interaction is critical. Even where the heated material is an excellent electromagnetic absorber, the total heating quality is sometimes insufficient. Numerical modelling works on finding the proper coupled effects between properties to bring out the most effective operation. The main parameters influencing the quality of output of the EMC process are: power dissipated per unit volume into the material, penetration depth of electromagnetics, complex magnetic permeability and complex dielectric permittivity. The contact mechanism and interference pattern also, in turn, determines the quality of the process. Only a few parameters, such as the environment’s temperature, the interference pattern, and the rate of metal solidification, can be controlled by AI models. Neural networks are used to achieve exact outcomes by stimulating the neurons in the human brain. Additive manufacturing (AM) is used to design mold and cores for metal casting. The models outperformed the traditional DFA optimization approach, which is susceptible to local minima. The system works only offline, so real-time analysis and corrections are not yet possible.

Korea Abstract

전자기 금속 주조 (EMC)는 전자기 에너지를 사용하여 금속 분말을 가열하는 주조 기술입니다. 더 빠르고 깨끗하며 시간이 덜 소요되는 작업입니다.

고체 금속은 전자기 복사를 소비하는 대신 반사하기 때문에 전자기학에서 문제를 일으킵니다. 전자기 에너지 처리는 더 높은 등급의 재료 특성과 더 우수한 미세 구조 솔루션을 가진 사운드 조각을 만듭니다.

전자기 주조 공정의 물리적 생산을 위해서는 전자기 물질 상호 작용에 대한 지식이 중요합니다. 가열된 물질이 우수한 전자기 흡수재인 경우에도 전체 가열 품질이 때때로 불충분합니다. 수치 모델링은 가장 효과적인 작업을 이끌어 내기 위해 속성 간의 적절한 결합 효과를 찾는데 사용됩니다.

EMC 공정의 출력 품질에 영향을 미치는 주요 매개 변수는 단위 부피당 재료로 분산되는 전력, 전자기의 침투 깊이, 복합 자기 투과성 및 복합 유전율입니다. 접촉 메커니즘과 간섭 패턴 또한 공정의 품질을 결정합니다. 환경 온도, 간섭 패턴 및 금속 응고 속도와 같은 몇 가지 매개 변수 만 AI 모델로 제어 할 수 있습니다.

신경망은 인간 뇌의 뉴런을 자극하여 정확한 결과를 얻기 위해 사용됩니다. 적층 제조 (AM)는 금속 주조용 몰드 및 코어를 설계하는 데 사용됩니다. 모델은 로컬 최소값에 영향을 받기 쉬운 기존 DFA 최적화 접근 방식을 능가했습니다. 이 시스템은 오프라인에서만 작동하므로 실시간 분석 및 수정은 아직 불가능합니다.

electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig1
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig1
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig2
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig2
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig3
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig3
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig4
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig4
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig5
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig5
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig6
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig6
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig7
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig7
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig8
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig8
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig9
electromagnetic metal casting computation designs Fig9

References

  1. 1.J. Sun, W. Wang, Q. Yue, Review on electromagnetic-matter interaction fundamentals and efficient electromagnetic-associated heating strategies. Materials 9(4), 231 (2016). https://doi.org/10.3390/ma9040231ADS Article Google Scholar 
  2. 2.E. Ghasali, A. Fazili, M. Alizadeh, K. Shirvanimoghaddam, T. Ebadzadeh, Evaluation of microstructure and mechanical properties of Al-TiC metal matrix composite prepared by conventional, electromagnetic and spark plasma sintering methods. Materials 10(11), 1255 (2017). https://doi.org/10.3390/ma10111255ADS Article Google Scholar 
  3. 3.D. Agrawal, Latest global developments in electromagnetic materials processing. Mater. Res. Innov. 14(1), 3–8 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1179/143307510×12599329342926Article Google Scholar 
  4. 4.S. Singh, P. Singh, D. Gupta, V. Jain, R. Kumar, S. Kaushal, Development and characterization of electromagnetic processed cast iron joint. Eng. Sci. Technol. Int. J. (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jestch.2018.10.012Article Google Scholar 
  5. 5.S. Singh, D. Gupta, V. Jain, Electromagnetic melting and processing of metal–ceramic composite castings. Proc. Inst. Mech. Eng. Part B J. Eng. Manuf. 232(7), 1235–1243 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1177/0954405416666900Article Google Scholar 
  6. 6.S. Singh, D. Gupta, V. Jain, Novel electromagnetic composite casting process: theory, feasibility and characterization. Mater. Des. 111, 51–59 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2016.08.071Article Google Scholar 
  7. 7.J. Lucas, J, What are electromagnetics? LiveScience. (2018). https://www.livescience.com/50259-Electromagnetics.html
  8. 8.R. Samyal, A.K. Bagha, R. Bedi, the casting of materials using electromagnetic energy: a review. Mater. Today Proc. (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2020.02.255Article Google Scholar 
  9. 9.S. Singh, D. Gupta, V. Jain, Processing of Ni-WC-8Co MMC casting through electromagnetic melting. Mater. Manuf. Process. (2017). https://doi.org/10.1080/10426914.2017.1291954Article Google Scholar 
  10. 10.R. Singh, S. Singh, V. Mahajan, Investigations for dimensional accuracy of investment casting process after cycle time reduction by advancements in shell moulding. Procedia Mater. Sci. 6, 859–865 (2014). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mspro.2014.07.103Article Google Scholar 
  11. 11.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, On melting characteristics of bulk Al-7039 alloy during in-situ electromagnetic casting. Appl. Therm. Eng. 111, 660–675 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2016.09.122Article Google Scholar 
  12. 12.S. Zhang, 10 Different types of casting process. (2021). MachineMfg.com, https://www.machinemfg.com/types-of-casting/
  13. 13.Envirocare, Foundry health risks. (2013). https://envirocare.org/foundry-health-risks/
  14. 14.S.S. Gajmal, D.N. Raut, A review of opportunities and challenges in electromagnetic assisted casting. Recent Trends Product. Eng. 2(1) (2019)
  15. 15.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, Electromagnetic-material interaction phenomena: heating mechanisms, challenges and opportunities in material processing. Compos. Part A (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.compositesa.2015.10.035Article Google Scholar 
  16. 16.S. Chandrasekaran, T. Basak, S. Ramanathan, Experimental and theoretical investigation on electromagnetic melting of metals. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 211(3), 482–487 (2011). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2010.11.001Article Google Scholar 
  17. 17.C.R. Bird, J.M. Mertz, U.S. Patent No. 4655276. (U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Washington, DC, 1987)
  18. 18.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, Experimental investigation on in-situ electromagnetic casting of copper. IOP Conf. Ser. Mater. Sci. Eng. 346, 012052 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1088/1757-899x/346/1/012052Article Google Scholar 
  19. 19.V. Gangwar, S. Kumar, V. Singh, H. Singh, Effect of process parameters on hardness of AA-6063 in-situ electromagnetic casting by using taguchi method, in IOP Conference Series: Materials Science and Engineering, vol. 804(1) (IOP Publishing, 2020), p. 012019
  20. 20.X. Ye, S. Guo, L. Yang, J. Gao, J. Peng, T. Hu, L. Wang, M. Hou, Q. Luo, New utilization approach of electromagnetic thermal energy: preparation of metallic matrix diamond tool bit by electromagnetic hot-press sintering. J. Alloy. Compd. (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2018.03.183Article Google Scholar 
  21. 21.S. Das, A.K. Mukhopadhyay, S. Datta, D. Basu, Prospects of Electromagnetic processing: an overview. Bull. Mater. Sci. 32(1), 1–13 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12034-009-0001-4Article Google Scholar 
  22. 22.K.L. Glass, D.M. Ashby, U.S. Patent No. 9050656. (U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Washington, DC, 2015)
  23. 23.S. Verma, P. Gupta, S. Srivastava, S. Kumar, A. Anand, An overview: casting/melting of non ferrous metallic materials using domestic electromagnetic oven. J. Mater. Sci. Mech. Eng. 4(4), (2017). p-ISSN: 2393-9095; e-ISSN: 2393-9109
  24. 24.S.S. Panda, V. Singh, A. Upadhyaya, D. Agrawal, Sintering response of austenitic (316L) and ferritic (434L) stainless steel consolidated in conventional and electromagnetic furnaces. Scripta Mater. 54(12), 2179–2183 (2006). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scriptamat.2006.02.034Article Google Scholar 
  25. 25.Y. Zhang, S. Yang, S. Wang, X. Liu, L. Li, Microwave/freeze casting assisted fabrication of carbon frameworks derived from embedded upholder in tremella for superior performance supercapacitors. Energy Storage Mater. (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ensm.2018.08.006Article Google Scholar 
  26. 26.D. Thomas, P. Abhilash, M.T. Sebastian, Casting and characterization of LiMgPO4 glass free LTCC tape for electromagnetic applications. J. Eur. Ceram. Soc. 33(1), 87–93 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jeurceramsoc.2012.08.002Article Google Scholar 
  27. 27.M.H. Awida, N. Shah, B. Warren, E. Ripley, A.E. Fathy, Modeling of an industrial Electromagnetic furnace for metal casting applications. 2008 IEEE MTT-S Int. Electromagn. Symp. Digest. (2008). https://doi.org/10.1109/mwsym.2008.4633143Article Google Scholar 
  28. 28.P.K. Loharkar, A. Ingle, S. Jhavar, Parametric review of electromagnetic-based materials processing and its applications. J. Market. Res. 8(3), 3306–3326 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmrt.2019.04.004Article Google Scholar 
  29. 29.E.B. Ripley, J.A. Oberhaus, WWWeb search power page-melting and heat treating metals using electromagnetic heating-the potential of electromagnetic metal processing techniques for a wide variety of metals and alloys is. Ind. Heat. 72(5), 65–70 (2005)Google Scholar 
  30. 30.J. Campbell, Complete Casting Handbook: Metal Casting Processes, Metallurgy, Techniques and Design (Butterworth-Heinemann, 2015)Google Scholar 
  31. 31.B. Ravi, Metal Casting: Computer-Aided Design and Analysis, 1st edn. (PHI Learning Ltd, 2005)Google Scholar 
  32. 32.D.E. Clark, W.H. Sutton, Electromagnetic processing of materials. Annu. Rev. Mater. Sci. 26(1), 299–331 (1996)ADS Article Google Scholar 
  33. 33.A.D. Abdullin, New capabilities of software package ProCAST 2011 for modeling foundry operations. Metallurgist 56(5–6), 323–328 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11015-012-9578-8Article Google Scholar 
  34. 34.J. Ha, P. Cleary, V. Alguine, T. Nguyen, Simulation of die filling in gravity die casting using SPH and MAGMAsoft, in Proceedings of 2nd International Conference on CFD in Minerals & Process Industries (1999) pp. 423–428
  35. 35.M. Sirviö, M. Woś, Casting directly from a computer model by using advanced simulation software FLOW-3D Cast Ž. Arch. Foundry Eng. 9(1), 79–82 (2009)Google Scholar 
  36. 36.NOVACAST Systems, Nova-Solid/Flow Brochure, NOVACAST, Ronneby (2015)
  37. 37.AutoCAST-X1 Brochure, 3D Foundry Tech, Mumbai
  38. 38.EKK, Inc. Metal Casting Simulation Software and Consulting Services, CAPCAST Brochure
  39. 39.P. Muenprasertdee, Solidification modeling of iron castings using SOLIDCast (2007)
  40. 40.CasCAE, CT-CasTest Inc. Oy, Kerava
  41. 41.E. Dominguez-Tortajada, J. Monzo-Cabrera, A. Diaz-Morcillo, Uniform electric field distribution in electromagnetic heating applicators by means of genetic algorithms optimization of dielectric multilayer structures. IEEE Trans. Electromagn. Theory Tech. 55(1), 85–91 (2007). https://doi.org/10.1109/tmtt.2006.886913ADS Article Google Scholar 
  42. 42.B. Warren, M.H. Awida, A.E. Fathy, Electromagnetic heating of metals. IET Electromagn. Antennas Propag. 6(2), 196–205 (2012)Article Google Scholar 
  43. 43.S. Ashouri, M. Nili-Ahmadabadi, M. Moradi, M. Iranpour, Semi-solid microstructure evolution during reheating of aluminum A356 alloy deformed severely by ECAP. J. Alloy. Compd. 466(1–2), 67–72 (2008). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jallcom.2007.11.010Article Google Scholar 
  44. 44.Penn State, Metal Parts Made In The Electromagnetic Oven. ScienceDaily. (1999) Retrieved May 8, 2021, from www.sciencedaily.com/releases/1999/06/990622055733.htm
  45. 45.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, A review of research trends in electromagnetic processing of metal-based materials and opportunities in electromagnetic metal casting. Crit. Rev. Solid State Mater. Sci. 41(3), 217–255 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1080/10408436.2016.1142421ADS Article Google Scholar 
  46. 46.D.K. Ghodgaonkar, V.V. Varadan, V.K. Varadan, Free-space measurement of complex permittivity and complex permeability of magnetic materials at Electromagnetic frequencies. IEEE Trans. Instrum. Meas. 39(2), 387–394 (1990). https://doi.org/10.1109/19.52520Article Google Scholar 
  47. 47.J. Baker-Jarvis, E.J. Vanzura, W.A. Kissick, Improved technique for determining complex permittivity with the transmission/reflection method. Microw. Theory Tech. IEEE Trans. 38, 1096–1103 (1990)ADS Article Google Scholar 
  48. 48.M. Bologna, A. Petri, B. Tellini, C. Zappacosta, Effective magnetic permeability measurementin composite resonator structures. Instrum. Meas. IEEE Trans. 59, 1200–1206 (2010)Article Google Scholar 
  49. 49.B. Ravi, G.L. Datta, Metal casting–back to future, in 52nd Indian Foundry Congress, (2004)
  50. 50.D. El Khaled, N. Novas, J.A. Gazquez, F. Manzano-Agugliaro. Microwave dielectric heating: applications on metals processing. Renew. Sustain. Energy Rev. 82, 2880–2892 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.rser.2017.10.043Article Google Scholar 
  51. 51.H. Sekiguchi, Y. Mori, Steam plasma reforming using Electromagnetic discharge. Thin Solid Films 435, 44–48 (2003)ADS Article Google Scholar 
  52. 52.J. Sun, W. Wang, C. Zhao, Y. Zhang, C. Ma, Q. Yue, Study on the coupled effect of wave absorption and metal discharge generation under electromagnetic irradiation. Ind. Eng. Chem. Res. 53, 2042–2051 (2014)Article Google Scholar 
  53. 53.K.I. Rybakov, E.A. Olevsky, E.V. Krikun, Electromagnetic sintering: fundamentals and modeling. J. Am. Ceram. Soc. 96(4), 1003–1020 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1111/jace.12278Article Google Scholar 
  54. 54.A.K. Shukla, A. Mondal, A. Upadhyaya, Numerical modeling of electromagnetic heating. Sci. Sinter. 42(1), 99–124 (2010)Article Google Scholar 
  55. 55.M. Chiumenti, C. Agelet de Saracibar, M. Cervera, On the numerical modeling of the thermomechanical contact for metal casting analysis. J. Heat Transf. 130(6), (2008). https://doi.org/10.1115/1.2897923Article MATH Google Scholar 
  56. 56.B. Ravi, Metal Casting: Computer-Aided Design and Analysis. (PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd., 2005)
  57. 57.J.H. Lee, S.D. Noh, H.-J. Kim, Y.-S. Kang, Implementation of cyber-physical production systems for quality prediction and operation control in metal casting. Sensors 18, 1428 (2018). https://doi.org/10.3390/s18051428ADS Article Google Scholar 
  58. 58.B. Aksoy, M. Koru, Estimation of casting mold interfacial heat transfer coefficient in pressure die casting process by artificial intelligence methods. Arab. J. Sci. Eng. 45, 8969–8980 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s13369-020-04648-7Article Google Scholar 
  59. 59.S.S. Miriyala, V.R. Subramanian, K. Mitra, TRANSFORM-ANN for online optimization of complex industrial processes: casting process as case study. Eur. J. Oper. Res. 264(1), 294–309 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ejor.2017.05.026MathSciNet Article MATH Google Scholar 
  60. 60.J.K. Kittu, G.C.M. Patel, M. Parappagoudar, Modeling of pressure die casting process: an artificial intelligence approach. Int. J. Metalcast. (2015). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40962-015-0001-7Article Google Scholar 
  61. 61.W. Chen, B. Gutmann, C.O. Kappe, Characterization of electromagnetic-induced electric discharge phenomena in metal-solvent mixtures. ChemistryOpen 1, 39–48 (2012)Article Google Scholar 
  62. 62.J. Walker, A. Prokop, C. Lynagh, B. Vuksanovich, B. Conner, K. Rogers, J. Thiel, E. MacDonald, Real-time process monitoring of core shifts during metal casting with wireless sensing and 3D sand printing. Addit. Manuf. (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.addma.2019.02.018Article Google Scholar 
  63. 63.G.C. Manjunath Patel, A.K. Shettigar, M.B. Parappagoudar, A systematic approach to model and optimize wear behaviour of castings produced by squeeze casting process. J. Manuf. Process. 32, 199–212 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmapro.2018.02.004Article Google Scholar 
  64. 64.G.C. Manjunath Patel, P. Krishna, M.B. Parappagoudar, An intelligent system for squeeze casting process—soft computing based approach. Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 86, 3051–3065 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-016-8416-8Article Google Scholar 
  65. 65.M. Ferguson, R. Ak, Y.T. Lee, K.H. Law, Automatic localization of casting defects with convolutional neural networks, in 2017 IEEE International Conference on Big Data (Big Data) (Boston, MA, USA, 2017), pp. 1726–1735. https://doi.org/10.1109/BigData.2017.8258115.
  66. 66.P.K.D.V. Yarlagadda, Prediction of die casting process parameters by using an artificial neural network model for zinc alloys. Int. J. Prod. Res. 38(1), 119–139 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1080/002075400189617Article MATH Google Scholar 
  67. 67.G.C. ManjunathPatel, A.K. Shettigar, P. Krishna, M.B. Parappagoudar, Back propagation genetic and recurrent neural network applications in modelling and analysis of squeeze casting process. Appl. Soft Comput. 59, 418–437 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.asoc.2017.06.018Article Google Scholar 
  68. 68.J. Zheng, Q. Wang, P. Zhao et al., Optimization of high-pressure die-casting process parameters using artificial neural network. Int. J. Adv. Manuf. Technol. 44, 667–674 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1007/s00170-008-1886-6Article Google Scholar 
  69. 69.E. Mares, J. Sokolowski, Artificial intelligence-based control system for the analysis of metal casting properties. J. Achiev. Mater. Manuf. Eng. 40, 149–154 (2010)Google Scholar 
  70. 70.K.S. Senthil, S. Muthukumaran, C. Chandrasekhar Reddy, Suitability of friction welding of tube to tube plate using an external tool process for different tube diameters—a study. Exp. Tech. 37(6), 8–14 (2013)Article Google Scholar 
  71. 71.N.K. Bhoi, H. Singh, S. Pratap, P.K. Jain, Electromagnetic material processing: a clean, green, and sustainable approach. Sustain. Eng. Prod. Manuf. Technol. (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/b978-0-12-816564-5.00001-3Article Google Scholar 
  72. 72.K.S. Senthil, D.A. Daniel, An investigation of boiler grade tube and tube plate without block by using friction welding process. Mater. Today Proc. 5(2), 8567–8576 (2018)Article Google Scholar 
  73. 73.E. Hetmaniok, D. Słota, A. Zielonka, Restoration of the cooling conditions in a three-dimensional continuous casting process using artificial intelligence algorithms. Appl. Math. Modell. 39(16), 4797–4807 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.apm.2015.03.056Article MATH Google Scholar 
  74. 74.C.V. Kumar, S. Muthukumaran, A. Pradeep, S.S. Kumaran, Optimizational study of friction welding of steel tube to aluminum tube plate using an external tool process. Int. J. Mech. Mater. Eng. 6(2), 300–306 (2011)Google Scholar 
  75. 75.T. Adithiyaa, D. Chandramohan, T. Sathish, Optimal prediction of process parameters by GWO-KNN in stirring-squeeze casting of AA2219 reinforced metal matrix composites. Mater. Today Proc. 150, 1598 (2020). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2019.10.051Article Google Scholar 
  76. 76.B.P. Pehrson, A.F. Moore (2014). U.S. Patent No. 8708031 (U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, Washington, DC, 2014)
  77. 77.Liu, J., & Rynerson, M. L. (2008). U.S. Patent No. 7,461,684. Washington, DC: U.S. Patent and Trademark Office.
  78. 78.K. Salonitis, B. Zeng, H.A. Mehrabi, M. Jolly, The challenges for energy efficient casting processes. Procedia CIRP 40, 24–29 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.procir.2016.01.043Article Google Scholar 
  79. 79.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, Effect of solidification environment on microstructure and indentation hardness of Al–Zn–Mg alloy casts developed using electromagnetic heating. Int. J. Metal Cast. 10, 1–13 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40962-017-0176-1Article Google Scholar 
  80. 80.R.R. Mishra, A.K. Sharma, Effect of susceptor and Mold material on microstructure of in-situ electromagnetic casts of Al–Zn–Mg alloy. Mater. Des. 131, 428–440 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matdes.2017.06.038Article Google Scholar 
  81. 81.S. Kaushal, S. Bohra, D. Gupta, V. Jain, On processing and characterization of Cu–Mo-based castings through electromagnetic heating. Int. J. Metalcast. (2020). https://doi.org/10.1007/s40962-020-00481-8Article Google Scholar 
  82. 82.S. Nandwani, S. Vardhan, A.K. Bagha, A literature review on the exposure time of electromagnetic based welding of different materials. Mater. Today Proc. (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.matpr.2019.10.056Article Google Scholar 
  83. 83.F.J.B. Brum, S.C. Amico, I. Vedana, J.A. Spim, Electromagnetic dewaxing applied to the investment casting process. J. Mater. Process. Technol. 209(7), 3166–3171 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2008.07.024Article Google Scholar 
  84. 84.M.P. Reddy, R.A. Shakoor, G. Parande, V. Manakari, F. Ubaid, A.M.A. Mohamed, M. Gupta, Enhanced performance of nano-sized SiC reinforced Al metal matrix nanocomposites synthesized through electromagnetic sintering and hot extrusion techniques. Prog. Nat. Sci. Mater. Int. 27(5), 606–614 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.pnsc.2017.08.015Article Google Scholar 
  85. 85.V.R. Kalamkar, K. Monkova, (Eds.), Advances in Mechanical Engineering. Lecture Notes in Mechanical Engineering. (2021) https://doi.org/10.1007/978-981-15-3639-7
  86. 86.V. Bist, A.K. Sharma, P. Kumar, Development and microstructural characterisations of the lead casting using electromagnetic technology. Manager’s J. Mech. Eng. 4(4), 6 (2014). https://doi.org/10.26634/jme.4.4.2840Article Google Scholar 
  87. 87.A. Sharma, A. Chouhan, L. Pavithran, U. Chadha, S.K. Selvaraj, Implementation of LSS framework in automotive component manufacturing: a review, current scenario and future directions. Mater Today: Proc. (2021). https://doi.org/10.1016/J.MATPR.2021.02.374Article Google Scholar 
Figure 6. Evolution of melt pool in the overhang region (θ = 45°, P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s, the streamlines are shown by arrows).

Experimental and numerical investigation of the origin of surface roughness in laser powder bed fused overhang regions

레이저 파우더 베드 융합 오버행 영역에서 표면 거칠기의 원인에 대한 실험 및 수치 조사

Shaochuan Feng,Amar M. Kamat,Soheil Sabooni &Yutao PeiPages S66-S84 | Received 18 Jan 2021, Accepted 25 Feb 2021, Published online: 10 Mar 2021

ABSTRACT

Surface roughness of laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF) printed overhang regions is a major contributor to deteriorated shape accuracy/surface quality. This study investigates the mechanisms behind the evolution of surface roughness (Ra) in overhang regions. The evolution of surface morphology is the result of a combination of border track contour, powder adhesion, warp deformation, and dross formation, which is strongly related to the overhang angle (θ). When 0° ≤ θ ≤ 15°, the overhang angle does not affect Ra significantly since only a small area of the melt pool boundaries contacts the powder bed resulting in slight powder adhesion. When 15° < θ ≤ 50°, powder adhesion is enhanced by the melt pool sinking and the increased contact area between the melt pool boundary and powder bed. When θ > 50°, large waviness of the overhang contour, adhesion of powder clusters, severe warp deformation and dross formation increase Ra sharply.

레이저 파우더 베드 퓨전 (L-PBF) 프린팅 오버행 영역의 표면 거칠기는 형상 정확도 / 표면 품질 저하의 주요 원인입니다. 이 연구 는 오버행 영역에서 표면 거칠기 (Ra ) 의 진화 뒤에 있는 메커니즘을 조사합니다 . 표면 형태의 진화는 오버행 각도 ( θ ) 와 밀접한 관련이있는 경계 트랙 윤곽, 분말 접착, 뒤틀림 변형 및 드로스 형성의 조합의 결과입니다 . 0° ≤  θ  ≤ 15° 인 경우 , 용융풀 경계의 작은 영역 만 분말 베드와 접촉하여 약간의 분말 접착이 발생하기 때문에 오버행 각도가 R a에 큰 영향을 주지 않습니다 . 15° < θ 일 때  ≤ 50°, 용융 풀 싱킹 및 용융 풀 경계와 분말 베드 사이의 증가된 접촉 면적으로 분말 접착력이 향상됩니다. θ  > 50° 일 때 오버행 윤곽의 큰 파형, 분말 클러스터의 접착, 심한 휨 변형 및 드 로스 형성이 Ra 급격히 증가 합니다.

KEYWORDS: Laser powder bed fusion (L-PBF), melt pool dynamics, overhang region, shape deviation, surface roughness

1. Introduction

레이저 분말 베드 융합 (L-PBF)은 첨단 적층 제조 (AM) 기술로, 집중된 레이저 빔을 사용하여 금속 분말을 선택적으로 융합하여 슬라이스 된 3D 컴퓨터 지원에 따라 층별로 3 차원 (3D) 금속 부품을 구축합니다. 설계 (CAD) 모델 (Chatham, Long 및 Williams 2019 ; Tan, Zhu 및 Zhou 2020 ). 재료가 인쇄 층 아래에 ​​존재하는지 여부에 따라 인쇄 영역은 각각 솔리드 영역 또는 돌출 영역으로 분류 될 수 있습니다. 따라서 오버행 영역은 고체 기판이 아니라 분말 베드 바로 위에 건설되는 특수 구조입니다 (Patterson, Messimer 및 Farrington 2017). 오버행 영역은지지 구조를 포함하거나 포함하지 않고 구축 할 수 있으며, 지지대가있는 돌출 영역의 L-PBF는 지지체가 더 낮은 밀도로 구축된다는 점을 제외 하고 (Wang and Chou 2018 ) 고체 기판의 공정과 유사합니다 (따라서 기계적 강도가 낮기 때문에 L-PBF 공정 후 기계적으로 쉽게 제거 할 수 있습니다. 따라서지지 구조로 인쇄 된 오버행 영역은 L-PBF 공정 후 지지물 제거, 연삭 및 연마와 같은 추가 후 처리 단계가 필요합니다.

수평 내부 채널의 제작과 같은 일부 특정 경우에는 공정 후 지지대를 제거하기가 어려우므로 채널 상단 절반의 돌출부 영역을 지지대없이 건설해야합니다 (Hopkinson and Dickens 2000 ). 수평 내부 채널에 사용할 수없는지지 구조 외에도 내부 표면, 특히 등각 냉각 채널 (Feng, Kamat 및 Pei 2021 ) 에서 발생하는 복잡한 3D 채널 네트워크의 경우 표면 마감 프로세스를 구현하는 것도 어렵습니다 . 결과적으로 오버행 영역은 (i) 잔류 응력에 의한 변형, (ii) 계단 효과 (Kuo et al. 2020 ; Li et al. 2020 )로 인해 설계된 모양에서 벗어날 수 있습니다 .) 및 (iii) 원하지 않는 분말 소결로 인한 향상된 표면 거칠기; 여기서, 앞의 두 요소는 일반적으로 mm 길이 스케일에서 ‘매크로’편차로 분류되고 후자는 일반적으로 µm 길이 스케일에서 ‘마이크로’편차로 인식됩니다.

열 응력에 의한 변형은 오버행 영역에서 발생하는 중요한 문제입니다 (Patterson, Messimer 및 Farrington 2017 ). 국부적 인 용융 / 냉각은 용융 풀 내부 및 주변에서 큰 온도 구배를 유도하여 응고 된 층에 집중적 인 열 응력을 유발합니다. 열 응력에 의한 뒤틀림은 고체 영역을 현저하게 변형하지 않습니다. 이러한 영역은 아래의 여러 레이어에 의해 제한되기 때문입니다. 반면에 오버행 영역은 구속되지 않고 공정 중 응력 완화로 인해 상당한 변형이 발생합니다 (Kamat 및 Pei 2019 ). 더욱이 용융 깊이는 레이어 두께보다 큽니다 (이전 레이어도 재용 해되어 빌드 된 레이어간에 충분한 결합을 보장하기 때문입니다 [Yadroitsev et al. 2013 ; Kamath et al.2014 ]),응고 된 두께가 설계된 두께보다 크기 때문에형태 편차 (예 : 드 로스 [Charles et al. 2020 ; Feng et al. 2020 ])가 발생합니다. 마이크로 스케일에서 인쇄 된 표면 (R a 및 S a ∼ 10 μm)은 기계적으로 가공 된 표면보다 거칠다 (Duval-Chaneac et al. 2018 ; Wen et al. 2018 ). 이 문제는고형화 된 용융 풀의 가장자리에 부착 된 용융되지 않은 분말의 결과로 표면 거칠기 (R a )가 일반적으로 약 20 μm인 오버행 영역에서 특히 심각합니다 (Mazur et al. 2016 ; Pakkanen et al. 2016 ).

오버행 각도 ( θ , 빌드 방향과 관련하여 측정)는 오버행 영역의 뒤틀림 편향과 표면 거칠기에 영향을 미치는 중요한 매개 변수입니다 (Kamat and Pei 2019 ; Mingear et al. 2019 ). θ ∼ 45 ° 의 오버행 각도 는 일반적으로지지 구조없이 오버행 영역을 인쇄 할 수있는 임계 값으로 합의됩니다 (Pakkanen et al. 2016 ; Kadirgama et al. 2018 ). θ 일 때이 임계 값보다 크면 오버행 영역을 허용 가능한 표면 품질로 인쇄 할 수 없습니다. 오버행 각도 외에도 레이저 매개 변수 (레이저 에너지 밀도와 관련된)는 용융 풀의 모양 / 크기 및 용융 풀 역학에 영향을줌으로써 오버행 영역의 표면 거칠기에 영향을줍니다 (Wang et al. 2013 ; Mingear et al . 2019 ).

용융 풀 역학은 고체 (Shrestha 및 Chou 2018 ) 및 오버행 (Le et al. 2020 ) 영역 모두에서 수행되는 L-PBF 공정을 포함한 레이저 재료 가공의 일반적인 물리적 현상입니다 . 용융 풀 모양, 크기 및 냉각 속도는 잔류 응력으로 인한 변형과 ​​표면 거칠기에 모두 영향을 미치므로 처리 매개 변수와 표면 형태 / 품질 사이의 다리 역할을하며 용융 풀을 이해하기 위해 수치 시뮬레이션을 사용하여 추가 조사를 수행 할 수 있습니다. 거동과 표면 거칠기에 미치는 영향. 현재까지 고체 영역의 L-PBF 동안 용융 풀 동작을 시뮬레이션하기 위해 여러 연구가 수행되었습니다. 유한 요소 방법 (FEM)과 같은 시뮬레이션 기술 (Roberts et al. 2009 ; Du et al.2019 ), 유한 차분 법 (FDM) (Wu et al. 2018 ), 전산 유체 역학 (CFD) (Lee and Zhang 2016 ), 임의의 Lagrangian-Eulerian 방법 (ALE) (Khairallah and Anderson 2014 )을 사용하여 증발 반동 압력 (Hu et al. 2018 ) 및 Marangoni 대류 (Zhang et al. 2018 ) 현상을포함하는 열 전달 (온도 장) 및 물질 전달 (용융 흐름) 프로세스. 또한 이산 요소법 (DEM)을 사용하여 무작위 분산 분말 베드를 생성했습니다 (Lee and Zhang 2016 ; Wu et al. 2018 ). 이 모델은 분말 규모의 L-PBF 공정을 시뮬레이션했습니다 (Khairallah et al. 2016) 메조 스케일 (Khairallah 및 Anderson 2014 ), 단일 트랙 (Leitz et al. 2017 )에서 다중 트랙 (Foroozmehr et al. 2016 ) 및 다중 레이어 (Huang, Khamesee 및 Toyserkani 2019 )로.

그러나 결과적인 표면 거칠기를 결정하는 오버행 영역의 용융 풀 역학은 문헌에서 거의 관심을받지 못했습니다. 솔리드 영역의 L-PBF에 대한 기존 시뮬레이션 모델이 어느 정도 참조가 될 수 있지만 오버행 영역과 솔리드 영역 간의 용융 풀 역학에는 상당한 차이가 있습니다. 오버행 영역에서 용융 금속은 분말 입자 사이의 틈새로 아래로 흘러 용융 풀이 다공성 분말 베드가 제공하는 약한 지지체 아래로 가라 앉습니다. 이것은 중력과 표면 장력의 영향이 용융 풀의 결과적인 모양 / 크기를 결정하는 데 중요하며, 결과적으로 오버행 영역의 마이크로 스케일 형태의 진화에 중요합니다. 또한 분말 입자 사이의 공극, 열 조건 (예 : 에너지 흡수,2019 ; Karimi et al. 2020 ; 노래와 영 2020 ). 표면 거칠기는 (마이크로) 형상 편차를 증가시킬뿐만 아니라 주기적 하중 동안 미세 균열의 시작 지점 역할을함으로써 기계적 강도를 저하시킵니다 (Günther et al. 2018 ). 오버행 영역의 높은 표면 거칠기는 (마이크로) 정확도 / 품질에 대한 엄격한 요구 사항이있는 부품 제조에서 L-PBF의 적용을 제한합니다.

본 연구는 실험 및 시뮬레이션 연구를 사용하여 오버행 영역 (지지물없이 제작)의 미세 형상 편차 형성 메커니즘과 표면 거칠기의 기원을 체계적이고 포괄적으로 조사합니다. 결합 된 DEM-CFD 시뮬레이션 모델은 경계 트랙 윤곽, 분말 접착 및 뒤틀림 변형의 효과를 고려하여 오버행 영역의 용융 풀 역학과 표면 형태의 형성 메커니즘을 나타 내기 위해 개발되었습니다. 표면 거칠기 R의 시뮬레이션 및 단일 요인 L-PBF 인쇄 실험을 사용하여 오버행 각도의 함수로 연구됩니다. 용융 풀의 침몰과 관련된 오버행 영역에서 분말 접착의 세 가지 메커니즘이 식별되고 자세히 설명됩니다. 마지막으로, 인쇄 된 오버행 영역에서 높은 표면 거칠기 문제를 완화 할 수 있는 잠재적 솔루션에 대해 간략하게 설명합니다.

The shape and size of the L-PBF printed samples are illustrated in Figure 1
The shape and size of the L-PBF printed samples are illustrated in Figure 1
Figure 2. Borders in the overhang region depending on the overhang angle θ
Figure 2. Borders in the overhang region depending on the overhang angle θ
Figure 3. (a) Profile of the volumetric heat source, (b) the model geometry of single-track printing on a solid substrate (unit: µm), and (c) the comparison of melt pool dimensions obtained from the experiment (right half) and simulation (left half) for a calibrated optical penetration depth of 110 µm (laser power 200 W and scan speed 800 mm/s, solidified layer thickness 30 µm, powder size 10–45 µm).
Figure 3. (a) Profile of the volumetric heat source, (b) the model geometry of single-track printing on a solid substrate (unit: µm), and (c) the comparison of melt pool dimensions obtained from the experiment (right half) and simulation (left half) for a calibrated optical penetration depth of 110 µm (laser power 200 W and scan speed 800 mm/s, solidified layer thickness 30 µm, powder size 10–45 µm).
Figure 4. The model geometry of an overhang being L-PBF processed: (a) 3D view and (b) right view.
Figure 4. The model geometry of an overhang being L-PBF processed: (a) 3D view and (b) right view.
Figure 5. The cross-sectional contour of border tracks in a 45° overhang region.
Figure 5. The cross-sectional contour of border tracks in a 45° overhang region.
Figure 6. Evolution of melt pool in the overhang region (θ = 45°, P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s, the streamlines are shown by arrows).
Figure 6. Evolution of melt pool in the overhang region (θ = 45°, P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s, the streamlines are shown by arrows).
Figure 7. The overhang contour is contributed by (a) only outer borders when θ ≤ 60° (b) both inner borders and outer borders when θ > 60°.
Figure 7. The overhang contour is contributed by (a) only outer borders when θ ≤ 60° (b) both inner borders and outer borders when θ > 60°.
Figure 8. Schematic of powder adhesion on a 45° overhang region.
Figure 8. Schematic of powder adhesion on a 45° overhang region.
Figure 9. The L-PBF printed samples with various overhang angle (a) θ = 0° (cube), (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 55° and (e) θ = 60°.
Figure 9. The L-PBF printed samples with various overhang angle (a) θ = 0° (cube), (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 55° and (e) θ = 60°.
Figure 10. Two mechanisms of powder adhesion related to the overhang angle: (a) simulation-predicted, θ = 45°; (b) simulation-predicted, θ = 60°; (c, e) optical micrographs, θ = 45°; (d, f) optical micrographs, θ = 60°. (e) and (f) are partial enlargement of (c) and (d), respectively.
Figure 10. Two mechanisms of powder adhesion related to the overhang angle: (a) simulation-predicted, θ = 45°; (b) simulation-predicted, θ = 60°; (c, e) optical micrographs, θ = 45°; (d, f) optical micrographs, θ = 60°. (e) and (f) are partial enlargement of (c) and (d), respectively.
Figure 11. Simulation-predicted surface morphology in the overhang region at different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 60° and (e) θ = 80° (Blue solid lines: simulation-predicted contour; red dashed lines: the planar profile of designed overhang region specified by the overhang angles).
Figure 11. Simulation-predicted surface morphology in the overhang region at different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45°, (d) θ = 60° and (e) θ = 80° (Blue solid lines: simulation-predicted contour; red dashed lines: the planar profile of designed overhang region specified by the overhang angles).
Figure 12. Effect of overhang angle on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions
Figure 12. Effect of overhang angle on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions
Figure 13. Surface morphology of L-PBF printed overhang regions with different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45° and (d) θ = 60° (overhang border parameters: P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s).
Figure 13. Surface morphology of L-PBF printed overhang regions with different overhang angle: (a) θ = 15°, (b) θ = 30°, (c) θ = 45° and (d) θ = 60° (overhang border parameters: P = 100 W, v = 1000 mm/s).
Figure 14. Effect of (a) laser power (scan speed = 1000 mm/s) and (b) scan speed (lase power = 100 W) on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions (θ = 45°, laser power and scan speed referred to overhang border parameters, and the other process parameters are listed in Table 2).
Figure 14. Effect of (a) laser power (scan speed = 1000 mm/s) and (b) scan speed (lase power = 100 W) on surface roughness Ra in overhang regions (θ = 45°, laser power and scan speed referred to overhang border parameters, and the other process parameters are listed in Table 2).

References

  • Cai, Chao, Chrupcala Radoslaw, Jinliang Zhang, Qian Yan, Shifeng Wen, Bo Song, and Yusheng Shi. 2019. “In-Situ Preparation and Formation of TiB/Ti-6Al-4V Nanocomposite via Laser Additive Manufacturing: Microstructure Evolution and Tribological Behavior.” Powder Technology 342: 73–84. doi:10.1016/j.powtec.2018.09.088. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Cai, Chao, Wei Shian Tey, Jiayao Chen, Wei Zhu, Xingjian Liu, Tong Liu, Lihua Zhao, and Kun Zhou. 2021. “Comparative Study on 3D Printing of Polyamide 12 by Selective Laser Sintering and Multi Jet Fusion.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 288 (August 2020): 116882. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2020.116882. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Cai, Chao, Xu Wu, Wan Liu, Wei Zhu, Hui Chen, Jasper Dong Qiu Chua, Chen Nan Sun, Jie Liu, Qingsong Wei, and Yusheng Shi. 2020. “Selective Laser Melting of Near-α Titanium Alloy Ti-6Al-2Zr-1Mo-1V: Parameter Optimization, Heat Treatment and Mechanical Performance.” Journal of Materials Science and Technology 57: 51–64. doi:10.1016/j.jmst.2020.05.004. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Charles, Amal, Ahmed Elkaseer, Lore Thijs, and Steffen G. Scholz. 2020. “Dimensional Errors Due to Overhanging Features in Laser Powder Bed Fusion Parts Made of Ti-6Al-4V.” Applied Sciences 10 (7): 2416. doi:10.3390/app10072416. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Chatham, Camden A., Timothy E. Long, and Christopher B. Williams. 2019. “A Review of the Process Physics and Material Screening Methods for Polymer Powder Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing.” Progress in Polymer Science 93: 68–95. doi:10.1016/j.progpolymsci.2019.03.003. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Du, Yang, Xinyu You, Fengbin Qiao, Lijie Guo, and Zhengwu Liu. 2019. “A Model for Predicting the Temperature Field during Selective Laser Melting.” Results in Physics 12 (November 2018): 52–60. doi:10.1016/j.rinp.2018.11.031. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Duval-Chaneac, M. S., S. Han, C. Claudin, F. Salvatore, J. Bajolet, and J. Rech. 2018. “Experimental Study on Finishing of Internal Laser Melting (SLM) Surface with Abrasive Flow Machining (AFM).” Precision Engineering 54 (July 2017): 1–6. doi:10.1016/j.precisioneng.2018.03.006. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Feng, Shaochuan, Shijie Chen, Amar M. Kamat, Ru Zhang, Mingji Huang, and Liangcai Hu. 2020. “Investigation on Shape Deviation of Horizontal Interior Circular Channels Fabricated by Laser Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 36 (December): 101585. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101585. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Feng, Shaochuan, Chuanzhen Huang, Jun Wang, Hongtao Zhu, Peng Yao, and Zhanqiang Liu. 2017. “An Analytical Model for the Prediction of Temperature Distribution and Evolution in Hybrid Laser-Waterjet Micro-Machining.” Precision Engineering 47: 33–45. doi:10.1016/j.precisioneng.2016.07.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Feng, Shaochuan, Amar M. Kamat, and Yutao Pei. 2021. “Design and Fabrication of Conformal Cooling Channels in Molds: Review and Progress Updates.” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2021.121082. [Crossref], [PubMed], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Flow-3D V11.2 Documentation. 2016. Flow Science, Inc. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Foroozmehr, Ali, Mohsen Badrossamay, Ehsan Foroozmehr, and Sa’id Golabi. 2016. “Finite Element Simulation of Selective Laser Melting Process Considering Optical Penetration Depth of Laser in Powder Bed.” Materials and Design 89: 255–263. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2015.10.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • “Geometrical Product Specifications (GPS) — Surface Texture: Profile Method — Rules and Procedures for the Assessment of Surface Texture (ISO 4288).” 1996. International Organization for Standardization. https://www.iso.org/standard/2096.html. [Google Scholar]
  • Günther, Johannes, Stefan Leuders, Peter Koppa, Thomas Tröster, Sebastian Henkel, Horst Biermann, and Thomas Niendorf. 2018. “On the Effect of Internal Channels and Surface Roughness on the High-Cycle Fatigue Performance of Ti-6Al-4V Processed by SLM.” Materials & Design 143: 1–11. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2018.01.042. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Hopkinson, Neil, and Phill Dickens. 2000. “Conformal Cooling and Heating Channels Using Laser Sintered Tools.” In Solid Freeform Fabrication Conference, 490–497. Texas. doi:10.26153/tsw/3075. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Hu, Zhiheng, Haihong Zhu, Changchun Zhang, Hu Zhang, Ting Qi, and Xiaoyan Zeng. 2018. “Contact Angle Evolution during Selective Laser Melting.” Materials and Design 139: 304–313. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2017.11.002. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Hu, Cheng, Kejia Zhuang, Jian Weng, and Donglin Pu. 2019. “Three-Dimensional Analytical Modeling of Cutting Temperature for Round Insert Considering Semi-Infinite Boundary and Non-Uniform Heat Partition.” International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 155 (October 2018): 536–553. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2019.03.019. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Huang, Yuze, Mir Behrad Khamesee, and Ehsan Toyserkani. 2019. “A New Physics-Based Model for Laser Directed Energy Deposition (Powder-Fed Additive Manufacturing): From Single-Track to Multi-Track and Multi-Layer.” Optics & Laser Technology 109 (August 2018): 584–599. doi:10.1016/j.optlastec.2018.08.015. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Kadirgama, K., W. S. W. Harun, F. Tarlochan, M. Samykano, D. Ramasamy, Mohd Zaidi Azir, and H. Mehboob. 2018. “Statistical and Optimize of Lattice Structures with Selective Laser Melting (SLM) of Ti6AL4V Material.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 97 (1–4): 495–510. doi:10.1007/s00170-018-1913-1. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Kamat, Amar M, and Yutao Pei. 2019. “An Analytical Method to Predict and Compensate for Residual Stress-Induced Deformation in Overhanging Regions of Internal Channels Fabricated Using Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 29 (March): 100796. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2019.100796. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Kamath, Chandrika, Bassem El-Dasher, Gilbert F. Gallegos, Wayne E. King, and Aaron Sisto. 2014. “Density of Additively-Manufactured, 316L SS Parts Using Laser Powder-Bed Fusion at Powers up to 400 W.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 74 (1–4): 65–78. doi:10.1007/s00170-014-5954-9. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Karimi, J., C. Suryanarayana, I. Okulov, and K. G. Prashanth. 2020. “Selective Laser Melting of Ti6Al4V: Effect of Laser Re-Melting.” Materials Science and Engineering A (July): 140558. doi:10.1016/j.msea.2020.140558. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Khairallah, Saad A., and Andy Anderson. 2014. “Mesoscopic Simulation Model of Selective Laser Melting of Stainless Steel Powder.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 214 (11): 2627–2636. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2014.06.001. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Khairallah, Saad A., Andrew T. Anderson, Alexander Rubenchik, and Wayne E. King. 2016. “Laser Powder-Bed Fusion Additive Manufacturing: Physics of Complex Melt Flow and Formation Mechanisms of Pores, Spatter, and Denudation Zones.” Edited by Adedeji B. Badiru, Vhance V. Valencia, and David Liu. Acta Materialia 108 (April): 36–45. doi:10.1016/j.actamat.2016.02.014. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Kuo, C. N., C. K. Chua, P. C. Peng, Y. W. Chen, S. L. Sing, S. Huang, and Y. L. Su. 2020. “Microstructure Evolution and Mechanical Property Response via 3D Printing Parameter Development of Al–Sc Alloy.” Virtual and Physical Prototyping 15 (1): 120–129. doi:10.1080/17452759.2019.1698967. [Taylor & Francis Online], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Le, K. Q., C. H. Wong, K. H. G. Chua, C. Tang, and H. Du. 2020. “Discontinuity of Overhanging Melt Track in Selective Laser Melting Process.” International Journal of Heat and Mass Transfer 162 (December): 120284. doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2020.120284. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Lee, Y. S., and W. Zhang. 2016. “Modeling of Heat Transfer, Fluid Flow and Solidification Microstructure of Nickel-Base Superalloy Fabricated by Laser Powder Bed Fusion.” Additive Manufacturing 12: 178–188. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2016.05.003. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Leitz, K. H., P. Singer, A. Plankensteiner, B. Tabernig, H. Kestler, and L. S. Sigl. 2017. “Multi-Physical Simulation of Selective Laser Melting.” Metal Powder Report 72 (5): 331–338. doi:10.1016/j.mprp.2016.04.004. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Li, Jian, Jing Hu, Yi Zhu, Xiaowen Yu, Mengfei Yu, and Huayong Yang. 2020. “Surface Roughness Control of Root Analogue Dental Implants Fabricated Using Selective Laser Melting.” Additive Manufacturing 34 (September 2019): 101283. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2020.101283. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Li, Yingli, Kun Zhou, Pengfei Tan, Shu Beng Tor, Chee Kai Chua, and Kah Fai Leong. 2018. “Modeling Temperature and Residual Stress Fields in Selective Laser Melting.” International Journal of Mechanical Sciences 136 (February): 24–35. doi:10.1016/j.ijmecsci.2017.12.001. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Mazur, MacIej, Martin Leary, Matthew McMillan, Joe Elambasseril, and Milan Brandt. 2016. “SLM Additive Manufacture of H13 Tool Steel with Conformal Cooling and Structural Lattices.” Rapid Prototyping Journal 22 (3): 504–518. doi:10.1108/RPJ-06-2014-0075. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Mingear, Jacob, Bing Zhang, Darren Hartl, and Alaa Elwany. 2019. “Effect of Process Parameters and Electropolishing on the Surface Roughness of Interior Channels in Additively Manufactured Nickel-Titanium Shape Memory Alloy Actuators.” Additive Manufacturing 27 (October 2018): 565–575. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2019.03.027. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Pakkanen, Jukka, Flaviana Calignano, Francesco Trevisan, Massimo Lorusso, Elisa Paola Ambrosio, Diego Manfredi, and Paolo Fino. 2016. “Study of Internal Channel Surface Roughnesses Manufactured by Selective Laser Melting in Aluminum and Titanium Alloys.” Metallurgical and Materials Transactions A 47 (8): 3837–3844. doi:10.1007/s11661-016-3478-7. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Patterson, Albert E., Sherri L. Messimer, and Phillip A. Farrington. 2017. “Overhanging Features and the SLM/DMLS Residual Stresses Problem: Review and Future Research Need.” Technologies 5 (4): 15. doi:10.3390/technologies5020015. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Roberts, I. A., C. J. Wang, R. Esterlein, M. Stanford, and D. J. Mynors. 2009. “A Three-Dimensional Finite Element Analysis of the Temperature Field during Laser Melting of Metal Powders in Additive Layer Manufacturing.” International Journal of Machine Tools and Manufacture 49 (12–13): 916–923. doi:10.1016/j.ijmachtools.2009.07.004. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Shrestha, Subin, and Kevin Chou. 2018. “Computational Analysis of Thermo-Fluid Dynamics with Metallic Powder in SLM.” In CFD Modeling and Simulation in Materials Processing 2018, edited by Laurentiu Nastac, Koulis Pericleous, Adrian S. Sabau, Lifeng Zhang, and Brian G. Thomas, 85–95. Cham, Switzerland: Springer Nature. doi:10.1007/978-3-319-72059-3_9. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Sing, S. L., and W. Y. Yeong. 2020. “Laser Powder Bed Fusion for Metal Additive Manufacturing: Perspectives on Recent Developments.” Virtual and Physical Prototyping 15 (3): 359–370. doi:10.1080/17452759.2020.1779999. [Taylor & Francis Online], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Šmilauer, Václav, Emanuele Catalano, Bruno Chareyre, Sergei Dorofeenko, Jérôme Duriez, Nolan Dyck, Jan Eliáš, et al. 2015. Yade Documentation. 2nd ed. The Yade Project. doi:10.5281/zenodo.34073. [Crossref], [Google Scholar]
  • Tan, Pengfei, Fei Shen, Biao Li, and Kun Zhou. 2019. “A Thermo-Metallurgical-Mechanical Model for Selective Laser Melting of Ti6Al4V.” Materials & Design 168 (April): 107642. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2019.107642. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Tan, Lisa Jiaying, Wei Zhu, and Kun Zhou. 2020. “Recent Progress on Polymer Materials for Additive Manufacturing.” Advanced Functional Materials 30 (43): 1–54. doi:10.1002/adfm.202003062. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Wang, Xiaoqing, and Kevin Chou. 2018. “Effect of Support Structures on Ti-6Al-4V Overhang Parts Fabricated by Powder Bed Fusion Electron Beam Additive Manufacturing.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 257 (February): 65–78. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.02.038. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Wang, Di, Yongqiang Yang, Ziheng Yi, and Xubin Su. 2013. “Research on the Fabricating Quality Optimization of the Overhanging Surface in SLM Process.” International Journal of Advanced Manufacturing Technology 65 (9–12): 1471–1484. doi:10.1007/s00170-012-4271-4. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Wen, Peng, Maximilian Voshage, Lucas Jauer, Yanzhe Chen, Yu Qin, Reinhart Poprawe, and Johannes Henrich Schleifenbaum. 2018. “Laser Additive Manufacturing of Zn Metal Parts for Biodegradable Applications: Processing, Formation Quality and Mechanical Properties.” Materials and Design 155: 36–45. doi:10.1016/j.matdes.2018.05.057. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Wu, Yu-che, Cheng-hung San, Chih-hsiang Chang, Huey-jiuan Lin, Raed Marwan, Shuhei Baba, and Weng-Sing Hwang. 2018. “Numerical Modeling of Melt-Pool Behavior in Selective Laser Melting with Random Powder Distribution and Experimental Validation.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 254 (November 2017): 72–78. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2017.11.032. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Yadroitsev, I., P. Krakhmalev, I. Yadroitsava, S. Johansson, and I. Smurov. 2013. “Energy Input Effect on Morphology and Microstructure of Selective Laser Melting Single Track from Metallic Powder.” Journal of Materials Processing Technology 213 (4): 606–613. doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2012.11.014. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Yu, Wenhui, Swee Leong Sing, Chee Kai Chua, and Xuelei Tian. 2019. “Influence of Re-Melting on Surface Roughness and Porosity of AlSi10Mg Parts Fabricated by Selective Laser Melting.” Journal of Alloys and Compounds 792: 574–581. doi:10.1016/j.jallcom.2019.04.017. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
  • Zhang, Dongyun, Pudan Zhang, Zhen Liu, Zhe Feng, Chengjie Wang, and Yanwu Guo. 2018. “Thermofluid Field of Molten Pool and Its Effects during Selective Laser Melting (SLM) of Inconel 718 Alloy.” Additive Manufacturing 21 (100): 567–578. doi:10.1016/j.addma.2018.03.031. [Crossref], [Web of Science ®], [Google Scholar]
A new dynamic masking technique for time resolved PIV analysis

A new dynamic masking technique for time resolved PIV analysis

시간 분해 PIV 분석을위한 새로운 동적 마스킹 기술

물체 가시성을 허용하기 위해 형광 코팅과 결합 된 새로운 프리웨어 레이 캐스팅 도구

Journal of Visualization ( 2021 ) 이 기사 인용

Abstract

Time resolved PIV encompassing moving and/or deformable objects interfering with the light source requires the employment of dynamic masking (DM). A few DM techniques have been recently developed, mainly in microfluidics and multiphase flows fields. Most of them require ad-hoc design of the experimental setup, and may spoil the accuracy of the resulting PIV analysis. A new DM technique is here presented which envisages, along with a dedicated masking algorithm, the employment of fluorescent coating to allow for accurate tracking of the object. We show results from measurements obtained through a validated PIV setup demonstrating the need to include a DM step even for objects featuring limited displacements. We compare the proposed algorithm with both a no-masking and a static masking solution. In the framework of developing low cost, flexible and accurate PIV setups, the proposed algorithm is made available through a freeware application able to generate masks to be used by an existing, freeware PIV analysis package.

광원을 방해하는 이동 또는 변형 가능한 물체를 포함하는 시간 해결 PIV는 동적 마스킹 (DM)을 사용해야 합니다. 주로 미세 유체 및 다상 흐름 분야에서 몇 가지 DM 기술이 최근 개발되었습니다. 대부분은 실험 설정의 임시 설계가 필요하며 결과 PIV 분석의 정확도를 떨어 뜨릴 수 있습니다. 여기에는 전용 마스킹 알고리즘과 함께 형광 코팅을 사용하여 물체를 정확하게 추적 할 수있는 새로운 DM 기술이 제시되어 있습니다. 제한된 변위를 특징으로 하는 물체에 대해서도 DM 단계를 포함해야 하는 필요성을 보여주는 검증 된 PIV 설정을 통해 얻은 측정 결과를 보여줍니다. 제안 된 알고리즘을 no-masking 및 static masking 솔루션과 비교합니다. 저비용, 유연하고 정확한 PIV 설정 개발 프레임 워크에서 제안 된 알고리즘은 기존 프리웨어 PIV 분석 패키지에서 사용할 마스크를 생성 할 수 있는 프리웨어 애플리케이션을 통해 사용할 수 있습니다.

Keywords

  • Time resolved PIV, Dynamics masking, Image processing, Vibration inducers, Fluorescent coating

그래픽 개요

소개

PIV (입자 영상 속도계)의 사용은 70 년대 후반 (Archbold 및 Ennos 1972 )이 반점 계측의 확장 (Barker and Fourney 1977 ) 으로 도입된 이래 실험 유체 역학에서 중심적인 역할을 했습니다 . PIV 기술의 기본 아이디어는 유체에 주입된 입자의 속도를 측정하여 유동장을 재구성하는 것입니다. 입자의 크기와 밀도는 확실하게 선택되고 유동을 만족스럽게 따르게 됩니다.

흐름은 레이저 / LED 소스를 통해 조명되고 입자에 의해 산란 된 빛은 추적을 허용합니다. 독자는 리뷰 작품 Grant ( 1997 ), Westerweel et al. ( 2013 년)에 대한 자세한 설명을 참조하십시오. 기본 2D 기술은 고유한 설정으로 발전했으며, 가장 진보 된 것은 단일 / 다중 평면 입체 PIV (Prasad 2000 ) 및 체적 / 단층 PIV (Scarano 2013 )입니다. 광범위한 유동장의 비 침습적 측정이 필요한 산업 및 연구 응용 분야에서 광범위하게 사용되었습니다.

조사된 유동장이 단단한 서있는 경계의 영향을 받는 경우 정적 마스킹 (SM) 접근 방식을 사용하여 PIV 분석을 수행하는 영역에서 솔리드 객체와 그림자가 차지하는 영역을 빼기 위해 주의를 기울여야 합니다. 실제로 이러한 영역에서는 파종 입자를 식별 할 수 없으므로 유속 재구성을 수행 할 수 없습니다. 제대로 처리되지 않으면 이 마스킹 단계는 잘못된 예측으로 이어질 수 있으며, 불행히도 그림자 영역 경계의 근접성에 국한되지 않습니다.

PIV 기술은 획득 프레임 속도를 관심있는 시간 척도로 조정하여 정상 상태 또는 시간 변화 흐름에 적용 할 수 있습니다. 시간의 가변성이 고체 물체의 위치 / 모양과 관련된 경우 이미지를 동적으로 마스킹하기 위해 추가 노력이 필요합니다. 고체 물체뿐만 아니라 다른 유체 단계도 가려야한다는 점에 유의해야합니다 (Foeth et al. 2006). 

이 프로세스는 고체 물체의 움직임이 선험적으로 알려진 경우 비교적 쉬우므로 SM 알고리즘에 대한 최소한의 수정이 목적에 부합 할 수 있습니다. 그러나 고체 물체의 위치 및 / 또는 모양이 알려지지 않은 방식으로 시간에 따라 변할 경우 물체를 동적으로 추적 할 수 있는 마스킹 기술이 필요합니다. PIV 분석을위한 동적 마스킹 (DM) 접근 방식은 현재 상당한 주목을 받고 있습니다 (Sanchis and Jensen 2011 , Masullo 및 Theunissen 2017 , Anders et al. 2019 ) . 시간 분해 PIV 시스템의 확산 덕분에 고속 카메라의 가용성이 높아집니다. 

DM 기술의 주요 발전은 마이크로 PIV 분야에서 비롯됩니다 (Lindken et al. 2009) 마이크로 및 나노 스위 머 (Ergin et al. 2015 ) 및 다상 흐름 (Brücker 2000 , Khalitov 및 Longmire 2002 ) 주변의 유동장을 조사 하려면 정확하고 유연한 알고리즘이 필요합니다. DM 기술은 상용 PIV 분석 소프트웨어 패키지 (TSI Instruments 2014 , DantecDynamics 2018 )에 포함되어 있습니다. 최근 개발 (Vennemann 및 Rösgen 2020 )은 신경망 자동 마스킹 기술의 적용을 예상하지만, 네트워크를 훈련하려면 합성 데이터 세트를 생성해야합니다.

많은 알고리즘은 이미지 처리 기술을 사용하여 개체를 추적하며, 대부분 사용자는 획득 한 이미지에서 추적 할 개체를 강조 표시 할 수있는 임시 실험 설정을 개발해야합니다. 따라서 실험 설정의 설계는 알고리즘의 최종 정확도에 영향을줍니다.

몇 가지 해결책을 구상 할 수 있습니다. 다음에서는 간단한 2D PIV 설정을 참조하지만 대부분의 고려 사항은 더 복잡한 설정으로 확장 할 수 있습니다. PIV 설정에서 객체를 쉽고 정확하게 추적 할 수 있도록 렌더링하는 가장 간단한 방법은 일반적으로 PIV 레이저 시트에 대략 수직 인 카메라를 향한 반사를 최대화하는 방향을 가리키는 추가 광원을 사용하여 조명하는 것입니다. 이 순진한 솔루션과 관련된 주요 문제는 PIV의 ROI (관심 영역)를 비추 지 않고는 광원을 움직이는 물체에만 겨냥하는 것이 사실상 불가능하여 시딩에 의해 산란 된 레이저 광 사이의 명암비를 감소 시킨다는 것입니다. 입자와 어두운 배경.

카메라의 프레임 속도가 높을수록 센서에 닿는 빛의 양이 적다는 사실로 인해 상황이 가혹 해집니다. 고체 물체의 움직임과 유동 입자가 모두 사용 된 설정의 획득 속도에 비해 충분히 느리다면, 가능한 해결책은 레이저 펄스 쌍 사이에 단일 확산 광 샷을 삽입하는 것입니다 (반드시 대칭 삽입은 아님). 그리고 카메라 샷을 둘 모두에 동기화합니다. 각 레이저 커플에서 물체의 위치는 확산 광에 의해 생성 된 이전 샷과 다음 샷의 두 위치를 보간하여 결정될 수 있습니다. 이 접근 방식에는 레이저, 카메라 및 빛을 제어 할 수있는 동기화 장치가 필요합니다.

이 문제에 대한 해결책이 제안되었으며 유체 인터페이스 (Foeth et al. 2006 ; Dussol et al. 2016 ) 의 밝은 반사를 활용 하여 이미지에서 많은 양의 산란 레이저 광을 획득 할 수 있습니다. 고체 표면에는 효과를 높이기 위해 반사 코팅이 제공 될 수 있습니다. 그런 다음 물체는 비정상적으로 큰 입자로 식별되고 경계를 쉽게 추적 할 수 있습니다. 이 솔루션의 단점은 물체 표면에서 산란 된 빛이 레이저 시트에 있지 않은 많은 시딩 입자를 비추어 PIV 분석의 정확도를 점진적으로 저하 시킨다는 것입니다.

위의 접근 방식의 개선은 다른 파장 의 두 번째 동일 평면 레이저 시트 (Driscoll et al. 2003 )를 사용합니다. 첫 번째 레이저 파장을 중심으로 한 좁은 반사 대역. 전체 설정은 매우 비쌀 수 있습니다. 파장 방출의 차이를 이용하여 설정을 저렴하게 만들 수 있습니다. 서로 다른 필터가 장착 된 두 대의 카메라를 적용하면 인터페이스로부터의 반사와 독립적으로 형광 시드 입자를 식별 할 수 있습니다 (Pedocchi et al. 2008 ).

객체의 변위가 작을 때 기본 솔루션은 실제 시간에 따라 변하는 음영 영역에 가장 근접한 하나의 정적 마스크를 추출하는 것입니다. 일반적인 경험 법칙은 예상되는 음영 영역보다 약간 더 크게 마스크를 그려 분석에 포함 된 조명 영역의 양을 단순화하고 최소화하는 것 사이의 최상의 균형을 찾는 것입니다.

본 논문에서는 PIV 분석을위한 DM 문제에 대한 새로운 실험적 접근법을 제안합니다. 우리의 방법은 형광 페인팅을 사용하여 물체를 쉽게 추적 할 수 있도록 하는 기술과 시변 마스크를 생성 할 수있는 특정 오픈 소스 알고리즘을 포함합니다. 이 접근법은 레이저 광에 불투명 한 물체의 큰 변위를 허용함으로써 효과적인 것으로 입증되었습니다. 

우리의 방법인 NM (no-masking)과 SM (static masking) 접근 방식을 비교합니다. 우리의 접근 방식의 타당성을 입증하는 것 외에도 이 백서는 마스킹 단계가 정확한 결과를 얻기 위해 가장 중요하다는 것을 확인합니다. 실제로 물체의 변위가 무시할 수 없는 경우 DM에 대한 리조트는 필수이며 SM 접근 방식은 음영 처리 된 영역의 주변 환경에 국한되지 않는 부정확성을 유발합니다. 

논문의 구조는 다음과 같습니다. 먼저 형광 코팅 기술과 마스킹 소프트웨어를 설명하는 제안된 접근법의 근거를 소개합니다. 그런 다음 PIV 설정에 대한 설명 후 두 벤치 마크 사례를 통해 전체 PIV 체인 분석의 신뢰성을 평가합니다. 그런 다음 제안 된 DM 방법의 결과를 NM 및 SM 솔루션과 비교합니다. 마지막으로 몇 가지 결론이 도출됩니다.

행동 양식

제안 된 DM 기술은 PIV 분석을 위해 캡처 한 동일한 이미지에서 쉽고 정확한 추적 성을 허용하기 위해 움직이는 물체 표면의 형광 코팅을 구상합니다. 물체가 가시화되면 특정 알고리즘이 물체 추적을 수행하고 레이저 위치가 알려지면 (그림 1 참조  ) 음영 영역의 마스킹을 수행합니다.

형광 코팅

코팅은 구조적 매트릭스 에 시판되는 형광 분말 (fluorescein (Taniguchi and Lindsey 2018 ; Taniguchi et al. 2018 )) 의 분산액으로 구성됩니다 . 단단한 물체의 경우 매트릭스는 폴리 에스터 / 에폭시 (대상 재료와의 화학적 호환성에 따라) 투명 수지 일 수 있습니다. 변형 가능한 물체의 경우 매트릭스는 투명한 실리콘 고무로 만들 수 있습니다. 형광 코팅 된 물체는 실행 중에 지속적으로 빛을 방출하기 위해 실험 전에 충분히 오랫동안 조명을 비춰 야합니다. 우리는 4W LED 소스 (그림 2 에서 볼 수 있음)에 20 초 긴 노출이  실험 실행 (몇 초)의 짧은 기간 동안 일관된 형광 방출을 제공하기에 충분하다는 것을 발견했습니다.

우리 실험에서 물체와 입자 크기 사이의 상당한 차이를 감안할 때 전자를 식별하는 것은 간단합니다. 그림  3 은 씨 뿌리기 입자와 물체 모양이 서로 다른 세 번에 겹쳐진 모습을 보여줍니다 (색상은 다른 순간을 나타냄).

대신, 이러한 크기 기반 분류가 가능하지 않은 경우 입자와 물체의 파장을 분리해야합니다. 이러한 분리는 시드 입자에 의해 산란 된 빛과 현저하게 다른 파장에서 방출되는 형광 코팅을 선택하여 달성 할 수 있습니다. 또는 레이저에서 멀리 떨어진 대역에서 방출되는 형광 입자를 이용하는 것 (Pedocchi et al. 2008 ). 두 경우 모두 컬러 이미지 획득의 채널 분리 또는 멀티 카메라 설정의 애드혹 필터링은 물체 식별을 크게 촉진 할 수 있습니다. 우리의 경우에는 그러한 파장 분리를 달성 할 필요가 없습니다. 실제로 형광 코팅의 방출 스펙트럼의 피크는 540nm입니다 (Taniguchi and Lindsey 2018 ; Taniguchi et al. 2018), 사용 된 레이저의 532 nm에 매우 가깝습니다.

마스킹 소프트웨어

DM 용으로 개발 된 알고리즘 은 무료 PIV 분석 패키지 PIVlab (Thielicke 2020 , Thielicke 및 Stamhuis 2014 ) 과 함께 작동하도록 고안된 오픈 소스 프리웨어 GUI 기반 도구 (Prestininzi 및 Lombardi 2021 )입니다. 이것은 세 단계의 순차적 실행으로 구성됩니다 (그림 1 에서 a–b–c라고 함 ). 첫 번째 단계 (a)는 장면에서 레이저 위치를 찾는 데 사용됩니다 (즉, 소스의 좌표를 계산합니다. 장애물에 부딪히는 빛); 두 번째 항목 (b)은 개체 위치를 추적하고 각 프레임의 음영 영역을 계산합니다. 세 번째 항목 (c)은 추적 된 개체 영역과 음영 처리 된 개체 영역을 PIV 알고리즘을위한 단일 마스크로 병합합니다.

각 단계에 대한 자세한 내용은 다음과 같습니다.

  1. (ㅏ)레이저 위치는 프레임 (즉, 획득 한 프레임의 시야 (FOV)) 내에서 가시적 일 수도 있고 아닐 수도 있습니다. 전자의 경우 사용자는 GUI에서 레이저 소스를 클릭하여 찾기 만하면됩니다. 후자의 경우, 사용자는 음영 영역의 경계에 속하는 두 개의 세그먼트 (두 쌍의 점)를 그리도록 요청받습니다. 그러면 FOV 외부에있는 레이저 위치가 두 선의 교차점으로 계산됩니다. 세그먼트로 구성됩니다. 개체 그림자는 ROI 프레임 상자에 도달하는 것으로 간주됩니다.
  2. (비)레이저 위치가 알려지면 물체 추적은 다음과 같이 수행됩니다. 각 프레임의 하나의 채널 (이 경우 RGB 색상 공간이 사용되기 때문에 녹색 채널이지만 GUI는 선호하는 채널을 지정할 수 있음)은 다음과 같습니다. 로컬 적응 임계 값을 사용하여 이진화 됨 (Bradley and Roth 2007), 후자는 이웃 주변의 로컬 평균 강도를 사용하여 각 픽셀에 대해 계산됩니다. 그런 다음 입자와 물체로 구성된 이진 이미지가 영역으로 변환됩니다. 우리 실험에 존재하는 유일한 장애물은 모든 입자에 비해 더 큰 크기를 기준으로 식별됩니다. 다른 전략은 이전에 논의되었습니다. 그런 다음 장애물 영역의 경계 다각형은 사용자 정의 포인트 밀도로 결정됩니다. 여기에서는 그림자 결정을 위해 광선 투사 (RC) 접근 방식을 채택했습니다. RC는 컴퓨터 그래픽을 기반으로하는 “경 운송 모델링”의 틀에 속합니다. 수치 적으로 정확한 그림자를 제공하기 때문에 여기에서 선택됩니다. 정확도는 떨어지지 만 주로 RC의 계산 부하를 줄이는 것을 목표로하는 몇 가지 다른 방법이 개발되었습니다.2015 ), 여기서 간략히 회상합니다. 각 프레임 (명확성을 위해 여기에 색인화되지 않음)에 대해 광선아르 자형나는 j아르 자형나는제이레이저 위치 L 에서 i 번째 정점 으로 캐스트됩니다.피나는 j피나는제이의 J 오브젝트의 경계 다각형 일; 목표는피나는 j피나는제이 하위 집합에 속 ㅏ제이ㅏ제이 레이저에 의해 직접 조명되는 경계 정점의 피나는 j피나는제이 에 추가됩니다 ㅏ제이ㅏ제이 만약 아르 자형나는 j아르 자형나는제이 적어도 한쪽을 교차 에스k j에스케이제이( j 번째 개체 경계 다각형 의 모든면에 걸쳐있는 k )피나는 j피나는제이 (그것이 교차로 큐나는 j k큐나는제이케이 레이저 위치와 정점 사이에 있지 않습니다. 피나는 j피나는제이). 두 개의 광선, 즉ρ1ρ1 과 ρ2ρ2추가면을 가로 지르지 않는는 저장됩니다.
  3. (씨)일단 정점 세트, 즉 ㅏ제이ㅏ제이 레이저에 의해 직접 비춰지고 식별되었으며 ROI 프레임 상자의 음영 부분은 후자와 교차하여 결정됩니다. ρ1ρ1 과 ρ2ρ2. 두 교차점은 다음에 추가됩니다.ㅏ제이ㅏ제이. 점으로 둘러싸인 영역ㅏ제이ㅏ제이 마침내 마스크로 변환됩니다.

레이저 소스가 여러 개인 경우 각각에 RC 알고리즘을 적용해야하며 음영 영역의 결합이 수행됩니다. 레이 캐스팅 절차의 의사 코드는 Alg에보고됩니다. 1.

그림
그림 1
그림 1

DM 검증

이 섹션에서는 제안 된 DM으로 수행 된 PIV 측정과 두 가지 다른 접근 방식, 즉 no-masking (NM)과 static masking (SM) 간의 비교를 제시합니다.

그림 2
그림 2
그림 3
그림 3

실험 설정

진동 유도기 (VI)의 성능을 분석하기 위해 PIV 설정을 설계하고 현재 DM 기술을 개발했습니다 (Curatolo et al. 2019 , 2020 ). 후자는 비 맥동 ​​유체 흐름에서 역류에 배치 된 캔틸레버의 규칙적이고 넓은 진동을 유도 할 수있는 윙렛입니다. 이러한 VI는 캔틸레버의 끝에 장착되며 (그림 2 참조   ) 진동 운동의 어느 지점에서든 캔틸레버의 중립 구성을 향해 양력을 생성 할 수있는 두 개의 오목한 날개가 있습니다.

VI는 캔틸레버 표면에 장착 된 압전 패치를 사용하여 고정 유체 흐름에서 기계적 에너지 추출을 향상시킬 수 있습니다. 그림 2 에서 강조된 날개의 전체 측면 가장자리는  Sect에 설명 된 사양에 따라 형광 페인트로 코팅되어 있습니다. 2.1 . 실험은 Roma Tre University 공학부 수력 학 실험실의 자유 표면 채널에서 수행됩니다. 10.8cm 길이의 캔틸레버는 채널의 중심선에 배치되고 상류로 향하며 수직-세로 평면에서 진동합니다. 세라믹 페 로브 스카이 트 (PZT) 압전 패치 (7××캔틸레버의 윗면에는 Physik Instrumente (PI)에서 만든 3cm)가 부착되어 있습니다. 흐름 유도 진동 하에서 변형으로 인해 AC 전압 차이를 제공합니다. VI 왼쪽 날개의 수직 중앙면에있는 2D 속도 필드는 수제 수중 PIV 장비를 통해 얻었습니다.각주1 연속파, 저비용, 저전력 (150mW), 녹색 (532nm) 레이저 빔이 2mm 두께의 부채꼴 시트에 퍼집니다.120∘120∘그림 2 와 같이 VI의 한쪽 날개를 절반으로 교차 합니다. 물은 평균 직경이 100 인 폴리 아미드 입자로 시드됩니다.μμm 및 1016 Kg / m의 밀도삼삼. 레이저 소스는 VI의 15cm 위쪽 (자유 표면 아래 약 4cm)과 VI의 하류 5cm에 경사지게 배치됩니다.5∘5∘상류. 위의 설정은 주로 날개의 후류를 조사하기 위해 고안되었습니다. 날개의 상류면과 하류 부분의 일부는 레이저 시트에 직접 맞지 않습니다. 레이저 시트에 수직으로 촬영하는 고속 상용 카메라 (Sony RX100 M5)를 사용하여 동영상을 촬영합니다. 후자는 1920의 프레임 크기로 500fps의 높은 프레임 속도 모드로 기록됩니다.×× 1080px, 나중에 더 작은 655로 잘림 ××이미지 분석 중에 분석 할 850px ROI. 시간 해결, 프리웨어, 오픈 소스, MatLab 용 PIV 분석 도구가 사용됩니다 (Thielicke and Stamhuis 2014 ). 이 도구는 질의 영역 (IA) 변형 (우리의 경우 64×× 64, 32 ×× 32 및 26 ××26). 각 패스에서 각 IA의 경계와 모서리에서 추가 변위 정보를 얻기 위해 인접한 IA 사이에 50 %의 중첩이 허용됩니다. 첫 번째 통과 후, 입자 변위 정보가 보간되어 IA의 모든 픽셀의 변위를 도출하고 그에 따라 변형됩니다.

시딩 입자 수 밀도는 첫 번째 패스에서 IA 당 약 5입니다. Keane과 Adrian ( 1992 )에 따르면 이러한 밀도 값은 95 % 유효한 탐지 확률을 보장합니다. IA는 프레임 커플 내에서 입자의 충분한 영구성을 보장하기 위해 크기가 조정됩니다. 분석 된 유동 역학은 0.4 ~ 0.7m / s 범위의 유동 속도를 특징으로합니다. 따라서 입자는 권장 최소값 인 2 프레임 (Keane and Adrian 1992 ) 보다 큰 약 3-4 프레임의 세 번째 패스 IA에 나타납니다 .

PIV 체인 분석 평가

사용 된 PIV 알고리즘의 정확성은 이전에 문헌에서 광범위하게 평가되었습니다 (예 : Guérin et al. ( 2020 ), Vennemann and Rösgen ( 2020 ), Mohammadshahi et al. ( 2020 ), Narayan et al. ( 2020 )). 그러나 PIV 측정의 물리적 일관성을 보장하기 위해 두 가지 벤치 마크 사례가 여기에 나와 있습니다.

첫 번째는 Sect에 설명 된 동일한 PIV 설정을 통해 측정 된 세로 유속의 수직 프로파일을 비교합니다. 3.1 분석 기준 용액이있는 실험 채널에서. 후자는 플로팅 트레이서로 수행되는 PTV (입자 추적 속도계) 측정을 통해 보정되었습니다. 분석 속도 프로파일은 Eq. 1 (Keulegan 1938 ).u ( z) =유∗[5.75 로그(지δ) +8.5];유(지)=유∗[5.75로그⁡(지δ)+8.5];(1)

여기서 u 는 수평 유속 성분, z 는 수직 좌표,δδ 침대 거칠기 및 V∗V∗ 균일 한 흐름 공식에 의해 주어진 것으로 가정되는 마찰 속도, 즉 유∗= U/ C유∗=유/씨; U 는 깊이 평균 유속이고 C 는 다음 과 같이 주어진 마찰 계수입니다.씨= 5.75로그( 13.3에프R / δ)씨=5.75로그⁡(13.3에프아르 자형/δ), R = 0.2아르 자형=0.2 m은 유압 반경이고 에프= 0.92에프=0.92유한 폭 채널의 형상 계수. 그림  4 는 4 초의 시간 창에 걸쳐 순간 값을 평균화하여 얻은 분석 프로필과 PIV 측정 간의 비교를 보여줍니다. 국부적 인 변동은 대략 0.5 초의 시간 척도에서 진화하는 것으로 밝혀졌습니다. PTV 결과에 가장 적합하면 다음과 같은 값이 산출됩니다.δ= 1δ=1cm, 베드 거칠기의 경우 Eq. 1 , 실험 채널 침대 표면의 실제 조건과 호환됩니다. VI의 휴지 구성 위치에서 유속의 분석 값은 그림에서 검은 색 십자가로 표시됩니다. 비교는 놀라운 일치를 보여 주므로 실험 설정과 PIV 알고리즘의 조합이 분석 된 설정에 대해 신뢰할 수있는 것으로 간주 될 수 있음을 증명합니다.

두 번째 벤치 마크는 VI 뒷면에 재 부착 된 흐름의 양을 비교합니다. 실제로 이러한 장치의 높은 캠버를 고려할 때 흐름은 하류 표면에서 분리되어 결국 다시 연결됩니다. 첨부 흐름을 나타내는 표면의 양 (Curatolo 외. 발견 2020 ) 흥미로운 압전 패치 (즉, 효율이 큰 경우에 더 빠르게 진동이 유발되는 것이다)에서 VI의 효율과 상관된다. 여기에서는 PIV 분석을 통해 측정 된 진동의 상사 점에서 재 부착 된 흐름의 길이를 CFD (전산 유체 역학) 상용 코드 FLOW-3D® (Flow Science 2019 )로 예측 한 길이와 비교하여 RANS를 해결합니다. 결합 식 (비어 스톡스 레이놀즈 평균) 케이 -ϵϵ구조화 된 그리드의 난류 폐쇄 (시뮬레이션을 위해 1mm 간격이 선택됨). 다운 스트림 측면의 흐름은 이러한 높은 캠버 VI를 위해 여러 위치에서 분리 및 재 부착됩니다. 이 벤치 마크에서 비교 된 양은 VI의 앞쪽 가장자리와 가장 가까운 흐름 재 부착 위치 사이의 호 길이입니다. 그림 5를 참조  하면 CFD 모델에 의해 예측 된 호의 길이는 측정 된 호의 길이보다 10 % 더 큽니다. 이 작업에 제시된 DM 기술을 사용하는 PIV 분석은 물리적으로 건전한 측정을 제공하는 것으로 입증됩니다. 후류의 유체 역학에 대한 자세한 분석과 VI의 전반적인 효율성과의 상관 관계는 현재 진행 중이며 향후 작업의 대상이 될 것입니다.

그림 4
그림 4
그림 5
그림 5

결과

그림 6을 참조하여  순간 유속 장의 관점에서 세 가지 접근법의 결과를 비교합니다. 선택한 순간은 진동의 상사 점에 해당합니다.

제안 된 DM (그림 6 의 패널 a  )은 부드러운 유동장을 생성하여 후류에서 일관된 소용돌이 구조를 나타냅니다.

NM 접근법 (그림 6 의 패널 b1  )도 후류의 와류 구조를 정확하게 예측하지만 음영 영역에서 대부분 부정확 한 값을 산출합니다. 또한 비교에서 합리적인 기준을 추론 할 수 없기 때문에 획득 한 유동장 의 사후 필터링이 실현 가능하지 않다는 것이 분명합니다 . 실제로 유속은 그림 6 의 패널 c1에서 볼 수 있듯이 가장 큰 오류가 생성되는 위치에서도 “합리적인”크기를 갖습니다. , DM 및 NM 접근 방식으로 얻은 속도 필드 간의 차이가 표시됩니다. 더욱이 후류에서 발생하는 매우 불안정한 소용돌이 운동이 이러한 위치에 가깝게 이동하기 때문에 그럴듯한 흐름 방향을 가정하더라도 필터링 기준을 공식화 할 수 없습니다. 모델러가 그러한 부정확성을 알고 있었다하더라도 NM 접근법은 “합리적”이지만 여전히 날개의 내부 현과 그 바로 아래에있는 유동장의 대부분은 부정확합니다. 이러한 행동은 매우 오해의 소지가 있습니다.

그림 6 의 패널 b2는  SM 접근법으로 얻은 유속 장을 보여주고 패널 c2는 SM과 DM 접근법으로 얻은 결과 간의 차이를 보여줍니다. SM 접근법은 NM 대응 물에 비해 전반적으로 더 나은 정확도를 명확하게 보여 주지만, 이는 레이저 소스의 위치가 진동 중에 음영 영역이 많이 움직이지 않기 때문입니다 (그림 3 참조). 한 번의 진동 동안 VI가 경험 한 최대 변위를 육안으로 검사합니다. 즉, 분석 된 사례의 경우 정적 마스크를 그리기위한 중립 구성을 선택하면 NM 접근 방식보다 낮은 오류를 얻을 수 있습니다. 더 큰 물체 변위를 포함하는 실험 설정은 NM이 일관되게 더 정확해질 수 있기 때문에 NM보다 SM의 우월성은 일반화 될 수 없음을 강조하고 싶습니다.

그림  6 은 분석 된 접근법에 의해 생성 된 차이를 철저히 보여 주지만 결과에 대한보다 정량적 인 평가를 제공하기 위해 오류의 빈도 분포를 계산했습니다. 그림 7 에서 이러한 분포를  살펴보면 SM 접근법이 NM보다 전체적인 예측이 더 우수하고 SM 분포가 더 정점에 있음을 확인합니다. 그럼에도 불구하고 SM은 여전히 ​​비정상적인 강도의 스파이크를 생성합니다. 분포의 꼬리로 표시되는 이러한 값은 정적 마스크 범위의 과대 평가 (왼쪽 꼬리) 및 과소 평가 (오른쪽 꼬리)에 연결됩니다. 그러나 주파수의 크기는 고려되는 경우에 SM과 NM의 적용 가능성을 배제하여 DM에 대한 리조트를 의무적으로 만듭니다.

그림 6
그림 6
그림 7
그림 7

결론

이 작업에서는 PIV 분석 도구에 DM (Dynamic Masking) 모듈을 제공하기위한 새로운 실험 기법을 제시합니다. 동적 마스킹은 유체 흐름에 잠긴 불투명 이동 / 변형 가능한 물체를 포함하는 시간 해결 PIV 설정에서 필요한 단계입니다. 마스킹 알고리즘과 함께 형광 코팅을 사용하여 물체를 정확하게 추적 할 수 있습니다. 우리는 제안 된 DM과 두 가지 다른 접근 방식, 즉 no-masking (NM)과 static masking (SM)을 비교하여 자체적으로 설계된 저비용 PIV 설정을 통해 수행 된 측정을 제시합니다. 분석 된 유동 역학은 고체 물체의 제한된 변위를 포함하지만 정량적 비교는 DM 기술을 채택해야하는 필수 필요성을 보여줍니다. 여기에서 정확성이 입증 된 현재의 실험적 접근 방식은

메모

  1. 1.실험 데이터 세트는 PIV 분석의 복제를 허용하기 위해 요청시 제공됩니다.

참고 문헌

  1. Anders S, Noto D, Seilmayer M, Eckert S (2019) 스펙트럼 랜덤 마스킹 : 다상 흐름에서 piv를위한 새로운 동적 마스킹 기술. Experim 유체 60 (4) : 1–6 Google 학술 검색 
  2. Archbold E, Ennos A (1972) 이중 노출 레이저 사진에서 변위 측정. Optica Acta Int J Opt 19 (4) : 253–271 Google 학술 검색 
  3. Barker D, Fourney M (1977) 얼룩 패턴으로 유체 속도 측정. Opt Lett 1 (4) : 135–137 Google 학술 검색 
  4. Bradley D, Roth G (2007) 적분 이미지를 사용한 적응 형 임계 값. J 그래프 도구 12 (2) : 13–21 Google 학술 검색 
  5. Brücker C (2000) Piv의 다상 흐름. 입자 이미지 유속계 및 관련 기술, 강의 시리즈, p 1
  6. Case N (2015) 시력 및 조명. GitHub 저장소. https://github.com/ncase/sight-and-light
  7. Curatolo M, La Rosa M, Prestininzi P (2019) 바이 모르 프 압전 캔틸레버의 굽힘에서 평면 상태 가정의 타당성. J Intell Mater Syst Struct 30 (10) : 1508–1517 Google 학술 검색 
  8. Curatolo M, Lombardi V, Prestininzi P (2020) 얇은 압전 캔틸레버의 유동 유도 진동 향상 : 실험 분석. In : River Flow 2020— 유체 유압에 관한 국제 회의 절차
  9. DantecDynamics : DynamicStudio 6.4 (2018) https://www.dantecdynamics.com/dynamicstudio-6-4-release-with-new-dynamic-masking-add-on/
  10. Driscoll K, Sick V, Gray C (2003) 고밀도 연료 ​​스프레이에서 동시 공기 / 연료 위상 piv 측정. Experim 유체 35 (1) : 112–115 Google 학술 검색 
  11. Dussol D, Druault P, Mallat B, Delacroix S, Germain G (2016) 불안정한 인터페이스, 거품 및 움직이는 구조를 포함하는 piv 이미지에 대한 자동 동적 마스크 추출. Comptes Rendus Mécanique 344 (7) : 464–478 Google 학술 검색 
  12. Ergin F, Watz B, Wadhwa N (2015) 장거리 micropiv를 사용하여 작은 평영 수영 선수 주변의 픽셀 정확도 동적 마스킹 및 흐름 측정. 에서 : 입자 이미지 유속계 -PIV15에 관한 제 11 회 국제 심포지엄. 캘리포니아 주 산타 바바라, 9 월, 14 ~ 16 쪽
  13. Flow Science I (2019) FLOW-3D, 버전 12.0. 산타페, NM https://www.flow3d.com/
  14. Foeth EJ, Van Doorne C, Van Terwisga T, Wieneke B (2006) 시간은 3d 시트 캐비테이션의 piv 및 유동 시각화를 해결했습니다. Experim 유체 40 (4) : 503–513 Google 학술 검색 
  15. Grant I (1997) 입자 이미지 속도 측정 : 리뷰. Proc Inst Mech Eng CJ Mech Eng Sci 211 (1) : 55–76 Google 학술 검색 
  16. Guérin A, Derr J, Du Pont SC, Berhanu M (2020) 흐르는 물막에 의해 생성 된 Streamwise 용해 패턴. Phys Rev Lett 125 (19) : 194502 Google 학술 검색 
  17. Keane RD, Adrian RJ (1992) piv 이미지의 상호 상관 분석 이론. Appl Sci Res 49 (3) : 191–215 Google 학술 검색 
  18. Keulegan GH (1938) 열린 수로에서 난류의 법칙, vol. 21. 미국 표준 국 (National Bureau of Standards)
  19. Khalitov D, Longmire EK (2002) 2 개 매개 변수 위상 차별에 의한 동시 2 상 piv. Experim 유체 32 (2) : 252–268 Google 학술 검색 
  20. Lindken R, Rossi M, Große S, Westerweel J (2009) 미세 입자 영상 속도계 (piv) : 최근 개발, 응용 및 지침. 랩 칩 9 (17) : 2551–2567 Google 학술 검색 
  21. Masullo A, Theunissen R (2017) 픽셀 강도 통계를 기반으로 한 piv 이미지 분석을위한 자동화 된 마스크 생성. Experim 유체 58 (6) : 70 Google 학술 검색 
  22. Mohammadshahi S, Samsam-Khayani H, Cai T, Kim KC (2020) 수로에서 진동하는 제트의 흐름 특성과 열 전달에 대한 실험 및 수치 연구. Int J 열 유체 흐름 86 : 108701 Google 학술 검색 
  23. Narayan S, Moravec DB, Dallas AJ, Dutcher CS (2020) 4 채널 미세 유체 유체 역학 트랩에서 물방울 모양 이완. Phys Rev Fluids 5 (11) : 113603 Google 학술 검색 
  24. Pedocchi F, Martin JE, García MH (2008) 입자 이미지 속도계를 사용하는 대규모 실험을위한 저렴한 형광 입자. Experim 유체 45 (1) : 183–186 Google 학술 검색 
  25. Prasad AK (2000) 입체 입자 영상 유속계. Experim 유체 29 (2) : 103–116 Google 학술 검색 
  26. Prestininzi P, Lombardi V (2021) DM @ PIV. https://it.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/75398-dm-piv . MATLAB Central 파일 교환. 2021 년 5 월 6 일 확인
  27. Sanchis A, Jensen A (2011) 자유 표면 흐름에서 라돈 변환을 사용한 piv 이미지의 동적 마스킹. Experim 유체 51 (4) : 871–880 Google 학술 검색 
  28. Scarano F (2013) Tomographic piv : 원리와 실행. Meas Sci Technol 24 (1)
  29. Taniguchi M, Lindsey JS (2018) photochemcad에 사용하기위한> 300 개의 일반적인 화합물의 흡수 및 형광 스펙트럼 데이터베이스. Photochem Photobiol 94 (2) : 290–327 Google 학술 검색 
  30. Taniguchi M, Du H, Lindsey JS (2018) Photochemcad 3 : 다중 스펙트럼 데이터베이스를 사용한 광 물리 계산을위한 다양한 모듈. Photochem Photobiol 94 (2) : 277–289 Google 학술 검색 
  31. Thielicke W (2020) PIVlab (2020). https://www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral/fileexchange/27659-pivlab-particle-image-velocimetry-piv-tool . MATLAB Central 파일 교환. 5 월 8 일 확인
  32. Thielicke W, Stamhuis E (2014) PIVlab-matlab의 사용자 친화적이고 저렴하며 정확한 디지털 입자 이미지 속도계를 지향합니다. J Open Res Softw 2 (1)
  33. TSI Instruments (2014) PIV 이미지에 대한 동적 마스킹. TSI Incorporated 애플리케이션 노트 PIV-018
  34. Vennemann B, Rösgen T (2020) 컨볼 루션 오토 인코더를 사용하는 입자 이미지 속도 측정을위한 동적 마스킹 기술. Experim 유체 61 (7) : 1–11 Google 학술 검색 
  35. Westerweel J, Elsinga GE, Adrian RJ (2013) 복잡하고 난류 흐름에 대한 입자 이미지 유속계. Ann Rev Fluid Mech 45 (1) : 409–436. https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev-fluid-120710-101204MathSciNet  수학 Google 학술 검색 

참조 다운로드

자금

CRUI-CARE 계약에 따라 Università degli Studi Roma Tre가 제공하는 오픈 액세스 자금.

작가 정보

제휴

  1. 이탈리아 Roma, Università Roma Tre 공학과Valentina Lombardi, Michele La Rocca, Pietro Prestininzi

교신 저자

Valentina Lombardi에 대한 서신 .

추가 정보

발행인의 메모

Springer Nature는 출판 된지도 및 기관 소속의 관할권 주장과 관련하여 중립을 유지합니다.

오픈 액세스이 기사는 크리에이티브 커먼즈 저작자 표시 4.0 국제 라이선스에 따라 사용이 허가되었습니다.이 라이선스는 귀하가 원저자와 출처에 대해 적절한 크레딧을 제공하는 한 모든 매체 또는 형식으로 사용, 공유, 개작, 배포 및 복제를 허용합니다. 크리에이티브 커먼즈 라이센스에 대한 링크를 제공하고 변경 사항이 있는지 표시합니다. 이 기사의 이미지 또는 기타 제 3 자 자료는 자료에 대한 크레딧 라인에 달리 명시되지 않는 한 기사의 크리에이티브 커먼즈 라이선스에 포함됩니다. 자료가 기사의 크리에이티브 커먼즈 라이센스에 포함되어 있지 않고 의도 된 사용이 법적 규정에 의해 허용되지 않거나 허용 된 사용을 초과하는 경우 저작권 보유자로부터 직접 허가를 받아야합니다. 이 라이센스의 사본을 보려면 다음을 방문하십시오.http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ .

재판 및 허가

이 기사에 대해

이 기사 인용

Lombardi, V., Rocca, ML & Prestininzi, P. 시간 분해 PIV 분석을위한 새로운 동적 마스킹 기술. J Vis (2021). https://doi.org/10.1007/s12650-021-00756-0

인용 다운로드

이 기사 공유

다음 링크를 공유하는 사람은 누구나이 콘텐츠를 읽을 수 있습니다.공유 가능한 링크 받기

Springer Nature SharedIt 콘텐츠 공유 이니셔티브 제공

키워드

  • 시간 해결 PIV
  • 역학 마스킹
  • 이미지 처리
  • 진동 유도제
  • 형광 코팅
Modeling of contactless bubble–bubble interactions in microchannels with integrated inertial pumps

Modeling of contactless bubble–bubble interactions in microchannels with integrated inertial pumps

통합 관성 펌프를 사용하여 마이크로 채널에서 비접촉식 기포-기포 상호 작용 모델링

Physics of Fluids 33, 042002 (2021); https://doi.org/10.1063/5.0041924 B. Hayesa) G. L. Whitingb), and  R. MacCurdyc)

ABSTRACT

In this study, the nonlinear effect of contactless bubble–bubble interactions in inertial micropumps is characterized via reduced parameter one-dimensional and three-dimensional computational fluid dynamics (3D CFD) modeling. A one-dimensional pump model is developed to account for contactless bubble-bubble interactions, and the accuracy of the developed one-dimensional model is assessed via the commercial volume of fluid CFD software, FLOW-3D. The FLOW-3D CFD model is validated against experimental bubble dynamics images as well as experimental pump data. Precollapse and postcollapse bubble and flow dynamics for two resistors in a channel have been successfully explained by the modified one-dimensional model. The net pumping effect design space is characterized as a function of resistor placement and firing time delay. The one-dimensional model accurately predicts cumulative flow for simultaneous resistor firing with inner-channel resistor placements (0.2L < x < 0.8L where L is the channel length) as well as delayed resistor firing with inner-channel resistor placements when the time delay is greater than the time required for the vapor bubble to fill the channel cross section. In general, one-dimensional model accuracy suffers at near-reservoir resistor placements and short time delays which we propose is a result of 3D bubble-reservoir interactions and transverse bubble growth interactions, respectively, that are not captured by the one-dimensional model. We find that the one-dimensional model accuracy improves for smaller channel heights. We envision the developed one-dimensional model as a first-order rapid design tool for inertial pump-based microfluidic systems operating in the contactless bubble–bubble interaction nonlinear regime

이 연구에서 관성 마이크로 펌프에서 비접촉 기포-기포 상호 작용의 비선형 효과는 감소 된 매개 변수 1 차원 및 3 차원 전산 유체 역학 (3D CFD) 모델링을 통해 특성화됩니다. 비접촉식 기포-버블 상호 작용을 설명하기 위해 1 차원 펌프 모델이 개발되었으며, 개발 된 1 차원 모델의 정확도는 유체 CFD 소프트웨어 인 FLOW-3D의 상용 볼륨을 통해 평가됩니다.

FLOW-3D CFD 모델은 실험적인 거품 역학 이미지와 실험적인 펌프 데이터에 대해 검증되었습니다. 채널에 있는 두 저항기의 붕괴 전 및 붕괴 후 기포 및 유동 역학은 수정 된 1 차원 모델에 의해 성공적으로 설명되었습니다. 순 펌핑 효과 설계 공간은 저항 배치 및 발사 시간 지연의 기능으로 특징 지어집니다.

1 차원 모델은 내부 채널 저항 배치 (0.2L <x <0.8L, 여기서 L은 채널 길이)로 동시 저항 발생에 대한 누적 흐름과 시간 지연시 내부 채널 저항 배치로 지연된 저항 발생을 정확하게 예측합니다. 증기 방울이 채널 단면을 채우는 데 필요한 시간보다 큽니다.

일반적으로 1 차원 모델 정확도는 저수지 근처의 저항 배치와 1 차원 모델에 의해 포착되지 않는 3D 기포-저수지 상호 작용 및 가로 기포 성장 상호 작용의 결과 인 짧은 시간 지연에서 어려움을 겪습니다. 채널 높이가 작을수록 1 차원 모델 정확도가 향상됩니다. 우리는 개발 된 1 차원 모델을 비접촉 기포-기포 상호 작용 비선형 영역에서 작동하는 관성 펌프 기반 미세 유체 시스템을 위한 1 차 빠른 설계 도구로 생각합니다.

REFERENCES

1.S. Hassan and X. Zhang, “ Design and fabrication of capillary-driven flow device for point-of-care diagnostics,” Biosensors 10, 39 (2020). https://doi.org/10.3390/bios10040039, Google ScholarCrossref
2.Q. Shizhi and H. Bau, “ Magneto-hydrodynamics based microfluidics,” Mech. Res. Commun. 36, 10 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.mechrescom.2008.06.013, Google ScholarCrossref
3.N. Mishchuk, T. Heldal, T. Volden, J. Auerswald, and H. Knapp, “ Micropump based on electroosmosis of the second kind,” Electrophoresis 30, 3499 (2009). https://doi.org/10.1002/elps.200900271, Google ScholarCrossref
4.J. Snyder, J. Getpreecharsawas, D. Fang, T. Gaborski, C. Striemer, P. Fauchet, D. Borkholder, and J. McGrath, “ High-performance, low-voltage electroosmotic pumps with molecularly thin silicon nanomembranes,” Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. U. S. A. 110, 18425–18430 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1073/pnas.1308109110, Google ScholarCrossref
5.K. Vinayakumar, G. Nadiger, V. Shetty, S. Dinesh, M. Nayak, and K. Rajanna, “ Packaged peristaltic micropump for controlled drug delivery application,” Rev. Sci. Instrum. 88, 015102 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1063/1.4973513, Google ScholarScitation, ISI
6.D. Duffy, H. Gillis, J. Lin, N. Sheppard, and G. Kellogg, “ Microfabricated centrifugal microfluidic systems: Characterization and multiple enzymatic assays,” Anal. Chem. 71, 4669 (1999). https://doi.org/10.1021/ac990682c, Google ScholarCrossref
7.V. Gnyawali, M. Saremi, M. Kolios, and S. Tsai, “ Stable microfluidic flow focusing using hydrostatics,” Biomicrofluidics 11, 034104 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1063/1.4983147, Google ScholarScitation, ISI
8.J. Lake, K. Heyde, and W. Ruder, “ Low-cost feedback-controlled syringe pressure pumps for microfluidics applications,” PLoS One 12, e0175089 (2017). https://doi.org/10.1371/journal.pone.0175089, Google ScholarCrossref
9.M. I. Mohammed, S. Haswell, and I. Gibson, “ Lab-on-a-chip or chip-in-a-lab: Challenges of commercialization lost in translation,” Procedia Technology 20, 54–59 (2015), proceedings of The 1st International Design Technology Conference, DESTECH2015, Geelong. Google ScholarCrossref
10.E. Torniainen, A. Govyadinov, D. Markel, and P. Kornilovitch, “ Bubble-driven inertial micropump,” Phys. Fluids 24, 122003 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1063/1.4769755, Google ScholarScitation, ISI
11.H. Hoefemann, S. Wadle, N. Bakhtina, V. Kondrashov, N. Wangler, and R. Zengerle, “ Sorting and lysis of single cells by bubblejet technology,” Sens. Actuators, B 168, 442–445 (2012). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.snb.2012.04.005, Google ScholarCrossref
12.B. Hayes, A. Hayes, M. Rolleston, A. Ferreira, and J. Kirsher, “ Pulsatory mixing of laminar flow using bubble-driven micro-pumps,” in Proceedings of the ASME 2018 International Mechanical Engineering Congress and Exposition (2018), Vol. 7. Google ScholarCrossref
13.E. Ory, H. Yuan, A. Prosperetti, S. Popinet, and S. Zaleski, “ Growth and collapse of a vapor bubble in a narrow tube,” Phys. Fluids 12, 1268 (2000). https://doi.org/10.1063/1.870381, Google ScholarScitation, ISI
14.Z. Yin and A. Prosperetti, “‘ Blinking bubble’ micropump with microfabricated heaters,” J. Micromech. Microeng. 15, 1683 (2005). https://doi.org/10.1088/0960-1317/15/9/010, Google ScholarCrossref
15.M. Einat and M. Grajower, “ Microboiling measurements of thermal-inkjet heaters,” J. Microelectromech. Syst. 19, 391 (2010). https://doi.org/10.1109/JMEMS.2010.2040946, Google ScholarCrossref
16.A. Govyadinov, P. Kornilovitch, D. Markel, and E. Torniainen, “ Single-pulse dynamics and flow rates of inertial micropumps,” Microfluid. Nanofluid. 20, 73 (2016). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10404-016-1738-x, Google ScholarCrossref
17.E. Sourtiji and Y. Peles, “ A micro-synthetic jet in a microchannel using bubble growth and collapse,” Appl. Therm. Eng. 160, 114084 (2019). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.applthermaleng.2019.114084, Google ScholarCrossref
18.B. Hayes, A. Govyadinov, and P. Kornilovitch, “ Microfluidic switchboards with integrated inertial pumps,” Microfluid. Nanofluid. 22, 15 (2018). https://doi.org/10.1007/s10404-017-2032-2, Google ScholarCrossref
19.P. Kornilovitch, A. Govyadinov, D. Markel, and E. Torniainen, “ One-dimensional model of inertial pumping,” Phys. Rev. E 87, 023012 (2013). https://doi.org/10.1103/PhysRevE.87.023012, Google ScholarCrossref
20.H. Yuan and A. Prosperetti, “ The pumping effect of growing and collapsing bubbles in a tube,” J. Micromech. Microeng. 9, 402–413 (1999). https://doi.org/10.1088/0960-1317/9/4/318, Google ScholarCrossref
21.J. Zou, B. Li, and C. Ji, “ Interactions between two oscillating bubbles in a rigid tube,” Exp. Therm. Fluid Sci. 61, 105 (2015). https://doi.org/10.1016/j.expthermflusci.2014.10.021, Google ScholarCrossref
22.C. Hirt and B. Nichols, “ Volume of fluid (vof) method for the dynamics of free boundaries,” J. Comput. Phys. 39, 201–225 (1981). https://doi.org/10.1016/0021-9991(81)90145-5, Google ScholarCrossref
23.C. Borgnakke and R. E. Sonntag, Fundamentals of Thermodynamics, 8th ed. ( Wiley, 1999). Google Scholar
24.O. E. Ruiz, “ CFD model of the thermal inkjet droplet ejection process,” in Proceeding of Heat Transfer Summer Conference (2007), Vol. 3. Google ScholarCrossref
25.T. Theofanous, L. Biasi, H. Isbin, and H. Fauske, “ A theoretical study on bubble growth in constant and time-dependent pressure fields,” Chem. Eng. Sci. 24, 885–897 (1969). https://doi.org/10.1016/0009-2509(69)85008-6, Google ScholarCrossref
26.S. Timoshenko and J. Goodier, Theory of Elasticity, 3rd ed. ( McGaw-Hill, Inc., 1970). Google Scholar

Figure 2. Experimental setups for the (a) Al/Cu overlap joint and (b) laser welding process.

Investigation on Laser Welding of Al Ribbon to Cu Sheet: Weldability, Microstructure, and Mechanical and Electrical Properties

알루미늄 리본과 구리 시트의 레이저 용접에 대한 조사 : 용접성, 미세 구조, 기계적 및 전기적 특성

Won‐Sang Shin 1,†, Dae‐Won Cho 2,†, Donghyuck Jung 1, Heeshin Kang 3, Jeng O Kim 3, Yoon‐Jun Kim 1,*
and Changkyoo Park 3,*

Al 리본과 Cu 시트의 펄스 레이저 용접은 전력 전자 모듈의 전기적 상호 연결에 대해 조사되었습니다. 결함 없는 Al / Cu 조인트를 얻기 위해 레이저 출력, 스캔 속도 및 열 입력이 서로 다른 다양한 실험 조건이 사용되었습니다. Al / Cu 레이저 용접 중에 금속 간 화합물이 용접 영역에 형성되었습니다. 전자 탐침 마이크로 분석기와 투과 전자 현미경으로 Al4Cu9, Al2Cu, AlCu 등으로 밝혀진 금속 간 화합물의 상을 확인했습니다. 전산 유체 역학 시뮬레이션은 Marangoni 효과가 용융 풀의 순환을 유도하여 혼합물을 생성하는 것으로 나타났습니다. Al과 Cu의 결합과 Al / Cu 조인트에서 소용돌이 모양의 구조 형성. Al / Cu 접합부의 인장 전단강도와 전기 저항을 측정하였으며 용접 면적과 강한 상관 관계를 보였다. Al / Cu 접합부의 용접 면적이 증가함에 따라 기계적 강도의 감소와 전기 저항의 증가가 측정 되었습니다. 또한 무결점 Al / Cu 접합을 위한 공정 창을 개발하고 Al / Cu 레이저 브레이즈 용접을 위한 실험 조건을 조사하여 Al / Cu 접합에서 금속 간 화합물 형성을 최소화했습니다.

Introduction

전기 상호 연결은 전력 전자 모듈을 패키징하는 데 중요합니다. 우수한 기계적 및 전기적 특성을 가진 견고한 전기적 상호 연결은 전력 전자 모듈의 전기적 고장을 방지하는 데 필수적입니다. 저항 스폿 용접, 브레이징, 납땜 및 초음파 용접 (USW)이 전기 상호 연결에 사용되었습니다.

납땜과 납땜 모두 저온 공정으로 인해 접합부에서 한계 변형과 잔류 응력이 발생합니다 [1]. 필러 합금은 두 공정 모두 견고한 전기 접촉을 달성하는 데 필수적입니다. 따라서 조인트는 서로 접촉하는 서로 다른 금속으로 구성됩니다.

결과적으로 조인트는 부식 환경에서 갈바닉 부식에 취약 할 수 있습니다 [2,3]. 더욱이, 비금속과 충전재 사이의 친화도를 고려해야 하기 때문에 제한된 충전재 만 특정 조인트에 사용할 수 있습니다 [1]. USW는 용접 온도가 낮고 용접 시간이 짧기 때문에 접합부의 변형이 비교적 적습니다.

따라서 이는 특히 연질 재료 (예 : Al, Cu, Ag, Au 및 Ni)의 경우 기존 접합 방법을 대체하고 있습니다 [4–6]. 그러나 Cu를위한 USW 공정의 경우, 표면 산화물이 강해 용접성이 저하되는 것을 방지하기 위해 Cu 표면에 Sn 또는 Ni 코팅이 필요하며, 이는 공정 속도를 늦추고 산업적 응용을위한 경제적 측면을 악화시킨다 [7 , 8].

레이저 용접은 쉬운 제어, 고정밀 및 원격 처리의 특성으로 인해 전력 전자 모듈의 전기 연결에 대한 유망한 후보입니다. 열의 영향을 받는 작은 영역과 변형은 전기 접점의 손상을 최소화 할 것으로 예상됩니다 [9-11]. 또한 레이저 용접을 위해 추가 표면 준비가 필요하지 않습니다.

이종 재료의 용접은 산업 응용 분야에서 중요했습니다. 더욱이 그림 1 [12,13]에서 볼 수 있듯이 전기 연결을위한 와이어 또는 리본 본딩에 여러 다른 조인트가 필요하기 때문에 전력 전자 모듈에서 필수적인 기술이되고 있습니다.

전기 접점의 다양한 조합 중에서 Al과 Cu는 높은 전기 전도성으로 인해 전기 연결에 중요한 재료로 종종 간주됩니다 [14]. 그러나 Al과 Cu의 서로 다른 용접은 금속 간 화합물 (IMC)의 형성을 촉진하고 동시에 Al / Cu 조인트의 기계적 및 전기적 특성에 영향을 줍니다. 일반적으로 Al / Cu 조인트 내부에 IMC가 있으면 연성 및 전기 저항에 해를 끼치므로 균열이 쉽게 발생하고 용접을 통한 전기 전도도를 방해합니다 [15,16].

따라서 견고한 Al / Cu 조인트를 얻으려면 IMC의 형성을 피해야합니다. 여러 연구에서 Al 및 Cu 시트의 레이저 빔 용접을 조사했습니다. 연속파 (CW) 레이저가 Al / Cu 조인트에 사용되었습니다 [17-23]. 큰 열 입력과 상당한 IMC 형성으로 인해 용접 영역에서 많은 균열이 관찰되었습니다 [18,19].

CW 레이저 빔의 공간 진동은 Al / Cu 조인트의 용접 품질을 향상시키는 것으로 나타났습니다. 직선 CW 레이저 빔 [18-20]과 비교하여 용접 영역에서 IMC 크기가 더 작은 기공과 균열이 더 적습니다.

Al과 Cu 시트의 겹침 접합에는 CW 단일 모드 파이버 레이저를 사용했으며, IMC 형성을 억제하여 높은 용접 속도 (즉, 50m / min)에서 견고한 Al / Cu 접합을 얻었습니다 [22]. Mai et al. [23]은 다른 Al / Cu 용접을 달성하기 위해 펄스 레이저를 사용했습니다.

그들은 Al / Cu 용접성이 레이저 공정 매개 변수에 크게 의존한다는 것을 밝혔으며 100mm / min 미만의 스캔 속도에서 균열없는 Al / Cu 접합을 달성하는 데 성공했습니다.

본문 내용 생략 : 문서 하단부의 원문보기를 참고하시기 바랍니다.

Figure 1. Schematic diagram of the insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBT) power module. Red‐dotted box indicated the electrical connections
Figure 1. Schematic diagram of the insulated gate bipolar transistors (IGBT) power module. Red‐dotted box indicated the electrical connections
Figure 2. Experimental setups for the (a) Al/Cu overlap joint and (b) laser welding process.
Figure 2. Experimental setups for the (a) Al/Cu overlap joint and (b) laser welding process.
Figure 3. Schematic diagram of the numerical simulation domain and boundary conditions.
Figure 3. Schematic diagram of the numerical simulation domain and boundary conditions.
Figure 4. Experimental setup for the four‐point electrical resistance measurement.
Figure 4. Experimental setup for the four‐point electrical resistance measurement.
Figure 5. Cross‐sectional OM image of the Al/Cu joints in parallel to the laser welding direction. The laser power and scan speed were set at 2300 W and 20 mm/s, respectively.
Figure 5. Cross‐sectional OM image of the Al/Cu joints in parallel to the laser welding direction. The laser power and scan speed were set at 2300 W and 20 mm/s, respectively.
Figure 6 shows the cross‐sectional SEM images of the Al/Cu joints, and corresponding EPMA element mapping of Al and Cu for the (a) 23/20, (b) 25/28.6, (c) 25/15.4, and (d) 27/20.
Figure 6 shows the cross‐sectional SEM images of the Al/Cu joints, and corresponding EPMA element mapping of Al and Cu for the (a) 23/20,
Figure 6. Cross‐sectional SEM image and elemental distribution mapping of Al and Cu elements for the (a) 23/20, (b) 25/28.6, (c) 25/15.4, and (d) 27/20.
Figure 6. Cross‐sectional SEM image and elemental distribution mapping of Al and Cu elements for the (d) 27/20.
Figure 7. EPMA line scan analysis and identification of the IMCs for the (a) 23/20 and (b) 25/15.4.
Figure 7. EPMA line scan analysis and identification of the IMCs for the (a) 23/20 and (b) 25/15.4.
Figure 8. TEM analysis for the 25/28.6. (a) Indicating the location of TEM analysis in SEM image of the welding zone. (b) TEM bright‐field image and SAED pattern insets, examined at the location (1) in figure (a), confirmed Al‐rich phase (white globular shape) and Al2Cu eutectic phase (gray region), and (c) TEM bright‐field image and SAED pattern inset of Al4Cu9, examined at the location (2) in figure (a).
Figure 8. TEM analysis for the 25/28.6. (a) Indicating the location of TEM analysis in SEM image of the welding zone. (b) TEM bright‐field image and SAED pattern insets, examined at the location (1) in figure (a), confirmed Al‐rich phase (white globular shape) and Al2Cu eutectic phase (gray region), and (c) TEM bright‐field image and SAED pattern inset of Al4Cu9, examined at the location (2) in figure (a).
Figure 9. Temperature profiles and molten pool flow on transverse cross‐section (y–z plane at x = 1.23 cm): (a) Negative surface tension gradient for the 23/20 (Case 1), (b) negative surface tension gradient for the 25/15.4 (Case 2), (c) positive surface tension gradient for the 25/15.4 (Case 3), and (d) without surface tension for the 25/15.4 (Case 4).
Figure 9. Temperature profiles and molten pool flow on transverse cross‐section (y–z plane at x = 1.23 cm): (a) Negative surface tension gradient for the 23/20 (Case 1), (b) negative surface tension gradient for the 25/15.4 (Case 2), (c) positive surface tension gradient for the 25/15.4 (Case 3), and (d) without surface tension for the 25/15.4 (Case 4).
Figure 12. Results of the tensile shear tests for the (a) 23/20: fracture at the Al ribbon and (b) 25/15.4: fracture at the weld
Figure 12. Results of the tensile shear tests for the (a) 23/20: fracture at the Al ribbon and (b) 25/15.4: fracture at the weld
Figure 13. Stress–strain curves obtained by the tensile shear tests.
Figure 13. Stress–strain curves obtained by the tensile shear tests.

References

  1. Schwartz, M.M.; Aircraft, S. Introduction to Brazing and Soldering. ASM Int. 2018, 6, doi.org/10.31399/asm.hb.v06.a0001344.
  2. Vianco, P.T. Corrosion issues in solder joint design and service. Weld. J. 1999, 78, 39–46.
  3. Shi, Y.; Li, J.; Zhang, G.; Huang, J.; Gu, Y. Corrosion Behavior of Aluminum‐Steel Weld‐Brazing Joint. J. Mater. Eng. Perform.
    2016, 25, 1916–1923, doi:10.1007/s11665‐016‐2020‐9.
  4. Harman, G.G. Wire Bonding in Microelectronics: Materials, Processes, Reliability and Yield, 3rd ed; McGraw‐Hill Education: New
    York, NY, USA, 2010; ISBN 9780071642651.
  5. Aonuma, M.; Nakata, K. Dissimilar metal joining of ZK60 magnesium alloy and titanium by friction stir welding. Mater. Sci.
    Eng. B Solid State Mater. Adv. Technol. 2012, 177, 543–548, doi:10.1016/j.mseb.2011.12.031.
  6. Sasaki, T.; Watanabe, T.; Hosokawa, Y.; Yanagisawa, A. Analysis for relative motion in ultrasonic welding of aluminium sheet.
    Sci. Technol. Weld. Jt. 2012, 18, 19–24, doi:10.1179/1362171812Y.0000000066.
  7. Maeda, M.; Sato, T.; Inoue, N.; Yagi, D.; Takahashi, Y. Anomalous microstructure formed at the interface between copper ribbon
    and tin‐deposited copper plate by ultrasonic bonding. Microelectron. Reliab. 2011, 51, 130–136, doi:10.1016/j.microrel.2010.05.009.
  8. Maeda, M.; Yagi, D.; Takahashi, Y. Interfacial microstructure between copper ribbon and nickel‐coated copper plate formed by
    ultrasonic bonding. Q. J. Jpn. Weld. Soc. 2013, 31, 188–191, doi:10.2207/qjjws.31.188s.
  9. Sun, Z.; Ion, J.C. Laser welding of dissimilar metal combinations. J. Mater. Sci. 1995, 30, 4205–4214, doi:10.1007/BF00361499.
  10. Yan, S.; Hong, Z.; Watanabe, T.; Jingguo, T. CW/PW dual‐beam YAG laser welding of steel/aluminum alloy sheets. Opt. Lasers
    Eng. 2010, 48, 732–736, doi:10.1016/j.optlaseng.2010.03.015.
  11. Mehlmann, B.; Gehlen, E.; Olowinsky, A.; Gillner, A. Laser micro welding for ribbon bonding. Phys. Procedia 2014, 56, 776–781,
    doi:10.1016/j.phpro.2014.08.085.
  12. Nwanoro, K.C.; Lu, H.; Yin, C.; Bailey, C. An analysis of the reliability and design optimization of aluminium ribbon bonds in
    power electronics modules using computer simulation method. Microelectron. Reliab. 2018, 87, 1–14,
    doi:10.1016/j.microrel.2018.05.013.
  13. Li, H.; Cao, B.; Yang, J.W.; Liu, J. Modeling of resistance heat assisted ultrasonic welding of Cu‐Al joint. J. Mater. Process. Technol.
    2018, 256, 121–130, doi:10.1016/j.jmatprotec.2018.02.008.
  14. Davis, J.R. Copper and Copper Alloys. In ASM Speciality Handbook; ASM International: Almere, The Netherlands, 2001; ISBN
    2001022956
  1. Rabkin, D.M.; Ryabov, V.R.; Lozovskaya, A.V.; Dovzhenko, V.A. Preparation and properties of copper‐aluminum intermetallic
    compounds. Sov. Powder Metall. Met. Ceram. 1970, 9, 695–700, doi:10.1007/BF00803820.
  2. Chen, C.Y.; Chen, H.L.; Hwang, W.S. Influence of interfacial structure development on the fracture mechanism and bond
    strength of aluminum/copper bimetal plate. Mater. Trans. 2006, 47, 1232–1239, doi:10.2320/matertrans.47.1232.
  3. Schmidt, P.A.; Schweier, M.; Zaeh, M.F. Joining of lithium‐ion batteries using laser beam welding: Electrical losses of welded
    aluminum and copper joints. J. Laser Appl. 2012, 915, doi:10.2351/1.5062563.
  4. Smith, S.; Blackburn, J.; Gittos, M.; De Bono, P.; Hilton, P. Welding of dissimilar metallic materials using a scanned laser beam.
    J. Laser Appl. 2013, 493, doi:10.2351/1.5062921.
  5. Solchenbach, T.; Plapper, P. Mechanical characteristics of laser braze‐welded aluminium‐copper connections. Opt. Laser Technol.
    2013, 54, 249–256, doi:10.1016/j.optlastec.2013.06.003.
  6. Kraetzsch, M.; Standfuss, J.; Klotzbach, A.; Kaspar, J.; Brenner, B.; Beyer, E. Laser Beam Welding with High‐Frequency Beam
    Oscillation: Welding of Dissimilar Materials with Brilliant Fiber Lasers. Phys. Procedia 2011, 12, 142–149,
    doi:10.1016/j.phpro.2011.03.018.
  7. Solchenbach, T.; Plapper, P.; Cai, W. Electrical performance of laser braze‐welded aluminum‐copper interconnects. J. Manuf.
    Process. 2014, 16, 183–189, doi:10.1016/j.jmapro.2013.12.002.
  8. Lee, S.J.; Nakamura, H.; Kawahito, Y.; Katayama, S. Effect of welding speed on microstructural and mechanical properties of
    laser lap weld joints in dissimilar Al and Cu sheets. Sci. Technol. Weld. Jt. 2014, 19, 111–118, doi:10.1179/1362171813Y.0000000168.
  9. Mai, T.A.; Spowage, A.C. Characterisation of dissimilar joints in laser welding of steel‐kovar, copper‐steel and copper‐
    aluminium. Mater. Sci. Eng. A 2004, 374, 224–233, doi:10.1016/j.msea.2004.02.025.
  10. Zhang, G.; Takahashi, Y.; Heng, Z.; Takashima, K.; Misawa, K. Ultrasonic weldability of al ribbon to cu sheet and the dissimilar
    joint formation mode. Mater. Trans. 2015, 56, 1842–1851, doi:10.2320/matertrans.M2015251.
  11. Zhu, B.; Zhen, L.; Xia, H.; Su, J.; Niu, S.; Wu, L.; Tan, C.; Chen, B. Effect of the scanning path on the nanosecond pulse laser
    welded Al/Cu lapped joint. Opt. Laser Technol. 2021, 139, 106945, doi.org/10.1016/j.optlastec.2021.106945.
  12. Kumar, A.; Gupta, M.P.; Banerjee, J.; Neogy, S.; Keskar, N.; Bhatt, R.B.; Behere, P.G.; Biswas, D.J. Micro‐Welding of Stainless
    Steel and Copper Foils Using a Nano‐Second Pulsed Fiber Laser. Lasers Manuf. Mater. Process. 2019, 6, 158–172,
    doi.org/10.1007/s40516‐019‐00088‐w.
  13. Trinh, L.N.; Lee, D. The Characteristics of Laser Welding of a Thin Aluminum Tab and Steel Battery Case for Lithium‐Ion
    Battery. Metals 2020, 10, 842, doi.org/10.3390/met10060842.
  14. Cho, D.W.; Park, J.H.; Moon, H.S. A study on molten pool behavior in the one pulse one drop GMAW process using
    computational fluid dynamics. Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 2019, 139, 848–859, doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2019.05.038.
  15. Cho, W.I.; Na, S.J.; Cho, M.H.; Lee, J.S. Numerical study of alloying element distribution in CO2 laser‐GMA hybrid welding.
    Comput. Mater. Sci. 2010, 49, 792–800, doi:10.1016/j.commatsci.2010.06.025.
  16. Cho, D.W.; Kiran, D.V.; Na, S.J. Analysis of molten pool behavior by flux‐wall guided metal transfer in low‐current submerged
    arc welding process. Int. J. Heat Mass Transf. 2017, 110, 104–112, doi:10.1016/j.ijheatmasstransfer.2017.02.060.
  17. Cho, W.‐I.; Na, S.‐J. Impact of Wavelengths of CO2, Disk, and Green Lasers on Fusion Zone Shape in Laser Welding of Steel. J.
    Weld. Jt. 2020, 38, 235–240, doi:10.5781/jwj.2020.38.3.1.
  18. Sim, A.; Chun, E.J.; Cho, D.W. Numerical Simulation of Surface Softening Behavior for Laser Heat Treated Cu‐Bearing Medium
    Carbon Steel. Met. Mater. Int. 2020, 26, 1207–1217, doi:10.1007/s12540‐019‐00577‐9.
  19. Jarwitz, M.; Fetzer, F.; Weber, R.; Graf, T. Weld seam geometry and electrical resistance of laser‐welded, aluminum‐copper
    dissimilar joints produced with spatial beam oscillation. Metals 2018, 8, 510, doi:10.3390/met8070510.
  20. Weigl, M.; Albert, F.; Schmidt, M. Enhancing the ductility of laser‐welde copper‐aluminum connections by using adapted filler
    materia. Phys. Procedia 2011, 12, 335–341, doi:10.1016/j.phpro.2011.03.141.
  21. Chen, J.; Lai, Y.S.; Wang, Y.W.; Kao, C.R. Investigation of growth behavior of Al‐Cu intermetallic compounds in Cu wire
    bonding. Microelectron. Reliab. 2011, 51, 125–129, doi:10.1016/j.microrel.2010.09.034.
  22. Chen, H.; Yang, L.; Long, J. First‐principles investigation of the elastic, Vickers hardness and thermodynamic properties of Al‐
    Cu intermetallic compounds. Superlattices Microstruct. 2015, 79, 156–165, doi:10.1016/j.spmi.2014.11.005.
  23. Liu, H.J.; Shen, J.J.; Zhou, L.; Zhao, Y.Q.; Liu, C.; Kuang, L.Y. Microstructural characterisation and mechanical properties of
    friction stir welded joints of aluminium alloy to copper. Sci. Technol. Weld. Jt. 2011, 16, 92–99,
    doi:10.1179/1362171810Y.0000000007.
  24. Hug, E.; Bellido, N. Brittleness study of intermetallic (Cu, Al) layers in copper‐clad aluminium thin wires. Mater. Sci. Eng. A
    2011, 528, 7103–7106, doi:10.1016/j.msea.2011.05.077.
  25. Braunović, M.; Alexandrov, N. Intermetallic Compounds At Aluminum‐To‐Copper Electrical Interfaces: Effect of Temperature
    And Electric Current. IEEE Trans. Compon. Packag. Manuf. Technol. Part A 1994, 17, 78–85, doi:10.1109/95.296372.
  26. Lee, W.B.; Bang, K.S.; Jung, S.B. Effects of intermetallic compound on the electrical and mechanical properties of friction welded
    Cu/Al bimetallic joints during annealing. J. Alloys Compd. 2005, 390, 212–219, doi:10.1016/j.jallcom.2004.07.057.
Figure 7. Formation of incident and reflected waves.

Investigate Impact Force of Dam-Break Flow against Structures by Both 2D and 3D Numerical Simulations

2D 및 3D 수치 시뮬레이션에 의한 댐 붕괴유동의 구조물 충격력 조사

1 Faculty of Water Resources Engineering, Thuyloi University, 175 Tay Son, Dong Da, Ha Noi 116705, Vietnam
2 Hydraulic Construction Institute, 3/95 Chua Boc, Dong Da, Ha Noi 116705, Vietnam
* Author to whom correspondence should be addressed.
Academic Editor: Costanza Aricò
Water 2021, 13(3), 344;

Abstract

본 논문의 목적은 일부 2D 및 3D 수치 모델이 침수 지역에 고립된 건물 또는 건물 배열이 있는 곳에서 홍수 파동을 시뮬레이션하는 능력을 조사하는 것이었습니다.

먼저, 제안된 2D 수치 모델은 구조화된 메시에서 2D 천수(shallow water) 방정식(2D-SWEs)을 해결하기 위한 유한 볼륨 방법(FVM)을 기반으로 했습니다.

FDS (flux-difference splitting)은 정확한 질량 균형을 얻기 위해 사용되었고 Roe 체계는 Riemann 문제를 근사하기 위해 호출되었습니다.

둘째, 상업적으로 이용 가능한 3D CFD 소프트웨어 패키지가 선택되었으며, 여기에는 두 가지 난류 모델이 포함된 Flow 3D 모델이 포함되어 있습니다.

RNG(Renormalized Group) 및 LES(Large-eddy Simulation)를 사용하는 레이놀즈 평균 Navier-Stokes(RAN)입니다. 댐 붕괴 흐름으로 인한 장애물에 대한 충격력의 수치 결과는 3D 솔루션이 2D 솔루션보다 훨씬 낫다는 것을 보여주었습니다.

건물 배열에 작용하는 충격력의 3D 수치 힘 결과를 보유하고 있는 실험 데이터와 비교함으로써, 속도 유도력이 동적 힘에 미치는 영향은 Froude 숫자의 함수와 사고 파동의 수심 함수에 의해 정량화 되었습니다. 또한, 우리는 힘의 강도의 피크 값의 3D 계산 결과에 대한 초기 물 단계와 댐 붕괴 폭의 영향을 조사했습니다.

The aim of this paper was to investigate the ability of some 2D and 3D numerical models to simulate flood waves in the presence of an isolated building or building array in an inundated area. Firstly, the proposed 2D numerical model was based on the finite-volume method (FVM) to solve 2D shallow-water equations (2D-SWEs) on structured mesh. The flux-difference splitting method (FDS) was utilized to obtain an exact mass balance while the Roe scheme was invoked to approximate Riemann problems. Secondly, the 3D commercially available CFD software package was selected, which contained a Flow 3D model with two turbulent models: Reynolds-averaged Navier-Stokes (RANs) with a renormalized group (RNG) and a large-eddy simulation (LES). The numerical results of an impact force on an obstruction due to a dam-break flow showed that a 3D solution was much better than a 2D one. By comparing the 3D numerical force results of an impact force acting on building arrays with the existence experimental data, the influence of velocity-induced force on a dynamic force was quantified by a function of the Froude number and the water depth of the incident wave. Furthermore, we investigated the effect of the initial water stage and dam-break width on the 3D-computed results of the peak value of force intensity.

Keywords: dam-break wave2D numerical modelFlow 3D modelstructuresimpact force

Introduction

홍수 위험 분석에 따른 도시 계획은 최근에 큰 연구 과제였습니다.

건물 또는 건물 그룹에 대한 홍수 파동의 영향에 대한 연구는 하류 지역에 대한 조기 경고 또는 안전 의식 향상에 중요한 역할을 했습니다. 기본적으로 댐 파괴 흐름에 대한 연구는 실험 측정이나 수치 시뮬레이션을 통해 추정 할 수 있습니다 [1,2,3,4,5,6].

컴퓨터 처리 능력의 증가로 인해 불연속 흐름에 대한 수치 연구가 비용 효율적이되었습니다. 지난 10 년 동안 천수(shallow water) 솔버는 정확성과 계산 능력면에서 크게 향상되었습니다. 침수 가능 지역의 수심 및 속도 프로파일과 같은 유체 역학적 매개 변수에 많은주의를 기울였습니다 [1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8].

Migot et al. [9]는 도시 홍수의 실험적 모델링에 관한 많은 기사를 검토했습니다. 그 논문에 언급 된 45 개의 작품 중 단 4 개의 프로젝트 만이 장애물에 가해지는 일정한 또는 비정상적인 흐름의 힘 또는 압력을 측정했습니다.

또한 물리적 및 2D 수치 모델에서 건물 또는 건물 그룹에 돌발 홍수가 미치는 영향에 대한 연구는 거의 없었습니다. 천수(shallow water) 모델은 [10,11]에서 고립된 장애물에 대한 충격의 힘을 예측하는데 사용되었습니다.

한편 Shige-eda [12]는 액체와 건물 배열 간의 상호 작용을 결정하기 위해 물리적 모델과 2D 수치 체계를 선택했습니다. Aureli와 Shige-eda는 수직 속도와 가속도를 무시하기 때문에 댐 파괴 흐름의 힘을 추정하기 위한 2D 천수(shallow water) 방정식 (SWE)의 단점을 보여주었습니다 [10,12].

Migot [9]은 또한 장애물 주변의 시뮬레이션된 홍수 흐름에 대한 2D SWE에 대한 여러 출판물이 있었지만 이 주제에 대한 3D 수치 모델에 대한 연구는 거의 없다고 지적했습니다. 최근 전산 유체 역학 (CFD) 3D 시뮬레이션은 유체 흐름과 관련된 문제를 해결하기위한 광범위한 도구가되었습니다.

댐 파괴 파의 특성은 [13,14,15,16]에 의해 주목되었고 Issakhov [17]는 다양한 종류의 장애물이 압력 분포에 미치는 영향을 조사하기 위해 CFD 방법을 사용했습니다. 그들은 분포가 댐 표면에서 3 배 더 낮다는 것을 밝혔다.

Aureli [10]는 댐 파괴 파가 구조물에 미치는 영향의 정적 힘을 평가하기 위해 실험 테스트와 2D 및 3D 수치 모델을 사용했습니다. Mokarani [18]는 댐 브레이크 흐름 영향의 VOF 시뮬레이션에서 피크 압력 안정성 조건을 연구했습니다.

앞서 언급한 작품에서 구조물이나 구조물 군에 작용하는 힘은 압력에 의한 정 수력 또는 정력이었다. 한편, 급류에서 속도로 인한 힘은 압력 력보다 크거나 같았습니다 [19]. Armanini [20]는 정상 흐름에 대해이 항을 추정하기 위한 분석적 표현 만을 제시했습니다. 우리가 아는 한, 건물 그룹에 작용하는 비정상 흐름의 동적 힘을 생성하기 위해 2D 및 3D 수학적 모델을 모두 사용하는 작업은 없습니다.

따라서 본 연구에서는 제안된 2D 수치 모델과 3D 수학적 모델 모두에 의해 고립 된 장애물 또는 장애물 그룹에 대한 급격한 비정상 흐름의 테스트 사례를 재현했습니다. 수심 및 유속 수문 그래프와 같은 몇 가지 수력 학적 특성이 추정되었으며 측정 된 데이터와 매우 잘 일치했습니다.

특히 댐 브레이크 흐름이 서로 다른 건물에 가하는 동적인 힘도 시뮬레이션했습니다. 속도 유도 힘이 동적 힘에 미치는 영향 수준을 나타내는 매개 변수는 Froude 수와 입사 파동의 수심의 함수인 것으로 밝혀졌습니다. 또한 붕괴된 댐 사이트 폭 (b)과 초기 수위 (h0)는 충격력의 최대 값에 영향을 미치는 변수로 고려되었습니다.

Figure 1. (a) Configuration of experiment test (dimension in meters); (b) Gauges on the vertical front face of building.
Figure 1. (a) Configuration of experiment test (dimension in meters); (b) Gauges on the vertical front face of building.
Figure 2. (a) Distributed pressure profiles at centerline of front face of column; (b) Comparison of load-time histories simulated by different numerical models
Figure 2. (a) Distributed pressure profiles at centerline of front face of column; (b) Comparison of load-time histories simulated by different numerical models
Figure 3. Group of buildings in flooded area.
Figure 3. Group of buildings in flooded area.
Figure 4. Water depth and u-velocity profiles at gauge b.
Figure 4. Water depth and u-velocity profiles at gauge b.
Figure 5. Water hydrographs at gauges a and c.
Figure 5. Water hydrographs at gauges a and c.
Figure 6. Velocity component profiles at gauges a and c.
Figure 6. Velocity component profiles at gauges a and c.
Figure 7. Formation of incident and reflected waves.
Figure 7. Formation of incident and reflected waves.
Figure 8. Snapshots of streamlines of Froude number at different times: 1.0 s, 2.0 s, 5.0 s and 10 s.
Figure 8. Snapshots of streamlines of Froude number at different times: 1.0 s, 2.0 s, 5.0 s and 10 s.
Figure 9. Force in the flow direction exerted on 6 buildings.
Figure 9. Force in the flow direction exerted on 6 buildings.
Figure 10. The linear regression between forces per unit width (F) and q2b/h0.
Figure 10. The linear regression between forces per unit width (F) and q2b/h0.

Conclusions

댐 붕괴 흐름으로 인한 홍수 파도는 높은 속도 또는 큰 깊이가 관련되었을 때 건물에 큰 영향을 미칩니다. 본 논문에서는 2D 및 3D 수치 모델의 건물 및 건물 그룹에 대한 빠른 흐름에 의해 발생하는 유압 특성과 충격 부하를 추정할 수 있는 능력을 조사했습니다. 천수(shallow water) 방정식에 기초한 2D 수학 모델은 FDS 방법으로 해결되었으며, FDS 방법은 최신 버전의 Flow 3D 유체 역학 모델과 함께 사용되었습니다. 연구의 주요 발견은 다음과 같습니다.
(1) 수심 또는 속도 프로파일을 공식화하기 위해 2D 및 3D 수치 솔루션은 모두 매우 유사합니다. 제안된 2D 수치 모델은 정적 힘의 최대 값 뿐만 아니라 수심 및 속도 구성 요소를 포함하는 유압 특성을 예측하는 데 적합합니다. 그러나 LES 및 RAN 난류 모듈이 포함된 3D 유체역학 모델은 2D 얕은 흐름 모델이 1개만 제공하는 동안 두 개의 최고 충격 부하를 잘 포착할 수 있습니다. 일반적으로 3D 결과는 실험 결과와 더 가깝습니다.
(2) 여러 건물에 대한 정적 및 동적 힘은 모두 LES 모듈을 사용하여 Flow 3D에 의해 계산되었습니다. 건물에서 속도에 의한 힘과 압력의 역할은 위치에 따라 다릅니다. 댐 현장 근처에서, 속도 유도 힘은 댐 파괴 파동의 주 방향에서 멀리 떨어져 있거나 두 번째 배열에서 압력 힘이 더 중요합니다. 속도 유도 힘의 영향은 매개 변수 α에 의해 정량화되며, 이는 사고파의 Froude 숫자와 수심 함수로 수행됩니다. q2b/h0과 정적 힘과 동적 힘의 피크 강도 사이의 선형 회귀 관계는 합리적인 R-제곱 양으로 해결됩니다.

추가 연구에서, 제시된 2D 수치 모델의 견고성과 효과는 더 명확하게 드러날 것입니다. 대규모 도메인에 대한 홍수 흐름을 시뮬레이션하는 데 쉽게 적용할 수 있습니다. 또한, α 매개변수의 제안된 방정식(21)은 실제 사례 연구에서 다운스트림 영역의 건물에 대한 속도 유도 힘의 영향을 정확하게 평가하기 위한 매우 의미가 있습니다. 이 매개 변수의 정확도 수준을 높이려면 서로 다른 조건에서 장애물에 작용하는 여러 가지 힘 실험이 구현되어야 합니다.

References

  1. Testa, G.; Zuccala, D.; Alcrudo, F.; Mulet, J.; Frazao, S.S. Flash flood flow experiment in a simplifed urban district. J. Hydraul. Res. 200745, 37–44. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  2. Soares-Frazao, S.; Zech, Y. Dam-break flow through an idealized city. J. Hydraul. Res. 200846, 648–665. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  3. Soares-Frazão, S.; Zech, Y. Experimental study of dam-break flow against an isolated obstacle. J. Hydraul. Res. 200745, 27–36. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  4. Soares-Frazão, S. Experiments of dam-break wave over a triangular bottom sill. J. Hydraul. Res. 200745, 19–26. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  5. di Cristo, C.; Evangelista, S.; Greco, M.; Iervolino, M.; Leopardi, A.; Vacca, A. Dam-break waves over an erodible embankment: Experiments and simulations. J. Hydraul. Res. 201856, 196–210. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  6. Evangelista, S. Experiments and numerical simulations of dike erosion due to a wave impact. Water 20157, 5831–5848. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  7. Li, Y.L.; Yu, C.H. Research on dam break flow induced front wave impacting a vertical wall based on the CLSVOF and level set methods. Ocean Eng. 2019178, 442–462. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  8. Özgen, I.; Zhao, J.; Liang, D.; Hinkelmann, R. Urban flood modeling using shallow water equations with depth-dependent anisotropic porosity. J. Hydrol. 2016541, 1165–1184. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  9. Mignot, E.; Li, X.; Dewals, B. Experimental modelling of urban flooding: A review. J. Hydrol. 2019568, 334–342. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  10. Aureli, F.; Dazzi, A.; Maranzoni, A.; Mignosa, P.; Vacondio, R. Experimental and numerical evaluation of the force due to the impact of a dam break wave on a structure. Adv. Water Resour. 201576, 29–42. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  11. Milanesi, L.; Pilotti, M.; Belleri, A.; Marini, A.; Fuchs, S. Vulnerability to flash floods: A simplified structural model for masonry buldings. Water Resour. Res. 201854, 7177–7197. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  12. Shige-eda, M.; Akiyama, J. Numerical and experimental study on two dimensional flood flows with and without structures. J. Hydraul. Eng. 2003129, 817–821. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  13. Cagatay, H.O.; Kocaman, S. Dam break flows during initial stage using SWE and RANs approaches. J. Hydraul. Res. 201048, 603–611. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  14. Yang, S.; Yang, W.; Qin, S.; Li, Q.; Yang, B. Numerical study on characteristics of dam break wave. Ocean Eng. 2018159, 358–371. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  15. Robb., D.M.; Vasquez., J.A. Numerical simulation of dam break flows using depth averaged hydrodynamic and three dimensional CFD models. In Proceedings of the 22nd Canadian Hydrotechnical Conference, Ottawa, ON, Canada, 28–30 April 2015. [Google Scholar]
  16. Kocaman, S.; Evangelista, S.; Viccione, G.; Guzel, H. Experimental and Numerical analysis of 3D dam break waves in an enclosed domain with a single oriented obstacles. Environ. Sci. Proc. 20202, 35. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  17. Issakhov, A.; Zhandaulet, Y.; Nogaeva, A. Numerical simulation of dambreak flow for various forms of the obstacle by VOF method. Int. J. Multiph. Flow 2018109, 191–206. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  18. Mokarani, C.; Abadie, S. Conditions for peak pressure stability in VOF simulations of dam break flow impact. J. Fluids Struct. 201662, 86–103. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  19. Liu, L.; Sun, J.; Lin, B.; Lu, L. Building performance in dam break flow—an experimental sudy. Urban Water J. 201815, 251–258. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  20. Armanini, A.; Larcher, M.; Odorizzi, M. Dynamic impact of a debris flow front against a vertical wall. In Proceedings of the 5th international conference on debris-flow hazards mitigation: Mechanics, prediction and assessment, Padua, Italy, 14–17 June 2011. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  21. Hubbard, M.E.; Garcia Navarro, P. Flux difference splitting and the balancing of source terms and flux gradients. J. Comput. Phys. 2000165, 89–125. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  22. Roe, P.L. A basis for upwind differencing of the two-dimensional unsteady Euler equations. In Numerical Methods in Fluids Dynamics II; Oxford University Press: Oxford, UK, 1986. [Google Scholar]
  23. Bradford, S.F.; Sander, B. Finite volume model for shallow water flooding of arbitrary topography. J. Hydraul. Eng. (ASCE) 2002128, 289–298. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  24. Brufau, P.; Garica-Navarro, P. Two dimensional dam break flow simulation. Int. J. Numer. Meth. Fluids 200033, 35–57. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  25. Hien, L.T.T. 2D Numerical Modeling of Dam-Break Flows with Application to Case Studies in Vietnam. Ph.D. Thesis, Brescia University, Brescia, Italy, 2014. [Google Scholar]
  26. Hien, L.T.T.; Tomirotti, M. Numerical modeling of dam break flows over complex topography. Case studies in Vietnam. In Proceedings of the 19th IAHR-APD Congress 2014, Hanoi, Vietnam, 21–24 September 2014; ISBN 978-604-82-1383-1. [Google Scholar]
  27. Flow-3D, Version 12.0; User Mannual; Flow Science Inc.: Santa Fe, NM, USA, 2020.
  28. Guney, M.S.; Tayfur, G.; Bombar, G.; Elci, S. Distorted physical model to study sudden partial dam break flow in an urban area. J. Hydraul. Eng. 2014140, 05014006. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  29. Shige-eda, M.; Akiyama, J. Discussion and Closure to “Numerical and experimental study on two dimensional flood flows with and without structures” by Mirei Shige-eda and Juichiro Akiyama. J. Hydraul. Eng. 2005131, 336–337. [Google Scholar] [CrossRef]
  30. Ritter, A. Die Fortpflanzung der Wasserwelle (Generation of the water wave). Z. Ver. Dtsch. Ing. 189236, 947–954. [Google Scholar]
Figure 1 (A) A schematic of ovarian cancer metastases involving tumor cells or clusters (yellow) shedding from a primary site and disseminating along ascitic currents of peritoneal fluid (green arrows) in the abdominal cavity. Ovarian cancer typically disseminates in four common abdomino-pelvic sites: (1) cul-de-sac (an extension of the peritoneal cavity between the rectum and back wall of the uterus); (2) right infracolic space (the apex formed by the termination of the small intestine of the small bowel mesentery at the ileocecal junction); (3) left infracolic space (superior site of the sigmoid colon); (4) Right paracolic gutter (communication between the upper and lower abdomen defined by the ascending colon and peritoneal wall). (B) The schematic of a perfusion model used to study the impact of sustained fluid flow on treatment resistance and molecular features of 3D ovarian cancer nodules (Top left). A side view of the perfusion model and growth of ovarian cancer nodules to a stromal bed (Top right). The photograph of a perfusion model used in the experiments (Bottom left) and depth-informed confocal imaging of ovarian cancer nodules in channels with and without carboplatin treatment (Bottom right). The perfusion model is 24 × 40 mm, with three channels that are 4 × 30 mm each and a height of 254 μm. The inlet and outlet ports of channels are 2.2 mm in diameter and positioned 5 mm from the edge of the chip. (C) A schematic of a 24-well plate model used to study the treatment resistance and molecular features of 3D ovarian cancer nodules under static conditions (without flow) (Top left). A side view of the static models and growth of ovarian cancer nodules on a stromal bed (Top right). Confocal imaging of 3D ovarian cancer nodules in a 24-well plate without and with carboplatin treatment (Bottom). Scale bars: 1 mm.

Flow-induced Shear Stress Confers Resistance to Carboplatin in an Adherent Three-Dimensional Model for Ovarian Cancer: A Role for EGFR-Targeted Photoimmunotherapy Informed by Physical Stress

난소암에 대한 일관된 3차원 모델에서 카보플라틴에 대한 유동에 의한 전단응력변화에 관한 연구

Abstract

A key reason for the persistently grim statistics associated with metastatic ovarian cancer is resistance to conventional agents, including platinum-based chemotherapies. A major source of treatment failure is the high degree of genetic and molecular heterogeneity, which results from significant underlying genomic instability, as well as stromal and physical cues in the microenvironment. Ovarian cancer commonly disseminates via transcoelomic routes to distant sites, which is associated with the frequent production of malignant ascites, as well as the poorest prognosis. In addition to providing a cell and protein-rich environment for cancer growth and progression, ascitic fluid also confers physical stress on tumors. An understudied area in ovarian cancer research is the impact of fluid shear stress on treatment failure. Here, we investigate the effect of fluid shear stress on response to platinum-based chemotherapy and the modulation of molecular pathways associated with aggressive disease in a perfusion model for adherent 3D ovarian cancer nodules. Resistance to carboplatin is observed under flow with a concomitant increase in the expression and activation of the epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) as well as downstream signaling members mitogen-activated protein kinase/extracellular signal-regulated kinase (MEK) and extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK). The uptake of platinum by the 3D ovarian cancer nodules was significantly higher in flow cultures compared to static cultures. A downregulation of phospho-focal adhesion kinase (p-FAK), vinculin, and phospho-paxillin was observed following carboplatin treatment in both flow and static cultures. Interestingly, low-dose anti-EGFR photoimmunotherapy (PIT), a targeted photochemical modality, was found to be equally effective in ovarian tumors grown under flow and static conditions. These findings highlight the need to further develop PIT-based combinations that target the EGFR, and sensitize ovarian cancers to chemotherapy in the context of flow-induced shear stress.

전이성 난소 암과 관련된 지속적으로 암울한 통계의 주요 이유는 백금 기반 화학 요법을 포함한 기존 약제에 대한 내성 때문입니다. 치료 실패의 주요 원인은 높은 수준의 유전적 및 분자적 이질성이며, 이는 중요한 기본 게놈 불안정성과 미세 환경의 기질 및 물리적 단서로 인해 발생합니다.

난소 암은 흔히 transcoelomic 경로를 통해 먼 부위로 전파되며, 이는 악성 복수의 빈번한 생산과 가장 나쁜 예후와 관련이 있습니다. 암 성장 및 진행을위한 세포 및 단백질이 풍부한 환경을 제공하는 것 외에도 복수 액은 종양에 물리적 스트레스를 부여합니다. 난소 암 연구에서 잘 연구되지 않은 분야는 유체 전단 응력이 치료 실패에 미치는 영향입니다.

여기, 우리는 백금 기반 화학 요법에 대한 반응과 부착 3D 난소 암 결절에 대한 관류 모델에서 공격적인 질병과 관련된 분자 경로의 변조에 대한 유체 전단 응력의 효과를 조사합니다.

카르보플라틴에 대한 내성은 상피 성장 인자 수용체 (EGFR)의 발현 및 활성화의 수반되는 증가 뿐만 아니라 다운 스트림 신호 구성원인 미토겐 활성화 단백질 키나제/세포 외 신호 조절 키나제 (MEK) 및 세포 외 신호 조절과 함께 관찰됩니다. 키나아제 (ERK). 3D 난소 암 결절에 의한 백금 흡수는 정적 배양에 비해 유동 배양에서 상당히 높았습니다.

포스 포-포컬 접착 키나제 (p-FAK), 빈 쿨린 및 포스 포-팍 실린의 하향 조절은 유동 및 정적 배양 모두에서 카보 플 라틴 처리 후 관찰되었습니다. 흥미롭게도, 표적 광 화학적 양식 인 저용량 항 EGFR 광 면역 요법 (PIT)은 유동 및 정적 조건에서 성장한 난소 종양에서 똑같이 효과적인 것으로 밝혀졌습니다.

이러한 발견은 EGFR을 표적으로하는 PIT 기반 조합을 추가로 개발하고 흐름 유도 전단 응력의 맥락에서 화학 요법에 난소 암을 민감하게 할 필요성을 강조합니다.

Keywords: ovarian cancer, epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR), mitogen-activated protein kinase/extracellular signal-regulated kinase (MEK), extracellular signal-regulated kinase (ERK), chemoresistance, fluid shear stress, ascites, perfusion model, photoimmunotherapy (PIT), photodynamic therapy (PDT), carboplatin

Figure 1 (A) A schematic of ovarian cancer metastases involving tumor cells or clusters (yellow) shedding from a primary site and disseminating along ascitic currents of peritoneal fluid (green arrows) in the abdominal cavity. Ovarian cancer typically disseminates in four common abdomino-pelvic sites: (1) cul-de-sac (an extension of the peritoneal cavity between the rectum and back wall of the uterus); (2) right infracolic space (the apex formed by the termination of the small intestine of the small bowel mesentery at the ileocecal junction); (3) left infracolic space (superior site of the sigmoid colon); (4) Right paracolic gutter (communication between the upper and lower abdomen defined by the ascending colon and peritoneal wall). (B) The schematic of a perfusion model used to study the impact of sustained fluid flow on treatment resistance and molecular features of 3D ovarian cancer nodules (Top left). A side view of the perfusion model and growth of ovarian cancer nodules to a stromal bed (Top right). The photograph of a perfusion model used in the experiments (Bottom left) and depth-informed confocal imaging of ovarian cancer nodules in channels with and without carboplatin treatment (Bottom right). The perfusion model is 24 × 40 mm, with three channels that are 4 × 30 mm each and a height of 254 μm. The inlet and outlet ports of channels are 2.2 mm in diameter and positioned 5 mm from the edge of the chip. (C) A schematic of a 24-well plate model used to study the treatment resistance and molecular features of 3D ovarian cancer nodules under static conditions (without flow) (Top left). A side view of the static models and growth of ovarian cancer nodules on a stromal bed (Top right). Confocal imaging of 3D ovarian cancer nodules in a 24-well plate without and with carboplatin treatment (Bottom). Scale bars: 1 mm.
Figure 1 (A) A schematic of ovarian cancer metastases involving tumor cells or clusters (yellow) shedding from a primary site and disseminating along ascitic currents of peritoneal fluid (green arrows) in the abdominal cavity. Ovarian cancer typically disseminates in four common abdomino-pelvic sites: (1) cul-de-sac (an extension of the peritoneal cavity between the rectum and back wall of the uterus); (2) right infracolic space (the apex formed by the termination of the small intestine of the small bowel mesentery at the ileocecal junction); (3) left infracolic space (superior site of the sigmoid colon); (4) Right paracolic gutter (communication between the upper and lower abdomen defined by the ascending colon and peritoneal wall). (B) The schematic of a perfusion model used to study the impact of sustained fluid flow on treatment resistance and molecular features of 3D ovarian cancer nodules (Top left). A side view of the perfusion model and growth of ovarian cancer nodules to a stromal bed (Top right). The photograph of a perfusion model used in the experiments (Bottom left) and depth-informed confocal imaging of ovarian cancer nodules in channels with and without carboplatin treatment (Bottom right). The perfusion model is 24 × 40 mm, with three channels that are 4 × 30 mm each and a height of 254 μm. The inlet and outlet ports of channels are 2.2 mm in diameter and positioned 5 mm from the edge of the chip. (C) A schematic of a 24-well plate model used to study the treatment resistance and molecular features of 3D ovarian cancer nodules under static conditions (without flow) (Top left). A side view of the static models and growth of ovarian cancer nodules on a stromal bed (Top right). Confocal imaging of 3D ovarian cancer nodules in a 24-well plate without and with carboplatin treatment (Bottom). Scale bars: 1 mm.
Figure 2 (A) Geometry of the micronodule located at the center of the microchannel. The flow velocity is in the X-direction. The nodule is modeled as an ellipse with a semi-minor axis of 40 μm in the Z-direction. The semi-major axis varies from 40-100 μm in the X-direction. The section over which the fluid dynamics are studied is the middle part of the channel with dimensions 4 mm along the Y-axis and 250 μm along the Z-axis. The nodule is located at (0, 20 μm). The black dotted line shows the centerline of the largest nodule. (B) Shear stress distribution over the surface of the solid micro-nodule on the XZ-plane. (C) Shear stress distribution over the surface of the porous micro-nodule on the XZ-plane. (D) Flow flux distribution over the centerline of the porous micro-nodule on the XZ-plane. The flux enters the surface at the left and leaves at the right.
Figure 2 (A) Geometry of the micronodule located at the center of the microchannel. The flow velocity is in the X-direction. The nodule is modeled as an ellipse with a semi-minor axis of 40 μm in the Z-direction. The semi-major axis varies from 40-100 μm in the X-direction. The section over which the fluid dynamics are studied is the middle part of the channel with dimensions 4 mm along the Y-axis and 250 μm along the Z-axis. The nodule is located at (0, 20 μm). The black dotted line shows the centerline of the largest nodule. (B) Shear stress distribution over the surface of the solid micro-nodule on the XZ-plane. (C) Shear stress distribution over the surface of the porous micro-nodule on the XZ-plane. (D) Flow flux distribution over the centerline of the porous micro-nodule on the XZ-plane. The flux enters the surface at the left and leaves at the right.
Figure 3 Cytotoxic response in carboplatin-treated 3D OVCAR-5 cultures under static conditions. (A) Representative confocal images of 3D tumors treated with carboplatin (0-500 μM) for 96 h showing a dose-dependent reduction in viable tumor (calcein signal). (B) Image-based quantification of normalized viable tumor area in 3D OVCAR-5 cultures following treatment with increasing doses of carboplatin. A minimum nodule size cut-off of 2000 µm2 (clusters of ~15–20 cells) was applied to the fluorescence images for quantitative analysis of the normalized viable tumor area. (One-way ANOVA with Dunnett’s post hoc test; n.s., not significant; * p < 0.05; *** p < 0.001; N = 9) (C) Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS)-based quantification of carboplatin uptake in static 3D OVCAR-5 tumors shows a dose-dependent increase in platinum levels, up to 9774 ± 3,052 ng/mg protein at an incubation concentration of 500 μM carboplatin. (One-way ANOVA with Dunn’s multiple comparisons test; n.s., not significant; * p < 0.05; ** p < 0.01; N = 3). Results are expressed as mean ± standard error of mean (SEM). Scale bars: 500 μm.
Figure 3 Cytotoxic response in carboplatin-treated 3D OVCAR-5 cultures under static conditions. (A) Representative confocal images of 3D tumors treated with carboplatin (0-500 μM) for 96 h showing a dose-dependent reduction in viable tumor (calcein signal). (B) Image-based quantification of normalized viable tumor area in 3D OVCAR-5 cultures following treatment with increasing doses of carboplatin. A minimum nodule size cut-off of 2000 µm2 (clusters of ~15–20 cells) was applied to the fluorescence images for quantitative analysis of the normalized viable tumor area. (One-way ANOVA with Dunnett’s post hoc test; n.s., not significant; * p < 0.05; *** p < 0.001; N = 9) (C) Inductively coupled plasma mass spectrometry (ICP-MS)-based quantification of carboplatin uptake in static 3D OVCAR-5 tumors shows a dose-dependent increase in platinum levels, up to 9774 ± 3,052 ng/mg protein at an incubation concentration of 500 μM carboplatin. (One-way ANOVA with Dunn’s multiple comparisons test; n.s., not significant; * p < 0.05; ** p < 0.01; N = 3). Results are expressed as mean ± standard error of mean (SEM). Scale bars: 500 μm.
Figure 4 flow-induced chemo-resistance
Figure 4 flow-induced chemo-resistance
Figure 5 The effects of flow-induced shear stress on 3D ovarian cancer biology. (A) Western blot analysis of OVCAR-5 tumors was performed 7 days after culture under static or flow conditions. A flow-induced increase in EGFR and p-ERK, compared to static cultures, was observed. Conversely, a reduction in p-FAK, p-Paxillin, and Vinculin was observed under flow, relative to static conditions. (B) Western blot analysis of 3D OVCAR-5 tumors was performed 11 days after culture under static or flow conditions, including 4 days of treatment with 500 µM carboplatin, and respective controls. In both static and flow 3D cultures, carboplatin treatment resulted in downregulation of EGFR, FAK, p-Paxillin, Paxillin, and Vinculin. Upregulation of p-ERK was observed after carboplatin treatment in both static and flow 3D cultures. (C) Baseline levels of EGFR activity and expression are maintained by a complex array of factors, including recycling and degradation of the activated receptor complex. Flow-induced shear stress has been shown to cause a posttranslational up-regulation of EGFR expression and activation, likely resulting from increased receptor recycling and decreased EGFR degradation. Activation of EGFR results in ERK phosphorylation to induce gene expression, ultimately leading to cell proliferation, survival, and chemoresistance. FAK and other tyrosine kinases are activated by the engagement of integrins with the ECM. Subsequent phosphorylation of paxillin by FAK not only influences the remodeling of the actin cytoskeleton, but also modulates vinculin activation to regulate mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) cascades, thereby stimulating pro-survival gene expression.
Figure 5 The effects of flow-induced shear stress on 3D ovarian cancer biology. (A) Western blot analysis of OVCAR-5 tumors was performed 7 days after culture under static or flow conditions. A flow-induced increase in EGFR and p-ERK, compared to static cultures, was observed. Conversely, a reduction in p-FAK, p-Paxillin, and Vinculin was observed under flow, relative to static conditions. (B) Western blot analysis of 3D OVCAR-5 tumors was performed 11 days after culture under static or flow conditions, including 4 days of treatment with 500 µM carboplatin, and respective controls. In both static and flow 3D cultures, carboplatin treatment resulted in downregulation of EGFR, FAK, p-Paxillin, Paxillin, and Vinculin. Upregulation of p-ERK was observed after carboplatin treatment in both static and flow 3D cultures. (C) Baseline levels of EGFR activity and expression are maintained by a complex array of factors, including recycling and degradation of the activated receptor complex. Flow-induced shear stress has been shown to cause a posttranslational up-regulation of EGFR expression and activation, likely resulting from increased receptor recycling and decreased EGFR degradation. Activation of EGFR results in ERK phosphorylation to induce gene expression, ultimately leading to cell proliferation, survival, and chemoresistance. FAK and other tyrosine kinases are activated by the engagement of integrins with the ECM. Subsequent phosphorylation of paxillin by FAK not only influences the remodeling of the actin cytoskeleton, but also modulates vinculin activation to regulate mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) cascades, thereby stimulating pro-survival gene expression.

References

  1. Siegel R.L., Miller K.D., Jemal A. Cancer statistics, 2019. CA Cancer J. Clin. 2019;69:7–34. doi: 10.3322/caac.21551. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  2. Foley O.W., Rauh-Hain J.A., Del Carmen M.G. Recurrent epithelial ovarian cancer: An update on treatment. Oncology. 2013;27:288–294, 298. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  3. Kipps E., Tan D.S., Kaye S.B. Meeting the challenge of ascites in ovarian cancer: New avenues for therapy and research. Nat. Rev. Cancer. 2013;13:273–282. doi: 10.1038/nrc3432. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  4. Tan D.S., Agarwal R., Kaye S.B. Mechanisms of transcoelomic metastasis in ovarian cancer. Lancet Oncol. 2006;7:925–934. doi: 10.1016/S1470-2045(06)70939-1. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  5. Ahmed N., Stenvers K.L. Getting to know ovarian cancer ascites: Opportunities for targeted therapy-based translational research. Front. Oncol. 2013;3:256. doi: 10.3389/fonc.2013.00256. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  6. Shield K., Ackland M.L., Ahmed N., Rice G.E. Multicellular spheroids in ovarian cancer metastases: Biology and pathology. Gynecol. Oncol. 2009;113:143–148. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2008.11.032. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  7. Naora H., Montell D.J. Ovarian cancer metastasis: Integrating insights from disparate model organisms. Nat. Rev. Cancer. 2005;5:355–366. doi: 10.1038/nrc1611. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  8. Lengyel E. Ovarian cancer development and metastasis. Am. J. Pathol. 2010;177:1053–1064. doi: 10.2353/ajpath.2010.100105. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  9. Javellana M., Hoppenot C., Lengyel E. The road to long-term survival: Surgical approach and longitudinal treatments of long-term survivors of advanced-stage serous ovarian cancer. Gynecol. Oncol. 2019;152:228–234. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2018.11.007. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  10. Al Habyan S., Kalos C., Szymborski J., McCaffrey L. Multicellular detachment generates metastatic spheroids during intra-abdominal dissemination in epithelial ovarian cancer. Oncogene. 2018;37:5127–5135. doi: 10.1038/s41388-018-0317-x. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  11. Kim S., Kim B., Song Y.S. Ascites modulates cancer cell behavior, contributing to tumor heterogeneity in ovarian cancer. Cancer Sci. 2016;107:1173–1178. doi: 10.1111/cas.12987. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  12. Bowtell D.D., Bohm S., Ahmed A.A., Aspuria P.J., Bast R.C., Beral V., Berek J.S., Birrer M.J., Blagden S., Bookman M.A., et al. Rethinking ovarian cancer II: Reducing mortality from high-grade serous ovarian cancer. Nat. Rev. Cancer. 2015;15:668–679. doi: 10.1038/nrc4019. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  13. Hoppenot C., Eckert M.A., Tienda S.M., Lengyel E. Who are the long-term survivors of high grade serous ovarian cancer? Gynecol. Oncol. 2018;148:204–212. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2017.10.032. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  14. Zhao Y., Cao J., Melamed A., Worley M., Gockley A., Jones D., Nia H.T., Zhang Y., Stylianopoulos T., Kumar A.S., et al. Losartan treatment enhances chemotherapy efficacy and reduces ascites in ovarian cancer models by normalizing the tumor stroma. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2019;116:2210–2219. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1818357116. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  15. Ayantunde A.A., Parsons S.L. Pattern and prognostic factors in patients with malignant ascites: A retrospective study. Ann. Oncol. 2007;18:945–949. doi: 10.1093/annonc/mdl499. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  16. Latifi A., Luwor R.B., Bilandzic M., Nazaretian S., Stenvers K., Pyman J., Zhu H., Thompson E.W., Quinn M.A., Findlay J.K., et al. Isolation and characterization of tumor cells from the ascites of ovarian cancer patients: Molecular phenotype of chemoresistant ovarian tumors. PLoS ONE. 2012;7:e46858. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0046858. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  17. Ahmed N., Greening D., Samardzija C., Escalona R.M., Chen M., Findlay J.K., Kannourakis G. Unique proteome signature of post-chemotherapy ovarian cancer ascites-derived tumor cells. Sci. Rep. 2016;6:30061. doi: 10.1038/srep30061. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  18. Gjorevski N., Boghaert E., Nelson C.M. Regulation of Epithelial-Mesenchymal Transition by Transmission of Mechanical Stress through Epithelial Tissues. Cancer Microenviron. 2012;5:29–38. doi: 10.1007/s12307-011-0076-5. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  19. Polacheck W.J., Charest J.L., Kamm R.D. Interstitial flow influences direction of tumor cell migration through competing mechanisms. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2011;108:11115–11120. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1103581108. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  20. Polacheck W.J., German A.E., Mammoto A., Ingber D.E., Kamm R.D. Mechanotransduction of fluid stresses governs 3D cell migration. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2014;111:2447–2452. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1316848111. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  21. Polacheck W.J., Zervantonakis I.K., Kamm R.D. Tumor cell migration in complex microenvironments. Cell Mol. Life Sci. 2013;70:1335–1356. doi: 10.1007/s00018-012-1115-1. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  22. Swartz M.A., Lund A.W. Lymphatic and interstitial flow in the tumour microenvironment: Linking mechanobiology with immunity. Nat. Rev. Cancer. 2012;12:210–219. doi: 10.1038/nrc3186. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  23. Pisano M., Triacca V., Barbee K.A., Swartz M.A. An in vitro model of the tumor-lymphatic microenvironment with simultaneous transendothelial and luminal flows reveals mechanisms of flow enhanced invasion. Integr. Biol. 2015;7:525–533. doi: 10.1039/C5IB00085H. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  24. Follain G., Herrmann D., Harlepp S., Hyenne V., Osmani N., Warren S.C., Timpson P., Goetz J.G. Fluids and their mechanics in tumour transit: Shaping metastasis. Nat. Rev. Cancer. 2020;20:107–124. doi: 10.1038/s41568-019-0221-x. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  25. Rizvi I., Gurkan U.A., Tasoglu S., Alagic N., Celli J.P., Mensah L.B., Mai Z., Demirci U., Hasan T. Flow induces epithelial-mesenchymal transition, cellular heterogeneity and biomarker modulation in 3D ovarian cancer nodules. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2013;110:E1974–E1983. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1216989110. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  26. Novak C., Horst E., Mehta G. Mechanotransduction in ovarian cancer: Shearing into the unknown. APL Bioeng. 2018;2 doi: 10.1063/1.5024386. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  27. Carmignani C.P., Sugarbaker T.A., Bromley C.M., Sugarbaker P.H. Intraperitoneal cancer dissemination: Mechanisms of the patterns of spread. Cancer Metastasis Rev. 2003;22:465–472. doi: 10.1023/A:1023791229361. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  28. Sugarbaker P.H. Observations concerning cancer spread within the peritoneal cavity and concepts supporting an ordered pathophysiology. Cancer Treatment Res. 1996;82:79–100. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  29. Feki A., Berardi P., Bellingan G., Major A., Krause K.H., Petignat P., Zehra R., Pervaiz S., Irminger-Finger I. Dissemination of intraperitoneal ovarian cancer: Discussion of mechanisms and demonstration of lymphatic spreading in ovarian cancer model. Crit. Rev. Oncol./Hematol. 2009;72:1–9. doi: 10.1016/j.critrevonc.2008.12.003. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  30. Holm-Nielsen P. Pathogenesis of ascites in peritoneal carcinomatosis. Acta Pathol. Microbiol. Scand. 1953;33:10–21. doi: 10.1111/j.1699-0463.1953.tb04805.x. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  31. Ahmed N., Riley C., Oliva K., Rice G., Quinn M. Ascites induces modulation of alpha6beta1 integrin and urokinase plasminogen activator receptor expression and associated functions in ovarian carcinoma. Br. J. Cancer. 2005;92:1475–1485. doi: 10.1038/sj.bjc.6602495. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  32. Woodburn J.R. The epidermal growth factor receptor and its inhibition in cancer therapy. Pharmacol. Ther. 1999;82:241–250. doi: 10.1016/S0163-7258(98)00045-X. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  33. Servidei T., Riccardi A., Mozzetti S., Ferlini C., Riccardi R. Chemoresistant tumor cell lines display altered epidermal growth factor receptor and HER3 signaling and enhanced sensitivity to gefitinib. Int. J. Cancer J. Int. Cancer. 2008;123:2939–2949. doi: 10.1002/ijc.23902. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  34. Chen A.P., Zhang J., Liu H., Zhao S.P., Dai S.Z., Sun X.L. Association of EGFR expression with angiogenesis and chemoresistance in ovarian carcinoma. Zhonghua zhong liu za zhi [Chinese journal of oncology] 2009;31:48–52. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  35. Alper O., Bergmann-Leitner E.S., Bennett T.A., Hacker N.F., Stromberg K., Stetler-Stevenson W.G. Epidermal growth factor receptor signaling and the invasive phenotype of ovarian carcinoma cells. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 2001;93:1375–1384. doi: 10.1093/jnci/93.18.1375. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  36. Zeineldin R., Muller C.Y., Stack M.S., Hudson L.G. Targeting the EGF receptor for ovarian cancer therapy. J. Oncol. 2010;2010:414676. doi: 10.1155/2010/414676. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  37. Alper O., De Santis M.L., Stromberg K., Hacker N.F., Cho-Chung Y.S., Salomon D.S. Anti-sense suppression of epidermal growth factor receptor expression alters cellular proliferation, cell-adhesion and tumorigenicity in ovarian cancer cells. Int. J. Cancer. 2000;88:566–574. doi: 10.1002/1097-0215(20001115)88:4<566::AID-IJC8>3.0.CO;2-D. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  38. Posadas E.M., Liel M.S., Kwitkowski V., Minasian L., Godwin A.K., Hussain M.M., Espina V., Wood B.J., Steinberg S.M., Kohn E.C. A phase II and pharmacodynamic study of gefitinib in patients with refractory or recurrent epithelial ovarian cancer. Cancer. 2007;109:1323–1330. doi: 10.1002/cncr.22545. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  39. Psyrri A., Kassar M., Yu Z., Bamias A., Weinberger P.M., Markakis S., Kowalski D., Camp R.L., Rimm D.L., Dimopoulos M.A. Effect of epidermal growth factor receptor expression level on survival in patients with epithelial ovarian cancer. Clin. Cancer Res. 2005;11:8637–8643. doi: 10.1158/1078-0432.CCR-05-1436. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  40. Dimou A., Agarwal S., Anagnostou V., Viray H., Christensen S., Gould Rothberg B., Zolota V., Syrigos K., Rimm D. Standardization of epidermal growth factor receptor (EGFR) measurement by quantitative immunofluorescence and impact on antibody-based mutation detection in non-small cell lung cancer. Am. J. Pathol. 2011;179:580–589. doi: 10.1016/j.ajpath.2011.04.031. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  41. Anagnostou V.K., Welsh A.W., Giltnane J.M., Siddiqui S., Liceaga C., Gustavson M., Syrigos K.N., Reiter J.L., Rimm D.L. Analytic variability in immunohistochemistry biomarker studies. Cancer Epidemiol Biomarkers Prev. 2010;19:982–991. doi: 10.1158/1055-9965.EPI-10-0097. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  42. Del Carmen M.G., Rizvi I., Chang Y., Moor A.C., Oliva E., Sherwood M., Pogue B., Hasan T. Synergism of epidermal growth factor receptor-targeted immunotherapy with photodynamic treatment of ovarian cancer in vivo. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 2005;97:1516–1524. doi: 10.1093/jnci/dji314. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  43. Armstrong D.K., Bundy B., Wenzel L., Huang H.Q., Baergen R., Lele S., Copeland L.J., Walker J.L., Burger R.A., Gynecologic Oncology G. Intraperitoneal cisplatin and paclitaxel in ovarian cancer. N. Engl. J. Med. 2006;354:34–43. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa052985. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  44. Verwaal V.J., Van Ruth S., De Bree E., Van Sloothen G.W., Van Tinteren H., Boot H., Zoetmulder F.A. Randomized trial of cytoreduction and hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemotherapy versus systemic chemotherapy and palliative surgery in patients with peritoneal carcinomatosis of colorectal cancer. J. Clin. Oncol. 2003;21:3737–3743. doi: 10.1200/JCO.2003.04.187. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  45. Van Driel W.J., Koole S.N., Sikorska K., Schagen van Leeuwen J.H., Schreuder H.W.R., Hermans R.H.M., De Hingh I., Van der Velden J., Arts H.J., Massuger L., et al. Hyperthermic Intraperitoneal Chemotherapy in Ovarian Cancer. N. Engl. J. Med. 2018;378:230–240. doi: 10.1056/NEJMoa1708618. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  46. Verwaal V.J., Bruin S., Boot H., Van Slooten G., Van Tinteren H. 8-year follow-up of randomized trial: Cytoreduction and hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemotherapy versus systemic chemotherapy in patients with peritoneal carcinomatosis of colorectal cancer. Ann. Surg. Oncol. 2008;15:2426–2432. doi: 10.1245/s10434-008-9966-2. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  47. DeLaney T.F., Sindelar W.F., Tochner Z., Smith P.D., Friauf W.S., Thomas G., Dachowski L., Cole J.W., Steinberg S.M., Glatstein E. Phase I study of debulking surgery and photodynamic therapy for disseminated intraperitoneal tumors. Int. J. Radiat. Oncol. Biol. Phys. 1993;25:445–457. doi: 10.1016/0360-3016(93)90066-5. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  48. Celli J.P., Spring B.Q., Rizvi I., Evans C.L., Samkoe K.S., Verma S., Pogue B.W., Hasan T. Imaging and photodynamic therapy: Mechanisms, monitoring, and optimization. Chem. Rev. 2010;110:2795–2838. doi: 10.1021/cr900300p. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  49. Spring B.Q., Rizvi I., Xu N., Hasan T. The role of photodynamic therapy in overcoming cancer drug resistance. Photochem. Photobiol. Sci. 2015;14:1476–1491. doi: 10.1039/C4PP00495G. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  50. Liang B.J., Pigula M., Baglo Y., Najafali D., Hasan T., Huang H.C. Breaking the Selectivity-Uptake Trade-Off of Photoimmunoconjugates with Nanoliposomal Irinotecan for Synergistic Multi-Tier Cancer Targeting. J. Nanobiotechnol. 2020;18:1. doi: 10.1186/s12951-019-0560-5. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  51. Huang H.C., Rizvi I., Liu J., Anbil S., Kalra A., Lee H., Baglo Y., Paz N., Hayden D., Pereira S., et al. Photodynamic Priming Mitigates Chemotherapeutic Selection Pressures and Improves Drug Delivery. Cancer Res. 2018;78:558–571. doi: 10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-17-1700. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  52. Huang H.C., Mallidi S., Liu J., Chiang C.T., Mai Z., Goldschmidt R., Ebrahim-Zadeh N., Rizvi I., Hasan T. Photodynamic Therapy Synergizes with Irinotecan to Overcome Compensatory Mechanisms and Improve Treatment Outcomes in Pancreatic Cancer. Cancer Res. 2016;76:1066–1077. doi: 10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-15-0391. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  53. Cengel K.A., Glatstein E., Hahn S.M. Intraperitoneal photodynamic therapy. Cancer Treat. Res. 2007;134:493–514. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  54. Obaid G., Broekgaarden M., Bulin A.-L., Huang H.-C., Kuriakose J., Liu J., Hasan T. Photonanomedicine: A convergence of photodynamic therapy and nanotechnology. Nanoscale. 2016;8:12471–12503. doi: 10.1039/C5NR08691D. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  55. Ogata F., Nagaya T., Nakamura Y., Sato K., Okuyama S., Maruoka Y., Choyke P.L., Kobayashi H. Near-infrared photoimmunotherapy: A comparison of light dosing schedules. Oncotarget. 2017;8:35069–35075. doi: 10.18632/oncotarget.17047. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  56. Mitsunaga M., Ogawa M., Kosaka N., Rosenblum L.T., Choyke P.L., Kobayashi H. Cancer cell-selective in vivo near infrared photoimmunotherapy targeting specific membrane molecules. Nat. Med. 2011;17:1685–1691. doi: 10.1038/nm.2554. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  57. Inglut C.T., Baglo Y., Liang B.J., Cheema Y., Stabile J., Woodworth G.F., Huang H.-C. Systematic Evaluation of Light-Activatable Biohybrids for Anti-Glioma Photodynamic Therapy. J. Clin. Med. 2019;8:1269. doi: 10.3390/jcm8091269. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  58. Huang H.C., Pigula M., Fang Y., Hasan T. Immobilization of Photo-Immunoconjugates on Nanoparticles Leads to Enhanced Light-Activated Biological Effects. Small. 2018:e1800236. doi: 10.1002/smll.201800236. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  59. Spring B.Q., Abu-Yousif A.O., Palanisami A., Rizvi I., Zheng X., Mai Z., Anbil S., Sears R.B., Mensah L.B., Goldschmidt R., et al. Selective treatment and monitoring of disseminated cancer micrometastases in vivo using dual-function, activatable immunoconjugates. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2014;111:E933–E942. doi: 10.1073/pnas.1319493111. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  60. Abu-Yousif A.O., Moor A.C., Zheng X., Savellano M.D., Yu W., Selbo P.K., Hasan T. Epidermal growth factor receptor-targeted photosensitizer selectively inhibits EGFR signaling and induces targeted phototoxicity in ovarian cancer cells. Cancer Lett. 2012;321:120–127. doi: 10.1016/j.canlet.2012.01.014. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  61. Rizvi I., Dinh T.A., Yu W., Chang Y., Sherwood M.E., Hasan T. Photoimmunotherapy and irradiance modulation reduce chemotherapy cycles and toxicity in a murine model for ovarian carcinomatosis: Perspective and results. Israel J. Chem. 2012;52:776–787. doi: 10.1002/ijch.201200016. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  62. Quirk B.J., Brandal G., Donlon S., Vera J.C., Mang T.S., Foy A.B., Lew S.M., Girotti A.W., Jogal S., LaViolette P.S., et al. Photodynamic therapy (PDT) for malignant brain tumors–where do we stand? Photodiagnosis Photodyn. Ther. 2015;12:530–544. doi: 10.1016/j.pdpdt.2015.04.009. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  63. Eljamel M.S., Goodman C., Moseley H. ALA and Photofrin fluorescence-guided resection and repetitive PDT in glioblastoma multiforme: A single centre Phase III randomised controlled trial. Lasers Med. Sci. 2008;23:361–367. doi: 10.1007/s10103-007-0494-2. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  64. Varma A.K., Muller P.J. Cranial neuropathies after intracranial Photofrin-photodynamic therapy for malignant supratentorial gliomas-a report on 3 cases. Surg. Neurol. 2008;70:190–193. doi: 10.1016/j.surneu.2007.01.060. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  65. Akimoto J. Photodynamic Therapy for Malignant Brain Tumors. Neurol. Medico-Chirurgica. 2016;56:151–157. doi: 10.2176/nmc.ra.2015-0296. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  66. Kercher E.M., Nath S., Rizvi I., Spring B.Q. Cancer Cell-targeted and Activatable Photoimmunotherapy Spares T Cells in a 3D Coculture Model. Photochem. Photobiol. 2019 doi: 10.1111/php.13153. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  67. Savellano M.D., Hasan T. Targeting cells that overexpress the epidermal growth factor receptor with polyethylene glycolated BPD verteporfin photosensitizer immunoconjugates. Photochem. Photobiol. 2003;77:431–439. doi: 10.1562/0031-8655(2003)077<0431:TCTOTE>2.0.CO;2. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  68. Molpus K.L., Hamblin M.R., Rizvi I., Hasan T. Intraperitoneal photoimmunotherapy of ovarian carcinoma xenografts in nude mice using charged photoimmunoconjugates. Gynecol. Oncol. 2000;76:397–404. doi: 10.1006/gyno.1999.5705. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  69. Savellano M.D., Hasan T. Photochemical targeting of epidermal growth factor receptor: A mechanistic study. Clin. Cancer Res. 2005;11:1658–1668. doi: 10.1158/1078-0432.CCR-04-1902. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  70. Nath S., Saad M.A., Pigula M., Swain J.W.R., Hasan T. Photoimmunotherapy of Ovarian Cancer: A Unique Niche in the Management of Advanced Disease. Cancers. 2019;11:1887. doi: 10.3390/cancers11121887. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  71. Calibasi Kocal G., Guven S., Foygel K., Goldman A., Chen P., Sengupta S., Paulmurugan R., Baskin Y., Demirci U. Dynamic Microenvironment Induces Phenotypic Plasticity of Esophageal Cancer Cells Under Flow. Sci. Rep. 2016;6:38221. doi: 10.1038/srep38221. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  72. Tasoglu S., Gurkan U.A., Wang S., Demirci U. Manipulating biological agents and cells in micro-scale volumes for applications in medicine. Chem. Soc. Rev. 2013;42:5788–5808. doi: 10.1039/c3cs60042d. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  73. Moon S., Gurkan U.A., Blander J., Fawzi W.W., Aboud S., Mugusi F., Kuritzkes D.R., Demirci U. Enumeration of CD4+ T-cells using a portable microchip count platform in Tanzanian HIV-infected patients. PLoS ONE. 2011;6:e21409. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0021409. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  74. White F.M. Fluid Mechanics. McGraw-Hill; Boston, MA, USA: 2011. [Google Scholar]
  75. Luo Q., Kuang D., Zhang B., Song G. Cell stiffness determined by atomic force microscopy and its correlation with cell motility. Biochim Biophys Acta. 2016;1860:1953–1960. doi: 10.1016/j.bbagen.2016.06.010. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  76. Sarntinoranont M., Rooney F., Ferrari M. Interstitial Stress and Fluid Pressure Within a Growing Tumor. Ann. Biomed. Eng. 2003;31:327–335. doi: 10.1114/1.1554923. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  77. Baxter L.T., Jain R.K. Transport of fluid and macromolecules in tumors. I. Role of interstitial pressure and convection. Microvasc. Res. 1989;37:77–104. doi: 10.1016/0026-2862(89)90074-5. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  78. Malik R., Khan A.P., Asangani I.A., Cieślik M., Prensner J.R., Wang X., Iyer M.K., Jiang X., Borkin D., Escara-Wilke J., et al. Targeting the MLL complex in castration-resistant prostate cancer. Nat. Med. 2015;21:344. doi: 10.1038/nm.3830. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  79. Nath S., Christian L., Tan S.Y., Ki S., Ehrlich L.I., Poenie M. Dynein Separately Partners with NDE1 and Dynactin To Orchestrate T Cell Focused Secretion. J. Immunol. 2016;197:2090–2101. doi: 10.4049/jimmunol.1600180. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  80. Celli J.P., Rizvi I., Evans C.L., Abu-Yousif A.O., Hasan T. Quantitative imaging reveals heterogeneous growth dynamics and treatment-dependent residual tumor distributions in a three-dimensional ovarian cancer model. J. Biomed. Opt. 2010;15:051603. doi: 10.1117/1.3483903. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  81. Rizvi I., Celli J.P., Evans C.L., Abu-Yousif A.O., Muzikansky A., Pogue B.W., Finkelstein D., Hasan T. Synergistic Enhancement of Carboplatin Efficacy with Photodynamic Therapy in a Three-Dimensional Model for Micrometastatic Ovarian Cancer. Cancer Res. 2010;70:9319–9328. doi: 10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-10-1783. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  82. Glidden M.D., Celli J.P., Massodi I., Rizvi I., Pogue B.W., Hasan T. Image-Based Quantification of Benzoporphyrin Derivative Uptake, Localization, and Photobleaching in 3D Tumor Models, for Optimization of PDT Parameters. Theranostics. 2012;2:827–839. doi: 10.7150/thno.4334. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  83. Celli J.P., Rizvi I., Blanden A.R., Massodi I., Glidden M.D., Pogue B.W., Hasan T. An imaging-based platform for high-content, quantitative evaluation of therapeutic response in 3D tumour models. Sci. Rep. 2014;4:3751. doi: 10.1038/srep03751. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  84. Bulin A.L., Broekgaarden M., Hasan T. Comprehensive high-throughput image analysis for therapeutic efficacy of architecturally complex heterotypic organoids. Sci. Rep. 2017;7:16645. doi: 10.1038/s41598-017-16622-9. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  85. Rahmanzadeh R., Rai P., Celli J.P., Rizvi I., Baron-Luhr B., Gerdes J., Hasan T. Ki-67 as a molecular target for therapy in an in vitro three-dimensional model for ovarian cancer. Cancer Res. 2010;70:9234–9242. doi: 10.1158/0008-5472.CAN-10-1190. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  86. Anbil S., Rizvi I., Celli J.P., Alagic N., Pogue B.W., Hasan T. Impact of treatment response metrics on photodynamic therapy planning and outcomes in a three-dimensional model of ovarian cancer. J. Biomed. Opt. 2013;18:098004. doi: 10.1117/1.JBO.18.9.098004. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  87. Di Pasqua A.J., Goodisman J., Dabrowiak J.C. Understanding how the platinum anticancer drug carboplatin works: From the bottle to the cell. Inorg. Chim. Acta. 2012;389:29–35. doi: 10.1016/j.ica.2012.01.028. [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  88. Rabik C.A., Dolan M.E. Molecular mechanisms of resistance and toxicity associated with platinating agents. Cancer Treat. Rev. 2007;33:9–23. doi: 10.1016/j.ctrv.2006.09.006. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  89. Ozols R.F. Carboplatin and paclitaxel in ovarian cancer. Semin. Oncol. 1995;22:78–83. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  90. Neijt J.P., Lund B. Paclitaxel with carboplatin for the treatment of ovarian cancer. Semin. Oncol. 1996;23:2–4. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  91. Subauste C.M., Pertz O., Adamson E.D., Turner C.E., Junger S., Hahn K.M. Vinculin modulation of paxillin–FAK interactions regulates ERK to control survival and motility. J. Cell Biol. 2004;165:371–381. doi: 10.1083/jcb.200308011. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  92. Eke I., Cordes N. Focal adhesion signaling and therapy resistance in cancer. Semin. Cancer Biol. 2015;31:65–75. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  93. McCubrey J.A., Steelman L.S., Chappell W.H., Abrams S.L., Wong E.W., Chang F., Lehmann B., Terrian D.M., Milella M., Tafuri A., et al. Roles of the Raf/MEK/ERK pathway in cell growth, malignant transformation and drug resistance. Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 2007;1773:1263–1284. doi: 10.1016/j.bbamcr.2006.10.001. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  94. Duska L.R., Hamblin M.R., Miller J.L., Hasan T. Combination photoimmunotherapy and cisplatin: Effects on human ovarian cancer ex vivo. J. Natl. Cancer Inst. 1999;91:1557–1563. doi: 10.1093/jnci/91.18.1557. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  95. Spring B., Mai Z., Rai P., Chang S., Hasan T. Theranostic nanocells for simultaneous imaging and photodynamic therapy of pancreatic cancer. Proc. SPIE. 2010;7551:755104. [Google Scholar]
  96. Kessel D., Oleinick N.L. Photodynamic therapy and cell death pathways. Methods Mol. Biol. 2010;635:35–46. doi: 10.1007/978-1-60761-697-9_3. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  97. Van Dongen G.A., Visser G.W., Vrouenraets M.B. Photosensitizer-antibody conjugates for detection and therapy of cancer. Adv. Drug Deliv. Rev. 2004;56:31–52. doi: 10.1016/j.addr.2003.09.003. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  98. Ayhan A., Gultekin M., Taskiran C., Dursun P., Firat P., Bozdag G., Celik N.Y., Yuce K. Ascites and epithelial ovarian cancers: A reappraisal with respect to different aspects. Int. J. Gynecol. Cancer. 2007;17:68–75. doi: 10.1111/j.1525-1438.2006.00777.x. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  99. Shen-Gunther J., Mannel R.S. Ascites as a predictor of ovarian malignancy. Gynecol. Oncol. 2002;87:77–83. doi: 10.1006/gyno.2002.6800. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  100. Pourgholami M.H., Ataie-Kachoie P., Badar S., Morris D.L. Minocycline inhibits malignant ascites of ovarian cancer through targeting multiple signaling pathways. Gynecol. Oncol. 2013;129:113–119. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2012.12.031. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  101. Shender V., Arapidi G., Butenko I., Anikanov N., Ivanova O., Govorun V. Peptidome profiling dataset of ovarian cancer and non-cancer proximal fluids: Ascites and blood sera. Data Brief. 2019;22:557–562. doi: 10.1016/j.dib.2018.12.056. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  102. Parsons S.L., Watson S.A., Steele R.J.C. Malignant ascites. Br. J. Surg. 1996;83:6–14. doi: 10.1002/bjs.1800830104. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  103. Becker G., Galandi D., Blum H.E. Malignant ascites: Systematic review and guideline for treatment. Eur. J. Cancer. 2006;42:589–597. doi: 10.1016/j.ejca.2005.11.018. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  104. Huang H., Li Y.J., Lan C.Y., Huang Q.D., Feng Y.L., Huang Y.W., Liu J.H. Clinical significance of ascites in epithelial ovarian cancer. Neoplasma. 2013;60:546–552. doi: 10.4149/neo_2013_071. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  105. Blagden S.P. Harnessing Pandemonium: The Clinical Implications of Tumor Heterogeneity in Ovarian Cancer. Front. Oncol. 2015;5:149. doi: 10.3389/fonc.2015.00149. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  106. Ahmed N., Latifi A., Riley C.B., Findlay J.K., Quinn M.A. Neuronal transcription factor Brn-3a(l) is over expressed in high-grade ovarian carcinomas and tumor cells from ascites of patients with advanced-stage ovarian cancer. J. Ovarian Res. 2010;3:17. doi: 10.1186/1757-2215-3-17. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  107. Mahmood N., Mihalcioiu C., Rabbani S.A. Multifaceted Role of the Urokinase-Type Plasminogen Activator (uPA) and Its Receptor (uPAR): Diagnostic, Prognostic, and Therapeutic Applications. Front. Oncol. 2018;8:24. doi: 10.3389/fonc.2018.00024. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  108. Jeffrey B., Udaykumar H.S., Schulze K.S. Flow fields generated by peristaltic reflex in isolated guinea pig ileum: Impact of contraction depth and shoulders. Am. J. Physiol. Gastrointest. Liver Physiol. 2003;285:G907–G918. doi: 10.1152/ajpgi.00062.2003. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  109. Nagy J.A., Herzberg K.T., Dvorak J.M., Dvorak H.F. Pathogenesis of malignant ascites formation: Initiating events that lead to fluid accumulation. Cancer Res. 1993;53:2631–2643. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  110. Ahmed N., Abubaker K., Findlay J., Quinn M. Epithelial mesenchymal transition and cancer stem cell-like phenotypes facilitate chemoresistance in recurrent ovarian cancer. Curr. Cancer Drug Targets. 2010;10:268–278. doi: 10.2174/156800910791190175. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  111. Latifi A., Abubaker K., Castrechini N., Ward A.C., Liongue C., Dobill F., Kumar J., Thompson E.W., Quinn M.A., Findlay J.K., et al. Cisplatin treatment of primary and metastatic epithelial ovarian carcinomas generates residual cells with mesenchymal stem cell-like profile. J. Cell Biochem. 2011;112:2850–2864. doi: 10.1002/jcb.23199. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  112. Chan D.W., Hui W.W., Cai P.C., Liu M.X., Yung M.M., Mak C.S., Leung T.H., Chan K.K., Ngan H.Y. Targeting GRB7/ERK/FOXM1 signaling pathway impairs aggressiveness of ovarian cancer cells. PLoS ONE. 2012;7:e52578. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0052578. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  113. Mebratu Y., Tesfaigzi Y. How ERK1/2 activation controls cell proliferation and cell death: Is subcellular localization the answer? Cell Cycle. 2009;8:1168–1175. doi: 10.4161/cc.8.8.8147. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  114. Zebisch A., Czernilofsky A.P., Keri G., Smigelskaite J., Sill H., Troppmair J. Signaling through RAS-RAF-MEK-ERK: From basics to bedside. Curr. Med. Chem. 2007;14:601–623. doi: 10.2174/092986707780059670. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  115. Jo H., Sipos K., Go Y.M., Law R., Rong J., McDonald J.M. Differential effect of shear stress on extracellular signal-regulated kinase and N-terminal Jun kinase in endothelial cells. Gi2- and Gbeta/gamma-dependent signaling pathways. J. Biol. Chem. 1997;272:1395–1401. doi: 10.1074/jbc.272.2.1395. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  116. Surapisitchat J., Hoefen R.J., Pi X., Yoshizumi M., Yan C., Berk B.C. Fluid shear stress inhibits TNF-alpha activation of JNK but not ERK1/2 or p38 in human umbilical vein endothelial cells: Inhibitory crosstalk among MAPK family members. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA. 2001;98:6476–6481. doi: 10.1073/pnas.101134098. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  117. Kim C.H., Jeung E.B., Yoo Y.M. Combined Fluid Shear Stress and Melatonin Enhances the ERK/Akt/mTOR Signal in Cilia-Less MC3T3-E1 Preosteoblast Cells. Int. J. Mol. Sci. 2018;19:2929. doi: 10.3390/ijms19102929. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  118. Persons D.L., Yazlovitskaya E.M., Cui W., Pelling J.C. Cisplatin-induced activation of mitogen-activated protein kinases in ovarian carcinoma cells: Inhibition of extracellular signal-regulated kinase activity increases sensitivity to cisplatin. Clin. Cancer Res. 1999;5:1007–1014. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  119. Hayakawa J., Ohmichi M., Kurachi H., Ikegami H., Kimura A., Matsuoka T., Jikihara H., Mercola D., Murata Y. Inhibition of extracellular signal-regulated protein kinase or c-Jun N-terminal protein kinase cascade, differentially activated by cisplatin, sensitizes human ovarian cancer cell line. J. Biol. Chem. 1999;274:31648–31654. doi: 10.1074/jbc.274.44.31648. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  120. Yeh P.Y., Chuang S.E., Yeh K.H., Song Y.C., Ea C.K., Cheng A.L. Increase of the resistance of human cervical carcinoma cells to cisplatin by inhibition of the MEK to ERK signaling pathway partly via enhancement of anticancer drug-induced NF kappa B activation. Biochem. Pharmacol. 2002;63:1423–1430. doi: 10.1016/S0006-2952(02)00908-5. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  121. Wang X., Martindale J.L., Holbrook N.J. Requirement for ERK activation in cisplatin-induced apoptosis. J. Biol. Chem. 2000;275:39435–39443. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M004583200. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  122. Qin X., Liu C., Zhou Y., Wang G. Cisplatin induces programmed death-1-ligand 1(PD-L1) over-expression in hepatoma H22 cells via Erk /MAPK signaling pathway. Cell Mol. Biol. 2010;56:OL1366-72. doi: 10.1170/156. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  123. Basu A., Tu H. Activation of ERK during DNA damage-induced apoptosis involves protein kinase Cdelta. Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 2005;334:1068–1073. doi: 10.1016/j.bbrc.2005.06.199. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  124. Nowak G. Protein kinase C-alpha and ERK1/2 mediate mitochondrial dysfunction, decreases in active Na+ transport, and cisplatin-induced apoptosis in renal cells. J. Biol. Chem. 2002;277:43377–43388. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M206373200. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  125. Chaudhury A., Tan B.J., Das S., Chiu G.N. Increased ERK activation and cellular drug accumulation in the enhanced cytotoxicity of folate receptor-targeted liposomal carboplatin. Int. J. Oncol. 2012;40:703–710. doi: 10.3892/ijo.2011.1262. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  126. Lok G.T., Chan D.W., Liu V.W., Hui W.W., Leung T.H., Yao K.M., Ngan H.Y. Aberrant activation of ERK/FOXM1 signaling cascade triggers the cell migration/invasion in ovarian cancer cells. PLoS ONE. 2011;6:e23790. doi: 10.1371/journal.pone.0023790. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  127. Lafky J.M., Wilken J.A., Baron A.T., Maihle N.J. Clinical implications of the ErbB/epidermal growth factor (EGF) receptor family and its ligands in ovarian cancer. Biochim. Biophys. Acta. 2008;1785:232–265. doi: 10.1016/j.bbcan.2008.01.001. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  128. Secord A.A., Blessing J.A., Armstrong D.K., Rodgers W.H., Miner Z., Barnes M.N., Lewandowski G., Mannel R.S., Gynecologic Oncology G. Phase II trial of cetuximab and carboplatin in relapsed platinum-sensitive ovarian cancer and evaluation of epidermal growth factor receptor expression: A Gynecologic Oncology Group study. Gynecol. Oncol. 2008;108:493–499. doi: 10.1016/j.ygyno.2007.11.029. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  129. Bae G.-Y., Choi S.-J., Lee J.-S., Jo J., Lee J., Kim J., Cha H.-J. Loss of E-cadherin activates EGFR-MEK/ERK signaling, which promotes invasion via the ZEB1/MMP2 axis in non-small cell lung cancer. Oncotarget. 2013;4:2512. doi: 10.18632/oncotarget.1463. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  130. Pece S., Gutkind J.S. Signaling from E-cadherins to the MAPK pathway by the recruitment and activation of epidermal growth factor receptors upon cell-cell contact formation. J. Biol. Chem. 2000;275:41227–41233. doi: 10.1074/jbc.M006578200. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  131. Lifschitz-Mercer B., Czernobilsky B., Feldberg E., Geiger B. Expression of the adherens junction protein vinculin in human basal and squamous cell tumors: Relationship to invasiveness and metastatic potential. Hum. Pathol. 1997;28:1230–1236. doi: 10.1016/S0046-8177(97)90195-7. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  132. Raz A., Geiger B. Altered organization of cell-substrate contacts and membrane-associated cytoskeleton in tumor cell variants exhibiting different metastatic capabilities. Cancer Res. 1982;42:5183–5190. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  133. Fukada T., Sakajiri H., Kuroda M., Kioka N., Sugimoto K. Fluid shear stress applied by orbital shaking induces MG-63 osteosarcoma cells to activate ERK in two phases through distinct signaling pathways. Biochem. Biophys. Rep. 2017;9:257–265. doi: 10.1016/j.bbrep.2017.01.004. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  134. Wu D.W., Wu T.C., Wu J.Y., Cheng Y.W., Chen Y.C., Lee M.C., Chen C.Y., Lee H. Phosphorylation of paxillin confers cisplatin resistance in non-small cell lung cancer via activating ERK-mediated Bcl-2 expression. Oncogene. 2014;33:4385–4395. doi: 10.1038/onc.2013.389. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  135. Kessel D. Apoptosis and associated phenomena as a determinants of the efficacy of photodynamic therapy. Photochem. Photobiol. Sci. 2015;14:1397–1402. doi: 10.1039/C4PP00413B. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  136. Agostinis P., Berg K., Cengel K.A., Foster T.H., Girotti A.W., Gollnick S.O., Hahn S.M., Hamblin M.R., Juzeniene A., Kessel D., et al. Photodynamic therapy of cancer: An update. CA Cancer J. Clin. 2011;61:250–281. doi: 10.3322/caac.20114. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  137. Sorrin A.J., Ruhi M.K., Ferlic N.A., Karimnia V., Polacheck W.J., Celli J.P., Huang H.C., Rizvi I. Photodynamic Therapy and the Biophysics of the Tumor Microenvironment. Photochem. Photobiol. 2020 doi: 10.1111/php.13209. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  138. Niu C.J., Fisher C., Scheffler K., Wan R., Maleki H., Liu H., Sun Y., C A.S., Birngruber R., Lilge L. Polyacrylamide gel substrates that simulate the mechanical stiffness of normal and malignant neuronal tissues increase protoporphyin IX synthesis in glioma cells. J. Biomed. Opt. 2015;20:098002. doi: 10.1117/1.JBO.20.9.098002. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  139. Perentes J.Y., Wang Y., Wang X., Abdelnour E., Gonzalez M., Decosterd L., Wagnieres G., Van den Bergh H., Peters S., Ris H.B., et al. Low-Dose Vascular Photodynamic Therapy Decreases Tumor Interstitial Fluid Pressure, which Promotes Liposomal Doxorubicin Distribution in a Murine Sarcoma Metastasis Model. Transl. Oncol. 2014;7 doi: 10.1016/j.tranon.2014.04.010. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  140. Leunig M., Goetz A.E., Gamarra F., Zetterer G., Messmer K., Jain R.K. Photodynamic therapy-induced alterations in interstitial fluid pressure, volume and water content of an amelanotic melanoma in the hamster. Br. J. Cancer. 1994;69:101–103. doi: 10.1038/bjc.1994.15. [PMC free article] [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  141. Foster T.H., Murant R.S., Bryant R.G., Knox R.S., Gibson S.L., Hilf R. Oxygen consumption and diffusion effects in photodynamic therapy. Radiat Res. 1991;126:296–303. doi: 10.2307/3577919. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  142. Foster T.H., Hartley D.F., Nichols M.G., Hilf R. Fluence rate effects in photodynamic therapy of multicell tumor spheroids. Cancer Res. 1993;53:1249–1254. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  143. Nichols M.G., Foster T.H. Oxygen diffusion and reaction kinetics in the photodynamic therapy of multicell tumour spheroids. Phys. Med. Biol. 1994;39:2161–2181. doi: 10.1088/0031-9155/39/12/003. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  144. Cavin S., Wang X., Zellweger M., Gonzalez M., Bensimon M., Wagnieres G., Krueger T., Ris H.B., Gronchi F., Perentes J.Y. Interstitial fluid pressure: A novel biomarker to monitor photo-induced drug uptake in tumor and normal tissues. Lasers Surg. Med. 2017;49:773–780. doi: 10.1002/lsm.22687. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  145. Garcia Calavia P., Chambrier I., Cook M.J., Haines A.H., Field R.A., Russell D.A. Targeted photodynamic therapy of breast cancer cells using lactose-phthalocyanine functionalized gold nanoparticles. J. Colloid Interface Sci. 2018;512:249–259. doi: 10.1016/j.jcis.2017.10.030. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  146. Kato T., Jin C.S., Ujiie H., Lee D., Fujino K., Wada H., Hu H.P., Weersink R.A., Chen J., Kaji M., et al. Nanoparticle targeted folate receptor 1-enhanced photodynamic therapy for lung cancer. Lung Cancer. 2017;113:59–68. doi: 10.1016/j.lungcan.2017.09.002. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  147. Sebak A.A., Gomaa I.E.O., ElMeshad A.N., AbdelKader M.H. Targeted photodynamic-induced singlet oxygen production by peptide-conjugated biodegradable nanoparticles for treatment of skin melanoma. Photodiagnosis Photodyn. Ther. 2018;23:181–189. doi: 10.1016/j.pdpdt.2018.05.017. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  148. Fernandes S.R.G., Fernandes R., Sarmento B., Pereira P.M.R., Tome J.P.C. Photoimmunoconjugates: Novel synthetic strategies to target and treat cancer by photodynamic therapy. Org. Biomol. Chem. 2019;17:2579–2593. doi: 10.1039/C8OB02902D. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
  149. Hamblin M.R., Miller J.L., Hasan T. Effect of charge on the interaction of site-specific photoimmunoconjugates with human ovarian cancer cells. Cancer Res. 1996;56:5205–5210. [PubMed] [Google Scholar]
  150. Flont M., Jastrzebska E., Brzozka Z. Synergistic effect of the combination therapy on ovarian cancer cells under microfluidic conditions. Anal. Chim. Acta. 2020;1100:138–148. doi: 10.1016/j.aca.2019.11.047. [PubMed] [CrossRef] [Google Scholar]
Intel Fortran Compiler 2019

Customer Notification: Intel Fortran Compiler Update

이 알림은 향후 버전에서 컴파일 빌드 도구를 업데이트하고 있음을 알려 드리기 위한 것입니다.

솔버를 사용자 정의 (즉, 소스 코드 수정 및 재 컴파일)하지 않는 경웨는 별도의 조치가 필요하지 않습니다. 솔버를 사용자 정의(사용자가 프로그램 모듈에 사용자의 수식을 추가한 경우)하는 사용자는 새 버전이 출시 될 때 원활한 전환을 보장하기 위해 이 업데이트에 대한 알림에 대해 준비를 해야 합니다.

변경 사항은 다음과 같습니다.

FLOW-3D의 다음 주요 릴리스인 FLOW-3D v12.1 및 FLOW-3D CAST v5.1은 인텔 ® FORTRAN 컴파일러 버전 19.0.3.203 빌드 20190206 (Windows) 및 버전 19.0.3.199 빌드 20190206 (Linux)로 빌드됩니다.

Intel Fortran Compiler 2019
Intel Fortran Compiler 2019

솔버를 사용자 지정하는 Windows 사용자는 Microsoft Visual Studio 2017 Professional도 필요합니다.
현재 버전인 FLOW-3D v12.0 및 FLOW-3D CAST v5.0 및 후속 업데이트는 Intel® FORTRAN 버전 16.0.1 및 Microsoft Visual Studio 2010/2013 Professional을 사용하여 계속 빌드됩니다.
다시 알려드리지만,이 알림은 FLOW-3D 솔버용으로 제공된 소스 코드를 수정하여 재 컴파일(즉, 사용자 정의)하는 사용자에게만 적용됩니다.

솔버를 사용자 정의(커스텀 코드 추가한 경우)하지 않은 경우에는 조치가 필요하지 않습니다. 이 컴파일러 업데이트에 대한 질문이 있는 경우 support@flow3d.com으로 지원 팀에 문의하십시오.

圖1. 1 南海孤立內波空間分布圖(Hsu et al., 2000)

Numerical Modeling on Internal Solitary Wave propagation over an obstacle using Flow-3D

Keyword: Internal solitary waves, Numerical, Flow-3D, Computational Fluid Dynamics

연구자 : Yu-Ren Chen
지도교수 : Dr John R C Hsu
June 2012

기술과 수치 알고리즘의 발전으로 파도가 해양이나 항만 구조물에 미치는 영향에 대한 많은 연구가 개발되었으며,보다 정확한 결과를 얻기 위해 고효율 수치 계산 소프트웨어를 사용할 수 있습니다. 현재 내부 파 생성, 전송, 파동의 물리적 메커니즘은 국내외 해양 분야에서 중요한 연구 주제 중 하나입니다.

이 연구는 FLOW-3D 전산 유체 역학 (Computational Fluid Dynamics, CFD) 소프트웨어를 사용하여 상층의 담수와 하층의 담수를 시뮬레이션합니다. 바닷물의 밀도 계층화 유체는 중력 혼합 붕괴 방식을 사용하여 내부 파도를 생성하고 긴 경사와 같은 일반적인 장애물을 통해 파형 진화 및 유동장 분포를 탐구합니다.

짧은 플랫폼 사다리꼴 경사와 이등변 삼각형. 이 기사에서는 또한 소프트웨어 작동 설정과 FLOW-3D를 내부 파 실험에 적용하는 방법을 소개하고, 이전 실험 조건과 결과를 참조하여 내부 파 전송 과정을 시뮬레이션합니다. 시뮬레이션 결과는 실험 데이터를 확인하고 첫 번째 분석을 시뮬레이션합니다.

중력 붕괴 방식의 게이트의 개방 속도가 내부 파의 전송 시간 및 진폭에 미치는 영향; 시뮬레이션 결과는 게이트 개방 속도가 빠르고 내부 파의 진폭이 크고 전송 속도가 빠릅니다. ; 반대로 게이트 개방 속도가 느리면 내부 파의 진폭이 작고 전송 속도가 느리지 만 둘 다 비선형 비례 관계.

이 연구는 또한 다양한 장애물 (긴 기울기, 사다리꼴 기울기가있는 짧은 플랫폼, 이등변 삼각형)을 통한 내부 고독 파의 전송 과정을 시뮬레이션하고 단일 장애물을 통과하는 내부 파도의 파형 진화, 와류 및 유동장 변화를 논의합니다.

연구를 통해 우리가 매우 미세한 그리드를 사용하고 수치 시뮬레이션의 그래픽 출력을 열심히 분석 할 수 있다면 실험실 실험 관찰보다 내부 고독 파의 전송 특성을 더 잘 이해할 수 있다고 믿습니다.

요약

서로 다른 특성을 가진 두 유체의 계면에있는 파동을 계면 파라고합니다. 바다에서는 표층의 기압 변화에 의해 형성된 바람 장이 공기와 바다의 경계 파인 해면에 불어 올 때 변동을 일으킨다. 기체 또는 유체의 밀도 층화가 발생할 때 외부 힘 (예 : 바람, 압력, 파도 및 조류, 중력 등)에 의해 교란되면 내부 파도라고하는 경계면에서 변동이 발생할 수 있으므로 내부 파도가 발생할 수 있습니다. 웨이브는 밀도가 다른 층화 된 유체의 웨이브 현상입니다.

대기의 내부 파도와 같이 일상 생활에서 볼 수있는 내부 파도는 특히 오후 또는 비가 내리기 전에 깊고 얕은 altocumulus 구름 층으로 하늘에 자주 나타납니다. 대기 중의 내부 파의 움직임은 공기의 흐름에 영향을 주어 기류를 상승시키고 공기 중의 수증기가 물방울로 응축되어 구름이되도록합니다.

반대로 기류가 가라 앉으면 수증기가 응결이 쉽지 않습니다. 구름이 있어도 내부의 파도가 응결하기 어렵습니다. 소산되어 루버와 같은 altocumulus 구름을 형성합니다. 안정된 밀도와 층화 상태의 자연 수체는 외부 세계에 의해 교란 될 때 내부 파동 운동을 겪게됩니다.

예를 들어, 밀도가 안정되고 층화가 분명한 호수에서 바람 장은 수면에 파도에서 파생 된 내부 파동을 일으켜 물의 질량이 전달되고 호수 가장자리로 물이 축적되어 수위가 높아집니다. 위치 에너지를 형성하는 축적 영역; 수역이 가라 앉기 시작하면 위치 에너지를 운동 에너지로 변환하고 남미 콜롬비아의 Babine Lake의 내부 파동 거동과 같은 내부 파동 운동을 생성 할 수도 있습니다 (Farmer, 1978). ). 염분, 밀도 또는 온도가 안정된 바다에서는 조수와 지형의 영향으로 수역이 행성의 중력에 따라 움직입니다.

격렬한 기복이있는 지형을 통과 할 때 내부 파동이 발생합니다. ; 중국 해에서 발견되는 남쪽 내부 파도에서와 같이 (Hsu et al., 2000). 파동은 심해에서 얕은 물로 전달되며, 얕아 짐, 깨짐, 혼합, 소용돌이, 굴절, 회절 및 반사가있을 것입니다. 내부 파 전달은 일종의 파동이기 때문에 위에서 언급 한 파동 특성도 갖습니다.

해양 내부 파도는 길이가 수백 미터에서 수십 킬로미터에 이르는 광범위한 파장을 가지고 있으며,주기는 몇 분 정도 빠르며 수십 시간 정도 느리며 진폭은 몇 미터에서 수백 미터. 해양 내부 파도가 움직일 때 층화 위와 아래의 물 흐름 방향이 반대가되어 현재 전단 작용으로 인해 층화 경계면에서 큰 비틀림 힘이 발생합니다.

바다에 기초 말뚝과 같은 구조물이있는 경우 석유 시추 플랫폼의 고정 케이블은 큰 비틀림을 견딜 수 없어 파손될 가능성이 매우 높습니다 (Bole et al. 1994). 빽빽한 클라인 경계 근처에서 항해하는 잠수함이 해양 내부 파도 활동을 만나게되면 내부 파도에 의한 상승 전류로 인해 잠수함이 해저에 수면에 닿거나 충돌하여 잠수함이 손상 될 수 있습니다.

그러나 바다의 내부 파는 바람직하지 않으며 매우 중요한 역할을합니다. 예를 들어, 내부 파가 심해 지역에서 근해 대륙붕으로 전달되면 상하수 체가 교환됩니다. 해저에 영양분을 운반합니다. 선반 가장자리까지 생물학적 성장을 촉진하고 해당 지역의 생태 환경을 조절하며 (Osborne and Bruch et al., 1980; Sandstorm and Elliot et al., 1984) 어업 자원을 풍부하게합니다.

위에서 언급 한 항목 외에도 해저에 대한 케이블 및 파이프 라인, 수중 음파 탐지기, 해양 생물 환경, 군사 활동 등이 해양 내부 파도의 영향에 포함되므로 해양 내부 파도에 대한 연구가 매우 중요합니다.

최근 내부 파를 연구하는 방법에는 분석 이론 도출, 현장 조사 및 관찰, 실험실 실험 분석이 포함됩니다. 그러나 과학 기술의 급속한 발전, 발전과 발전, 컴퓨터의 대중화, 수치 계산 방법의 진화로 해양 공학과 관련된 많은 파동 효과는 일반적으로 수치 시뮬레이션 방법으로 해결됩니다.

또한 수치 연산 방법의 비용이 현장 조사 관측 및 실험실 실험 해석보다 저렴하고 시뮬레이션 결과를 더 빨리 얻을 수 있기 때문에 본 논문에서는 전산 유체 역학 (전산 유체 역학, 참조)의 FLOW-를 선정 하였다. 3D 소프트웨어는 내부 파 생성, 전송, 장애물 통과, 점차 소멸하는 움직임 과정을 시뮬레이션하고, 내부 파의 변화 과정을 분석하고 비교하기 위해 이전 실험실 모델 실험을 참조합니다.

圖1. 1  南海孤立內波空間分布圖(Hsu et al., 2000)
圖1. 1 南海孤立內波空間分布圖(Hsu et al., 2000)
圖1. 2  障礙高度與分層流體厚度關係之示意圖
圖1. 2 障礙高度與分層流體厚度關係之示意圖
圖3. 1 下沉型內孤立波通過梯形障礙的實驗配置圖(鄭明宏,2011)
圖3. 1 下沉型內孤立波通過梯形障礙的實驗配置圖(鄭明宏,2011)
圖3. 3  實驗室下沉型內孤立波經過13°斜坡梯形障礙物的連續組圖(鄭明宏,2011)
圖3. 3 實驗室下沉型內孤立波經過13°斜坡梯形障礙物的連續組圖(鄭明宏,2011)
圖3. 3 (a) 實驗室下沉型內孤立波(鄭明宏,2011;θ=13°,T = t0 = 42 s)
圖3. 3 (a) 實驗室下沉型內孤立波(鄭明宏,2011;θ=13°,T = t0 = 42 s)
圖3. 5 比較實驗室(上圖)內孤立波(圖3. 3 (a))與FLOW-3D模擬(下圖)的傳遞波形(θ=13°,t = 42 s)
圖3. 5 比較實驗室(上圖)內孤立波(圖3. 3 (a))與FLOW-3D模擬(下圖)的傳遞波形(θ=13°,t = 42 s)
圖4. 6閘門開啟速率0.14 m/s之等密度線及流場
圖4. 6閘門開啟速率0.14 m/s之等密度線及流場

圖4. 53 內波在三角形前坡反轉為順時針渦流,後坡面上形成逆時針渦流(t = 63 s)
圖4. 53 內波在三角形前坡反轉為順時針渦流,後坡面上形成逆時針渦流(t = 63 s)

Reference

Apel, J.R., Holbrook, J.R, Tsai, J. and Liu, A.K. (1985). The Sulu Sea internal soliton experiment. J. Phys. Oceanography, 15(12): 1625-1651. Ariyaratnam, J. (1998). Investigation of slope stability under internal wave action. B.Eng. (Hons.) thesis, Dept. of Environmental Eng., University of Western Australia, Australia. Baines, P.G. (1983). Tidal motion in submarine canyons – a laboratory experiment. J. Physical Oceanography, 13: 310-328. Benjamin, T.B. (1966). Internal waves of finite amplitude and permanent form. J. Fluid Mech., 25: 241-270. Bole, J.B., Ebbesmeyer, J.J. and Romea, R.D. (1994). Soliton currents in South China Sea: measurements and theoretical modelling. Proc. 26th Annual Offshore Tech. Conf., Houston, Texas. 367-375. Burnside, W. (1889). On the small wave-motions of a heterogeneous fluid under gravity. Proc. Lond., Math. Soc., (1) xx, 392-397. Chen C.Y., J.R-C. Hsu, H.H. Chen, C.F. Kuo and Cheng M.H (2007). Laboratory observations on internal solitary wave evolution on steep and inverse uniform slopes. Ocean Engineering, 34: 157-170. Cheng M.H., J.R-C. Hsu, C.Y. Chen (2005). Numerical model for internal solitary wave evolution on impermeable variable seabad, Proc.27th Ocean Eng, pp.355-359. Choi, W. and Camassa, R. (1996). Weakly nonlinear internal waves in a two-fluid system. J. Fluid Mech., 313: 83-103. Ebbesmeyer, C.C., and Romea, R.D. (1992). Final design parameters for solitons at selected locations in South China Sea. Final and supplementary reports prepared for Amoco Production Company, 209pp. plus appendices. Ekman, V. M., (1904). “On dead-water, Norwegian North Polar Expedition”, 1893-1896. Scientific Results, 5(15):1-150. Farmer, D.M. (1978). Observation of long nonlinear internal waves in a lake. J. Phys. Oceanography, 8(1): 63-73. Garret, C. and Munk, W. (1972). Space-time scales of internal waves. Geophys. Fluid Dyn., 3: 225-264. Gill, A.E. (1982). Atmosphere-Ocean Dynamics. International Geophysical Series, Vol. 30, San Diego, CA: Academic Press. Harleman, D.R.F. (1961). Stratified flow. Ch. 26 in Handbook of Fluid Dynamics (ed., V. Streeter), NY: McGraw-Hill, (26): 1-21. Helfrich, K.R. (1992). Internal solitary wave breaking and run-up on a uniform slope. J. Fluid Mech., 243: 133-154.

Helfrich, K.R. and Melville, W.K. (1986). On long nonlinear internal waves over slope-shelf topography. J. Fluid Mech., 167: 285-308. Honji, H., Matsunaga, N., Sugihara, Y. and Sakai, K. (1995). Experimental observation of interanl symmetric solitary waves in a two-layer fluid. Fluid Dynamics Research, 15 (2): 89-102. Hsu, M.K., Liu, A.K., and Liu, C. (2000). A study of internal waves in the China Sea and Yellow Sea using SAR. Continental Shelf Research, 20: 389-410. Johns, K. (1999). Interaction of an internal wave with a submerged sill in a two-layer fluid. B.Eng. (Hons.) thesis, Dept. of Environmental Eng., University of Western Australia, Australia Kao, T.W., Pan, F.S. and Renouard, D. (1985). Internal solitions on the pycnocline: generation, propagation, shoaling and breaking over a slope. J. Fluid Mech. 159: 19-53. Koop, C.G. and Butler, G. (1981). An investigation of internal solitary waves in a two-fluid system. J. Fluid Mech., 112: 225-251. Lin, T.W. (2001). A study on internal waves characteristics in north of South China Sea, Master Thesis, Institute of Oceanography, National Taiwan Univ., Taiwan. (In Chinese). Lynett, P., Wu, T.-R. and Liu, P. L.-F. (2002), Modeling wave runup with depth-integrated equations, Coastal Engineering, Vol. 46, pp. 89-107. Ming-Hung Cheng,John R.-C. Hsu, Chen-Yuan Chen and Cheng-Wu Chen (2009). Modelling the propagation of an internal solitary wave across double ridges and a shelf-slope.Environ Fluid Mech,9:321–340. Ming-Hung Cheng and John R.C. Hsu (2011). Effect of frontal slope on waveform evolution of a depression interfacial solitary wave across a trapezoidal obstacle. Ocean Engineering. Matsuno, Y. (1993). A unified theory of nonlinear wave propagation in two-layer fluid systems. J. Phys. Soc. Japan, 62: 1902-1916. Michallet, H. and Barthelemy, E. (1998). Experimental study of interfacial solitary waves. J. Fluid Mech., 366: 159-177. Muller, P. and X. Liu (2000). Scattering of internal waves at finite topography in two dimensions. Part I: Theory and case studies, J. Phys. Oceanogr., 30: 532-549 Nagashima, H. (1971). Reflection and breaking of internal waves on a sloping beach. J. Oceanographical Soc. Japan, 27(1): 1-6. Nansen, F. (1902). The oceanography of the north polar basin. Sci. Results, Norwegian North Polar Expedition 1893-1896, 3: 9. Osborne, A.R. and Burch, T.L. (1980). Internal solitons in the Andaman Sea. Science, 208 (43): 451-460

82 Russell, J.S. (1844). On waves. Report of the 14th Meeting of the British Association for the Advancement of Science, York, 311-390. Sandstrom, H. and Elliot J. A. (1984). Internal tide and solitons on the Scotian Shelf: a nutrient pump at work. Journal of Geophysical Research, 89 (C4): 6415-6428. Stokes G.G. (1847). On the Theory of Oscillatory Waves. Transactions of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 8: 441–455. Strutt, J. W., Lord Rayleigh. (1883). Investigation of the character of the equilibrium of an incompressible heavy fluid of variable density.Proceedings of the London mathematical society, 8: pp. 170-177. Sveen, J.K., Guo, Y., Davies, P.A. and Grue, J. (2002). On the breaking of internal solitary waves at a ridge. J. Fluid Mech., 469 (25): 161-188. Vlasenko, V., and Hutter, K. (2002). Numerical experiments on the breaking of solitary internal waves over a slope-shelf topography. J. of Physical Oceanography, 32(6), pp.1779-1793. Wessels F. and Hutter K. (1996). Interaction of internal waves with a topographic sill in a two-layered fluid. J. Phys. Oceanogr , 26: 5-20

Cad2Stl

FLOW-3D 유틸리티 프로그램 안내

이 문서에서는 FLOW-3D에서 사용할 수 있는 일부 Utility Program에 대해 설명합니다. 유틸리티 프로그램의 목적은 시뮬레이션을 수행할 때 반드시 필요한 것은 아니지만 특정 작업을 쉽게 수행할 수 있도록 돕는 것입니다. 각 개별 유틸리티의 사용법은 다음과 같습니다.

  1. 파일 변환 및 STL 품질 검사 도구

FLOW-3D는 중립 형식인 STL파일 형식만 지원하며 대부분의 CAD 패키지에서 STL형식을 지원하지만 형상을 STL형식으로 만들 수 없는 이유가 있을 수 있습니다. 이로 인해 FLOW-3D 사용자는 여러 파일 변환 유틸리티를 사용할 필요가 있을 수 있습니다. 또한 STL 파일 품질을 확인하는데 사용할 수 있는 여러 유틸리티도 사용할 수 있습니다. 아래 나열된 이러한 유틸리티는 다음 섹션에서 자세히 설명합니다.

  • Cad2Stl : 다양한 CAD 형식에서 변환 파일을 사용하는.STL파일
  • Topo2STL : 파일을topo형식에서.STL파일로 변환하는 데 사용
  • MiniMagics :.STL파일의 오류를 확인하는 데 사용
  • qAdmesh :.STL파일의 오류를 확인하고 사소한 문제를 해결하는데 사용

Cad2Stl

Cad2Stl 은 다른 CAD 파일 형식을 FLOW-3D에서 사용되는 STL 파일 형식으로 변환하기 위한 파일 변환 도구입니다. Cad2Stl 은 다음 파일 형식을 STL 형식으로 변환합니다.

  • Autodesk 3D Max :.3ds
  • Autodesk 별명 :.obj
  • IGES: .igs,.iges
  • BREP :.brep
  • 단계 : .stp,.step
  • 아바쿠스 6.2+ :.inp
  • NASTRAN :.blk
  • Marc Mentat : 고정 형식과 쉼표로 구분.dat

Cad2Stl 은 파일에서 역 법선 벡터를 보정하는 기능도 있습니다. 이 유틸리티는 유지 보수 계약이 유효한 모든 FLOW-3D 고객에게 무료로 제공되며 FLOW-3D Usre Site의 유틸리티 페이지에서 다운로드 할 수 있습니다.

Cad2Stl 은 Flow Science Japan에서 FLOW-3D 사용자를 위해 개발되었습니다 .

Cad2Stl Program
  1. 변환 목록에 변환할 파일 추가
    • 추가 -변환 목록에 파일을 추가합니다.
    • 제거 -변환 목록에서 파일을 제거합니다. 제거하려면 변환 목록에서 파일을 강조 표시하고 제거를 선택하십시오.
    • 기본적으로 파일 이름은 import file 이름과 일치하는 CAD파일을 STL파일 이름으로 지정하는데 변경이 필요하면 더블 클릭하고 이름을 바꾸면 변경할 수 있습니다.
  2. 구체화 옵션을 사용하여 STL 파일의 품질을 선택하십시오. 선택하고 볼 수 있는 네 가지 수준의 정확도가 있습니다. 파일이 변환될 때마다 STL로 작성된 파일이 표시되므로 사용자가 만족스럽거나 더 높은 수준의 세분화가 필요한지 여부를 결정할 수 있습니다. 정확성이 향상되면 파일 크기는 증가하지만 처리 시간은 크게 증가하지 않습니다. 다른 파일 형식을 한 번에 로드하고 변환할 수 있습니다. 또한 변환 프로세스가 완료되면 파일을 로드하고 표시하기 위한 대화 상자가 열립니다. 이것은 BREP, IGES및 STEP 파일 형식에만 적용됩니다.
  3. 원하는 작업을 선택하십시오. 다른 파일 형식을 한 번에 로드하고 변환할 수 있습니다. 또한 변환 프로세스가 완료되면 파일을 로드하고 표시하기 위한 대화 상자가 열립니다.
    • 변환 -파일을 변환합니다. 한 파일을 변환하려면 로드할 파일 목록에서 해당 파일을 강조 표시하여 변환하십시오.
    • 모두 변환 -모든 파일을 변환
    • 표시 -변환된 파일을 강조 표시합니다
    • 면 방향 수정 -일반 수정 루틴
    • 변환 목록 숨기기 -더 나은 부품 표시를 위해 보기 화면을 증가 시킵니다.
    • 와이어 프레임 오버레이 -각 STL 패싯의 패싯 모서리를 오버레이 합니다. 이것은 오른쪽 하단의 확인란입니다.
    • 로그 지우기 – 변환 로그 텍스트 상자에 대한 모든 데이터 출력을 지웁니다.
  4. 종료 -프로그램을 닫습니다

qAdmesh

qAdmesh는 .STL파일에 오류 가 있는지 확인하는 도구이며 연결이 끊어진 패싯, 반전된 법선, 연결이 끊어진 패싯 및 누락된 패싯과 같은 사소한 문제를 해결하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다. qAdmesh를 시작하려면:

  • GUI에서: Model Setup 탭의 Tools ‣ qAdmesh로 이동하십시오.
  • Windows: 바탕 화면 아이콘을 클릭하거나 시작 메뉴에서 FLOW-3D v12.0 폴더의 형상 도구 하위 디렉토리에 있는 Admesh 항목으로 이동하십시오.
  • Linux의 경우: $F3D_HOME/utilities/qAdmesh을 실행하십시오.

명령: qAdmesh를 열고 찾아보기 버튼을 사용하여 지오메트리 파일을 로드 하십시오. 문제를 해결하고 수정 사항으로 새 형상 파일을 생성하려면 기본 옵션을 그대로 두고 출력 유형을 선택하고 새 형상 파일의 경로를 지정하십시오. 이진 STL 은 ASCII STL 옵션 보다 작은 파일을 생성하므로 권장됩니다 (이진 및 ASCII 형식 만 FLOW-3D 로 인식됨). 그런 다음 적용을 클릭하여 파일을 확인하고 수정하십시오.

qAdmesh program
qAdmesh program

qAdmesh의 출력은 인터페이스의 메시지 섹션에 표시됩니다. 출력에는 감지된 오류와 출력 옵션이 선택된 경우 이러한 문제점을 해결하기 위해 수행할 조치가 표시됩니다.

사용자 정의 검사 옵션은 파일을 고정할 때 프로그램이 어떤 작업을 수행하는지에 대한 자세한 제어를 제공할 수 있습니다. 또한 변형 및 공차 탭에는 .STL 파일의 회전, 미러링, 크기 조정, 변환 및 병합 기능을 제공하는 옵션이 있습니다.

qAdmesh는 무료 유틸리티입니다만 FSI에서 지원하지 않습니다. qAdmesh가 문제를 해결하는 능력은 심각도에 따라 다릅니다. 문제의 수가 증가함에 따라 qAdmesh 가 문제를 해결할 수 있는 가능성이 줄어 듭니다. 문제를 해결할 수 없는 경우 CAD 패키지를 사용하여  .STL 파일을 재생성 하는 것이 좋습니다.

MiniMagics 

MiniMagics 는 무료 STL파일 시각화 및 복구 유틸리티입니다. 설치는 FLOW-3D 홈 디렉토리 의 Utilites 폴더에서 찾을 수 있으며 파일 분석 및 복구를 위한 유용한 도구로 qAdmesh에서 수행된 수정 사항을 시각화하거나 qAdmesh의 대안으로 사용할 수 있습니다.

$F3D_HOME/UtilitiesSTL

  • Topo2STL

FLOW-3D가 지원하는 유일한 CAD 파일 형식은 .STL이지만 형식을 포함하여 다른 형식의 지형 데이터를 갖는 것은 드문 일이 아닙니다. Topo2STL의 유틸리티로 변환할 수 있습니다. Topo2STL 은 Windows 시스템에서만 사용 가능하며 유틸리티 드롭 다운 메뉴에서 액세스 할 수 있습니다.

명령

  1. 지형 파일은 다음 형식의 ASCII 파일입니다. 각 선은 점을 나타내며 동일한 단위 시스템에서 3 개의 좌표 (일반적으로 피트 또는 미터)를 포함합니다. 좌표는 공백으로 구분됩니다. 선의 좌표 순서는 XYZ 여야 합니다. 여기서 Z는 표고입니다. 두 좌표는 동일한 XY 점을 공유할 수 없습니다. 포인트의 순서 (파일의 줄)는 중요하지 않습니다. 좌표를 포함하지 않는 머리글 줄이나 꼬리 줄이 없어야 합니다.
  2. Topo2stl.exe유틸리티가 추출된 위치에 있는 파일을 실행하여 Topo2STL에 액세스 할 수 있습니다.
  3. 유틸리티를 시작하면 변환할 파일을 선택하라는 topo 파일 찾아보기 창이 나타납니다. 파일 찾아보기 창을 이용하여 파일을 선택합니다.
  4. topo파일이 선택되면, Topo2STL의 창이 나타나고, X, Y의 범위와 Z 계산할 topo데이터 익스텐트가 계산되면 Topo 데이터 익스텐트 및 데이터의 총 포인트 수에 대한 정보가 Information: Topo data extents 아래에 표시됩니다.
Topo2STL
Topo2STL
Topo2STL
Topo2STL
  1. 변환에 필요한 사용자 입력은 공간 분해능 및 STL 최소 Z 좌표입니다. 기본적으로 공간 해상도는 0.002 * min (X 범위, Y 범위)이고 STL 최소 Z 좌표는 ZMIN-(ZMAX-ZMIN)입니다. 여기서 ZMIN 및 ZMAX는 Topo 데이터의 범위입니다.
    • 공간 해상도는 STL 파일을 생성하는 동안 Topo 데이터가 얼마나 정밀하게 분석되는지 제어합니다.
    • STL 최소 Z 좌표는 Topo 데이터의 ZMAX보다 작은 값이어야 합니다. 이것은 STL파일의 최소 ​​Z 두께를 효과적으로 설정합니다.
  2. Browse 버튼은 파일 출력 위치를 설정하는 데 사용할 수 있습니다.
  3. 변환을 클릭하면 변환 프로세스가 시작됩니다. 이 시점에서 변환 취소를 사용하여 변환이 완료되거나 종료될 때까지 Topo2STL 창을 닫을 수 없습니다.
Topo2STL
Topo2STL
  1. 변환이 완료 (또는 종료)되면 변환 단추가 변환 추가로 변경되어 사용자가 변환할 다른 Topo 파일을 선택할 수 있습니다.
Topo2STL
  1. FSAI를 사용한 유한 요소 메쉬 파일 형식 변환

FSAI의 도구에서 유한 요소 메시를 변환하는 유틸리티입니다 Abaqus6.2 이후 형식과 NASTRAN 벌크 형식에 사용되는 형식을 변환하는 FSAI는 유틸리티 드롭 다운 메뉴에서 액세스 할 수 있습니다. FSAI를 사용하려면 다음을 수행하십시오. EXODUS II

  • 적절한 모드에서 유틸리티를 엽니다 (초기 메쉬의 Abaqus 형식인지 NASTRAN 형식인지 여부에 따라 다름 )
  • 파일에서 생성 필드에서 입력 유한 요소 메쉬를 찾습니다.
  • 생성된 파일 위치 필드에서 원하는 출력 위치를 찾으십시오.
  • 생성된 파일 이름 필드에서 원하는 출력 파일 이름을 설정하십시오.
  • 생성을 누릅니다.

 노트

이 FSAI 프로그램을 사용하려면 FLOW-3D 와 별개의 라이센스가 필요합니다. 자세한 내용은 FLOW-3D 영업 담당자에게 문의하십시오.

  1. 계산기

유틸리티 드롭 다운 메뉴에 여러 계산기가 추가되어 알려진 매개 변수 (예: 유체 속성 등)를 기반으로 입력 수량을 추정할 수 있습니다. 사용 가능한 계산기는 다음을 계산합니다.

  • 냉각 채널의 열전달 계수
  • 재료 특성 및 시뮬레이션 시간에 따른 열 침투 깊이
  • 샷 슬리브의 유체 높이
  • 고압 다이캐스팅을 위한 피스톤 속도
  • 밸브 압력 계수
  1. MPDB (Material Properties Database) 확장

MPDB (Material Properties Database)는 FLOW-3D 와 별도로 Flow Science, Inc 에서 구입할 수 있는 타사 데이터베이스입니다. 여기에는 문헌의 다양한 온도 의존성 고체 재료 특성이 포함되어 있습니다. FLOW-3D 용 MPDB는 사용자가 FLOW-3D의 기본 데이터베이스와 호환되는 파일 형식을 내보낼 수 있도록 하여 데이터를 FLOW-3D 로 편리하게 가져올 수 있는 MPDB 독점 버전입니다. MPDB의 재료 특성은 대부분 고체상입니다. 따라서 FLOW-3D 모든 모델 고체 특성을 요구하는 데이터, 특히 유체 구조 상호 작용, 응고 및 열 응력 진화 모델을 활용할 수 있습니다.

MPDB는 다양한 형식으로 데이터를 내보낼 수 있는 독립형 데이터베이스로 사용될 수 있습니다. MPDB에 대한 일반적인 지침은 JAHM Software, Inc.를 방문하십시오. 여기에서는 FLOW-3D 와 함께 MPDB를 사용하는 방법에 대한 지침을 제공합니다. FLOW-3D 와 제대로 통합하려면 MPDB 용 실행 파일이 Windows와 Linux에 있어야 합니다. 실행 파일은 FLOW-3D GUI에 의해 감지되며 재료 메뉴 아래 MPDB에서 재료 가져오기 메뉴 항목 이 활성화됩니다. 이러한 조건 중 하나라도 충족되지 않으면 FLOW-3D GUI를 통해 액세스 할 수 없습니다. MPDB%F3D_HOME%\Utilities$F3D_HOME/UtilitiesMPDB_for_FLOW-3D

FLOW-3D MPDB
FLOW-3D MPDB

material를 클릭 MPDB에서 가져오기 및 사용자 인터페이스 MPDB는 별도의 창에서 열립니다. 재료는 주요 요소로 분류되었습니다. Materials 탭, 테이블에서 요소를 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭하여, 사용자는 해당 요소를 포함하는 물질의 목록을 볼 수 있습니다.

(Material Properties Database)
(Material Properties Database)

예를 들어 다음 그림은 철 (Fe)이 포함된 데이터베이스의 재료 목록을 보여줍니다.

FLOW-3D MPDB(Fe)
FLOW-3D MPDB(Fe)

사용자는 다른 합금, 세라믹, 유리 또는 기타 분류되지 않은 재료를 분류하는 다른 탭으로 전환할 수도 있습니다. 다음 그림은 Al & Cu 합금 목록을 보여줍니다.

FLOW-3D MPDB(Al & Cu)
FLOW-3D MPDB(Al & Cu)
FLOW-3D MPDB(Fe,Ni - 1006 (UNS G10060))
FLOW-3D MPDB(Fe,Ni – 1006 (UNS G10060))

재료가 식별되면 재료를 두 번 클릭하면 해당 재료에 사용할 수 있는 속성 목록이 있는 별도의 창이 나타납니다. 예를 들어 Fe 및 Ni 합금에서 1006 (UNS G10060)을 엽니다. 이러한 속성이 모두 FLOW-3D에 사용되는 것은 아닙니다.

FLOW-3D MPDB(1006(UNS G10060))
FLOW-3D MPDB(1006(UNS G10060))

각 속성은 이 창의 오른쪽에서 선택할 수 있는 다른 형식으로 파일에 표시, 플로팅 또는 저장할 수 있습니다. 그러나 이러한 속성 중 일부가 FLOW-3D 로 인식되는 것은 아닙니다. 

FLOW-3D 와 호환되는 파일 형식을 생성하려면 재료 창을 닫고 FLOW-3D/SolidWorks/ANSYS 메뉴에서 시작하십시오. 재료의 특성으로 FLOW-3D로 가져올 수 있는 세 가지 파일 형식이 있습니다.  유체 데이터베이스 형식(.f3d_dbf 확장), 고체 데이터베이스 형식 (.f3d_dbs 확장), 일반 쉼표로 구분된 값(CSV형식)으로 부터 시뮬레이션에 적합한 FLOW-3D 호환 형식을 선택하십시오. MPDB의 재료는 대부분 고체이지만 사용자가 응고된 유체의 특성을 가져오려면 FLOW-3D에서 응고된 유체 특성이 유체 특성의 일부이므로 Fluids 데이터베이스 형식을 선택해야 합니다. 솔리드 및 유체 데이터베이스 파일 형식과 파일은 현재 사용자의 문서 폴더와 Windows 및 Linux에 저장됩니다.

CSV<My Documents>\FLOW-3D\gui\MaterialsDatabase/home/<user>/FLOW-3D/gui/MaterialsDatabase

이러한 위치는 FLOW-3D의 데이터베이스가 사용자 정의 재료를 찾는 곳입니다. MPDB에서 이러한 위치로 내보낸 모든 자료는 FLOW-3D의 기본 데이터베이스에 의해 선택됩니다.

1006 (UNS G10060) 철 합금을 선택하십시오.

FLOW-3D MPDB(UNS G10060)
FLOW-3D MPDB(UNS G10060)

이전에 사용 가능했던 일부 특성은 FLOW-3D 와 관련이 없기 때문에 사용 불가능 합니다. 각 속성이 처리되자 마자 플롯 되거나 해당 데이터가 표시되면 참조 및 메모 섹션이 활성화됩니다. 참조 탭 속성에서 찍은 위치를 나타내는 참고 섹션은 일반적으로 데이터의 구성과 정확성에 관한 사항이 포함되어 있습니다. 

온도에 따른 특성의 동작을 이해하는 데 도움이 되도록 각 특성을 플롯 할 수 있습니다. 또한 데이터의 유효성에 대한 경고가 있을 수 있습니다. 

예를 들어 열전도도를 먼저 플로팅하면 저온 경고가 표시됩니다. 온도의 함수로 플롯을 표시하기 전에 .f3d_dbs파일을 쓰려면 데이터베이스에 추가 버튼을 클릭하고 다음 창에서 파일에 쓸 속성을 ​​선택하십시오. 사용 가능한 단계에 대한 속성을 선택할 수 있습니다. 속성이 선택되면 데이터 쓰기 및 닫기를 클릭하십시오. 

재료 창을 닫습니다. FLOW-3D/SolidWorks/ANSYS 메뉴에서 데이터베이스를 닫습니다.

FLOW-3D MPDB(Low temperature warning)
FLOW-3D MPDB(Low temperature warning)
FLOW-3D MPDB(Temperature Plot)
FLOW-3D MPDB(Temperature Plot)

.f3d_dbs파일을 쓰려면 데이터베이스에 추가 버튼을 클릭하고 다음 창에서 파일에 쓸 속성을 ​​선택하십시오. 사용 가능한 단계에 대한 속성을 선택할 수 있습니다. 속성이 선택되면 데이터 쓰기 및 닫기를 클릭하십시오. 재료 창을 닫습니다. FLOW-3D/SolidWorks/ANSYS 메뉴에서 데이터베이스를 닫습니다.

경우에 따라 재료에 사용자에게 필요한 속성이 없습니다. 데이터베이스에 사용 가능한 속성을 추가한 후 이러한 상황에서 누락된 속성은 유사한 속성을 가진 합금 (사용자의 위험 부담)에서 얻을 수 있습니다. 데이터베이스가 열려있는 동안 FLOW-3D에서 사용될 하나의 재료에 대해 속성을 혼합하고 일치시킬 수 있습니다.

FLOW-3D MPDB(Select properties to write to file)
FLOW-3D MPDB(Select properties to write to file)

데이터베이스를 닫은 후 파일 이름을 묻는 메시지가 사용자에게 표시됩니다. 기본값은 MPDB 가 재료에 지정하는 것입니다. FLOW-3D 가 재료를 사용자 정의 재료로 인식하도록 파일의 위치와 확장자가 미리 설정되어 있습니다.

FLOW-3D MPDB(File locate position)
FLOW-3D MPDB(File locate position)

CSV파일을 선택한 경우에도 동일한 프로세스가 적용됩니다. 데이터가 파일에 기록되면 각 테이블 형식 속성 창의 값 가져오기 버튼에서 데이터를 검색할 수 있습니다.

첫 번째 열은 항상 온도입니다.

FLOW-3D MPDB(csv file)
FLOW-3D MPDB(csv file)
  1. grfedit를 사용하여 flsgrf 파일 편집

명령 줄 유틸리티이므로 runscript와 같은 적절한 환경에서 실행해야 합니다 ( Runscripts 사용 참조 ).


Runscripts 사용

실행 스크립트는 작업 문제 디렉토리에서 실행되도록 설계되었습니다. 스크립트는 $F3D_HOME/local디렉토리에 있습니다. 스크립트를 사용하려면 다음 환경 변수를 설정해야합니다.

  • F3D_HOMEFLOW-3D 설치 디렉터리 의 경로를 지정합니다 .
  • F3DTKNUX_LICENSE_FILEFLOW-3D 라이선스 서버 의 위치를 ​​지정 합니다.
  • PATHPATH포함하도록 환경 변수를 수정해야합니다. $F3D_HOME/local그렇지 않으면 실행 스크립트를 찾을 수 없습니다.
  • F3D_VERSION: 사용할 솔버 버전을 지정합니다. 유효한 옵션은 double배정 밀도 버전 및 prehyd사용자 지정 배정 밀도 솔버입니다.

명령 줄에서 실행하려면 :

  1. 명령 프롬프트 또는 터미널을 엽니 다.
  2. 필요한 환경 변수를 설정하십시오.
    • Windows : FLOW-3D 를 시작하는 데 사용되는 배치 파일에서 환경을 복사하여 수행 할 수 있습니다 . 배치 파일의 내용은 FLOW-3D 아이콘 을 마우스 오른쪽 버튼으로 클릭 하고 편집을 선택 하여 액세스 할 수 있습니다 .
    • Linux : 설치 디렉토리 에서 파일을 flow3dvars.sh가져옵니다 local.
  3. 솔버가 실행중인 디렉토리로 변경하십시오.
  4. 원하는 runscript 명령을 입력하십시오. runhyd <ext2>

  • grfedit를 연 후 사용자에게 소스 파일 (flsgrf.*데이터가 복사될 파일)의 경로를 묻는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 파일의 전체 경로 (예 c:\users\username\FLOW-3D\simulation\flsgrf.simulation:)를 입력하고 <enter>를 누르십시오.
  • 이제, 파일 입력 확장의 목표 예를 들어, (데이터를 기록할 위치로 파일) 파일을 new_output. 데이터가 파일에 기록됩니다 c:\users\username\FLOW-3D\simulation\flsgrf.new_output. 대상 파일이 존재하면 파일을 덮어쓰거나 대상 파일에 데이터를 추가하라는 메시지가 표시됩니다. 대상 파일의 시간보다 늦게 시뮬레이션 시간을 가진 소스 파일 편집 만 추가됩니다.
  • 이 시점에서 프로그램은 어떤 히스토리 데이터 편집, 데이터 편집 재시작 및 대상 파일에 쓰기 위해 선택된 데이터 편집을 묻습니다. 프롬프트에 따라 작성할 데이터 편집을 선택하십시오.
  • 대상 파일을 작성한 후 프로그램이 닫히고 다른 flsgrf.*파일처럼 사용할 수 있습니다.

 노트

  • grfedit는 FLOW-3D v11.1 이상에서 작성된 결과 파일에서만 작동합니다.
  • 소스 flsgrf.*파일은 grfedit에 의해 수정되지 않습니다
  • FLOW-3D/MP의 출력 파일로 작업할 때는 flsgrf1의 위로 flsgrf 교체 하십시오 .
  • 소스 및 대상 파일 모두에 허용되는 유일한 이름은 flsgrf및 flsgrf1입니다.

FLOW-3D 및TruVOF는 미국 및 기타 국가에서 등록 상표입니다.

education_banner

FLOW-3D 온라인 교육

FLOW-3D Training Modules

FLOW-3D GUI PART 1 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES

FLOW-3D GUI

  • Introduction to FLOW-3D graphical user interface
  • Simulation Manager Tab
  • Portfolio
  • Running Simulations and the Queue
  • Runtime Diagnostics: Text Output
  • Runtime Diagnostics: Plots
  • Runtime Controls
  • FLOW-3D File Structure
    Review the important files that are created when running simulations in FLOW-3D. Access the simulation files through a link on the Simulation Manager Tab. Identify the important setup and solver outputs files

모델 설정 탭

  • Introduction to the Model Setup TabIntroduction to the Model Setup Tab including an orientation to its layout and how to access model inputs though the dock widgets on the process toolbar. Options for customizing the layout of the process toolbar are also reviewed.
  • Navigating the 3D ViewportLearn the basic controls for navigating the 3D viewport. This includes mouse controls, toolbar shortcuts, saving views, and moving the pivot point.
  • Other Menu/Toolbar Navigation Options
  • Working with Dock Widget Inputs
  • Model DependenciesRecognize and understand dock widget input dependencies.
Model Setup Tab PART 2 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES
Global Settings PART 3 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES

전역 설정

  • Global Dock Widget Overview
  • Pressure Type
  • Finish Time
  • Finish Options: Additional Finish Condition
  • Finish Options: Active Simulation ControlDefine a logical condition to stop the simulation using active simulation control.
  • Restart OptionsHow to manually define the Restart options to continue running a previously completed simulation.
  • Version OptionsDefine the Version options to specify the solver version and the number of processors used when starting a new simulation run.

물리 모델

  • Physics Dock Widget OverviewDescription of the available options in the Physics dock widget
  • Interface Tracking, Number of Fluids and Flow ModeBackground information on interface tracking methods and defining the number of fluids. Description of the Volume of Fluid (VOF) method for simulation of complex free surfaces, and how this affects the selection of the number of fluids. Examples are presented for one fluid and two fluid simulations.
  • Activating Physics ModelsDemonstration for how to activate physics models and how to limit the display of inactive physics models using the physics model filter.
Physics Models PART 4 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES
Fluid Properties PART 5 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES

유체 속성

  • Fluids Dock Widget OverviewIntroduction to the Fluids dock widget and how to define properties for fluids in the simulation.
  • Defining Fluid Properties ManuallyExample for how to manually define fluid properties.
  • Defining Fluid Properties from the Materials DatabaseExample for how to load fluid properties from the fluids database.
  • Managing the Materials Database
    How to add and edit entries in the materials database.

지오메트리

  • Introduction
  • Component and Subcomponent Overview
  • Creating Subcomponents: Overview
  • Creating Subcomponents: STL
  • Creating Subcomponents: Primitives Manually
  • Creating Subcomponents: Primitives Interactively
  • Creating Subcomponents: Raster
  • Subcomponent Types
  • Subcomponent Order
  • Component Order
  • Component and Subcomponent Properties
  • Transformations
Geometry PART 6 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES
Meshing PART 7 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES

Meshing

  • Meshing Introduction
  • Coordinate Systems
  • FAVOR™
  • Meshing Basics: Meshing Overview
  • Meshing Basics: Creating Mesh Blocks
  • Meshing Basics: Domain Extents
  • Meshing Basics: Global Controls
  • Meshing Basics: Local Controls
  • Reviewing Mesh Quality: FAVORize
  • Reviewing Mesh Quality: Preprocessing
  • Multi-block Meshing
  • Conforming Mesh Blocks
  • Meshing Best Practices

Boundary Conditions

  • Introduction
    Introductory comments regarding how boundary conditions are applied and other considerations when defining BCs.
  • Boundaries Dock Widget Overview
  • Velocity
  • Volume Flow Rate
  • Wall
  • Symmetry
  • Grid Overlay
  • Pressure
  • Continuative
  • Outflow
    Description and example setup of the Outflow BC type.
Boundary Conditions PART 8 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES
Initial Conditions PART 9 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES

Initial Conditions

  • Introduction
    Discussion of how the initial conditions and can affect simulation results and run times.
  • Options for Defining ICs
    Example: Global Settings
    Example: Fluid Regions
  • Example: Function Coefficients
    Description and example for defining spatially varying fluid properties with user defined functions.
  • Example: Pointers
    Description and example for defining an initial condition by filling contiguous cells with the Pointer object.

Output Options

  • Output Dock Widget Overview
  • Spatial Data
  • Spatial Data: Restart Data
  • Spatial Data: Selected Data
  • History Data
  • Diagnostics: Short Print Data
  • Diagnostics: Long Print Data
  • Example Setup
  • Batch Post-processing
  • Batch Mode: Context File
  • Batch Mode: Manual
  • Batch Mode: Generate Reports
Output Options PART 10 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES
Baffles PART 11 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES

Baffles

Introduction
An introduction to the available options for creating and defining baffle objects.
Creating Baffle Objects
Limitations
Force Outputs
Porosity
Scalar Reset Options
Summary
A summary of the important options for creating baffles and defining properties.

Measurement Devices

  • History Probes 
    History probes are point measurement devices and are used to record solver output at a specific location. Examples are provided for how to create these objects interactively and by defining a coordinate value.
  • Flux Surfaces 
    Flux surfaces are a special type of baffle object with a fixed porosity of 1, and are used to calculate flux quantities. Examples are provided for how to create flux surfaces and the types of data available from their output.
  • Sampling volumes 
    Sampling volumes are are three-dimensional data collection regions. Examples are provided for how to create sampling volumes and the types of data available from their output.
Measurement Devices PART 12 OF THE FLOW-3D V12.0 TRAINING SERIES
W&E Exercise: Ogee Weir

W&E Exercise: Ogee Weir

  • This exercise demonstrates the steps to setup a basic free surface or open channel flow simulation in FLOW-3D. It is intended to be a simple and fast running simulation that demonstrates the key setup steps that can be applied to a wide range of other common open channel flow applications. In this exercise, we will simulate flow over an ogee weir to predict the discharge capacity. Simulation results can be validated against discharge rating curves obtained from physical model measurements (USBR, 1996).  Special attention is given to the common types of boundary conditions used in open channel flow simulations and how to select them during the model setup. We also provide examples for common post-processing tasks using both FLOW-3D and FlowSight.
collapsed-raised-fluid-column-figure-1-1

Steady-State Accelerator for Free-Surface Flows

자유 표면 흐름을 위한 정상 상태 가속기

이 기사에서 Tony Hirt 박사는 다가오는 FLOW-3D  v12.0 릴리스에서 사용할 수있는 새로운 Steady-State Accelerator에 대해 설명합니다  .

일시적인 흐름의 점근 적 상태를 계산하는 것보다 안정된 자유 표면 흐름을 생성하는 더 빠른 방법이 자주 필요합니다. 상황은 압축성 흐름 솔버를 사용하여 비압축성 흐름을 해결하는 것과 유사합니다. 후자의 경우 압축 파는 붕괴하는 데 오랜 시간이 걸리고 결과적으로 비압축성 흐름을 남길 수 있습니다. 이에 따라 자유 표면 흐름에서 유체는 비압축성이지만 표면 파동은 안정된 자유 표면 구성을 생성하는 데 오랜 시간이 걸릴 수 있습니다.

비압축성 흐름의 경우, 압축 파를 심각하게 감쇠시키는 반복적 인 프로세스 (즉, 압력-속도 반복)를 사용합니다. 물리적으로 반복은 압력과 같은 파동이 국부적 인 영역에 영향을 미치는 짧은 거리를 이동하도록 허용하지만 압력 장에 상당한 노이즈를 유발할 수있는 장거리 전파 및 반사를 피할 수있을만큼 빠르게 감쇠됩니다.

이 노트에서 자유 표면 셀에 적용된 간단한 압력 조정은 표면 교란에 대한 감쇠력으로 작용합니다. 이 댐핑은 안정적인 자유 표면 구성에 대한 접근을 가속화합니다.

Steady-State Accelerator Idea

유체 인터페이스 또는 자유 표면은  VOF (Volume-of-Fluid) 기술을 사용하여 FLOW-3D 에서 추적됩니다 . 유체 변수 F의 비율은 유체가 차지하는 영역을 찾습니다. 유체에 고정 된 자유 표면이있는 경우 유체를 정의하는 F 값도 안정된 값을 유지해야합니다. F가 일정하려면 표면에 수직 인 유체 속도가 0이어야합니다. 물론 표면에서의 접선 유체 속도는 0 일 필요는 없습니다. 예를 들어, 위어 위의 흐름에는 일정한 흐름이 있지만 계단에서 나오는 흐름의 위치와 모양은 변하지 않습니다.

자유 표면 흐름에 대한 정상 상태 솔버를 사용하려면 흐름의 비압축성을 유지하면서 정상 표면 속도를 0으로 유도하는 방법을 찾아야합니다.

이를 수행하는 한 가지 방법은 정상 속도를 0으로 유도하는 방식으로 표면 압력을 조정하는 것입니다. 특히 정상 속도에 비례하는 총 표면 압력에 “댐핑”압력 기여를 추가하는 것입니다. 속도는 표면 밖으로 향하고 그렇지 않으면 음수입니다.

정상 속도가 0에 가까워지면 수정 압력도 0이되어야 표면이 고정 위치를 초과하지 않게됩니다. 물론 보정이 너무 크면 오버 슈트가 발생할 수 있습니다. 따라서 안정적인 보정 적용을 위해서는 몇 가지 제한 요소가 있어야합니다.

계수 약어 ssacc 을 나타내며, S는 teady- S 테이트 액세서리 elerator이 새로운 옵션을 활성화하는 프로그램 입력에 추가되었다. ssacc 의 값 은 편리한 상한 인 1.0보다 작거나 같아야합니다. 프로그램 내에서 댐핑 압력에 자동으로 적용되는 여러 제한 기가 불안정 해 지거나 일시적인 현상에 악영향을 미치는 것을 방지합니다.

안정성 및 댐핑 리미터에 대한 이전 문제는 강조되어야합니다. 정상 상태 가속기를 사용하면 자유 표면 흐름의 모든 과도 현상이 더 이상 완전히 사실적인 것으로 볼 수 없습니다. 댐핑 압력은 물리적 인 힘이 아니라 파동 전파와 반사를 줄이는 메커니즘입니다. 댐퍼는 큰 과도 현상의 발생을 방해하지 않도록 고안되었으며 흐름이 안정됨에 따라 안정된 결과를보다 빠르게 얻는 데에만 기여해야합니다. 그러나 사용자는 리미터가 예상하지 못한 초과 댐핑에 대해 주의를 기울여야 합니다. 이는 댐핑 계수 ssacc 의 입력 값을 줄임으로써 제거 할 수 있습니다 .

두 가지 예는 정상 상태 가속기의 댐핑 메커니즘이 어떻게 작동하는지 보여줍니다.

Steady-State Accelerator Examples

Collapse of Raised Fluid Column

첫 번째 예는 길이 100cm, 깊이 5cm의 2 차원 물 웅덩이로 구성됩니다. 물을 담은 탱크의 모든 경계는 대칭 경계입니다. 수영장 중앙에는 폭 10cm, 높이 3cm의 수영장 위에 물 블록이 있습니다. 이 블록은 중력으로 인해 물에 떨어지고 충돌 지점에서 멀리 이동 한 다음 탱크 끝에서 반사되는 파도를 생성합니다. 100 초 후에도 반복되는 반사 때문에 여전히 상당한 파동 작용이 있습니다 (그림 1).

새로운 정상 상태 가속기를 계수 ssacc = 1.0 과 함께 사용하면 모든 파동이 빠르게 감쇠되어 거의 평평한 표면이됩니다. 일부 잔류 흐름은 표면 아래에 남아 있지만 점도의 작용으로 서서히 감쇠됩니다 (그림 2). 이 예에서 추가 된 댐핑은 특히 인상적입니다.

Figure 1. Column collapse without damping. Times of flow plots are 0.0, 10.0, and 100.0s. Bottom figure is the mean kinetic energy vs. time.
Figure 2. Column collapse with damping coefficient ssacc=1.0 at times of 0.0, 10.0 and 100.0s. Bottom figure is the mean kinetic energy vs. time.

 

사각형 격자에서 45 °의 정사각형 채널에서 모세관 상승

수직 채널에서 유체의 모세관 상승은 간단한 분석할 수 있으며 솔루션이 있는 양호한 정상 상태 문제입니다. 중력에 대해 상승 된 유체의 양은 벽의 접착력, 즉 접촉각의 코사인에 표면 장력 곱하기 접촉 선 길이에 의해 결정됩니다. 이 예에서 유체는 물이며 표면 장력은 70 dynes / cm이고 접촉각은 30 °입니다. 채널은 단면이 정사각형이며 가장자리 길이가 0.707cm이고 직사각형 격자에서 45 ° 회전합니다. 문제가 x 및 y 방향으로 대칭을 이루기 때문에 그리드의 사분면 만 모델링됩니다. 그리드의 바닥에는 제로 게이지 압력의 물이 있으며 그리드의 가장자리 길이는 0.0125cm (41x41x80 셀)입니다. 상승시켜야하는 이론적 유체 량은 0.04373cc입니다. 그림 3a는 정상 상태 결과를 보여줍니다. 이는 감쇠 사용 여부와 비슷합니다. 댐핑없이 계산된 유체의 양은 이론 값보다 1.74 % 높습니다. 그림 3b와 같이 댐핑이 있는 경우에는 2.24 %가 너무 높습니다. 가속기를 사용하면 정상 상태는 약 0.15 초에 도달하는 반면 표준 솔버는 0.8 초 후에 만 ​​정상 상태 솔루션을 생성하므로 5 배 이상 더 오래 걸립니다.

Figure 3a. Capillary rise in square channel without damping pressures.
Figure 3b. Histories of fluid volume in the two simulations (blue is with damping).

ssacc가 1.0보다 작으면 댐핑이 적어 수렴에 더 빨리 도달합니다. 1.0을 포함한 모든 ssacc 값은 댐핑되지 않은 ssacc = 0.0 경우와 비교하여 이론과 밀접하게 일치하고 후면 벽에 적은 양의 유체를 나타내는 수렴된 솔루션을 만듭니다.

뒤쪽 벽에있는 작은 유체 조각은 평형 위치를 초과하는 유체의 오버 슈트에서 발생하며, 이는 점성력으로 인해 정착하는 데 오랜 시간이 필요한 소량의 유체를 벽에 남기고 뒤로 떨어집니다. 이 오버 슈트는 ssacc 가 0이 아닐 때 제거됩니다 .

2 Fluid, 1 Temperature

2 Fluid, 2 Temperature 모델

2 Fluid, 2 Temperature 모델

우주선 및 자동차 연료 탱크 및 특정 미세 유체 장치는 안전하고 효율적인 작동을 위해 정확한 액체 및 기체 상태 모델링이 필요합니다. 이러한 시스템에 유체 계면이 존재하는 것 외에도, 열 전달 및 상 변화의 물리학도 정확하게 포착해야합니다. 얼마나 복잡합니까!

이러한 복잡한 시나리오를 시뮬레이션하기 위해 FLOW-3D v12.0에는 2 Fluid, 2 Temperature 모델이 도입되었습니다.

 

단순화 된 모델 : 2 Fluid, 1 Temperature

FLOW-3D 의 인터페이스 추적 방법인 TruVOF는 열 전달 및 위상 변화를 포함하여 2 Fluid 모델과 함께 작동합니다. 그러나,이 모델의 단순화 중 하나는, 인터페이스를 갖는 메쉬 셀의 온도가 다음의 개략도에 도시 된 바와 같이 혼합물 온도 (따라서 단순화 된 모델) Tmix로 표현된다는 것입니다.

온도가 경계면을 가로 질러 연속적이고 매끄러 울 때 혼합물 근사치가 적절하지만, 열-물리적 특성의 큰 차이로 인해 액체 및 가스가 있는 경우에는 이를 추정 할 수 없습니다. 이러한 시스템에서 용액의 정확도는 액체-기체 혼합물을 함유하는 셀에서 유체 에너지 및 온도의 평균으로부터 발생하는 과도한 수치 확산에 의해 압도 될 수 있습니다. 단순화 된 온도 슬립 모델은 이러한 경우 부분적인 솔루션만 제공합니다.

단순화 된 모델-2 Fluid, 1 Temperature

종합 모델 : 2 Fluid, 2 Temperature

1 Temperature 접근 방식의 결함을 극복하기 위해 2 Fluid 솔루션에 대한 2 Temperature 모델이 버전 11.3에 도입되었습니다. 여기에는 아래 회로도에 표시된 것처럼 각 유체에 대한 에너지 전달 방정식을 해결하고 각 상의 온도를 저장하는 작업이 포함됩니다. 자유 표면이 있는 메쉬 셀은 이제 액체 (T1)와 가스 (T2) 온도를 모두 나타냅니다.

종합 모델 : 2 유체, 2 온도

탱크 슬로싱(Tank sloshing)

탱크 슬로싱에 대한 이 사례 연구에서, 액체는 초기 온도 300K이고 가스는 400K입니다. 단순화 된 모델과 포괄적인 모델 사이의 수치 확산 정도의 차이는 아래 애니메이션에 나와 있습니다. 온도 윤곽에서 시간이 지남에 따라 용액의 수치 확산은 1 Temperature 접근 방식으로 보여지고 계면 물리를 완전히 가리게 됩니다.

단순화 된 모델 : 2 Fluid, 1 Temperature

종합 모델 : 2 Fluid, 2 Temperature

공기중 드롭 용접(Drop welding in air)

이 낙하 용접 사례 연구에서 액체 금속은 중력 하에서 2300K에서 공기를 통해 고체화 된 금속 베드로 떨어집니다. 공기 및 베드 초기 온도는 293K입니다. simplified model에서는 수치 확산으로 인해 액체 금속 낙하 온도가 베드에 도달하기 전에도 급격히 감소하기 시작합니다. 반면에 comprehensive model에서는 방울이 초기 온도를 유지하여 훨씬 더 나은 솔루션을 제공합니다.

단순화 된 모델을 사용한 온도 필드 진화

종합 모델의 온도 필드

FLOW-3D의 2 Fluid, 2 Temperature 모델과 유체 인터페이스 추적을 결합하면 사용자는 특히 연료 슬로싱 시스템과 같이 복잡한 열전달 및 위상 변화 문제를 정확하게 모델링 할 수 있습니다.

이 새로운 모델에 대한 제안이나 의견은 adwaith@flow3d.com에 문의하십시오.

접촉선의 고정(Contact Line Pinning)

접촉선의 고정(Contact Line Pinning)

증발하는 빗방울에서 남은 잔류의 물은 새로 씻은 자동차에서 좋지 못할 수 있습니다. 그러나, 동일한 증발 공정은, 예를 들어, 드롭 잔류 물이 인쇄 된 이미지 또는 텍스트의 일부가되는 잉크젯 인쇄에서 유리할 수있다. 그러나 동일한 증발 과정이 어떤 경우엔 도움이 될 수 있습니다 예를 들면, 잉크 찌꺼기가 인쇄 된 이미지나 텍스트의 일부가 되는 잉크젯 인쇄가 그렇습니다.

액체 방울의 증발로 인한 잔류의 물이 예상치 못한 방식으로 나타날 수 있습니다. 커피 링 얼룩이 잘 알려진 예이며, 커피의 잔류의 물이 물방울의 바깥 쪽 가장자리에 모여 얇은 원형 링 얼룩이 남습니다. 이 현상은 흥미로운 유체역학적인 과정의 결과입니다. 커피 링 얼룩이 형성 되려면 액체가 증착 된 고체 표면에 고정 된 접촉선이 있어야합니다. 고정 된 접촉선은 액체 방울이 고체 기판과 교차하는 액체 방울의 외부의 가장자리가 방울이 증발함에 따라 정지 상태를 유지함을 의미합니다. 증발은 기판의 열에 의해 발생하며 방울의 얇은 외부의 가장자리에서 가장 크게 생깁니다. 표면 장력은 액체가 증발하면서 손실 된 액체를 대체하기 위해 가장자리를 향해 발생하게 됩니다. 이는 결국 더 많은 용질을 가장자리로 운반하며 모든 액체가 증발 한 후, 결과적으로 커피 링 얼룩을 형성하게하는 더 높은 농도의 용질 잔류 물을 생성합니다.

모델링 접근법

FLOW-3D v12.0의 최신 업데이트로 인해 ‘접촉선의 고정’ 모델이 개발되었으며, 소프트웨어의 기능이 표면 장력 중심의 애플리케이션으로도 광범위하게 확장되었습니다. 표면 접촉의 고정 및 비고정 특성은 잉크젯 인쇄, 코팅 및 스프레이 냉각에서 중요한 역할을 합니다. 습윤 특성에 대한 표면 공법은 미세 유체 장치에서 액체 샘플의 이동을 제어하는 ​​데 사용될 수 있습니다. 모델의 주요 특징은 방울의 가장자리를 고정 위치에 고정하는 수단을 제공하는 것입니다. 형상 구성 요소 및 하위 구성 요소중에 표면에 ‘고정’ 속성을 지정할 수 있습니다. 유체의 접촉선은 처음 표면과 접촉하는 곳에 고정됩니다. 전방 속도를 0으로 유지하면 고정이 적용됩니다. 유체는 접촉선과 표면을 따라 이동하는 것이 아니라 롤오버하여 접촉점을 지나야만 이동할 수 있습니다.

커피 링 얼룩 검증

그림 1은 평평한 수평 표면에 놓인 원형 물방울의 결과를 보여줍니다. 표면은 30 ℃의 일정한 온도로 유지됩니다. 초기 유체 온도는 20 ℃이고 주변 공극의 온도는 일정한 20 ℃입니다. 유체는 밀도 0.967 g/cm3, 점도 0.02022 poise, 비열 1.645e+07 cm2/s/K, 열전도도 1.2964e+4 g*cm/s3/K, 표면 장력 계수 33.15 g/cm2의 일반적인 잉크를 나타냅니다.

그림 1. 고정 된 접촉선을 사용하여 건조 공정 중의 물방울 모양의 변화.

액적 표면의 초기 곡률 반경은 7.5e-03 cm이고, 차지하는 공간은 반경 4.5e-03 cm의 원이며, 겉보기의 초기 접촉각은 37.87 도입니다. 그림 1-a를 참조하시기 바랍니다. 지정된 정적 접촉각은 0 도입니다.

정압에 의한 상변화 모델이 활성화됩니다. 공극 내의 증기 분압은 0이고 상변화 수용 계수는 Rsize = 0.01 입니다.

잉크가 건조될 때 기판 상에 고체가 잔류하는 물이 형성되는 것을 포착하기 위해 잔류 물 모델도 켜집니다. 유체에 용해 된 안료의 농도는 초기 농도 0.01 g/cm3 이고 최대 농도 rmax = 1.1625 g/cm3 에서 운반이 가능한 스칼라로 표시됩니다. 용해 된 안료는 질량 평균을 기준으로 안료의 단위질량당 0.05 poise의 속도로 유체의 순 점도를 향상시킵니다.

이 공정은 3.0 도의 방위 방향으로 하나의 셀에 걸쳐있는 축 대칭 원통형 메쉬로 모델링됩니다. (x 간격 = 6e-05 cm, z 간격 = 4e-05 cm.)

그림 1은 유체가 증발함에 따라 접촉선이 고정 된 상태를 유지하고 있음을 보여줍니다. 0 도의 정적 접촉각 조건은 액적의 중심을 향한 압력 구배를 가져오고, 이는 접촉선 방향으로의 유동을 생성합니다. 용해 된 안료의 농도는 증발로 인해 자유 표면 근처에서 증가하며, 흐름을 따라 농도는 접촉선을 향해 더욱 재분배합니다. (그림 2). 액체가 계속 증발함에 따라, 남아있는 액체의 안료 농도는 증가합니다. 농도가 최대 rmax에 도달하면, 과잉된 안료는 고체가 잔류하는 물로 전환됩니다.

그림2. g / cm3 단위의 안료 농도 및 t = 2.0ms에서의 흐름 패턴. 흐름은 고정 된 접촉선을 향하여 안료 농도가 증가합니다.

접촉선 근처의 유체가 먼저 건조되어 고체가 잔류하는 물이 남습니다. 해당 영역의 유체에 안료 농도가 높기 때문에 고체가 잔류하는 물의 특징인 ‘커피 링’ 패턴이 기판 표면에 생성됩니다. (그림 3 및 4). 안료의 총 질량(용해 + 건조 잔류 물)은 초기 질량의 0.025 % 이내로 보존됩니다.

그림 3. 모든 유체가 증발 된 후 기판 표면에 건조된 잔류 물의 분포 (단위 : g / cm3) .
가장 높은 농도는 고정 된 접촉선의 위치에 있으며, 이는 ‘커피 링’ 효과를 만들어냅니다.
그림 4. 유체가 완전히 증발 한 후 초기 액적의 반경을 따라 건조된 잔류 물의 예상 분포.

물방울 벽의 검증

그림5. 수직 벽에 고정 된 물방울의 변형 : t = 0 ms (파란색), t = 4e-02 ms (연한 파랑) t = 0.2 ms (빨간색).
해당 이미지는 “Effects of microscale topography”, Y.V.Kalinin, V.Berejnov and R. E. Thorne, Langmuir 25, 5391-5397. (2009). 에서의 이미지입니다.

접촉선 고정 응용의 두 번째 예는 수직의 벽에 고정 된 한 방울의 액체 알루미늄의 거동입니다. 유체 밀도는 2.7 g / cm3, 표면 장력 계수 200 g / cm2 및 점도 0.27 poise입니다. 정적 접촉각은 0 도입니다.

초기의 겉보기의 접촉각이 90도가 되도록 반경 0.5cm의 물방울을 수직 벽에 놓습니다 (그림 5). 7e+06 cm/s2의 중력 크기는 표면 장력의 복원 작용을 없애고 액적이 눈에 띄도록 변형시키기 위하여 인위적으로 향상되었습니다. 결과들은 비슷한 크기의 물방울에 대한 실험 결과와의 질적 비교를 포함하여 그림 5에서 보여줍니다.

요약

FLOW-3D의 접촉선 고정 모델은 표면 장력 및 벽의 접착 기능을 확장하여 표면 공법에서 복잡한 상호 작용을 모델링합니다. 접촉선 고정이 실제로 응용되는 분야에 관하여 더 많은 예시와 추가적인 참조를 찾으신다면 여기에서 찾을 수 있습니다.

FLOW-3D v12.0 교육

FLOW-3D v12.0 교육

FLOW-3D v12.0 온라인 교육 과정은 FLOW-3D 사용자가 이용할 수있는 포괄적인 교육 리소스입니다. 이 과정에서 FLOW-3D의 기본 모델 설정 프로세스의 모든 측면을 다루는 온라인 주문형 비디오를 제공합니다. 각 섹션은 사용자가 자신있게 시뮬레이션을 설정할 수 있도록 예제와 설명을 제공합니다. 모든 신규 FLOW-3D 사용자는 프로젝트 별 시뮬레이션 작업을 시작하기 전에 전체 과정을 완료하는 것이 좋습니다. 기존 사용자는 FLOW-3D v12.0 모델 설정 프로세스에서 사용 가능한 개선 사항 및 새로운 기능에 대해 배우고 기본 모델 설정 주제를 새로 고치는 데 유용한 새로운 교육 시리즈도 찾을 수 있습니다. 강의 비디오는 특정 주제와 세그먼트를 쉽게 찾을 수 있도록 구성 및 책갈피에 추가되며 언제든지 참조 할 수있는 훌륭한 자료를 제공합니다. 이 교육 과정은 User Site에서 지원되는 고객을 위해 제공됩니다.

 

FLOW-3D 교육 모듈

 

FLOW-3D GUI                                                 Model Setup                                                      Global Settings

 

Physics Models                                                Fluid Properties                                              Geometry

 

Meshing                                                               Boundary Conditions                                  Initial Conditions

 

Output Options